Cover image: Cratystylis conocephala (F.Muell.) S.Moore (Greybush) is small, compact shrub that occurs in
semi-arid to arid habitats in the south-east of Western Australia. This image was taken in the Nullarbor bioregion
near the indigenous community Tjuntjuntjara during field work associated with a biological survey of the Great
Victoria Desert. Cratystylis is a small genus in the Asteraceae with just four species, all of which can be found
in Western Australia (photograph by Rob Davis, September 2011 from R. Davis & A. Pennington RD 11905).
Nuytsia
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
VOLUME 25 2015
DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND WILDLIFE
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Nutysia
Nuytsia is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes
original papers and short communications on
the systematics, taxonomy and nomenclature of
Australian (particularly Western Australian) plants,
algae and fungi.
Descriptions of taxa, revisions, identification
guides, nomenclatural and taxonomic issues,
systematic analyses and classifications, censuses, and
information on invasive species are all considered.
Editorial Committee
Juliet Wege
Kevin Thiele
Ryonen Butcher
Kelly Shepherd
Russell Barrett
Terry Macfarlane
Barbara Rye
Meriel Falconer
Anthea Jones
Managing Editor
Scientific Editor
Copy Editor
Production Editor
Associate Editors
Curation
Conservation
Nuytsia is an open access journal in which papers
are made freely available on the web. There are no
page charges.
Information for authors and instructions for
purchasing hard copies of each volume or
part can be found on the journal’s website:
http ://florabase. dpaw. wa. gov.au/nuytsia.
All papers should be submitted electronically in
MS-Word format to:
Published by the Department of Parks and
Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery
Centre, Western Australia 6983.
© Copyright Department of Parks and Wildlife
2015. All material in this journal is copyright
and may not be reproduced except with the
written permission of the publishers.
The Managing Editor, Nuytsia
Email: nuytsia@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Telephone: +61 8 9219 9000
Facsimile: +61 8 9334 0327
ISSN 0085-4417 (print)
ISSN 2200-2790 (online)
Postal address:
Western Australian Herbarium
Science and Conservation Division
Department of Parks and Wildlife
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre
Western Australia 6983
Enquiries regarding distribution and subscriptions
should also be addressed to the Managing Editor.
Department of
Parks and Wildlife
CONTENTS
Papers Page
Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A. walpolei.
E.M. Davison, D. Giustiniano, L.E. McGurk, K. Syme and R.M. Robinson.1
Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species endemic to
the Pilbara, Western Australia. LR.H. Telford and J. Naaykens.31
New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) from south-west Western Australia.
A.P Brown and G. Brockman.45
Anew species of Angianthus (Asteraceae: Asteroideae: Gnaphalieae) from
the south-west of Western Australia. M.N. Lyons and G.J. Keighery.125
Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three
new combinations. B.L. Rye.131
Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae: Ruellieae), a new geographically
and edaphically restricted species from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia.
M.E. Trudgen, P-L. de Kock and R.L. Barrett.161
A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Byttnerioideae: Malvaceae)
with rostrate anthers. K.A. Shepherd and C.F. Wilkins.171
Stylidium miscellany IE typification of some Sonder names and the description
of a new subspecies of S. uniflorum. J.A. Wege.197
Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus of Myrtaceae tribe
Chamelaucieae. B.L. Rye.209
A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group (Dilleniaceae).
K.R. Thiele and G. Cockerton.285
Hibbertia paranthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species from the
Prince Regent River in Western Australia. K.R. Thiele.307
A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (sect. Saxifragoidea:
Stylidiaceae). J.A. Wege.313
Short Communications
Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2014. C.M. Parker.15
Daviesia localis (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new, short-range endemic
from the northern Darling Range in Western Australia. M. Hislop.27
Hibiscus sp. Ninghan Station (A.A. Mitchell 1161) is synonymous
with Rady era farragei. R.W. Davis.
39
Correction to the type locality of Goodenia glareicola (Goodeniaceae).
M. Lewington.41
Corrigendum to: An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian
genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thryptomene. B.L. Rye.43
Astarteapulchella (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new combination for
Baeckea pulchella , and the reduction of A. laricifolia to synonymy. B.L. Rye.145
Description of a new short-range endemic and a replacement name in
Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). M. Hislop.149
Typification of Banksia benthamiana (Proteaceae). K.R. Thiele.153
Lectotypification of Hemigenia pedunculata (Lamiaceae: Westringieae).
G.R. Guerin.157
Corrigendum to: Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae),
with three new combinations. B.L. Rye.159
A new Mitrasacme (Loganiaceae) from the Western Australian desert. N. Gibson
and S. van Leeuwen.191
A new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Yalgoo bioregion,
Western Australia. RW. Davis.195
Typification and reinstatement of Isopogon spathulatus (Proteaceae:
Leucadendreae). B.L. Rye and M. Hislop.301
Other content
Referees for Volume 25.343
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora and Fauna.345
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 1-13
Published online 10 March 2015
Amanita drummondii and A . quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A. walpolei
Elaine M. Davison 1,2,7 , Danielle Giustiniano 3 , Laurton E. McGurk 1,3,4 , Katrina Syme 2,5 and
Richard M. Robinson 6
‘Department of Environment and Agriculture, Curtin University,
GPO Box U1987, Perth, Western Australia 6845
2 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
3 School of Biomedical Sciences, Curtin University, GPO BoxU1987,
Perth, Western Australia 6845
4 Present address: Human Resources, The University of Western Australia,
Crawley, Western Australia 6009
5 1874 South Coast Highway, Shadforth, Western Australia 6333
6 Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 2,
Manjimup, Western Australia 6258
’Corresponding author, email: e.davison@curtin.edu.au
Abstract
Davison, E.M., Giustiniano, D., McGurk, L.E., Syme, K. & Robinson, R.M. Amanita drummondii and
A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of
A. walpolei. Nuytsia 25: 1-13 (2015). Three species of Amanita Pers. are documented from Western
Australia. Amanita drummondii E.M.Davison is described from the south-west region; it appears to
be widespread but infrequent. Amanita quenda E.M.Davison is described from the Perth Metropolitan
area. Amanita walpolei O.K.Mill. is redescribed to include additional collections, drawing attention
to the presence of clamp connections in all tissues. A BLASTn search has shown that there are no
exact matches of the nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region of each species with
those in GenBank.
Introduction
The genus Amanita Pers. (Agaricales: Amanitaceae) is large, cosmopolitan and a conspicuous part of
the fungal flora of the Australian bush. Reid’s monograph of the genus in Australia (Reid 1980) has
been supplemented by additional descriptions from Western Australia (Miller 1991,1992) and eastern
Australia (Wood 1997). Identification in Amanita is difficult and depends on a suite of macroscopic,
microscopic and molecular characters, in particular the nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer
(ITS). As the basidiomes are ephemeral it is likely that many more species await description.
This paper is one of a series that aims to better characterise Amanita species from the south-west
of Western Australia. Two new species are described here: one from subg. Amanita sensu Corner &
Bas emend. Bas, and one from subg. Lepidella (E.-J.Gilbert) Vesely emend. Corner & Bas. During
our investigations into local Amanita species we found that the protologue of A. walpolei O.K.Mill.
(MycoBank number MB358169) failed to mention that clamp connections are present throughout the
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
2
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
basidiome (Miller 1991); this is an important character in the genus. We provide therefore an amended
and expanded description of this species.
Methods
Methodology follows that described in Davison et al. (2013). In brief, methodology is largely based
on that of Tulloss (2008); colours, including the colour of spores in deposit and other shades of white
to cream (designated by letters A-G) are from Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (1969) while codes
for other colours are from Kornerup and Wanscher (1978). The length of sulcations is expressed as a
proportion of the pileus radius (R; Tulloss 1994). In the descriptions of basidiospores (and basidia)
the notation [x/y/z] denotes x basidiospores measured from y basidiomes from z collections.
DNA extraction, ITS amplification, cloning and sequence analysis follow the methodology in Davison
etal. (2013). At least one cloned sequence for each species has been deposited in GenBank; sequence
identifiers and voucher information are given under each species in this paper. The sequences were
used as queries for NCBI nucleotide database using BLASTn (National Library of Medicine 2014).
Taxonomy
Amanita drummondii E.M.Davison, sp. nov.
Type. North Lake, Beeliar Regional Park, City of Melville, Western Australia [precise locality withheld
for conservation reasons], 29 June 2011, E.M. & P. J.N. Davison EMD 20-2011 ( holo : PERTH 08587043,
sequence GenBank accession KF803241). (MB810116).
Pileus 35-70 mm wide, to 9 mm thick, milky coffee to hazel to sepia (5D4-F6-6D4-F5), without
surface staining or bruising, initially convex becoming plane; surface tacky when moist; margin not
appendiculate, sulcate (R = 0.1-0.4). Universal veil on pileus an easily removed, central, floccose,
white or pale brown-tinged patch, sometimes missing. Lamellae free to adnexed to adnate sometimes
with tooth, crowded to sub-distant, white or pale vinaceous buff (pale 5C2), 5-9 mm broad, the
margin concolorous, fimbriate; lamellulae absent or infrequent and then truncate to sub-attenuate.
Stipe 60-135 mm long, 7-14 mm wide, cylindric or tapering upwards, fistulose or hollow, white with
bands of milky coffee (5D4) adpressedfloccules. Partial veil absent. Bulb absent. Remains ofuniversal
veil at stipe base saccate, loosely sheathing or occasionally flaring, to 20 mm high and 2 mm thick,
membranous but friable, the outer surface floccose, white or pale brown, the inner surface smooth,
pale greyish brown. Pileus and stipe context white or pale vinaceous buff (pale 5C2) in pileus, white
in stipe. Smell none or of fish. Spore deposit white becoming cream (E) with age. (Figure 1)
Basidiospores [220/11/9] (9-)10-13(-15) x (7.5-)8-10.5(-12) pm (L = 10.4-12.3 pm; L’ = 11.1
pm; W = 8.8-9.8 pm; W = 9.2 pm; Q = (1 00-)l.09-1 33(-l.76); Q = 1.16-1.26; Q’ = 1.21),
hyaline, colourless, with wall slightly thickened, smooth, inamyloid, broadly ellipsoid, occasionally
subglobose, adaxially flattened, the contents monoguttulate or granular; apiculus sublateral to lateral,
short, cylindric, to 1.5 x 1.5 pm, rounded. Pileipellis to 150 pm thick, with gelatinised suprapellis
colourless and up to 60 pm thick, the subpellis brown; filamentous hyphae 2-12 pm wide, with
thick, gelatinising walls, radially orientated with interweaving; inflated cells up to 17 pm wide, very
infrequent; vascular hyphae 4-13 pm wide, occasionally branching, occasionally in fascicles, pale
yellow or pale yellowish brown, infrequent to frequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not
observed. Pileus context of filamentous hyphae 3-25 pm wide, with widest constricted at septa, thin-
E.M. Davison et al., Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
3
Figure 1. Amanita drummondii. A-collection; B - immature basidiomes. Images from K. Syme KS 2867 (A) and R.M. Robinson,
K. Syme & G. Liddelow WFM 746 (B). © K. Syme (A) and R.M. Robinson (B).
walled, hyaline, equal to dominant; acrophysalides to 200 x 45 ^im, thin-walled, clavate or ventricose,
colourless; vascular hyphae 2-8 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow or pale yellowish brown,
infrequent in context, occasionally in fascicles, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not observed.
Lamella trama bilateral, divergent. Central stratum when well hydrated comprising 10-30% of distance
between bases of basidia on opposing hymenial surfaces, of thin-walled, hyaline, filamentous hyphae
4-25 pm wide; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae 5 pm wide, pale yellow, very infrequent;
clamp connections not observed. Subhymenial base with angle of divergence 15°-25° from central
stratum with filamentous hyphae following a smooth broad curve to subhymenium, of thin-walled,
hyaline, filamentous hyphae 3-15 pm wide, the widest constricted at the septa; inflated cells dominant
or equal, colourless, to 160 x 30 pm clavate, ovoid, ventricose or ellipsoid, terminal or intercalary;
vascular hyphae 2-30 pm wide, occasionally branched, colourless, pale yellow or yellowish brown,
infrequent or locally abundant, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not observed. Subhymenium
with basidia arising terminally from barely inflated to pyriform hyphal segments up to 12 pm wide;
clamp connections not observed. Lamella edge tissue sterile, with inflated cells pyriform or clavate,
25-55 x 15^0 pm, colourless, frequent to abundant, disarticulating; clamp connections not observed.
Basidia [140/7/7] (35-)41-76(-87) x (11—)12—17(—18) pm, thin-walled, colourless, c. 99%4-spored,
c. 1% 3-spored; sterigmatato 8x3 pm; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil onpileus not
layered, with elements irregularly disposed; filamentous hyphae 2-20 pm wide, hyaline, gelatinising;
inflated cells dominant or equal, spherical (to 70 x 70 pm), pyriform (to 85 x 65 pm), ovoid (to 80 x
65 pm), ellipsoid (to 70 x 50 pm) or clavate (to 50 x 20 pm), terminal, colourless or pale brown,
gelatinising; vascular hyphae 2-8 pm wide, occasionally branched, colourless or pale yellow, very
infrequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on stipe base outer
layer wide with axial orientation; filamentous hyphae 3-12 pm wide, hyaline, gelatinising; inflated
cells dominant or equal, spherical (to 70 x 70 pm), ovoid (to 70 x 60 pm), pyriform (to 80 x 50 pm),
ellipsoid (to 800 x 40 pm) or clavate (to 75 x 45 pm), terminal, colourless or pale brown, gelatinising;
vascular hyphae 2-6 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow, infrequent, occasionally sinuous;
4
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on stipe base inner layer narrow with axial orientation;
filamentous hyphae 3-10 pm wide, hyaline or pale brown, dominant, gelatinising; inflated cells ovoid
(to 55 x 40 pm), spherical (to 30 x 30 pm) or clavate (to 80 x 25 pm), infrequent; vascular hyphae
3-5 pm wide, pale yellow, very infrequent, branches not observed. Stipe context longitudinally
acrophysalidic: filamentous hyphae 2-10 pm wide, hyaline; acrophysalides dominant, to 240 x
35 pm, cylindric or clavate, colourless or pale yellow, gelatinising; vascular hyphae 2-35 pm wide,
occasionally branched, pale yellow or yellowish brown, infrequentto frequent, sinuous, concentrated at
stipe apex, occasionally in fascicles; clamp connections not observed. Ornamentation on stipe surface
of filamentous hyphae 3-7 pm wide, pale brown, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant, to 40 x 25 pm,
pyriform or clavate, pale brown; vascular hyphae 4-6 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale brown,
frequent; clamp connections not observed. (Figure 2)
Diagnostic features. Small to medium fruiting bodies with a milky coffee to hazel to sepia pileus with
a conspicuous sulcate margin, and a central patch of universal veil that is white or has a pale brown
tinge. The gills are white or pale greyish brown; the stipe is white, fistulose or hollow, and covered
with milky coffee-coloured adpressed floccules; there is no ring. The saccate, loosely sheathing volva
is white or pale brown on the outer surface and greyish brown on the inner surface. The spores are
inamyloid and mostly broadly ellipsoid; the universal veil on the pileus is composed of dominant or
equal terminal inflated cells that have no clear orientation. Clamp connections are absent.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]:
26 May 2011, R. Byrne RB 56 (PERTH); 21 June 1985, E. Horak s.n. (PERTH); 24 May 2005,
R.M. Robinson & K. Syme WFM 47 (PERTH); 4 June 2014, R.M. Robinson, K. Syme & G. Liddelow
WFM 746 (PERTH); 16 May 1974, D.L. Serventy s.n. (PERTH); 3 June 1992, K. Syme KS 566/92
(PERTH); 8 July 2001, K. Syme & M. Hart KS 1149/01 (PERTH); 20 June 2013, K. Syme KS 2867
(PERTH, GenBank accession KF859753-7).
Fruiting period. May to July.
Distribution and habitat. Solitary to gregarious in leaf litter in association with Agonis flexuosa ,
A. the if or mis, Allocasuarina fraseriana , Corymbia calophylla. Eucalyptus marginata, E. patens ,
E. staeri, Jacksoniafurcellata , Kunzeaglabrescens, Melaleuca sp., Podocarpus drouynianus , Taxandria
parviceps. Occurs in the Swan Coastal Plain, Jarrah Forest, and Warren IBRA bioregions (Department
of the Environment 2013).
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).
Etymology. The epithet recognises James Drummond ( c. 1786-1863) who collected plants and fungi
from the south-west of Western Australia for Sir William Jackson Hooker at Kew Gardens.
Suggested common name. Drummond’s Grisette.
Affinities based on ITS sequence. The sequence KF803241 (PERTH 08587043) is 632 base pairs
long and sequences KF859753-KF859757 (PERTH 08587175) are between 631 and 650 base pairs
long. A BLASTn search showed that they have 100% query coverage and 99% maximum identity,
indicating that they are the same species. The closest named match isH. cheelii P M. Kirk (as A punctata
(Cleland & Cheel) D.A.Reid) AY194978 (90% query coverage, 93% maximum identity) from sect.
Vaginatae (Fr.) Quel.
E.M. Davison et al., Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
5
Figure 2. Amanita drummondii. A - spores from spore print; B - basidia and subhymenium, squash; C - young basidia and
subhymenial hypha, squash; D - lamella margin cells, squash; E - scalp section of universal veil from pileus; F - longitudinal
section of outer surface of volva; G - longitudinal section of inner surface of volva; H - ornamentation from stipe surface.
Scale bars = 10 pm. Images from K. Syme 566/92 (A), K. Syme 2867 (B), R.M. Robinson & K. Syme WFM 47 (C, D), K. Syme
1149 (E), R.M. Robinson WFM 746 (F, G) and E.M. Davison & P.J.N. Davison 20-2011, holotype (H).
Notes. The inamyloid spores, saccate volva, absence of a bulb and absence of a partial veil place
this species in subg. Amanita sect. Vaginatae. Within this section, Tulloss (1994) used, in addition to
basidiome colour, the structure of the universal veil, structure of the subhymenium, spore size and
presence or absence of clamp connections to separate species. Wood (1997) based his separation of
species from eastern Australia on spore size, structure of the universal veil and basidiome colour.
Comparing A. drummondii with species from eastern Australia, the structure of the universal veil
is similar to that of A. albovolvata A.E.Wood and A. cheelii. It differs from A. albovolvata in the
colouration of the pileus (which is dark grey to grey-brown in A. albovolvata and milky coffee to hazel
to sepia in A drummondii ), lamellae (which are grey or cream-grey in A albovolvata and white or pale
greyish brown in A. drummondii) and stipe (which is white becoming slightly grey in A. albovolvata
and white with milky coffee floccules in A. drummondii ). It differs from A. cheelii in the colouration
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
of the basidiome (which is very dark grey, greyish brown or smoky grey in A. cheelii and milky coffee
to hazel to sepia in A. drummondii ), mainly sheathing not flaring volva, and narrower spores (Cleland
& Cheel 1919; Wood 1997).
The following specimens of A. cheelii were examined for this comparison: NEW SOUTH WALES:
Bradley’s Head, 6 May 1917, J.B. Cleland 9259 (AD 9259 lectotype per Reid); same location, 31 Mar.
1919, J.B. Cleland9518 (AD 9578 syntype); same location, 13 Apr. 1919,7.5. Cleland9515 (AD 9575
syntype); Athol Gardens, Neutral Bay, Sydney, 7 Mar. 1916, J.B. Cleland 9577 (AD 9577 syntype);
Mosman, 7 Apr. 1918, J.B. Cleland 9576 (AD 9576 syntype).
A specimen from Kununurra {R. Byrne RB 28, PERTH 08243115) was examined as part of this study
but was excluded from this taxon because the universal veil on the pileus is composed of dominant
filamentous hyphae and infrequent inflated cells; this specimen cannot currently be adequately assigned
to any described species.
Amanita quenda E.M. Davison, sp. nov.
Type : Quenda Wetland, City of Melville, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 27 July 2011, E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 34-2011 ( holo : PERTH 08587116; sequence
GenBank accession KP137063). (MB810117).
Pileus 30-60 mm wide, to 7 mm thick, initially white becoming buff to vinaceous buff to milky coffee
(4A2-5B3-C3) in the centre with margin cream (B-D; 3A2-4A2-5B2), with no surface staining or
bruising, initially convex becoming plane; surface slightly tacky when moist; margin non-striate,
slightly appendiculate when young, becoming slightly decurved with age. Universal veil on the pileus
easily removed, floccose, of soft, straight-sided, flat-topped or pointed warts mainly in the centre,
white to cream (B; pale 3A2) sometimes darker at the apex. Lamellae adnate to narrowly adnate
to adnexed, subcrowded, white to cream (pale B; pale 3A2), 4-7 mm broad; margins concolorous,
slightly fimbriate; lamellulae sub-attenuate to attenuate, plentiful, in several lengths. Stipe 45-95 mm
long, 6-13 mm wide, cylindric or narrowing upwards, initially solid becoming water-soaked and
hollow with age, white to cream (B; pale 3A2-4A2), floccose below partial veil. Partial veil apical
to superior to median, descendant, flaring, membranous, striate above, white to cream (B-D) to buff
(pale 3A2-5A2). Bulb 17-30 x 11-30 mm, ovoid to napifonn to turbinate to elongate. Remains of
universal veil at top of bulb forming a broken collar or warts or free limb to 5 mm, white or cream
(B; pale 3A2-4A2). Pileus and stipe context white to cream (B; pale 3A2-4A2). Smell none. Spore
deposit white to cream. (Figure 3)
Basidiospores. [160/8/5] (8-)9-13(-15) x 5-7.5 pm (L = 9.7-12.7 pm; L’ = 10.9 pm; W=5.4-7.2 pm;
W’ = 6.2 pm; Q = (1.29-)1.47-2.00(-2.14); Q = 1.49-1.94; Q’ = 1.76), hyaline, colourless, with
very slightly thickened walls, smooth, amyloid, ellipsoid to elongate, the contents monoguttulate or
granular; apiculus sublateral, short, cylindric, c. lxl pm, truncate. Pileipellis to 400 pm thick in old
specimens, with a colourless, gelatinised suprapellis to 200 pm thick, and colourless or pale brown
subpellis; filamentous hyphae 3-7 pm wide, with thick, gelatinising walls, radially orientated with some
interweaving; inflated cells to 10 pm wide, infrequent; vascular hyphae 3-5 pm wide, occasionally
branching, pale yellow, infrequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not observed. Pileus
context of filamentous hyphae 3-25 pm wide, with widest constricted at septa, thin-walled, hyaline,
dominant; acrophysalides to 250 x 35 pm, thin-walled, clavate, ventricose or ellipsoid, colourless;
vascular hyphae 4-8 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow, infrequent, occasionally sinuous;
E.M. Davison et ah, Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
7
Figure 3. Amanita quenda. A - collection; B - surface of young pileus showing universal veil. Images from E.M. & P.J.N.
Davison EMD 34-2011, holotype (A) and E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 35-2011 (B). © E.M. Davison
clamp connections not observed. Lamella trama bilateral, divergent. Central stratum when well
hydrated comprising 10 - 20 % of distance between bases of basidia on opposing hymenial surfaces, of
filamentous, thin-walled, hyaline hyphae 3-13 pm wide; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae
4 pm wide, pale yellow, very infrequent, branches not observed; clamp connections not observed.
Sub-hymenial base with angle of divergence 15°-30° from central stratum with filamentous hyphae
following a smooth, broad curve to sub-hymenium, of dominant thin-walled, hyaline, frequently
branched filamentous hyphae 3-20 pm wide, the widest constricted at the septa; inflated cells infrequent,
colourless, to 120 x 30 pm cylindric, ellipsoid, clavate or ventricose; vascular hyphae 3-5 pm wide,
occasionally branched, colourless, pale yellow or pale brown, infrequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp
connections very infrequent (in two collections only). Subhymenium with basidia arising terminally
from barely inflated to pyriform hyphal segments to 15 pm wide; clamp connections not observed.
Lamella edge tissue sterile, with inflated cells clavate, pyriform, spherical or ovoid, 35-55 x 20-30 pm,
colourless, frequent to abundant; clamp connections not observed. Basidia [80/4/4] (35-)38-63(-70)
x 9—15(—17) pm, thin-walled, colourless, c. 96% 4-spored, c. 4% 3-spored; sterigmata to 6 x 2 pm;
clamp connections not seen in mature basidia, present but very infrequent in immature basidia.
Universal veil on pileus basal layer very wide with elements having erect orientation; filamentous
hyphae 4-10 pm wide, hyaline, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant, spherical (to 70 x 70 pm), ovoid
(to 45 x 35 pm), ellipsoid (to 85 x 65 pm) or pyriform (to 80 x 60 pm) in terminal chains of up to
5 cells, colourless, gelatinising; vascular hyphae 2-5 pm wide, pale yellow, very infrequent, branching
not observed; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on pileus superficial layer narrow,
only found in some basidiomes; filamentous hyphae dominant, 2-15 pm wide, hyaline, periclinal in
orientation, gelatinising; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae not observed; clamp connections
not observed. Universal veil on stipe base without clear orientation; filamentous hyphae 2-10 pm wide,
hyaline; inflated cells dominant or equal, ellipsoid (to 140 x 40 pm), clavate (to 110 x 35 pm), ovoid
(to 100 x 60 pm) or spherical (to 50 x 50 pm), terminal, pale yellow, gelatinising; vascular hyphae not
observed; clamp connections not observed. Stipe context longitudinally acrophysalidic; filamentous
hyphae 2-12 pm wide, hyaline; acrophysalides dominant, to 400 x 35 pm, clavate, colourless; vascular
hyphae 2-18 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow or pale brown, infrequent to frequent,
sinuous, not concentrated at stipe apex; clamp connections not observed. Partial veil outer surface
with filamentous hyphae dominant, 2-12 pm wide, colourless, radially orientated; inflated cells clavate
(to 100 x 20 pm), ellipsoid (to 25 x 15 pm), spherical (to 40 x 40 pm) or pyriform (to 50 x 25 pm),
terminal or in chains of 2 cells, thick-walled; vascular hyphae 2-11 pm wide, occasionally branched,
pale yellow or pale brown, infrequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections not observed. Partial
veil centre filamentous hyphae to 25 pm wide, hyaline; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae
not observed; clamp connections not observed. (Figure 4)
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 4. Amanita quenda. A - spores from lamella; B - basidia and subhymenium, squash; C - lamella margin cells, squash;
D - universal veil on the pileus, section in the middle of a wart on the pileus, unsquashed; E - universal veil at the stipe base,
squash; F - upper surface of partial veil, unsquashed. Scale bars = 10 pm. Images from E.M. Davison 19-2011 (A, B, D, E)
and E.M. Davison 34-2011, holotype (B, E).
Diagnostic features. Small to medium-sized fruiting bodies with a buff to milky coffee pileus with
a cream margin, and a universal veil of easily removed, white or cream, straight-sided, flat-topped
or pointed warts that are sometimes darker at the top. The gills are white to cream; the stipe is white
to cream with an ovoid to napiform or elongate bulb, with the universal veil remaining as warts or a
broken collar or free limb at the top of the bulb; there is a white to cream superior partial veil. The
spores are amyloid and ellipsoid to elongate; the universal veil on the pileus has elements with an
erect orientation and is composed of dominant inflated cells in terminal chains. Clamp connections
are present in the gills and at the base of basidia, but are very infrequent.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]:
26 June 2011, E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 19-2011 (PERTH); 27 July 2011, E.M. & P.J.N. Davison
EMD 35-2011 (PERTH); 9 June 2012, E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 19-2012 (PERTH); 9 June 2012,
E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 20-2012 (PERTH).
Fruiting period. June to July
Distribution and habitat. Solitary or scattered, in moist sandy soil in wetland vegetation, associated
with Eucalyptus rudis , Melaleuca preissiana and Kunzea glabrescens. Occurs in the Swan Coastal
Plain IBRA bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013).
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).
Etymology. Quenda is the Nyoongar name for the southern brown bandicoot, Isoodon obesulus (Shaw
1797). Once widespread across southern Australia, these are now restricted to areas where vegetation
is dense enough to provide adequate cover. Amanita quenda occurs in a habitat where quenda are still
common. The epithet is formed as a noun in apposition.
E.M. Davison el al., Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
9
Suggested common name. Quenda Lepidella.
Affinities based on ITS sequence. The sequence KM401572 (PERTH 08587116) is 778 base pairs long.
ABLASTn search showed that the closest match is LEM 25-2005 clone 43 (an undescribed Amanita
sp. from Western Australia) JX398327 (94% query coverage, 73% maximum identity).
Notes. The amyloid spores, non-striate, slightly appendiculate pileus margin and floccose universal
veil place this species in subg. Lepidella sect. Lepidella sensu Bas (1969). The absence of rows of
elongate, inflated cells and absence of a sub-membranous universal veil place it in subsect. Solitariae
Bas. This subsection is further divided into stirpes, with the presence or absence of clamp connections
being an important character (Bas 1969). If A. quenda is considered to have clamp connections, even
though they were only seen very infrequently in the lamellae and at the base of immature basidia
close to the lamella margin, then the ellipsoid to elongate spores, elements of the universal veil on
the pileus in an erect-parallel position with inflated cells dominant at the base of the medium to small
warts, places it in stirps Microlepis (Bas 1969). However it is more appropriate to consider A. quenda
as clampless, because none were seen at the base of mature basidia; in this case the characters of the
spores and universal veil place it in stirps Polypyramis (Bas 1969).
Within stirps Polypyramis A. quenda is most similar to A. yenii ZhuL.Yang & C.M.Chen, a species
from southern China and Taiwan (Yang & Chen 2003). Both are small to medium species, but differ
in the pileus colour, which in A. yenii is initially white becoming cream coloured or pale yellowish,
and white becoming buff to milky coffee in A. quenda. The spores of both species are ellipsoid to
elongate, but those of A. quenda have a higher Q’ (1.76) than those of A. yenii (1.55).
Amanita walpolei O.K.Mill., Canad. J. Bot. 69: 2697 (1991). Type : Walpole-Nomalup National
Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 10 June 1989, H.H. &
O.K. Miller OKM 23903 (holo. PERTH 02224534). (MB358169).
Pileus 45-82 mm diam., to 6 mm thick, light brown, fulvous, dark brown to snuff brown (5D4-D5-
6D4-E7), without surface staining or bruising, convex to broadly convex, becoming plane or plane
with a depressed centre, dry; margin slightly appendiculate, non-sulcate. Universal veil on pileus
adnate, initially crustose later breaking into soft, small or large flattened patches or warts over most of
the disc, pale fulvous, dark clay pink to purplish chestnut (5C4-6C4-F5). Lamellae adnexed (with a
small tooth in some collections), close, white ageing cream, to 15 mm broad, with margin concolorous
and fimbriate; lamellulae truncate (shortest), attenuate (longest), frequent, in one or two lengths. Stipe
26-38 mm long, 7-18 mm wide, more or less equal, white or pale cream when young ageing very pale
pink, covered with mealy, pale salmon scales (5A3-6A2-A3) disappearing with age, initially solid
becoming chambered. Bulb 12-29 x 14-35 mm, turbinate to ovoid, marginate to obscurely marginate,
narrowing with age. Partial veil superior to apical, descendant, thin, soft, flaring or adpressed, white
or pale brown, very pale pink below in some specimens, striate above, disappearing with age. Remains
of universal veil at stipe base comprising warts or soft ridges at top of bulb, pale pink to dark brown
(5A3-6A2-A3-C4-7D4). Flesh firm, white in pileus and stipe, ageing pale brown in centre of both.
Smell not distinctive or slightly mushroom. Spore deposit white to pale cream (B). (Figure 5)
Basidiospores [55/3/3] (8—)8.5—13(—14) x (5-)5.5-7 pm (L = 9.4-11.7 pm; L’ = 10.5 pm; W = 5.9-
6.3 pm; W’ = 6.1 pm; Q = (1.38-)1.43-2.00(-2.20); Q = 1.60-1.89; Q’ = 1.71), hyaline, colourless,
thin-walled, smooth, amyloid, ellipsoid to elongate, infrequently cylindric, adaxially flattened, the
contents granular or monoguttulate; apiculus sublateral, cylindric, truncate or rounded, c. 1 x 1 pm.
Pileipellis to 400 pm thick; suprapell is gelatinised, initially colourless, to 200 pm thick becoming yellow
10
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 5. Amanita walpo/ei. A - collection; B - collection displayed. Images from K. Syme KS 2821. © K. Syme.
brown with age; subpellis somewhat gelatinised, to 200 pm thick, colourless or brown; filamentous
hyphae 2-7 pm wide with thick, gelatinising walls, radially orientated, occasionally interwoven;
terminal cells to 100 x 15 pm, clavate, very infrequent; vascular hyphae 3-12 pm wide, occasionally
branching, colourless to yellow brown, infrequent, occasionally sinuous; clamp connections present,
infrequent. Pileus context of filamentous hyphae 3-60 pm wide, with widest constricted at septa,
dominant, thin-walled or with slightly thickened gelatinising walls, hyaline, radially orientated; inflated
cells to 300 x 50 pm, thin-walled, mainly clavate, some ventricose, colourless; vascular hyphae 2-8 pm
wide, occasionally branching, yellow to yellow-brown, infrequent or locally concentrated at stipe apex,
occasionally sinuous occasionally in fascicles; clamp connections present, infrequent. Lamella trama
bilateral, divergent. Central stratum when well hydrated comprising 15-25% of distance between bases
of basidia on opposing hymenial surfaces, of thin-walled, hyaline, filamentous hyphae 3-14 pm wide,
with widest constricted at septa, dominant; inflated cells to 60 x 10 pm, thin-walled, terminal, clavate;
vascular hyphae c. 6 pm wide, yellow-brown, very infrequent, occasionally sinuous, branches not seen;
clamp connections present, infrequent. Sub-hymenial base with initial angle of divergence 15°-25°
from central stratum with filamentous hyphae following a smooth, broad curve to subhymenium,
3-15 pm wide, thin-walled, hyaline, frequently branched with widest constricted at septa; inflated
cells infrequent, colourless, to 130 x 15 pm, clavate or ventricose, mainly terminal; vascular hyphae
c. 3 pm wide, yellow-brown, very infrequent, branches not observed; clamp connections present,
frequent. Subhymenium inflated, with basidia arising terminally from inflated pyriform cells 10-15 pm
wide. Lamella edge tissue sterile, with inflated cells pyriform or clavate, 35-50 x 12-25 pm, thin-
walled, hyaline, disarticulating at septa; clamp connections present. Basidia [40/2/2] (40-)42-56(-60)
x (9—)10—13(—14) pm, thin-walled, colourless, c. 95% 4-spored c. 5% 2-spored, with sterigmata to
6 pm x 2 pm; clamp connections frequent. Universal veil on pileus not layered, with elements erect;
filamentous hyphae 3-15 pm wide, hyaline or pale brown, the walls slightly thickened; inflated cells
dominant or equal, pyriform, ovoid, spherical or ellipsoidal to 60 x 110 pm (most <60 x40 pm), terminal
or in short chains of up to 4 cells, with slightly thickened, brown, gelatinising walls and pale yellow-
brown contents; vascular hyphae 3-5 pm wide, occasionally branching, yellow-brown, occasionally
sinuous, infrequent; clamp connections present. Universal veil on stipe base without clear orientation;
filamentous hyphae 2-7 pm wide, with slightly thickened walls, the contents colourless or yellow-
brown; inflated cells equal or dominant, clavate, ovoid, pyriform or spherical, to 60 x 45 pm (most
<55 x 35 pm) with slightly thickened walls, the contents colourless or pale brown; vascular hyphae
3-12 pm wide, occasionally branching, colourless oryellow or yellow-brown, infrequent, occasionally
sinuous; clamp connections present. Stipe context longitudinally acrophysalidic; filamentous hyphae
3-9 pm wide, hyaline; acrophysalides dominant, to 155 x 35 pm, thin-walled or the walls thickened
and gelatinising, colourless; vascular hyphae 6-17 pm wide, occasionally branching, yellow or yellow-
brown, infrequent, some sinuous; clamp connections present. Partial veil filamentous hyphae 3-19 pm
wide, hyaline, with thin or slightly thickened walls, many collapsed, equal or dominant; inflated cells
E.M. Davison et al., Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
11
present in some collections, to 15-25 x 40-50 pm, ovoid, pyriform or clavate, colourless; vascular
hyphae 2-10 pm wide, yellow or yellow-brown, very infrequent, occasionally sinuous, no branches
seen; clamp connections present. (Figure 6)
Diagnostic features. Small to medium fruiting bodies with a light brown to dark brown pileus, and a
brown universal veil that is initially crustose, later breaking up into small patches and warts. The gills
are initially white becoming cream; the stipe is white, covered with mealy, pale salmon scales, with
a turbinate to ovoid basal bulb, with the universal veil remaining as pale pink to dark brown warts or
soft ridges; there is a white or pale brown, fugacious partial veil. The spores are amyloid and ellipsoid
to elongate; the universal veil on the pileus has elements with an erect orientation and is composed
of dominant inflated cells that are single or in short terminal chains. Clamp connections are common
to very common throughout.
Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 30 May
2006, R.M. Robinson & K. Syme WFM 173 (PERTH); 3 Sep. 2012, K. Syme KS 2821 (PERTH,
GenBank accession KF815736-KF815739).
Fruiting period. May to September.
Distribution and habitat. Solitary or gregarious in sandy soil in moist sclerophyll forest or woodland,
associated with Beaufortiasparsa, Eucalyptus marginata , E.jacksonii, Nuytsiafloribunda, Pericalymma
spongiocaule, Taxandria juniperina and Trymalium floribundum. Amanita walpolei appears to be
restricted in distribution to the Warren WAR sub-bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013).
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).
Suggested common name. Walpole Lepidella.
Affinities based on ITS sequence. The sequences KF815736-KF815739 are 681-695 bases long. A
BLASTn search showed that there are no exact matches in GenBank. The closest match is LEM 25-
2005 clone 43 (an undescribed Amanita sp. from Western Australia) JX398327 (93% query coverage,
76% maximum identity).
Notes. Miller (1991) described A. walpolei from a single collection. The two additional collections
used to expand Miller’s observations here fit well with his field description. Re-examination of the
type, as well as these additional collections, shows that clamp connections are present in all tissues and
are common in the lamellae. These were not mentioned by Miller (1991). There is some disagreement
in the original description as to the diameter range of the pileus in the type collection; in the Latin
description the range is given as 2.5-7 cm, whereas in the English description it is given as 5-7 cm
which seems to better fit with his plate (Miller 1991). In our description the range is given as 45-82 mm.
The presence of amyloid spores and the slightly appendiculate pileus margin suggests that the best
placement for A. walpolei is in subg. Lepidella sect. Lepidella sensu Bas (1969) rather than sect. Validae
as suggested by Miller (1991). The structure of the universal veil places it in subsect. Solitariae. The
presence of clamp connections, the universal veil forming sub-felted patches and indistinct warts
that are composed of somewhat erect hyphae and inflated cells, indicates that A. walpolei is in stirps
Rhopalopus (Bas 1969).
12
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 6. Amanita -walpolei. A - spores from lamella; B - squash of basidia and subhymenium, clamp connection indicated
with arrow; C - lamella edge cells; D - universal veil on the pileus, section in the middle of a wart from the centre of the pileus,
unsquashed, clamp connection indicated with arrow; E - universal veil at the stipe base, squash. Scale bars = 10 pm. Images
from H.H. & O.K. Miller OKM 23903, holotype (A-C) and K. Syme KS 2821 (D, E).
Miller (1991) did not specify the etymology for the epithet walpolei , and this needs clarification. The
type collection was made from the Walpole-Nomalup National Park. The Walpole Inlet and River were
named by Governor Stirling for Captain W. Walpole with whom he had served aboard HMS Warspite
in 1808 (Western Australian Land Information Authority 2014). It is a reasonable assumption that the
epithet was derived from the location rather than the person, in which case the recommended form
is walpolensis. However the epithet can be interpreted as a plausible Latinisation of the place name
in the form ‘ walpoleus ’, which follows tradition for Latinisation of the personal name Walpole, as in
names such as Papaver walpolei A.E.Porsild. Thus the original spelling as walpolei is correct, being
a noun in the genitive (T.W. May pers. comm.).
A specimen from near Walpole (R.M. Robinson & J. Fielder WFM 280, PERTH 6666280) was
examined as part of this study but was excluded as being A. walpolei because the universal veil on the
pileus is grey or cream not brown, the spores have a lower Q, and clamp connections were not seen;
this specimen cannot currently be adequately assigned to any described species.
Acknowledgements
The South Australian Herbarium (AD) is thanked for the loan of type material of Amanita cheelii. We
thank T.W May for clarification of the epithet walpolei. This work was supported in part by Australian
Biological Resources Study grants CN211-40 and CN213-05.
References
Bas, C. (1969). Morphology and subdivision of Amanita and a monograph of its section Lepidella. Persoonia 5: 285-579.
Cleland, J.B. & Cheel, E. (1919). Australian fungi: notes and descriptions. No. 3. Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal
Society of South A ustralia 43: 262-315.
Davison, E.M., McGurk, L.E., Bougher, N.L., Syme, K. & Watkin, E.L.J. (2013). Amanita lesueurii and A. wadjukiorum
(Basidiomycota), two new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A.fibrillopes. Nuytsia 23:589-606.
E.M. Davison el al., Amanita drummondii and A. quenda (Basidiomycota), two new species
13
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 January 2014],
Komerup, A. & Wanscher, J.H. (1978). Methuen handbook of colour. (Methuen: London.)
Miller, O.K. (1991). New species of Amanita from Western Australia. Canadian Journal of Botany 69: 2692-2703.
Miller, O.K. (1992). Three new species of Amanita from Western Australia. Mycologia 84: 679-686.
National Library of Medicine (2013). http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/blast/Blast.cgi?CMD=Web&PAGE_TYPE=BlastHome
[accessed 4 June 2014],
Reid, D.A. (1980). A monograph of the Australian species of Amanita Pers. ex Hook. (Fungi). Australian Journal of Botany ,
Supplementary Series No. 8: 1-97.
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (1969). Flora of British fungi: colour identification chart. (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office:
Edinburgh.)
Tulloss, R.E. (1994). Type studies in Amanita section Vaginatae I: some taxa described in this century (studies 1-23) with notes
on description of spores and refractive hyphae in Amanita. Mycotaxon 52: 305-396.
Tulloss, R.E. (2008). Notes on methodology for study of Amanita (Agaricales). In: Tulloss, R.E. & Yang, Z.L. Studies in the
genus Amanita Pers. (Agaricales, Fungi), http://pluto.njcc.com/-ret/amanita/mainaman.html [accessed 1 August 2009],
Western Australian Land Information Authority (2014). History of country town names, https://www.landgate.wa.gov.au/
corporate.nsf/web/History+of+Country+Town+Names [accessed 18 September 2014],
Wood, A.E. (1997). Studies in the genus Amanita (Agaricales) in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 10: 723-854.
Yang, Z.L. & Chen, C.M. (2003). Amanita yenii, a new species of Amanita section Lepidella. Mycotaxon 88: 455-462.
14
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 15-25
Published online 10 March 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2014
The census database at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), which provides the nomenclature
for the website FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), lists current names and recent
synonymy for Western Australia’s native and naturalised vascular plants, as well as algae, bryophytes,
lichens, slime moulds and some fungi. The names represented in the census are either sourced from
published research or denote as yet unpublished names based on herbarium voucher specimens. This
paper summarises the 169 name changes made to this database in 2014.
Fifty-nine taxa were newly recorded for the state, of which 12 are naturalised and 21 have been
added to the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia (Jones 2014) (Table 1). Plant
groups for which a number of name changes were made in 2014 include Acacia Mill. (Maslin 2014a,
2014b, 2014c, 2014d; Maslin & Barrett 2014), Calandrinia Kunth. (Obbens 2014a, 2014b, 2014c;
West & Chinnock 2013), Leucopogon R.Br. (Hislop 2014), Pauridia Harv. (Snijman & Kocyan 2013),
Pterostylis R.Br. (Jones & French 2014a, 2014b) and Stylidium Sw. ex Willd. (Wege 2014a, 2014b).
Under the Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (CHAH) guidelines for informal names (Barker
2005), manuscript names are being converted to phrase names unless publication is imminent. Three
manuscript names were updated to phrase names through this process, while four manuscript names
and 36 phrase names were formally published (Table 2). Three taxa were removed from the census
as they are now considered to be intergrades or sterile hybrids (Table 2; see Thiele & Parker (2014)
for a summary of PERTH’S policy regarding hybrid names). Table 2 also includes cases where there
has been a change of taxonomic concept, exclusion or rank change.
Table 1 . New records added to Western Australia’s vascular plant census during 2014. in litt. = in
correspondence; in sched. = on herbarium sheet/label; * = naturalised; T, P1-P5 = Conservation Codes
following Jones (2014).
New Name
Status
Comment
Acacia auriculiformis Benth.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (14/10/2014).
Acacia besleyi Maslin
PI
See Maslin (2014b).
Acacia doreta Maslin
See Maslin (2014d).
Acacia haematites Maslin
PI
See Maslin (2014a).
Acacia keigheryi Maslin
P3
See Maslin (2014c).
Acacia mackenziei Maslin & R.L.Barrett
PI
See Maslin & Barrett (2014).
Acacia parkerae Maslin
P3
See Maslin (2014c).
Acacia sp. East Fortescue (J. Bull & D. Roberts ONS A 27.01)
PI
J. Bull etal. in litt. (01/12/2014).
Anacardium occidentale L.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (14/10/2014).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
16
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
New Name
Status
Comment
Austrostipa sp. Mt Burgess (A.A. Mitchell & P.J. Waddell 10499)
A. Williams in Iitt. (28/07/2014).
Calandrinia sp. Goongarrie (F. Obbens, F. Hort & J. Hort FO 18/13)
PI
F. Obbens in litt. (21/11/2013).
Calandrinia sp. Widgiemooltha (F. Obbens & E. Reid FO 9/05)
PI
F. Obbens in litt. (20/11/2013).
Campsis xtagliabuana (Vis.) Rehder
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (23/07/2014).
Centrolepis sp. Capel (G.J. Keighery 15786)
M.D. Barrett in litt. (22/11/2013).
Centrolepis sp. Eneabba (B.R Miller s.n. 31/12/2009)
P3
M.D. Barrett in litt. (27/11/2013).
Centrolepis sp. Kalannie (B.J. Lepschi et al. BJL 3517)
M.D. Barrett in litt. (26/11/2013).
Conostylis sp. Eneabba (M. Hislop 3864)
P2
R. Davis in litt. (14/10/2014).
Cyperus surinamensis Rottb.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (14/10/2014).
Dampiera sp. Wialki (B.H. Smith 482)
M. Hislop & K.A. Shepherd in litt.
(14/04/2014).
Diplatia furcata Barlow
P3
New record for WA. T. Start in litt.
(11/11/2013).
Diuris hazeliae D.L.Jones & C.J.French
See Jones & French (2013b).
Diuris jonesii C. J.French & G.Brockman
See French & Brockman (2013).
Eremophila latrobei subsp. tuberculate leaves (A. Markey & S. Dillon
5841)
A.P Brown in litt. (17/07/2014).
Eremophila microtheca subsp. narrow leaves (J.D.Start D12-150)
T
A.P Brown in litt. (17/12/2013).
Eriocaulon sp. Morgan River (A.T. Cross ATC 62)
PI
M.D. Barrett in litt. (04/08/2013).
Eucalyptus insularis subsp. continentalis D .Nicolle & Brooker
T
See Nicolle et al. (2014).
Eucalyptus insularis Brooker subsp. insularis
T
See Nicolle et al. (2014).
Eucalyptus leucophylla Domin
New record for WA. M. French &
D. Nicolle in sched. (Nov. 2013).
Grevillea sp. Koolyanobbing (W.R Muir WPM 3344)
PI
R. Davis in litt. (06/02/2014).
Heliophila seselifolia DC.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (8/11/2013).
Hibbertia sp. Mt Gibson (R.D. Hoogland 12002)
P3
K.R. Thiele in litt. (14/10/2014).
Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop subsp. darlingensis
See Hislop (2014).
Leucopogon darlingensis subsp. rectus Hislop
P2
See Hislop (2014).
Narcissus tazetta subsp. aureus (Loisel.) Baker
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (28/03/2014).
Narcissus tazetta subsp. italicus (Ker Gawl.) Baker
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (28/03/2014).
Narcissus tazetta L. subsp. tazetta
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (28/03/2014).
C.M. Parker, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2014
17
New Name
Status
Comment
Opuntia robusta PfeifF.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in lift. (14/05/2014).
Pelargonium panduriforme Eckl. & Zeyh.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
G.J. Keighery in lift. (02/05/2014).
Philotheca sp. Bremer Range (E. Adams EA 659)
M. Hislop in litt. (19/12/2013).
Phoenix canariensis Chabaud
*
New naturalised record for WA. See
Do we & Jones (2011).
Portulaca decipiens Poelln.
New record for WA. G.J. Keighery in
litt. (08/01/2014).
Prasophyllum sp. early (G. Brockman GBB 1626)
A.P. Brown in litt. (25/03/2014).
Pterostylis brunneola D.L.Jones & C.J.French
See Jones & French (2014a).
Pterostylis jacksonii D.L.Jones & C.J.French
See Jones & French (2014a).
Pterostylis lortensis D.L.Jones & C.J.French
See Jones & French (2014a).
Salix humboldtiana Willd.
*
New naturalised record for WA.
Represents the cultivar Salix
humboldtian ‘Pyramidalis’.
G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/11/2013).
Samolus sp. Fortescue Marsh (A. Markey & R. Coppen FM 9702)
A. Markey in litt. (16/03/2013).
Schoenus sp. Little black fruit (A.C. Beauglehole ACB 12538)
K.L. Wilson in litt. (30/09/2014).
Sphaeromorphaea littoralis (Retz.) A.RBean
See Bean (2013a).
Stackhousia sp. Kennedy Range (G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1281)
W.R. Barker in litt. (05/12/2013).
Stackhousia sp. Lake Mackay (P.K. Latz 12870)
W.R. Barker in litt. (19/09/2013).
Stackhousia sp. Thick sepals (A.E. Orchard 1547)
W.R. Barker in litt. (19/09/2013).
Stylidium lithophilum Wege
P2
See Wege (2014a).
Stylidium notabile A.R Bean
New record for WA. J.A. Wege in litt.
(21/11/2013).
Stylidium oreophilum Wege
P2
See Wege (2014a).
Stylidium osculum A.R Bean
New record for WA. J.A. Wege &
M.D. Barrett in litt. (21/11/2013).
Tephrosia sp. deserts (J.R. Maconochie 1403)
R. Butcher in litt. (25/02/2014).
Tephrosia sp. Yampi (A.N. Start per R.L. Barrett RLB 2291)
R. Butcher in litt. (17/02/2014).
Triodia sp. Millstream (A.A. Mitchell PRP 207)
P3
M.D. Barrett in litt. (06/06/2014).
18
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Table 2. Changes to existing entries in Western Australia’s vascular plant census during 2014.
Excluded name = a name used in the botanical literature that actually refers to one or more different
taxa never occurring in WA; nomenclatural synonym = a superseded name based on the same type
specimen as the accepted name—the epithet is usually transferred to a different genus name or rank;
taxonomic synonym = a superseded name based on a different type specimen to the accepted name;
orthographic variant = mis-spelling of a name in the original publication; in litt. = in correspondence;
in sched. = on herbarium sheet/label. CHAH (date) = date Australian Plant Census updated. Status: *
= naturalised; T, P1-P5 = Conservation Codes following Jones (2014). Nothotaxon = named hybrid
between representatives of two or more taxa.
Old Name
New Name
Status
Comments
Acacia insolita subsp. efoliolata
Maslin
Acacia adjutrices Maslin
P3
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Maslin (2014b).
Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile
Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H.Hurter
& Mabb.
*
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Kyalangalilwa et al. (2013).
Acacia nilotica subsp. indica
(Benth.) Brenan
Vachellia nilotica subsp. indica
(Benth.) Kyal. & Boatwr.
*
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Kyalangalilwa et al. (2013).
Acacia sp. Bungalbin Hill (J.J.
Alford 1119)
Acacia shapelleae Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014a).
Acacia sp. Diorite (B.R. Maslin
7329)
Acacia lapidosa Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014d).
Acacia sp. Jimberlana Hill (K.R.
Newbey 6751)
Acacia fraternalis Maslin
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014b).
Acacia sp. Kulin (S. Murray 504)
Acacia kulinensis Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014c).
Acacia sp. Londonderry (N.
Gibson 6433)
Acacia coatesii Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014b).
Acacia sp. Minnie Creek (B.R.
Maslin 5217)
Acacia cnrryana Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014d).
Acacia sp. Mt Augustus (S.D.
Hopper 3181)
Acacia petricola Maslin
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014d).
Acacia sp. narrow phyllode (B.R.
Maslin 7831)
Acacia acuminata Benth.
Name synonymised.
B.R. Maslin in 7/^(21/1/2014).
Acacia sp. Norseman (B. Archer
1554)
Acacia collegialis Maslin
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014b).
Acacia sp. PI74 (J.M. Brown 228)
Acacia thieleana Maslin
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014b).
Acacia sp. Wilgie Mia (D. Coultas
& G. Woodman AW 03-Opp 1)
Acacia dilloniorum Maslin
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Maslin (2014c).
Actinotus sp. Walpole (J.R.
Wheeler & S.J. Patrick 3786)
Actinotus repens Henwood
P3
Taxon formally published. See
Henwood (2013).
Astartea sp. Bungalbin Hill (K.R.
Newbey 8989)
Cyathostemon verrucosus Trudgen
& Rye
P3
Taxon formally published. See
Trudgen & Rye (2014).
Astartea sp. Esperance (A. Fairall
2431)
Cyathostemon sp. Esperance
(A. Fairall 2431)
PI
Name synonymised. See Rye
(2013).
C.M. Parker, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2014
19
Old Name
New Name
Status
Comments
Astartea sp. Fitzgerald
(K.R. Newbey 10844)
Cyathostemon gracilis Trudgen &
Rye
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Trudgen & Rye (2014).
Astartea sp. Jyndabinbin Rocks
(K.R. Newbey 7689)
Cyathostemon sp. Jyndabinbin
Rocks (K.R. Newbey 7689)
P2
Name synonymised. See Rye
(2013).
Astartea sp. Mt Dimer
(C. McChesney TRL4/72)
Cyathostemon sp. Mt Dimer
(C. McChesney TRL 4/72)
PI
Name synonymised. See Rye
(2013).
Astartea sp. Red Hill
(K.R. Newbey 8462)
Cyathostemon divaricatus Trudgen
& Rye
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Trudgen & Rye (2014).
Brassica napus L.
Brassica xnapus L.
*
Nothotaxon. See CHAH (Mar.
2014).
Caladenia sp. Boyup Brook
(R.W. Hearn ARA 5890)
Caladenia sp. Keninup (S. Clarke
SC 127)
P2
Name synonymised.
A.P. Brown in litt.
(14/04/2014).
Calandrinia sp. Blackberry
(D M. Porter 171)
Calandrinia baccata Obbens
Taxon formally published. See
Obbens (2014a).
Calandrinia sp. Butchers Track
(L.S.J. Sweedman 6608)
Calandrinia butcherensis Obbens
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Obbens (2014c).
Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce
(M.E. Trudgen 1544)
Calandriniapumila (Benth.)
F.Muell
Name synonymised. See
Obbens (2014b).
Calandrinia sp. Mt Clere
(R.J. Dadd 5)
Calandrinia mirabilis Chinnock &
J.G.West
PI
Taxon formally published. See
West & Chinnock (2013).
Calandrinia sp. Red sand dunes
(F. Obbens & G. Marsh FO 20/11)
Calandrinia rubrisabulosa Obbens
P3
Taxon formally published. See
Obbens (2014c).
Calandrinia sp. Two Rocks (K.
Richardson 211)
Calandrinia oraria Obbens
P3
Taxon formally published. See
Obbens (2014a).
Camptacra gracilis (Benth.)
Lander
n/a
Excluded taxon. N.S. Lander
in sched. (09/08/2014).
Chamelaucium sp. C Coastal Plain
(R.D. Royce 4872)
Chamelaucium sp. S coastal plain
(R.D. Royce 4872)
T
To correct epithet. B. L. Rye
pers. comm. (Oct. 2013).
Coreopsis grandiflora Sweet
Coreopsis lanceolata L.
*
Taxonomic synonym. See
CHAH (May 2011).
Corymbiapachycarpa K.D.Hill &
L A S. Johnson subsp. pachycarpa
Corymbia pachycarpa K.D.Hill &
L.A.S.Johnson
Nomenclatural synonym. No
subspcies recognised. See
CHAH (June 2011).
Cucumis melo subsp. agrestis
(Naudin) Pangalo
Cucumis melo L.
Taxonomic synonym. I.Telford
in litt. (17/07/2014).
Diuris sp. Eneabba (A H. Burbidge
3941)
Diuris tinkeri D.L . Jones &
C.J.French
Taxon formally published. See
Jones & French (2013a).
Eucalyptus balanites Grayling &
Brooker
Eucalyptus xbalanites Grayling &
Brooker
T
Nothotaxon. See Nicolle &
French (2012).
Eucalyptus balanopelex
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
n/a
Name made noncurrent.
Hybrid. Eucalyptus
kesselli subsp. eugnosta x
E. semiglobosa. See Nicolle &
French (2012).
20
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Old Name
New Name
Status
Comments
Eucalyptus communalis Brooker
& Hopper
n/a
Name made noncurrent.
Intergrade. Eucalyptus
adesmophloia - E. obesa. See
Nicolle & French (2012).
Eucalyptus decipiens subsp.
chalara Brooker & Hopper
n/a
Name made noncurrent.
Intergrade. Eucalyptus
adesmophloia - E. decipiens.
See Nicolle & French (2012).
Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. subsp.
decipiens
Eucalyptus decipiens Endl.
Nomenclatural synonym. No
subspecies recognised. See
Nicolle & French (2012).
Eucalyptus glomericassis
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
n/a
Excluded name. M.D. Barrett
in litt. (14/04/2014).
Eucalyptus intrasilvatica
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
Eucalyptus x intrasilvatica
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
Nothotaxon. See Nicolle &
French (2012).
Eucalyptusphylacis L.A.S.Johnson
& K.D.Hill
Eucalyptus x phylacis
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
T
Nothotaxon. See Nicolle &
French (2012).
Eucalyptus trachybasis
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
Eucalyptusplanipes L.A.S.Johnson
& K.D.Hill
Taxonomic synonym. See
CHAH (2006).
Gastrolobium sp. Quindalup
(H. Cole & D. Carter 577)
Gastrolobium argyrotrichum
Hislop, Wege & A.D.Webb
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop etal. (2014).
Grevillea sp. Turee (J. Bull &
G. Hopkinson ONS JJ 01.01)
Grevillea saxicola S. J. Dillon
P3
Taxon formally published. See
Dillon (2014).
Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.)
F.W. Schmidt
Leontodon rhagadioloides (L.)
Enke & Zidom
*
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Enke etal. (2012).
Hedypnois rhagadioloides subsp.
cretica (L.) Hayek
Leontodon rhagadioloides (L .)
Enke & Zidom
*
Taxonomic synonym. See
CHAH (Mar. 2014).
Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.)
F.W. Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides
Leontodon rhagadioloides (L .)
Enke & Zidorn
*
Nomenclatural synonym. No
subspecies recognised. See
Enke etal. (2012).
Hypoxis gardneri RJ.F.Hend.
Pauridia gardneri (R.J.F.Hend.)
Snijman & Kocyan
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis glabella R.Br.
var. glabella
Pauridia glabella (R.Br.) Snijman
& Kocyan var. glabella
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis glabella var. leptantha
(Benth.) R J.F.Hend.
Pauridia glabella var. leptantha
(Benth.) Snijman & Kocyan
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis occidentals Benth.
Pauridia occidentals (Benth.)
Snijman & Kocyan
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis occidentals Benth. var.
occidentals
Pauridia occidentals (Benth.)
Snijman & Kocya var. occidentals
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis occidentals var.
quadriloba (F.Muell.) R J.F.Hend.
Pauridia occidentals
var. quadriloba (F.Muell.) Snijman
& Kocyan
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis salina M. Lyons &
Keighery
Pauridia salina (M. Lyons &
Keighery) Snijman & Kocyan
PI
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
C.M. Parker, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2014
21
Old Name
New Name
Status
Comments
Hypoxis sp. Beaufort (V. Crowley
DKN629)
Pauridia sp. Beaufort (V. Crowley
DKN 629)
PI
Name synonymised. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis vaginata Schltdl.
Pauridia vaginata (Schltdl.)
Snijman & Kocyan
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Hypoxis vaginata Schltdl.
var. vaginata
Pauridia vaginata (Schltdl.)
Snijman & Kocyan var. vaginata
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Snijman & Kocyan (2013).
Indigofer a fractiflexa ms subsp.
Mount Augustus (S. Patrick &
A. Crawford SP 4737)
Indigofer a sp. Mount Augustus
(S. Patrick & A. Crawford SP 4737)
To align with CHAH phrase
name protocols (July 2014).
Lasiopetalum sp. Fitzgerald
(C.J. Robinson 1145)
Lasiopetalum adenotrichum
R.A.Meissn. & Rathbone
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Meissner etal. (2014).
Leucopogon sp. Cape Arid
(M. Paxman 50)
Leucopogon corymbiformis Hislop
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop (2014).
Leucopogon sp. Darkan
(R.S. Smith BNC 1047)
Leucopogon subsejunctus Hislop
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop (2014).
Leucopogon sp. Darling Range
(F. & J. Hort 1804)
Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop (2014).
Leucopogon sp. Darradup
(R.D. Royce 2998)
Leucopogon decrescens Hislop
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop (2014).
Leucopogon sp. Tutanning
(K. Kershaw 2132)
Leucopogon audax Hislop
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Hislop (2014).
Maytenus ferdinandi Jessup
Denhamia ferdinandii (Jessup)
M.P. Simmons
Nomenclatural synonym. See
McKenna et al. (2011).
Muehlenbeckiaflorulenta Meisn.
Duma florulenta (Meisn.)
T.M.Schust.
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Schuster et al. (2011).
Muehlenbeckia horrida H.Gross
Duma horrida (H. Gross)
T.M.Schust.
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Schuster et al. (2011).
Muehlenbeckia horrida
subsp. abdita K.L.Wilson
Duma horrida subsp. abdita
(K.L.Wilson) T.M.Schust.
T
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Schuster et at. (2011).
Nesaea arnhemica (F.Muell.)
Koehne
Ammannia arnhemica (F.Muell.)
S.A.Graham & Gandhi
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Graham & Gandhi (2013).
Nesaea crinipes (F.Muell.) Koehne
Ammannia crinipes F.Muell.
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Graham & Gandhi (2013).
Nesaea muelleri Hewson
Ammannia muelleri (Hewson)
S.A.Graham & Gandhi
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Graham & Gandhi (2013).
Nesaea repens W.Fitzg.
Ammannia fitzgeraldii R.L. Barrett
Taxonomic synonym. See
Barrett (2014).
Nesaea striatiflora Hewson
Ammannia striatiflora (Hewson)
S.A.Graham & Gandhi
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Graham & Gandhi (2013).
Olearia dampieri subsp. Eremicola
(Diels & Pritzel s.n. PERTH
00449628)
Olearia sp. Eremicola (Diels &
Pritzel s.n. PERTH 00449628)
To align with CHAH phrase
name protocols (July 2014).
Phebalium ambiguum C.A.Gardner
Microcybe ambigua (C.A.Gardner)
Paul G.Wilson
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Wilson (2013).
22
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Old Name
New Name
Status
Comments
Platysace kochii (E.Pritz.)
LAS. Johnson
Xanthosia kochii (E.Pritz.) J.M.Hart
& Henwood
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Henwood & Hart (2013).
Pluchea sp. B Kimberley Flora
(K.F. Kenneally 9526A)
Pluchea longiseta A. R. Bean
Taxon formally published. See
Bean (2013b).
Polygala sp. Linear (Cowie 8206)
Polygala stenosepala (Benth.)
R. A. Kerrigan
Name synonymised. See
CHAH (Apr. 2014).
Potamogeton pectinatus L.
Stuckenia pectinata (L.) Borner
Nomenclatural synonym. See
Papassotiriou et al. (2011).
Potamogeton reduncus Hagstr.
nidi
Name made current. Taxon
reinstated. See Papassotiriou et
al. (2011).
Psylliostachys suworowii (Regel)
Roshkova
n/a
Excluded name. See Keighery
& Keighery (2010).
Pterostylis sp. Cape Le Grand
(I. Solomon 550)
Pterostylis telmata D.L.Jones &
C.J. French
Taxon formally published. See
Jones & French (2014b).
Pterostylis sp. Karri forest
(W. Jackson BJ270)
Pterostylis karri D.L.Jones &
C.J. French
Taxon formally published. See
Jones & French (2014b).
Pterostylis sp. red flowered
(W. Jackson BJ269)
Pterostylis erubescens D.L.Jones &
C.J.French
Taxon formally published. See
Jones & French (2014b).
Pterostylis sp. yellow eared
(W. Jackson BJ359)
Pterostylis sp. late flowering
(W. Jackson BJ298)
Name synonymised. C.J.
French in sched. (11/04/2014).
Ptilotus clivicolus R.W. Davis &
T. Hammer
Ptilotus clivicola R.W.Davis &
T. Hammer
P2
Orthographic variant. See
Davis (2014).
Ptilotus distans (R.Br.) Poir. subsp.
distorts
Ptilotus distans (R.Br.) Poir.
Nomenclatural synonym. No
subspecies recognised. See
Bean (2008).
Ptilotus sp. Eneabba (K. Kershaw
& D. Leach 07-02-01)
Ptilotus clivicolus R.W. Davis &
T. Hammer
Taxon formally published. See
Davis etal. (2014).
Ptilotus sp. Warradarge (R. Warner
&S. Werner WWF 12 14)
Ptilotus falcatus R.W. Davis &
T. Hammer
PI
Taxon formally published. See
Davis et al. (2014).
Scaevola sp. Waychinicup
(E.M. SandifordEMS 1336)
Scaevola xanthina K.A.Sheph. &
Hislop
P2
Taxon formally published. See
Shepherd & Hislop (2014).
Spartothamnella puberula
(F.Muell.) Maiden & Betche
n/a
Excluded taxon. See Thiele &
Shepherd (2014).
Spartothamnella sp. Helena &
Aurora Range (PG. Armstrong
155-109)
Spartothamnella canescens
K.R.Thiele & K.A.Sheph.
Taxon formally published. See
Thiele & Shepherd (2014).
Spermacoce rupicola Harwood
n/a
Excluded taxon. WA
specimens referable to
Spermacoce sp. Platysperma
(J.R. Clarkson 6546). R.
Harwood in lift. (04/01/2007).
Stylidium floodii F.Muell.
n/a
Excluded taxon. R.L. Barrett
in sched. (08/04/2014).
C.M. Parker, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2014
23
Old Name New Name Status Comments
Stylidium hesperium Wege ms
Stylidium hygrophilum Wege ms
Stylidium irriguum W.Fitzg.
Stylidium paludicola Wege ms
Stylidium thryonides Wege ms
Symplectrodia lanosa Lazarides
Thelymitra sp. Brookton
(A.S. George 11631)
Thelymitra sp. Esperance
(N.S. Lander 1080)
Thelymitra sp. Slender Sun Orchid
(A.R. Annels 2884)
Trianthem a me gasper mum
A.M.Prescott
Tripterococcus brachylobus
W.R.Barker ms
Xanthosia bungei Keighery
Zanthoxylum parviflorum Benth.
Stylidium hesperium Wege
Stylidium hygrophilum Wege
n/a
Stylidium paludicola Wege
Stylidium thryonides Wege
nidi
Thelymitra graminea Lindl.
Thelymitra petrophila Jeanes
Thelymitra graminea Lindl.
n/a
Tripterococcus sp. Brachylobus
(A.S. George 14234)
Xanthosia kochii (E.Pritz.) J.M.Hart
& Henwood
Zanthoxylum rhetsa (Roxb.) DC.
Taxon formally published. See
Wege (2014b).
PI Taxon formally published. See
Wege (2014b).
Name made current. Taxon
reinstated. R.L. Barrett in litt.
(08/03/2014).
P3 Taxon formally published. See
Wege (2014b).
Taxon formally published. See
Wege (2014b).
Excluded taxon. R.L. Barrett
in litt. (16/04/2014).
Name synonymised.
J. A. Jeanes in sched.
(23/08/2002).
Name synonymised.
J. A. Jeanes in sched.
(23/08/2002).
Name synonymised.
A.P. Brown in litt.
(01/05/2014).
Excluded taxon. R.L. Barrett
in litt. (19/06/2014).
P4 To align with CHAH phrase
name protocols (Mar. 2014).
Taxonomic synonym. See
Hartley (2013).
Taxonomic synonym. See
Henwood & Hart (2013).
Acknowledgements
Curation staff at PERTH, and the Department of Parks and Wildlife’s ‘Taxonomic Review Committee’
are acknowledged for their contribution to the information presented herein.
References
Barker, W.R. (2005). Standardising informal names in Australian publications. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter
122 : 11 - 12 .
Barrett, R.L. (2014). Ammanniafitzgeraldii , a nom. nov. for Nesaea repens (Lythraceae). Nuytsia 24: 101-102.
Bean, A.R. (2008). A synopsis of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) in eastern Australia. Telopea 12(2): 227-250.
Bean, A.R. (2013a). Reinstatement and revision of Sphaeromorphaea DC, and Ethuliopsis F.Muell. (Asteraceae: Plucheinae).
Austrobaileya 9(1): 30-59.
Bean, A.R. (2013b). Three new species of Pluchea Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae-Plucheinae) from northern Australia. A
9(1): 66-74.
24
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2007-). Australian Plant Census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian
National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 5/01/2015-1/02/2015],
Davis, R.W. (2014). Corrigendum to: Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains.
Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 319.
Davis, R.W., Hammer, T.A. & Thiele, K.R. (2014). Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba
sandplains. Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 123-129.
Dillon, S. J. (2014). Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 103-108.
Dowe, J.L. & Jones, D.L. (2011). Arecaceae. In. Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 39: Alismatales to Arales.
pp. 145-210. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)
Enke, N., Gemeinholzer, B. & Zidorn, C. (2012). Molecular and phytochemical systematics of the subtribe Hypochaeridinae
(Asteraceae, Cichorieae). Organisms Diversity and Evolution 12: 1-16.
French, C.J. & Brockman, G.B. (2013). Diuris jonesii, a new large flowered species in the Diuris corymbosa complex from
Western Australia. Australian Orchid Review 78(6): 23-27.
Graham, S.A. & Gandhi, K. (2013). Nomenclatural changes resulting from the transfer of Nesaea and Hionanthera to
Ammannia (Lythraceae). Harvard Papers in Botany 18(1): 71-90.
Hartley, T.G. (2013). Zygophyllaceae. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 26: Meliaceae, Rutaceae,Zygophyllaceae.
pp. 74-78. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)
Henwood, M. J. (2013). Actinotus repens Keighery ex Henwood (Apiaceae). A new species from south-west Western Australia.
Telopea 15: 221-225.
Henwood, M.J. & Hart, J.M. (2013). A new combination and lectotypification in Xanthosia (Apiaceae). Telopea 15: 215-220.
Hislop, M. (2014). New species from the Leucopogonpulchellus group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 24:
71-93.
Hislop, M., Wege, J.A. & Webb, A.D. (2014). Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), with
taxonomic notes on some other species with bicoloured calyx hairs. Nuytsia 24: 113-122.
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Jones, D.L. & French, C.J. (2013a). Diuris linkeri. a new species in the Diuris corymbosa complex from Western Australia
with affinities to Diuris magnifica. Australian Orchid Review 78(4): 37-40.
Jones, D.L. & French, C.J. (2013b). Diuris hazeliae, a colourful new species in the Diuris corymbosa complex from inland
areas of Western Australia. Australian Orchid Review 78(5): 47-53.
Jones, D.L. & French, C.J. (2014a). New species in the Pterostylis nana R.Br. complex (Orchidaceae) from Western Australia
- 1. Australian Orchid Review 79(2): 19-26.
Jones, D.L. & French, C.J. (2014b). New species in the Pterostylis nana R.Br. complex (Orchidaceae) from Western Australia
- 2. Australian Orchid Review 79(3): 38-48.
Keighery, G. & Keighery, B. (2010). Psylliostachys (Plumbaginaceae) in Western Australia. Australasian Systematic Botany
Society Newsletter 144-145: 35.
Kyalangalilwa, B., Boatwright, J.S., Daru, B.H., Maurin, O. & van der Bank, M. (2013). Phylogenetic position and revised
classification of Acacia s.l. (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) in Africa, including new combinations in Vachellia and Senegalia.
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 172: 500-523.
Maslin, B.R. (2014a). Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from Banded Iron
Formation ranges in the vicinity of Koolyanobbing, Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 131-138.
Maslin, B.R. (2014b). Miscellaneous new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from south-west Western Australia.
Nuytsia 24: 139-159.
Maslin, B.R. (2014c). Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes from south-west
Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 161-175.
Maslin, B.R. (2014d). Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the arid zone in Western
Australia. Nuytsia 24: 193-205.
Maslin, B. R. & Barrett, R. L. (2014). Acacia mackenziei, a new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae)
with conservation significance from the east Kimberley region in northern Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 187-192.
McKenna, M.J., Simmons, M.P, Bacon, CD. & Lombardi, J.A. (2011). Delimitation of the segregate genera of Maytenus s.l.
(Celastraceae) based on morphological and molecular characters. Systematic Botany 36(4): 922-932.
Meissner, R.A., Rathbone, D.A. & Wilkins, C.F. (2014). Lasiopetalum adenotrichum (Malvaceae s. lat.), a new species from
Fitzgerald River National Park. Nuytsia 24: 65-69.
C.M. Parker, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2014
25
Nicolle, D., Brooker, M.I.H. & French, M.E. (2014). A new subspecies of the threatened monocalypt Eucalyptus insularis
(Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 249-253.
Nicolle, D. & French, M.E. (2012). A revision of Eucalyptus ser. Falcatae (Myrtaceae) from south-western Australia, including
the description of new taxa and comments on the probable hybrid origin of E. balanites , E. balanopelex and E. phylacis.
Nuytsia 22: 409A-54.
Obbens, F.J. (2014a). Two new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from southemWestern Australia. Nuytsia 24: 37-43.
Obbens, F.J. (2014b). Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544) cannot be maintained as distinct from C. pumila. Nuytsia
24: 109-111.
Obbens, F.J. (2014c). Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species from the Midwest of Western
Australia. Nuytsia 24: 207-214.
Papassotiriou, S.E., Jacobs, S.W.L. & Hellquist, C.B. (2011). Potamogetonaceae. In: Wilson, A. J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol.
39: Alismatales to Arales. pp. 84-95. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)
Rye, B.L. (2013). Arevision of the south-western Australian genus Astartea (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 23\ 189-269.
Schuster, T.M., Wilson, K.W. & Kron, K.A. (2011). Phylogenetic relationships of Muehlenbeckia , Fallopia and Reynoutria
(Polygonaceae) investigated with chloroplast and nuclear sequence data. International Journal of Plant Sciences 172(8):
1053-1066.
Shepherd, K.A. & Hislop, M. (2014). Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species from the south coast
of Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 95-99.
Snijman, D.A. & Kocyan, A. (2013). The genus Pauridia (Hypoxidaceae) amplified to include Hypoxis sect. Ianthe , Saniella
and Spiloxene , with revised nomenclature and typification. Phytotaxa 116: 19-33.
Thiele, K.R. & Parker, C.M. (2014). Treatment of hybrid taxa on the census of Western Australian plants. Nuytsia 24: 311-314.
Thiele, K.R. & Shepherd, K.A. (2014). Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae), a new species from Western
and Central Australia, with notes on the status of S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range. Nuytsia 24: 177-185.
Trudgen, M.E. & Rye, B.L. (2014). An update to the taxonomy of some WestemAustralia genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae.
2. Cyathostemon. Nuytsia 24: 7-16.
Wege, J.A. (2014a). Stylidium lithophilum and S', oreophilum (Stylidiaceae), two new species of conservation significance from
Stirling Range National Park. Nuytsia 24: 29-35.
Wege, J.A. (2014b). An account of the reed triggerplants ( Stylidium sect. Junceae. Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 24: 215-247.
West, J.G. & Chinnock, R.J. (2013). Calandrinia mirabilis (Portulacaceae), a spectacular new species from Western Australia
with notes on its ecology, seed germination and horticultural potential. Journal ofthe Adel aide Botanic Gardens 26:97-102.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 8 January 2014],
Wilson, P.G. (2013). Microcybe. In: Wilson, A. J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 26: Meliaceae, Rutaceae, Zygophyllaceae.
pp. 480-484. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)
Cheryl M. Parker
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: cheryl.parker@dpaw.wa. gov.au
26
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:27-30
Published online 10 March 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Daviesia localis (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new, short-range endemic
from the northern Darling Range in Western Australia
Daviesia localis Hislop, sp. nov.
Typus. north of Bindoon, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
6 November 2002, F. Hort 1904 (holo: PERTH 06230687; iso. CANB, MEL).
Erect, spreading shrubs , 1.5-3 m high and to c. 3 m wide, single-stemmed at ground level, apparently
from a fire-sensitive rootstock. Branchlets terete, striate, glabrous, minutely papillose to ± smooth;
apex spinescent. Stipules caducous, filiform, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Phyllodes rather sparsely distributed,
shallowly antrorse to almost patent (45-80°), terete, striate, 2-8 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, recurved
along the longitudinal axis; base decurrent; apex acuminate, pungent. Unit inflorescence 1 or occasionally
2 per axil, 4-7-flowered; axis 5-9 mm long, viscid. Inflorescence bracts oblong to narrowly elliptic,
0.7-1.1 mm long, not striate, strongly concave adaxially, with ±scarious margins. Pedicels 1.5-7.0 mm
long, viscid. Calyx 3.8-5.2 mm long, including the 1.0-2.5 mm long receptacle; obscurely 2-lipped,
the upper lip shallowly emarginate, lobes very broad and short, <0.3 mm long, with a zone of very
short, vesicular hairs about the lobe apices, mostly on the inner surface, but frequently extending
onto the margins and outer surface. Corolla, standard limb depressed ovate with an emarginate apex,
8.5-9.5 mm long (including the 2.0-2.3 mm claw), 8.5-10 mm wide, orange-yellow in distal half,
red in the basal half and with a central, yellow, V-shaped ‘eye’; wings 6.0-6.7 mm long (including
a claw 2.0-2.5 mm long), 3.0-3.5 mm wide, red, rounded and overlapping at the apex to conceal
the keel, strongly auriculate at the base; keel 5.5-6.0 mm long, 2.8-3.2 mm wide, red, incurved
with an obtuse apex, produced into 2 carinate gibbosities on the lateral surfaces. Stamens strongly
dimorphic; the outer whorl of 5 with filaments flattened throughout and with 2-celled, basifixed anthers,
c. 0.5 mm long; the inner 5 with filaments ± terete in the upper half (excluding the vexillary stamen),
and anthers sub-dorsifixed with confluent cells, c. 0.3 mm long; the vexillary stamen with filament
channelled adaxially in the upper half. Style 2.0-2.5 mm long, held at c. 90° to the ovarian axis. Pod
turgid, obliquely obtriangular, acute, 15-18 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, pale to dark brown at maturity,
obscurely reticulate. Seeds copper-brown, 6-7 mm long, 3.2-3.5 mm wide, funicle well-developed,
cream-coloured, 4.0-4.5 mm long. (Figure 1)
Diagnostic characters. Distinguished from all other species in the genus by the following character
combination: large growth habit (usually 2-3 m at maturity); striate branchlets; decurrent phyllodes
which are relatively short (2-8 mm long), terete and pungent; viscid, elongate, multi-flowered
inflorescences (axis 5-9 mm long and pedicels 1-7 mm long).
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
28 Oct. 2001, M Hislop 2352 (CANB, PERTH); 25 Nov. 2001, M Hislop & F. Hort MH 2481 (CANB,
PERTH); 30 Oct. 2014, F. & J. Hort FH 3903 (MEL, PERTH).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
28
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Daviesia localis. A - habit; B - flowers; C - inflorescence and immature pods. Photographs by F. & J. Hort from
F.& J. HortFH3903.
Distribution and habitat. Currently known only from one population in the Bindoon area, which is
located in the far north of the Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013). The plant
occurs high in the landscape, growing in a sandy loam soil in the understorey of Jarrah-Marri forest.
Phenology. The main flowering period appears to be between early October and the middle ofNovember.
Mature fruit has been collected during the last week ofNovember.
Etymology. From the Latin localis (local, belonging to a given place), a reference to the very restricted
geographical range of the new species.
M. Hislop, Daviesia localis (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new, short-range endemic
29
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Daviesia localis is known from one
scattered population of about 300 plants (Fred Hort pers. comm.) on land vested in the Department
of Defence and in adjacent Unallocated Crown Land. The species has been the subject of several
unsuccessful searches for new populations by Fred and Jean Hort, Research Associates of the Western
Australian Herbarium.
Affinities. The closer relatives of this species are unlikely to be the congeners with which it is grouped
in the key below. The elongate inflorescences, striate branchlets and phyllodes, and viscid inflorescence
suggest a relationship with D. longifolia Benth. Recent molecular analysis of the genus (Cook et al.
2014) places the latter species in a subclade with D. costata Cheel and D. pauciflora Crisp. The
phyllodes of D. longifolia vary considerably across its range from flat and up to about 10 mm wide to
narrow and terete. In the case of those variants with the latter morphology, phyllode length provides the
most obvious distinction between that species and D. localis. Whereas the longer, lower phyllodes of
the terete-phyllode forms of D. longifolia vary between about 70-250 mm long (those subtending the
inflorescences may be as short as 10 mm), in D. localis all phyllodes are 2-8 mm long. And whereas
the phyllode apex in the new species is sharply pungent, it is mucronate only in D. longifolia , varying
between innocuous and coarsely pungent. In regard to inflorescence and floral characters the two differ
in the following ways: the inflorescence axes of D. localis are shorter, to 9 mm long ( cf rarely less
than 10 mm in D. longifolia ); the calyx is more obscurely 2-lipped, the sinus between the lips less
than 0.3 mm long {cf at least 0.5 mm long); while D. localis has a V-shaped yellow central ‘eye’, in
D. longifolia it is unlobed and rounded apically. Fruit size provides a further distinction: 15-18 mm
long and 6-8 mm wide in D. localis , 10-13 mm long and 4.5-5.5 mm wide in D. longifolia. There
is also a significant difference between the two in terms of plant stature, with D. longifolia a low,
spreading shrub to about 1.5 m, but usually less than 1 m, and D. localis a tall erect plant to 3 m
(usually more than 1.5 m).
The two other species in the above-mentioned subclade, D. costata and D. pauciflora , differ in obvious
ways from D. localis and are therefore not directly compared here with the new species.
Notes. While D. benthamii Meisn., D. brachyphylla Meisn., and D. incrassata Sm. subsp. teres Crisp
are not thought to be closely related to D. localis they are in various ways superficially similar to the
new species and are known to occur in the same general area. To facilitate identification comparisons
are therefore given below.
Daviesia benthamii subsp. acanthoclona (F.Muell.) Crisp shares the large growth habit and usually
short, decurrent and sparsely distributed phyllodes of D. localis. It differs in having branchlets with
irregular, longitudinal wrinkles (rather than being regularly striate) and more strongly lobed but shorter
calyces, to c. 3.5 mm long, including receptacle.
Daviesia brachyphylla has very similar phyllodes, but these are basally articulate (rather than decurrent).
The irregular, longitudinal wrinkles of the branchlets (not regularly striate) and glaucous aspect provide
further distinguishing features.
The decurrent phyllodes of D. incrassata subsp. teres are also superficially similar to those of
D. localis. The former may be distinguished by its shorter stature, to 1 m tall, in having branchlets
with irregular, longitudinal wrinkles (not regularly striate) and in its shorter inflorescence axes (to
c. 3 mm long compared to 5-9 mm in D. localis).
30
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Amended key to the species of Daviesia
The key to the species and subspecies of Daviesia (Crisp 1995) should be amended at couplet 78
(p. 1161) as follows:
78. Phyllodes straight or gently incurved for most of their length but with an uncinate
apex; calyx 2.5-3 mm long; standard 4-5 mm wide. D. uncinata
78: Phyllodes ± straight or recurved along the longitudinal axis, but without an uncinate
apex; calyx 3.8-5.2 mm long; standard >7 mm wide
78a. Plants glaucous, rhizomatous, to c. 100 cm high, but usually <60cm; phyllodes
5-70 mm long; inflorescence 1-flowered. D. rhizomata
78a: Plants not glaucous, mid- to dark green, non-rhizomatous, 150-300 cm high;
phyllodes 2-8 mm long; inflorescence 4-7-flowered. D. localis
Acknowledgements
I would particularly like to thank Fred and Jean Hort, the enormously productive husband and wife
botanical (and entomological) survey team, who not only made the type collection of the new species
and supplied the high quality images used here, but who have also spent considerable time searching
for additional populations. I would also like to thank an anonymous reviewer who suggested the
probable affinities of the new species.
References
Cook, L.G., Hardy, N.B., Crisp, M.D. (2014). Three explanations for biodiversity hotspots: small range size, geographic overlap
and time for species accumulation. An Australian case study. New Phytologist DOI 10.1111/nph. 13199.
Crisp, M.D. (1995). Contributions towards a revision of Daviesia (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae). III. Asynopsis of the genus. Australian
Systematic Botany 8: 1155-1249.
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (1BRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 January 2014],
Michael Hislop
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:31-37
Published online 10 March 2015
Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species endemic to
the Pilbara, Western Australia
Ian R.H. Telford 1 and Jeremy Naaykens 2
'N.C.W. Beadle Herbarium and Botany, School of Environmental and Rural Science,
University of New England, Armidale, New South Wales 2351
2 Rio Tinto Iron Ore, Perth, Western Australia
'Corresponding author, email: itelford@une.edu.au
Abstract
Telford, I.R.H. & Naaykens, J. Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species endemic to
the Pilbara, Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 31-37. Synostemon hamersleyensis I.Telford & Naaykens
(Phyllanthaceae), morphologically similar to but distinct from Sauropus aphyllus J. T.Hunter & J. J. Bruhl,
is named as new and its habitat, distribution and conservation status are discussed. The new species
is endemic to ironstone formations of the Hamersley Range in the Pilbara, central Western Australia.
Introduction
The genus Synostemon F.Muell. was described by Mueller (1858) to accommodate his new species,
S. ramosissimus F.Muell. and S. glaucus F.Muell, the former nominated as lectotype of the genus
by Wheeler (1975). The genus was promptly reduced to sectional rank in Phyllanthus L. by Muller
(1865), resurrected at generic rank by Airy Shaw (1969), to be later subsumed into Sauropus Blume
(Airy Shaw 1980).
Generic delimitation in Phyllanthaceae tribe Phyllantheae Dumont remains contentious .Using molecular
dataKathriarachchi etal. (2006) showed Sauropus (incl uding Synostemon), BreyniaJ. R. F orst. & G. F orst.
and Glochidion J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. to be embedded in a paraphyletic Phyllanthus and the authors
proposed adopting a giant Phyllanthus subsuming these other genera. A revised classification of the
family has been published (Hoffman et al. 2006), with Sauropus , Glochidion , Breynia and Reverchonia
A.Gray included under Phyllanthus. VanWelzen etal. (2014) have presented an alternative hypothesis
based on molecular analysis using denser sampling (Pruesapan etal. 2008,2012) with on-going research
that points to dismantling Phyllanthus into monophyletic and morphologically recognisable smaller
genera. As a revised classification of tribe Phyllantheae based on a soundly sampled phylogeny is
some considerable time away, Synostemon is treated here at generic rank.
The Australian Plant Census website (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007-) currently lists
27 named species of Sauropus following Hunter and Bruhl (1997a, 1997b, 1997c) that fall within the
circumscription of Synostemon (Pruesapan etal. 2008,2012; I. Telford unpublished data). An additional
ten putative new species have been segregated on morphological evidence (I. Telford, unpublished
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
32
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
data); several of these novelties have been tested and corroborated as distinct by phylogenetic analysis
using sequence data (Pruesapan et al. 2008, 2012).
Most species of Synostemon are microphyllous. Extreme branchlet leaf reduction to cataphylls is shown
by a narrowly endemic species in north-eastern Queensland at present treated as Sauropus aphyllus
J.T.Hunter & J. J.Bruhl (Hunter & Bruhl 1997a). In 2004, a plant resembling this species was collected
during a vegetation survey in the Pilbara some 2,800 km distant from the range of S. aphyllus. The
collection was recognised as a new taxon and given the phrase name Sauropus sp. Koodaideri detritals
(J. Naaykens & J. Hurter JH 11213).
Following the discovery of this species, a detailed study of the area where it was first detected was
conducted by Rio Tinto botanists. A full assessment of habitat preferences combined with a thorough
knowledge of the surrounding region identified a number of target areas in which to search for
additional populations. As populations lay within a mining lease held by Rio Tinto Iron Ore (RTIO),
identification of the species and assessment of its conservation status were priorities.
Methods
The taxonomic component of this study is based on observations of herbarium specimens held in
PERTH and NE. Floral attributes were measured following rehydration. To assess population sizes,
targeted surveys were conducted to record observed individuals and estimate plant numbers; voucher
specimens were lodged in PERTH.
Results and Discussion
Comparison of vegetative, floral and fruit morphology show co-varying discontinuities between the
Pilbara collections and Sauropus aphyllus (Table 1). Preliminary phylogenetic analysis using nrlTS
(nuclear ribosomal Internal Transcribed Spacer) sequence data (I. Telford, unpublished data) places
the two species together in clade B1 of Pruesapan et al (2012, see Figure 1). The Pilbara populations
must be regarded as constituting a new species, which is named below.
Taxonomy
Synostemon hamersleyensis I.Telford & Naaykens, sp. nov.
Type: north-west of Newman, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
7 November 2012, J. Naaykens J969 - 11 - 12 (holo: PERTH 08423032; iso: CANB, L, NE).
Sauropus sp. Koodaideri detritals (J. Naaykens & J. Hurter JH 11213), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 15 August 2014],
Glabrous monoecious or dioecious subshrub from a perennating, woody rootstock with stems much-
branched, to 50 cm high, bright green when fresh, becoming grey-green on drying with cuticular
wax shed in flakes. Stipules ±appressed, broadly triangular to ovate, 0.3-0.4 mm long, obtuse, brown
with paler lacerate margins. Stem leaves cataphylls (scale-like), triangular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, acute,
brown. Ultimate branchlets 25-90 mm long, ribbed, 0.4-0.7 mm diam., glutinous. Branchlet leaves
cataphylls, appressed to spreading, broadly triangular, 0.3-0.7 mm long, acute, brown. Male flowers
in 1-3 bracteate fascicles per axil, becoming racemose with peduncles to 2 mm long, of several
I.R.H. Telford & J. Naaykens, Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species
33
flowers with 1 flower at anthesis at one time; pedicels c. 0.5-0.8 mm long; tepals 6 in 2 whorls,
spreading, ovate or elliptic, 1.3-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, purple with white margins; stamens
3, erect; filaments connate, c. 0.4 mm long; anthers longitudinal, elliptic, c. 0.3 mm long, fused only
at their bases. Female flowers solitary; pedicels 0.4-0.6 mm long; tepals 6 in 2 whorls, spreading,
ovate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, obtuse, yellow and red-brown, the margins white; ovary
subglobose, c. 0.3 mm diam., glabrous; stigmas c. 0.25 mm long, divergent, bifid for c. half their length,
the branches curved. Fruit a broadly ovoid or subglobose schizocarp 3.6^1.2 mm long, c. 3.5 mm
diam., smooth, green. Seeds crescentiform, triquetrous, 3.4-3.7 mm long, c. 2.3 mm wide, c. 1.2 mm
deep, verruculose in longitudinal rows, pale brown with the apices of the warts white; hilum ovate,
0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.55 mm wide. (Figure 1)
Diagnostic features. Synostemon hamersleyensis is distinguished from Sauropus aphyllus by a
combination of its smaller stipules and cataphylls, larger male flowers with purple and white sepals,
and smaller female flowers (Table 1); both differ from all other known Synostemon species in their
branchlet leaves being cataphylls.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]:
7 July 2010, P. Hoffman BES PH 214 (NE, PERTH); 8 Nov. 2012, J. Naaykens J981 - 11 - 12, male
flowers (CANB, L, NE, PERTH).
Distribution. The species is restricted to the Hamersley subregion of the Pilbara bioregion of Western
Australia (Department of the Environment 2013), where it is known from a 30 x 5 km area of the
mid- to upper altitude zone of the northern edge of the Hamersley Range (Figure 2). At present
S. hamersleyensis has not been found in Karijini National Park to the west of the current populations.
Surveys in this area are severely hindered by lack of access and it is yet to be comprehensively explored.
Habitat. Synostemon hamersleyensis inhabits breakaway formations and rock outcrops either side of
incised gully systems (Figure 1 A) and upper slopes (7-30° slope) on wide, undulating ridges adjacent
to large, deeply incised gullies. Occurs most commonly at altitudes of (500-)550-650(-700) m asl.
The substrates may be broadly categorised as belonging to the Joffre Member of the Brockman Iron
Formation (banded ironstone), within vegetation typically dominated by Eucalyptus leucophloia and
lacking a significant Triodia component (Figure 1A).
This community consists of scattered trees to low open woodland of Eucalyptus leucophloia and
E. gamophylla with scattered shrubs of Senna glutinosa subsp. glutinosa, Grevillea wickhamii, Acacia
arida, A. spondylophylla, Gompholobium oreophilum, Dampiera candicans and Stylobasium spathulatum
over Triodia wiseana open hummock grassland. The species has also been recorded from Eucalyptus
victrix woodland over Acacia colei , A. hamersleyensis , Gossypium robinsonii , Corchorus lasiocarpus ,
Sida sp. Barlee Range (S. van Leeuwen 1520) and Cymbopogon ambiguus. It appears unusual for
S. hamersleyensis to be associated with E. victrix as this occurs lower in the range system, rather
than in upland incised gullies, or on larger drainage systems confined to the flatter valley formations.
Phenology. Flowering and fruiting appear to be most prevalent in spring; however, observations have
been limited to August 2011, October 2011 and November 2012. Those who first collected this species
indicated that no reproductive material was present in the May-June period of 2010. Observation
in August of fruit and flowers suggested female dominance with only the occasional male flower,
similarly during October, and with male and female flowers and fruit relatively abundant in November.
34
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Synostemon hamersleyensis. A- habitat; B - habit; C - male flower (from dried specimen); D - female
flower; E - fruit; F - seeds. Scale bars = 10 cm (B); 1 mm (C, D, E, F). Images from J. Naaykens 981-11-12 (C)
and J. Naaykens 969 - 11 - 12 (D, E, F). Photographs by J. Naaykens (A, B, D, E) and J.J. Bruhl (C, F).
I.R.H. Telford & J. Naaykens, Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species
35
Table 1 . Distinguishing morphological attributes of Synostemon hamersleyensis and Sauropus aphyllus.
Character
Synostemon hamersleyensis
Sauropus aphyllus
Stipule shape
broadly triangular to ovate
narrowly triangular
Stipule length (mm)
0.3-0.4
0.4-1
Branchlet cataphyll length (mm)
0.3-0.8
0.7-1.2
Male inflorescences per axil
1-3
1
Male sepal length (mm)
1.3-1.5
0.8-1.3
Male sepal colour
purple, white margin
white, tinged red
Female sepal length (mm)
0.4-0.6
0.9-1.8
Female sepal colour
red-brown and yellow
white, tinged red
Etymology. This epithet refers to the Hamersley Range, to which the species is restricted. This
mountainous area of Proterozoic sedimentary ranges and plateaux dissected by gorges is the jewel
in the Pilbara crown of landforms. Highly significant within the arid lands of Western Australia, the
Hamersley Range provides unique biological habitats and refugia, and consequently is an important
zone of endemism and biodiversity (Pepper et al. 2008).
Conservation status. Synostemon hamersleyensis is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under
Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Sauropus sp.
Koodaideri detritals (J. Naaykens & J. Hurter JH11213). All of its known populations occur on mining
leases and it has not been collected from nearby Karijini National Park. To date, targeted surveys
of c. 998 ha of suitable habitat have recorded 4,341 individuals; however, an additional c. 9,000 ha
36
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
of potentially suitable habitat has been identified within the current known range of this species.
Immediate further survey is required to obtain true estimates of its distribution and population sizes
to determine whether the current conservation status of S. hamersleyensis is appropriate, or whether
it requires downgrading, or listing as Threatened.
Many of the upland gullies with Triodia open hummock grasslands in which Synostemon hamersleyensis
occurs are somewhat fire-protected; elsewhere it is restricted to rocky zones and positions with low
cover of Triodia , such as under old Eucalyptus leucophloia trees, which are protected from grass-
facilitated fire. These low-fire habitats, together with the species’ capability of resprouting from
perennating rootstocks after severe fires, should ensure its survival, at least after infrequent burning.
Affinities. A close relationship between Synostemon hamersleyensis and Sanropns aphyllus is suggested
by their similar morphologies, particularly in seed features (Table 1). This is corroborated by preliminary
phylogenetic analysis using nrlTS sequence data which places the two species together in a clade
(I. Telford, unpublished data).
Acknowledgements
Funding fori. Telford was partially provided by the Australian Biological Resources Study, Department
of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities, through the Bush Blitz PhD
Research Supplement. We thank Jeremy Bruhl for photomicrographs and Andrew Perkins for herbarium
assistance.
References
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1969). Notes on Malesian and other Asiatic Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 23: 42-55.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980). The Euphorbiaceae (Platylobieae) of Australia. Kew Bulletin 35: 669-686.
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007-). Australian Plant Census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian
National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 15August 2014],
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
15 August 2014],
Hoffmann, P, Kathriarachchi, H. & Wurdack, K.J. (2006). A phylogenetic classification of Phyllanthaceae (Malpighiales;
Euphorbiaceae sensu lato). Kew Bulletin 61: 37-53.
Hunter, J.T. & Bruhl, J,J. (1997a). Four new rare species of Sauropus (Euphorbiaceae: Phyllantheae) from North Queensland.
Austrobaileya 4: 661-672.
Hunter, J.T. & Bruhl, J. J. (1997b). New Sauropus (Euphorbiaceae: Phyllantheae) taxa for the Northern Territory and Western
Australia and notes on other Sauropus occurring in these regions. Nuytsia 11: 165-184.
Hunter, J.T. & Bruhl, J.J. (1997c). Two new species of Phyllanthus and notes on Phyllanthus and Sauropus (Euphorbiaceae:
Phyllantheae) in New South Wales. Telopea 7: 149-165.
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Kathriarachchi, H., Samuel, R., Hoffmann, P, Mlinarec, J., Wurdack, K. J., Ralimanana, H., Steussy, T.F. & Chase, M.W. (2006).
Phylogeny of the tribe Phyllantheae (Phyllanthaceae; Euphorbiaceae sensu lato) based on nrlTS and plastid matK DNA
sequence data. American Journal of Botany 93: 637-655.
Mueller, F. (1858). Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae. Vol. 1. (J. Ferres: Melbourne.)
Muller, A.J. (1865). Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige Mitteilungen aus dem fur De Candolle’s Prodromus bestimmeten Munuscript
fiber diese familie. Linnaea 32: 72-73.
Pepper, M., Doughty, P, Arculus, R. & Keogh, J.S. (2008). Landforms predict phylogenetic structure on one of the world’s
most ancient surfaces. BMC Evolutionary Biology 8: 152.
I.R.H. Telford & J. Naaykens, Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species
37
Pruesapan, K, Telford, I.R.H., Bruhl, J. J., Draisma, S.G.A. & vanWelzen, PC. (2008). Delimitation of Sauropus (Phyllanthaceae)
based on plastid matK and nuclear ribosomal ITS DNA sequence data. Annals of Botany 102: 1007-1018.
Pruesapan, K., Telford, I.R.H., Bruhl, J.J. & van Welzen, PC. (2012). Phylogeny and proposed circumscription of Breynia ,
Sauropus and Synostemon (Phyllanthaceae) based on chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences. Australian Systematic
Botany 25:313-330.
van Welzen, PC., Pruesapan, K., Telford, I.R.H.,Esser,H.-J.&Bruhl, J.J. (2014). Phylogenetic reconstruction prompts taxonomic
changes in Sauropus , Synostemon and Breynia (Phyllanthaceae tribe Phyllantheae). Blumea 59: 77-94.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 15August 2014],
Wheeler, L.C. (1975). Euphorbiaceous genera lectotypified. Taxon 24: 534-538.
38
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:39
Published online 10 March 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Hibiscus sp. Ninghan Station (A.A. Mitchell 1161) is synonymous with
Rady era farragei
Hibiscus sp. Ninghan Station (A.A. Mitchell 1161) (Malvaceae) was added to Western Australia’s
vascular plant census in 2012 and was subsequently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks
and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013). A recent examination of
this entity has revealed that it is conspecific with Rady era farragei (F.Muell.) Fryxell & S.H.Hashmi
(Malvaceae), an erect shrub characterised by recurved epicalyx lobes and an undivided style (cf
terminally divided in Hibiscus L.). Radyerafarragei is a widespread species, occurring in all mainland
states and territories except for Queensland and the Australian Capital Territory. It is the only species
of Radyera Bullock in Australia; the other species in the genus, R. urens (L.f.) Bullock, is native to
South Africa.
Hibiscus sp. Ninghan Station will be removed from Western Australia’s vascular plant census and the
Hireatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.
References
Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Robert W. Davis
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Robert. Davis@dpaw.wa. gov.au
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
40
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 41
Published online 10 March 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Correction to the type locality of Goodenia glareicola (Goodeniaceae)
Goodeniaglareicola Carolin was described by Carolin (1990) from a specimen collected by W.E. Blackall
on 18 November 1931 (W.E. Blackall 1364; PERTH 01607677). This specimen bears a tag labelled
‘1364’ and the locality is given as ‘near Newdegate’. A second Blackall specimen with the same
collecting number was cited by Carolin (1990, 1992) under G. glareicola (PERTH 02605295). This
specimen has no tag, but the number ‘1364’ and the locality ‘16 m[iles] N. of Lake Biddy’ is written
in pencil in Blackall’s hand. This specimen belonged to BlackalTs personal collection, which was
transferred from the Western Australian Museum to the Western Australian Herbarium in 1960.
An examination of BlackalTs collecting book shows that on 18 November 1931 he collected
16 specimens: 1352-1356 from near Newdegate, 1357-1358 from Lake Biddy, and 1359-1368
from 16 miles north of Lake Biddy. PERTH 02605295 matches the holotype of G. glareifolia and I
consider them to be duplicates despite the locality discrepancy. Blackall often gave Gardner a part
of a collection, usually with a numbered tag attached. In this case, the locality data was not correctly
communicated and Gardner would not have had access to BlackalTs collecting book to check it at the
time. The type citation is therefore revised as follows:
Goodenia glareicola Carolin, Telopea 3: 541 (1990). Type : ‘near Newdegate’ [16 miles north of
Lake Biddy], Western Australia, 18 November 1931, W.E. Blackall 1364 (holo: PERTH 01607677;
iso: PERTH 02605295).
Acknowledgements
With thanks to Kevin Thiele, Mike Hislop and Juliet Wege.
References
Carolin, R.C. (1990). Nomenclatural notes and new taxa in the genus Goodenia (Goodeniaceae). Telopea 3(4): 541-542.
Carolin, R.C. (1992). Goodenia. In: George, A. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 35. pp. 147-281. (Australian Biological Resources
Study: Canberra.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 13 January 2015],
Margaret Lewington
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
42
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:43
Published online 10 March 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Corrigendum to: An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian
genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thryptomene
See Nuytsia 24: 269-306 (2014).
p. 270. The sentence ‘Surprisingly, Dampier’s species has remained without any legitimate name and
hence is described here as T. dampieri Rye. ’ should read ‘ Surprisingly, Dampier’s species has remained
without a legitimate name under Thryptomene and hence is described here as T. dampieri Rye.’ as the
species does have a legitimate name under Baeckea.
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
44
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 45-123
Published online 1 May 2015
New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) from south-west Western Australia
Andrew P. Brown 1 ’ 2 and Garry Brockman 13
'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
2 Species and Communities Branch, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
3 41 Robinson Road, Roleystone. Western Australia 6111
Abstract
Brown, A.P. & Brockman, G. New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) from south-west Western
Australia. NuytsialS. 45-123 (2015). Eleven new species {Caladenia ambustaA.V.Br. &G.Brockman,
C. bigeminata A.VBr. &G.Brockman, C. leucochila A.V.Br., R. Phil kps &G. Brockman, C. erythronema
A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. fluvialis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. hopperiana A.P.Br. & G.Brockman,
C. perangusta A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. pluvialis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. straminichila A.P.Br.
& G.Brockman, C. swartsiorum A.P.Br. & G.Brockman and C. validinervia Hopper & A.P.Br.
ex A.P.Br. & G.Brockman) and six new subspecies (C. attingens Hopper & A.P.Br. subsp. effusa
A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. denticulata Lindl. subsp. albicans A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. denticulata
subsp. rubella A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, C. longicauda Lindl. subsp. extrema A.P.Br. & G.Brockman,
C. longicauda subsp. insularis Hopper & A.P.Br. ex A.P.Br. & G.Brockman and C. longicauda subsp.
minima A.P.Br. & G.Brockman) are described and illustrated and their relationships with related taxa
discussed. We discuss the conservation status of rare taxa.
Introduction
Named by Robert Brown (Brown 1810), the large, predominantly Australian genus Caladenia R.Br.
comprises 350 currently recognised species (Backhouse 2011). Most are endemic to southern Australia
with C. catenata (Sm.) Druce and C. carnea R.Br. also found in New Caledonia (Jaffre et al. 2001),
the latter also extending through Indonesia including Sulawasi and West Papua (Comber 1990). Eleven
species are found in New Zealand, ten of which are endemic and one, C. alata R.Br., also found in
Australia (Jones 2006). Western Australia has 136 recognised species, 114 of which are formally named.
In addition, 18 formally named Caladenia hybrids are recognised in Western Australia (Hopper &
Brown 2001; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Brown et al. 2013).
Following a taxonomic revision of the Western Australian members of the genus in which 95 new taxa
(70 species and 25 subspecies) were described and illustrated (Hopper & Brown 2001), additional
study of herbarium material at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) and plants in the field has
resulted in the present authors recognising an additional 31 taxa as distinct. Two of these, C. petrensis
A.P.Br. & G.Brockman and C. saxicola A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, have been formally described elsewhere
(Brown & Brockman 2007). In this paper we describe an additional 17 taxa (11 species and six
subspecies), and recircumscribe described taxa where necessary. A further 12 entities that appear to
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
46
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
meet criteria for recognition as distinct taxa but require additional field and herbarium studies, may
be treated in a future paper.
Methods
Intensive field surveys of populations of live plants and herbarium studies of dried specimens lodged
at PERTH have been conducted, enabling morphological comparisons between proposed new taxa
and related, currently named taxa. In all cases, careful examination of flowering plants in the field
was conducted to ensure characters distinguishing these taxa were consistent over their respective
distributional ranges. Field studies also provided information on biology, ecology and phenology for
each of the new taxa examined.
The distribution maps were compiled from PERTH specimen data using Quantum GIS version 1.8.0
‘Lisboa’ and show the IBRA version 6.1 bioregions (Department of Sustainability, Environment,
Water, Population and Communities 2004) in grey. The key below is based on that published in Hopper
and Brown (2001) but has been revised and updated to include more recently named taxa, including
those described in this paper. Note that the majority of measurements are for floral parts and leaves
flattened beneath clear tape.
Key to the south-west Western Australian species of Caladenia , amended from Hopper and
Brown (2001)
1 Labellum hirsute above, insectiform; lamina lacking capitate calli.2
1: Labellum glabrous above, not insectiform; lamina with capitate calli.5
2 Labellum >11 mm long.3
2: Labellum <9 mm long.4
3 Homs on labellum claw medially located, reclined and well removed
from the glandular callus; lamina narrowly elliptic, 9-14 x 3-7 mm.C. mesocera
3: Homs on labellum claw distally located, curving forward either side of the
glandular callus; lamina ovate, 7-11 x 5-7 mm.C. barbarossa
4 Labellum claw loosely hinged, the claw connection >3 mm long; lamina held
below the top of the ovary.C. drakeoides
4: Labellum claw stiffly hinged, the claw connection <2 mm long; lamina held above
the top of the ovary.C. barbarella
5 Labellum margins entire or with marginal calli <1 mm long.6
5: Labellum margins fimbriate with marginal calli >1 mm long.80
6 Labellum entire, or rarely with a few minute marginal calli.7
6: Labellum with several to many (rarely few) marginal calli.23
7 Lateral sepals with swollen apical osmophores.8
7: Lateral sepals lacking swollen apical osmophores. 16
8 Lateral sepals obliquely descending then prominently falcate.9
8: Lateral sepals spreading horizontally then obliquely descending or rarely
scarcely falcate.10
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
47
9 Lateral lobes of labellum obtuse; lamina calli stopping well short of the dark
purple apex. West of Ongerup.C. integra
9: Lateral lobes of labellum shortly acute; lamina calli extending to the dark
purple apex. East of Esperance.C. exstans
10 Petals obliquely ascending to erect, with swollen apical osmophores.11
10: Petals spreading horizontally or obliquely descending, lacking swollen
apical osmophores.12
11 Labellum lamina calli in 2 longitudinal rows.C. sigmoidea
11: Labellum lamina calli aggregated into a single longitudinal row.C. macrostylis
12 Labellum with prominent red stripes; lamina calli in 2 distinct longitudinal rows.C. wanosa
12: Labellum with faint red stripes; lamina calli in a single longitudinal row.13
13 Dorsal sepal often with a swollen apical osmophore; lateral sepals with swollen
apical osmophores >3 mm long.C. incrassata
13: Dorsal sepal lacking a swollen apical osmophore; lateral sepals with slender
apical osmophores <3 mm long.14
14 Labellum 14-20 mm wide, lacking dull red stripes; lamina calli thickened,
conspicuously glossy on top.C. roei
14: Labellum 12-16 mm wide, with dull red stripes; lamina calli slender, dull on top.15
15 Lateral sepals abbreviated, lacking or rarely with narrow filiform sections
<3 mm long basal to the apical osmophores; labellum lamina calli in a broad
longitudinal row c. 2 mm wide. Ravensthorpe to Israelite Bay.C. brevisura
15: Lateral sepals elongated with narrow filiform sections >6 mm long basal to the
apical osmophores; labellum lamina calli in a narrow longitudinal row
c. 1 mm wide. West of Ravensthorpe.C. doutchiae
16 Petals and sepals white, the lateral sepals usually prominently crossed.C. dorrienii
16: Petals and sepals red, yellow or green, the lateral sepals rarely crossed and,
if so, never prominently.17
17 Lateral sepals obliquely descending then prominently falcate; labellum claw
>2 mm long; lamina tremulous.C. multiclavia
17: Lateral sepals spreading horizontally, obliquely descending or hanging vertically,
never falcate; labellum claw <1 mm long; lamina firmly held.18
18 Lateral sepals >3 cm long; dorsal sepal arching backwards.C. radialis
18: Lateral sepals <2.5 cm long; dorsal sepal erect.19
19 Labellum apex with a thickened red callus.20
19: Labellum apex lacking a thickened red callus.21
20 Labellum <8 mm wide, faintly striped.C. pachychila
20: Labellum >9 mm wide, prominently striped.C. cairnsiana
21 Labellum <6 mm wide, green or apricot, lacking pink or red stripes.C. bryceana
21: Labellum >9 mm wide, cream or brown with faint pink or red stripes.22
48 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
22 Labellum transversely oval; lamina calli up to 1.5 mm tall, wedge-shaped
with pink or red apices. Hyden to Balladonia.C. voigtii
22: Labellum heart-shaped; lamina calli up to 2 mm tall, capitate with blackish
purple apices. Wongan Hills to Watheroo.C. cristata
23 Labellum lamina calli aggregated into a single longitudinal row.24
23: Labellum lamina calli in 2 or more longitudinal rows.25
24 Petals and sepals with swollen apical osmophores.C. ensata
24: Petals and sepals with tapering filiform apices, lacking swollen
apical osmophores.C. radialis
25 Labellum lamina calli in 4 or more longitudinal rows.26
25: Labellum lamina calli in 2 longitudinal rows.28
26 Labellum apex dark red. Flowering late April-early July.C. drummondii
26: Labellum apex white or pink. Flowering mid-July-November.27
27 Lateral sepals <3 cm long, spreading horizontally or arching outwards
and downwards; labellum <8 mm wide.C. hirta
27: Lateral sepals >3 cm long, obliquely descending, becoming pendulous;
labellum >8 mm wide.C. hopperiana
28 Dorsal sepal arching backwards away from column.C. radialis
28: Dorsal sepal erect, appressed to column.29
29 Lateral sepals <4 cm long.30
29: Lateral sepals >4 cm long.40
30 Petals and sepals obtuse or very shortly acute, the apices scarcely hirsute.31
30: Petals and sepals long-acuminate and finely acute, the apices prominently
hirsute.33
31 Petals and sepals cream.C. marginata
31: Petals and sepals pink.32
32 Lateral sepals united in the basal 1/2.C. nana
32: Lateral sepals free in the basal 1/2.C. reptans
33 Labellum entire or with few marginal calli.34
33: Labellum serrate to dentate with numerous marginal calli.35
34 Flowers pale yellowish cream to white; lateral sepals usually crossed; labellum
with few pale red stripes and markings.C. dorrienii
34: Flowers golden-yellow; lateral sepals usually held apart; labellum with numerous
dark red or rich brown stripes and markings.C. caesarea
35 Petals and sepals predominantly pinkish red to red.C. footeana
35: Petals and sepals predominantly white, cream or yellow.36
36 Petals and sepals creamy yellow to yellow.37
36: Petals and sepals white to cream.38
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
49
37 Labellum creamy yellow with faint red stripes. Flowering July-early September.
Woodlands between Mogumber and Kendenup.C. xantha
37: Labellum white with prominent red stripes. Flowering October-early December.
Coastal heath between Yallingup and William Bay.C. abbreviata
38 Hairs on petal and sepal apices hemispherical to shortly cylindrical.
Salt lake margins in the central wheatbelt.C. melanema
38: Hairs on petal and sepal apices elongate-cylindrical. Calcareous soils
in coastal areas.39
39 Leaf >1/2 the length of scape; labellum <9 mm long, the apex prominently
recurved.C. bicalliata
39: Leaf <1/2 the length of scape; labellum >10 mm long, the apex projecting
forwards or scarcely recurved.C. evanescens
40 Labellum wholly dark red, rarely with cream near base, lacking pale red,
pink or brown stripes and markings.41
40: Labellum predominantly cream or yellow with pale red, pink or brown stripes
and markings.43
41 Sepals 5-10 cm long; labellum >10 mm long.C. filifera
41: Sepals 4-6.5 cm long; labellum <10 mm long.42
42 Flowers variably red or deep pink, rarely yellow or white; lateral sepals
>5 cm long; labellum >7 mm long.C. dundasiae
42: Flowers dark red, never deep pink, yellow or white; lateral sepals
<5 cm long; labellum <6 mm long.C. erythrochila
43 Labellum with entire margins in the basal 2/5; lamina narrowly
rhomboidal; hairs on petal and sepal apices <0.2 mm long,
inconspicuous to the naked eye.C. denticulata
43: Labellum with entire margins in the basal 1/3; lamina rhomboidal
(rarely narrowly); hairs on petal and sepal apices >0.2 mm long,
conspicuous to the naked eye.44
44 Flowering June-early (rarely mid-) August.45
44: Flowering mid- (rarely early) August-December.47
45 Leaf up to 12 mm wide, usually >1/2 the length of the scape. Coastal areas
between Windy Harbour and Walpole.C. meridionalis
45: Leaf up to 4 mm wide, usually <1/2 the length of the scape. Inland areas
between Tenterden and Mullewa.46
46 Flowers variably white to pinkish red; lateral sepals 6-9 cm long. Mallee
woodlands and shrublands, often around the margins of salt lakes.C. exilis
46: Flowers uniformly white; lateral sepals 4-6.5 cm long. Forests and woodlands,
never around the margins of salt lakes.C. hiemalis
47 Flowering mid-October-December.48
47: Flowering mid- (rarely early) August-early October.49
50 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
48 Petals and sepals cream; lateral sepals <5.5 cm long, arching outwards and
downwards, becoming pendulous. Flowering mid-October-early November.
West of York and Brookton.C. postea
48: Petals and sepals pale lemon yellow, more rarely cream; lateral sepals
>6 cm long, obliquely descending, never pendulous. Flowering mid-November
-early December. West of Mt Barker to the Stirling Range.C. ultima
49 Leaf 4-10 mm wide, laterally flattened, rarely somewhat revolute; petals and
lateral sepals spreading horizontally to obliquely descending, rarely pendulous.50
49: Leaf 2-5 mm wide, laterally somewhat revolute, rarely flattened; petals and
lateral sepals obliquely descending becoming pendulous.53
50 Labellum lamina calli dull on top. Boxwood Hill to Israelite Bay and northward
to Balladonia.C. horistes
50: Labellum lamina calli glossy on top. Hyden to Nerren Nerren Station and
eastward to Coolgardie.51
51 Flowers bright white; labellum >10 mm wide. Predominantly associated with
granite outcrops.C. incensa
51: Flowers dull white to pale yellow; labellum <10 mm wide. Predominantly associated
with banded ironstone formations.52
52 Petals and lateral sepals obliquely descending, sometimes pendulous; labellum
8-10 mm wide; lamina calli usually creamy yellow. Perenjori to near Paynes Find.C. petrensis
52: Petals and lateral sepals spreading horizontally to obliquely descending,
never pendulous; labellum 6-9 mm wide; lamina calli usually creamy white.
Diemals Station to Southern Cross.C. saxicola
53 Labellum >12 mm wide.54
53: Labellum <12 mm wide.55
54 Flowers red or yellow, rarely cream with dark red stripes and markings; labellum
lamina with dark red stripes.C. chapmanii
54: Flowers cream with pale red stripes and markings; labellum lamina with
pale red stripes.C. nobilis
55 Labellum <5 mm wide.56
55: Labellum >5 mm wide.57
56 Flowers predominantly white; sepals >3 mm wide. Woodlands and shrublands
between Kondinin and Madura.C. microchila
56: Flowers variably creamy yellow, pale yellow or red; sepals <2 mm wide.
Forests between Collie and Frankland.C. perangusta
57 Gaps between the labellum marginal calli greater than width of calli.58
57: Gaps between the labellum marginal calli smaller or equal to width of calli.59
58 Labellum with dark red or brown stripes, the apex projecting forwards or
scarcely recurved.C. caesarea
58: Labellum with pale red or brown stripes, the apex prominently recurved.C. luteola
59 Labellum pale yellow to golden yellow with red stripes and suffusions;
lamina calli pale yellow to pure white, usually lacking pink markings on apices.60
59: Labellum cream with red stripes and suffusions; lamina calli cream, usually
with pink markings on apices.61
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
51
60 Petals and lateral sepals arching outwards, becoming pendulous; sepals <6 cm long.
Forests and woodlands between Mogumber and Kendenup.C. xantha
60: Petals and lateral sepals spreading horizontally to obliquely descending,
never pendulous; sepals >6 cm long. Shrublands and mallee heath between
Northampton and Mullewa.C. pluvialis
61 Petals and sepals white or more rarely pale yellow; labellum lamina calli slender,
erect, white or cream, usually with pink suffusions on apices.62
61: Petals and sepals variably dark red, pink, brownish yellow, yellow or cream;
labellum lamina calli either squat and flattened or slender and erect, rarely
with pink suffusions on apices.70
62 Labellum <7 mm wide.63
62: Labellum >7 mm wide.67
63 Labellum rhomboidal in outline. Often grows on the margins of salt lakes.C. exilis
63: Labellum linear-rhomboidal to narrowly triangular in outline.
Never grows on the margins of salt lakes.64
64 Labellum lamina calli in 2 double longitudinal rows. North-west of Northampton.C. bigeminata
64: Labellum lamina calli in 2 single longitudinal rows. South and south-east of
Northampton.65
65 Lateral sepals >3 mm wide; labellum >6 mm wide.C. pluvialis
65: Lateral sepals <3 mm wide; labellum <6 mm wide.66
66 Flowers creamy white, more rarely pale yellow. Lateritic hills between
Wubin and Norseman.C. paradoxa
66: Flowers pale yellow, more rarely creamy white. Woodlands and forests
between Collie and Rocky Gully.C. validinervia
67 Leaf >5 mm wide. Inland areas between Perenjori and Bonnie Rock.C. remota
67: Leaf <5 mm wide. Western wheatbelt to near coast.68
68 Petals and sepals >8 cm long, usually pendulous.C. pendens
68: Petals and sepals <8 cm long, rarely pendulous.69
69 Labellum >8 mm wide. Well-drained sandy soils.C. vulgata
69: Labellum <8 mm wide. Seasonally wet sandy-clay soils.C. fluvialis
70 Labellum >11 mm wide.71
70: Labellum <11 mm wide.72
71 Flowers pale yellow, lacking prominent red markings; labellum lamina
calli glossy on top, broadly anvil-shaped. Flowering August-early October.C. straminichila
71: Flowers variably dark red, pink or cream with prominent red markings;
labellum lamina calli dull on top, narrowly anvil-shaped. Flowering
mid-September-late October.C. polychroma
72 Petals and sepals pale to bright lemon yellow. Northampton to
Nerren Nerren Station.C. elegans
72: Petals and sepals cream, white, pale yellow, brownish yellow or red.
South and south-east of Geraldton.73
52 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
73 Flowers pale brownish yellow Green Range area east of Manypeaks.C. fuscolutescens
73: Flowers dark red, pink, pale yellow or cream. North, north-west and
north-east of Green Range area.74
74 Labellum <9 mm wide.75
74: Labellum >9 mm wide.79
75 Petals and lateral sepals pendulous.76
75: Petals and lateral sepals spreading horizontally to obliquely descending,
rarely pendulous.77
76 Labellum lamina calli dull on top, broadly anvil-shaped.C. pulchra
76: Labellum lamina calli glossy on top, narrowly anvil-shaped.C. erythronema
77 Labellum with faint pinkish red to red stripes and markings.
Bunbury to Arrowsmith.C. occidentalis
77: Labellum with prominent red stripes and markings.
Western wheatbelt to Goldfields.78
78 Petals and lateral sepals 4-6 cm long, obliquely descending, never pendulous.
Paynes Find to Norseman.C. dimidia
78: Petals and lateral sepals 5-9 cm long, prominently down-curved,
often pendulous. Nyabing to Mukinbudin.C. erythronema
79 Flowers white to cream; petals and lateral sepals prominently down-curved,
becoming pendulous.C. pendens
79: Flowers pale yellow; petals and lateral sepals obliquely descending,
never pendulous.C. straminichila
80 Sepals short, lacking swollen apical osmophores and not prominently
hirsute or finely acute.81
80: Sepals long with swollen apical osmophores or prominently hirsute
and finely acute.83
81 Labellum ovate with numerous filiform marginal calli.C. discoidea
81: Labellum trilobed with few thickened marginal calli.82
82 Flowers yellow, rarely white, usually with prominent red markings.C. flava
82: Flowers pink, rarely white, lacking red markings.C. latifolia
83 Lateral sepals with swollen apical osmophores.84
83: Lateral sepals lacking swollen apical osmophores.130
84 Lateral sepals spreading horizontally or obliquely descending at first,
then prominently falcate.85
84: Lateral sepals spreading horizontally or obliquely descending for entire length,
never prominently falcate.88
85 Labellum with filiform, horizontally spreading marginal calli.C. lobata
85: Labellum with slightly thickened, erect marginal calli.86
86 Labellum broader than long, white adjacent to the dark red apex; marginal calli
to 10 mm long.C. longifimbriata
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
53
86: Labellum longer than broad, green adjacent to the dark red apex; marginal calli
to 8 mm long.87
87 Labellum lamina calli stopping short of the dark red apex; marginal calli to
8 mm long.C. falcata
87: Labellum lamina calli reaching and sometimes extending onto the
dark red apex; marginal calli to 5 mm long.C. attingens
88 Petals usually with swollen apical osmophores covered in hemispherical glands,
rarely with a long-acuminate apex not covered in hemispherical glands.89
88: Petals with a long-acuminate apex lacking swollen apical osmophores,
not covered in hemispherical glands.101
89 Labellum >11 mm wide.90
89: Labellum <11 mm wide.95
90 Labellum lamina calli aggregated into a single longitudinal row.C. longiclavata
90: Labellum lamina calli in 4 or more distinct longitudinal rows.91
91 Petals obliquely descending, then often pendulous.C. heberleana
91: Petals obliquely ascending, more rarely obliquely descending,
never pendulous.92
92 Flowering mid-October-December. Southern forests between
Dunsborough and Albany.93
92: Flowering August-early October. Swan Coastal Plain between Lancelin and
Yarloop, or southern heathlands from Fitzgerald River National Park to east
of Esperance.94
93 Flowers predominantly white; apical osmophores on petals and sepals
scarcely swollen; labellum apex cream.C. lodgeana
93: Flowers predominantly red or green; apical osmophores on petals and
sepals prominently swollen; labellum apex dark red.C. brownii
94 Petals obliquely ascending; apical osmophores on sepals light yellowish brown,
noticeably swollen, usually >1 mm diam. Southern heathlands from
Fitzgerald River National Park to east of Esperance.C. decora
94: Petals spreading horizontally to somewhat down-curved, never obliquely
ascending; apical osmophores on sepals light brown, scarcely swollen,
usually <1 mm diam. Swan Coastal Plain between Lancelin and Yarloop.C. arenicola
95 Longest labellum marginal calli >7 mm long. Flowering late November-January.C. corynephora
95: Longest labellum marginal calli <6 mm long. Flowering August-October.96
96 Petals erect; labellum lamina calli arranged in 2 pairs of longitudinal rows
with a distinct gap between them.C. arrecta
96: Petals spreading horizontally to obliquely descending; labellum lamina calli
arranged in closely adjacent longitudinal rows, lacking a distinct gap between them.97
97 Labellum apex projecting outwards or scarcely recurved; base of lamina white.
Heathlands north of Geraldton and granite outcrops east of Corrigin.98
97: Labellum apex prominently recurved; base of lamina creamy yellow to
greenish yellow. Forests and adjacent wheatbelt from near Perth and southward.99
54 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
98 Labellum <14 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall; column <13 mm tall.
Breakaways and hills between Geraldton and the Murchison River.C. hoffmanii
98: Labellum >15 mm long; lamina calli to 3 mm tall; column >14 mm tall.
Granite outcrops between Karlgarin and Dragon Rocks.C. graniticola
99 Labellum marginal calli <2 mm long.C. ensata
99: Labellum marginal calli >2 mm long.100
100 Petals and lateral sepals obliquely descending, never pendulous; apical
osmophores on petals and sepals about 1/3 the length of the lamina.C. longiclavata
100: Petals and lateral sepals steeply descending, becoming pendulous;
apical osmophores on petals and sepals about 1/2 the length of the lamina.C. magniclavata
101 Labellum apex pale, the same colour as the basal portion of the lamina.102
101: Labellum apex dark red or dark pink, contrasting with the pale basal portion
of the lamina.104
102 Lateral sepals >5.5 cm long, usually cream and often with pale pink suffusions.C. interjacens
102: Lateral sepals <5.5 cm long, usually pale yellow, more rarely cream with
pale pink suffusions.103
103 Lateral sepals >4 cm long. Margaret River to Yallingup.C. busselliana
103: Lateral sepals <4 cm long. Collie area.C. leucochila
104 Labellum lamina calli aggregated into a single broad longitudinal row of
often closely packed calli or 2-5 longitudinal rows lacking distinct gaps
between the rows.105
104: Labellum lamina calli in 4 or more longitudinal rows with distinct gaps
between the rows.Ill
105 Lateral sepals <2.5 cm long; labellum <8 x <6 mm.106
105: Lateral sepals >2.5 cm long; labellum >14 x >6 mm.107
106 Labellum marginal calli splayed downwards.C. plicata
106: Labellum marginal calli splayed upwards.C. williamsiae
107 Longest labellum marginal calli <3 mm long. Busselton to Augusta.C. rhomboidiformis
107: Longest labellum marginal calli >4 mm long. North of Perth and
east of Nannup.108
108 Labellum lamina calli in a dense longitudinal row >4 mm wide.
Jurien Bay to Dongara.C. crebra
108: Labellum lamina calli in an open longitudinal row <3 mm wide.
Yarloop to Israelite Bay.109
109 Labellum apex projecting forwards or scarcely recurved; lamina calli
in 2 longitudinal rows.C. graminifolia
109: Labellum apex prominently recurved; lamina calli in 3-5 longitudinal rows.110
110 Labellum scarcely trilobed, longer than broad, yellowish green adjacent to
the dark red apex. Yarloop to Albany.C. radiata
110: Labellum prominently trilobed, broader than long, white adjacent to the
dark red apex. Jerramungup to Esperance.C. longifimbriata
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
55
111 Petals and sepals pale to dark pink or rarely reddish pink.112
111: Petals and sepals white, greenish yellow, brownish red or yellowish cream
with red suffusions or more rarely completely red.115
112 Petals and sepals reddish pink; apical osmophores light brown, usually
c. 1 mm diam.C. applanata
112: Petals and sepals pale to dark pink or rarely pale red; apical osmophores
greyish pink, usually <1 mm diam.113
113 Petals and sepals usually deep pink; column <16 mm tall; the basal labellum
lamina pale to deep pink. Tone River area.C. winfieldii
113: Petals and sepals usually pale pink or pale red; column >16 mm tall;
the basal labellum lamina white to pale pink. Yallingup to east of
the Porongurup Range.114
114 Lateral sepals obliquely descending, never pendulous; apical osmophores
>20 mm long; petals 3-3.5 cm long. Well-drained sands in near-coastal areas
between Yallingup and William Bay.C. gardneri
114: Lateral sepals obliquely descending to down-curved, sometimes pendulous;
apical osmophores >30 mm long; petals 3-5.5 cm long. Winter-wet clay loams
between Lake Muir and the Porongurup Range.C. startiorum
115 Labellum lamina calli not extending onto the red apex.116
115: Labellum lamina calli extending onto the red apex.118
116 Lateral sepals brownish red; labellum apex prominently recurved, marginal
calli usually >5 mm long.C. ferruginea
116: Lateral sepals greenish yellow; labellum apex scarcely recurved, marginal
calli usually <5 mm long.117
117 Lateral sepals >4.5 cm long; labellum greenish yellow with a red apex.
Dunsborough to Northcliffe.C. infundibularis
117: Lateral sepals <4 cm long; labellum white with a pinkish apex. Albany to
Cheyne Beach.C. granitora
118 Labellum marginal calli thickened, stout, usually <5 mm long.119
118: Labellum marginal calli slender, filiform, usually >5 mm long.123
119 Petals and sepals white, rarely suffused pink; labellum marginal calli
usually <2 mm long.C. nivalis
119: Petals and sepals greenish yellow with red-brown markings; labellum
marginal calli usually >2 mm long.120
120 Petals and sepals usually with prominent red markings; labellum lamina
flattened in TS near the base. Near-coastal calcareous soils.121
120: Petals and sepals usually with inconspicuous brownish red markings;
labellum lamina crescentic in TS near the base. Inland acidic soils.122
121 Flowers >6 cm across; labellum marginal calli splayed horizontally outwards.
Flowering September-mid-October.C. applanata
121: Flowers <6 cm across; labellum marginal calli upswept. Flowering late
October-November.C. ambusta
56 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
122 Dorsal sepal 4-6 cm long; labellum broadly pear-shaped; lamina 17-25 x
8-16 mm. Winter-wet clay loams between Gingin and Gracetown.C. paludosa
122: Dorsal sepal 3^4.5 cm long; labellum narrowly pear-shaped; lamina 15-20 x
7-12 mm. Well-drained gravelly sands near Cape Naturaliste.C. viridescens
123 Labellum apex noticeably channelled; marginal calli 4-15 mm long,
sometimes bifurcate.C. huegelii
123: Labellum apex not noticeably channelled; marginal calli 2-12 mm long,
never bifurcate.124
124 Lateral sepals with slightly swollen apical osmophores.125
124: Lateral sepals with prominently swollen apical osmophores.126
125 Flowers predominantly greenish cream or yellowish green with red
suffusions; labellum marginal calli 2-12 mm long. Near-coastal areas on
yellow Karrakatta sands.C. georgei
125: Flowers predominantly red with yellowish green suffusions; labellum marginal
calli 2-8 mm long. Inland areas on grey Bassendean sands.C. arenicola
126 Lateral sepals <5 cm long.127
126: Lateral sepals >5 cm long.128
127 Lateral sepals >3 cm long. Deep sand in near-coastal areas between
Cape Naturaliste and the Warren River.C. thinicola
127: Lateral sepals <2 cm long. Lateritic ridges near Brookton.C. williamsiae
128 Scape 35-70 cm tall; petals and sepals greenish yellow, lacking red
suffusions (never red, reddish pink or reddish yellow); petals lacking
swollen apical osmophores. South-west of Donnybrook.C. procera
128: Scape 25-50 cm tall; petals and sepals red, reddish pink, reddish yellow, or
greenish yellow with red suffusions; petals sometimes with swollen
apical osmophores. Cataby to Boyup Brook and east of Ongerup.129
129 Petals and sepals usually red or reddish pink; petals often with swollen
apical osmophores. Fitzgerald River National Park to
Cape Arid National Park.C. decora
129: Petals and sepals usually yellow or yellowish green with red suffusions;
petals lacking swollen apical osmophores. Fitzgerald River National Park
to Boyup Brook and north to Cataby.C. pectinata
130 Labellum apex dark red or dark pink, contrasting with the pale basal portion
of the lamina.131
130: Labellum apex pale, the same colour as the basal portion of the lamina.136
131 Petals and sepals uniformly pink; labellum apex pink.C. harringtoniae
131: Petals and sepals white, cream or greenish yellow with red markings;
labellum apex dark red.132
132 Sepals <3.5 cm long; labellum apex projecting forward or scarcely recurved.133
132: Sepals >5 cm long; labellum apex prominently recurved.134
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
57
133 Labellum <14 mm long; lamina calli 1-1.5 mm tall; column <13 mm tall.
Breakaways and hills between Geraldton and the Murchison River.C. hoffmanii
133: Labellum >15 mm long; lamina calli 1-3 mm tall; column >14 mm tall.
Granite outcrops between Karlgarin and Dragon Rocks.C. graniticola
134 Labellum 8-11 mm wide with marginal calli <4 mm long.C. uliginosa
134: Labellum 10-17 mm wide with marginal calli >5 mm long.135
135 Lateral sepals >13 cm long; labellum 25-35 mm long. Dunsborough to
Karridale.C. excelsa
135: Lateral sepals <10 cm long; labellum 17-27 mm long. Gingin to Leeman,
and Capel area.C. lorea
136 Flowers pale lemon yellow to pale green or greenish yellow, lacking red or
pinkish markings.137
136: Flowers creamy white, usually with red or pinkish markings.139
137 Lateral sepals spreading horizontally, >5 mm wide near base;
labellum 10-14 mm wide.C. citrina
137: Lateral sepals down-curved to pendulous, <5 mm wide near base;
labellum 7-11 mm wide.138
138 Flowers pale lemon yellow. Flowering late November-January.C. pholcoidea
138: Flowers pale yellow or greenish yellow. Flowering September-mid-October.C. swartsiorum
139 Flowers white with faint pink markings; labellum marginal calli
often bifurcating.C. speciosa
139: Flowers white with prominent red markings; labellum marginal calli
rarely bifurcating.140
140 Flowers often with prominent red or pinkish markings. Flowering
late November-January.C. serotina
140: Flowers usually creamy white, rarely with red or pinkish markings.
Flowering August-early November.141
141 Petals and sepals spreading horizontally to down-curved, never pendulous;
labellum marginal calli 2-5 mm long.142
141: Petals and sepals down-curved to pendulous; labellum marginal
calli 4-14 mm long.143
142 Labellum <5 mm wide; petals and sepals >5 cm long. Forest areas between
Mt Barker and Bridgetown.C. christineae
142: Labellum >7 mm wide; petals and sepals <5 cm long. Salt lake margins and
moist depressions between Salmon Gums and Mt Ragged.C. cruscula
143 Lateral sepals 10.5-19 cm long; labellum >30 x >15 mm.C. splendens
143: Lateral sepals 3-15 cm long; labellum <30 x <15 mm.C. longicauda
58
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Taxonomy
Caladenia ambusta A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus. north and south of pine plantation, Hooley Road (track) and Trig Road, 3.8 km south of Caves
Road on Boranup Road, west of Formation Road, south-west of Hooley Road for 500 m, Western
Australia, 7 November 2002, M. Spencer MS 71 (holo: PERTH 06283535).
Caladenia sp. Boranup (M. Spencer MS 71), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 83 (2008);
N. Hoffman&A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 3 rd edn,p. 125 (2011); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids
-the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral. , p. 778-781 (2011);A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French
& G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral., p. 108 (2013) [all as C. sp. Boranup],
Plants solitary. Leaf 12-17 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, linear, erect, slightly incurved to flattened in TS,
pale green, the basal 1/3 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 27-35 cm tall. Flower 1, 5-6 cm
across, creamy yellow to creamy red with faint to prominent red stripes; floral odour unknown. Sepals
andpetals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3, then abruptly narrowing before terminating in a yellowish
brown apex. Dorsal sepal 4-6 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, erect, slightly incurved, terminating in a
swollen osmophore which is 12-15 mm long and covered in short, globular, glandular hairs to 0.1 mm
long. Lateral sepals 4.5-6 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex, sometimes crossing at their tips, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which is
12-15 mm long and covered in short, globular, glandular hairs to 0.1 mm long. Petals 3^1 cm long,
2-2.5 mm wide, spreading horizontally then down-curved towards the apex, glabrous and lacking
swollen apical osmophores. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, white with red stripes, spots and blotches,
stiffly articulated on a claw c. 2 mm wide; lamina often projected forward, 16-22 mm long, 9-11 mm
wide, narrowly triangular in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal 1/4—1/3, nearly horizontal in
middle 1/3—1/2 and apical 1/4—1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with elongate, apically thickened,
forward-facing, white to deep red marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina
calli cream to red, hockey-stick-shaped, the longest 1.5 mm tall, in 4-6 longitudinal rows extending
about 2/3 to 3/4 the length of the labellum, becoming decrescent towards the apex. Column 15-17 mm
long, 5-6 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream with pale red markings, sparsely hirsute with
short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 2.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, greenish yellow to red.
Pollinia 2.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 2.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide. Capsule
not seen. (Figure 1)
Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Hooley Rd pine plantation, SW of Margaret
River in the Boranup State Forest Block, consolidated dunes to SW corner, 28 Oct. 2004, G. Brockman
GBB 1482 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found over a small geographic range south-west of Margaret River (Figure
2), growing in deep sand in shrublands and woodlands under Acacia pulchella, Agonis flexuosa,
Melaleuca sp., Pimelea sp., Spyridium globulosum and Xanthorrhoeapreissii.
Phenology. Flowers late October-mid-November.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
59
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat. Caladenia ambusta is locally
common and found in State forest.
Etymology. From the Latin ambustus (burned), in reference to the species’ profuse flowering only in
the season following summer wildfire.
Affinities. Caladenia ambusta appears most closely related to C. applanata Hopper & A.P.Br., from
which it can be distinguished by its smaller flowers (5-6 cm across compared to 6-8 cm across in
C. applanata) and its forward-projecting, laterally concave labellum with up-curved rather than
spreading marginal calli. It also has a later flowering period (peaking in early November compared to
early October for C. applanata) and a more inland distribution in woodlands and shrublands, rather
than the coastal heath habitat of C. applanata. Whereas C. ambusta flowers best following a summer
fire, C. applanata flowers equally well in both burnt and unburnt bushland. Caladenia ambusta is also
pollinated by a different species of thynnine wasp to that of C. applanata (R. Phillips pers. comm.).
Although C. ambusta is found near C. applanata they are not known to grow together.
Notes. Caladenia ambusta was brought to our attention by Greg Bussell, a knowledgeable amateur
orchid enthusiast, who discovered the species during one of his many forays into the bushland near
where he lives. The species is currently known from a single area where it is common in the spring
following summer fire but is much rarer in subsequent years. No natural hybrids involving this species
have been found.
Figure 1. Caladenia ambusta. A - flower showing the forward-projecting, laterally concave labellum with upswept marginal
calli; B - labellum close-up showing the four longitudinal rows of hockey-stick-shaped, cream to red lamina calli. Photographs
by G. Brockman.
60
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. Distribution of Caladenia ambusta (A), C. bigeminata (■), C.fluvialis (•), C. pluvialis (A) and C. validinervia
(□) in Western Australia.
Caladenia attingens Hopper & A.P.Br. Nuytsia 14(1/2): 51-52. Type'. 7 km west-north-west of
Margaret River, 8 km south of Gracetown, Western Australia, 9 October 1984, S.D. Hopper 4293
(holo: PERTH 00234338; iso. AD, CBG, K).
Plants solitary. Leaf 5-20 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, linear, erect, slightly incurved to flattened in TS,
pale green, the basal 1/3 to 2/3 often irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 12-45 cm tall. Flowers
1, rarely 2,2-7 cm across, green, white and yellow with dull red markings; floral odour absent. Sepals
andpetals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/2 to 1/3, then narrowing to a pale fawn apex covered in dense
globular, sessile, glandular hairs. Dorsal sepal 3.5-6 cm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, erect and slightly to
prominently incurved, terminating in a swollen osmophore which is 10-20 mm long. Lateral sepals
3.5-6 cm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, obliquely descending near the base and then often curving upwards
vertically, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which is 10-20 mm long. Petals 2-4 cm long,
1-2 mm wide, obliquely descending, usually lacking swollen apical osmophores or rarely with apical
osmophores 2-10 mm long. Labellum prominently 3-lobed, bi-coloured, yellowish green at the base,
uniformly dark red at the apex, loosely articulated on a claw 2-3 mm wide; lamina 9-20 mm long,
12-24 mm wide, hastate with the lateral lobes curved forward and the midlobe triangular and acute
in outline, the basal 1/3 erect, the distal 2/3 horizontal except for a shortly recurved apex; lateral
lobes erect with entire margins from the claw to the apex, then abruptly fimbriate and comb like with
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
61
slender, linear, yellowish green marginal calli to 5 mm long which are decrescent (sometimes abruptly)
towards the midlobe; midlobe margins with short, slender, slightly forward-facing, obtuse, simple calli
which are decrescent towards the apex; lamina calli in 4 longitudinal rows extending 2/3 to 4/5 the
length of the labellum (often onto the dark red apex), dark purplish red, golf-stick-shaped, the longest
c. 4 mm tall, decrescent towards the apex and becoming sessile. Column 9-20 mm long, 3-8 mm
wide, pale yellowish green with red blotches and stripes, with broad wings which are flat near base.
Anther 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, yellowish green. Pollinia 1.5-2 mm long, flat, yellow, mealy.
Stigma 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, dull yellow. Capsule not seen.
Distribution and habitat. Found between Perth and Israelite Bay, growing in a range of habitats from
forests, woodlands and coastal heaths to shrub thickets on inland granite outcrops.
Phenology. Flowers August-early November.
Affinities. Caladenia attingens is closely related to C. falcata (Nicholls) M.A.Clem. & Hopper
from which it can be distinguished by its brighter coloured, usually smaller flowers (2-7 cm across
compared to 5-8 cm across in C. falcata ), its column lobes which are flat rather than crenulate near
the base, its usually narrower labellum (12-24 mm wide compared to 20-30 mm wide in C. falcata)
and its labellum lamina calli extending further onto the red labellum apex. These species grow near
one another between Jerramungup and Ravensthorpe but predominantly have different ranges of
distribution and are not known to hybridise.
Notes. We had previously considered C. attingens to comprise two subspecies with subsp. attingens
occupying high rainfall forests and woodlands between Perth and Jerramungup, and subsp. gracillima
Hopper & A.P.Br. occupying lower rainfall mallee woodlands and shrublands between Jerramungup
and Israelite Bay, extending northward to near Balladonia. However, following herbarium and field
studies, we now know subsp. gracillima to comprise two distinct, readily distinguishable taxa, one
common in mallee woodlands and shrublands between Jerramungup and Israelite Bay, extending
inland to Peak Charles and the other confined to inland granite outcrops between Peak Charles and
Mt Newmont, south-west of Balladonia. We have formally named the inland taxon subsp. effusa
A.P.Br. & G.Brockman in this paper.
The three currently recognised subspecies have predominantly different habitat requirements and
ranges of distribution but overlap on the edges of these ranges. In these areas plants are occasionally
found that are intermediate in form but elsewhere throughout their respective ranges are consistent in
morphology and readily distinguishable from one another.
Caladenia attingens hybridises with C. longicauda Lindl. (e.g. G. Brockman2339)&ndC. infundibularis
Hopper & A.P.Br. (APB pers. obs.) to produce flowers that are intermediate in morphology.
The collection number of the type was incorrectly cited in Hopper and Brown (2001) as S.D. Hopper
4239; this is a specimen of Caladenia breviseta x horistes from south of Boxwood Hill.
Key to subspecies of Caladenia attingens
1. Lateral sepals >3 mm wide; labellum >18 mm wide. Flowering late
September-November (peaking in mid-October). Perth to Jerramungup . subsp. attingens
1: Lateral sepals <3 mm wide; labellum <17 mm wide. Flowering August-early
October (peaking in mid-September). Jerramungup to Israelite Bay.2
62
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
2. Lateral sepals prominently falcate; labellum >15 mm wide. subsp. gracillima
2: Lateral sepals spreading horizontally to scarcely falcate; labellum <15 mm wide.subsp. effusa
Caladenia attingens subsp. attingens
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W Austral., 2 nd edn, p. 117 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn
with suppl., p. 117 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral., p. 93,
Figure D (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
р. 432 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 144 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 118 (2013).
Flowers 5-7 cm across. Dorsal sepal 3.5-6 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, terminating in a swollen osmophore
which is 10-20 mm long. Lateral sepals 3.5-6 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, obliquely descending near the
base and then curving upwards vertically, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which is 10-20 mm
long. Petals 2.5-4 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, obliquely descending. Labellum articulated on a claw
с. 3 mm wide; lamina 14-20 mm long, 18-24 mm wide; lamina calli extending at least 2/3 the length
of the labellum, rarely extending onto the red apex. Column 11-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide. (Figure 3)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bramley Rd, 5 km NNE of Margaret River,
15 Oct. 1985, A. Brown 254 (PERTH); 24 km E of Busselton, on Evans Rd at the picnic area, 2 Oct.
1983, D. Cooper 16 (PERTH); 9 km E of Northcliffe, offMuirillupRd, 20 Oct. 1984, G. Gardner s.n.
(PERTH); Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, 4 km SSW of Yallingup, on Caves Rd, 5 Oct. 1983,
S.D. Hopper 3445 (PERTH); Nuyts Wilderness Walk Trail, 1.5 km S of Tinglewood Rd, 10 km WSW
of Walpole, 28 Oct. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6289 (PERTH); Deeside Coast Rd, 10 km S of Chesapeake
Rd, 29 Oct. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6297 (PERTH); Cape Naturaliste, Sugarloaf Rock road, 7 Oct. 1982,
G.J. Keighery 5293 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. F ound between Perth and Albany with rare scattered populations eastward to near
Jerramungup (Figure 4), growing in Eucalyptus diversicolor forest, Corymbia calophylla-E. marginata
woodland and coastal heath. Usually occupies areas of deep sand or sandy clay soil but also more
rarely found in lateritic loam.
Phenology. Flowers late September-November.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia attingens subsp. attingens can be distinguished from subsp. gracillima, with
which it occasionally intergrades near Jerramungup, by its predominantly larger flowers (5-7 cm across
compared to 3-5 cm across in subsp. gracillima), broader lateral sepals (3-5 mm wide compared to
2-3 mm wide in subsp. gracillima) and a broader labellum (18-24 mm wide compared to 15-17 mm
wide in subsp. gracillima). It has a slightly later flowering period than subsp. gracillima (peaking in
mid-October compared to mid-September for subsp. gracillima).
Caladenia attingens subsp. attingens is not known to occur near subsp. effusa, from which it can be
distinguished by its larger flowers (5-7 cm across compared to 2-3 cm across in subsp. effusa), its
broader lateral sepals (3-5 mm wide compared to 1.5-2.5 mm wide in subsp. effusa) and its broader
labellum (18-24 mm wide compared to 12-15 mm wide in subsp. effusa). Subsp. attingens also has
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
63
Figure 3. Caladenia attingens subsp. attingens. A - flower showing the prominently falcate lateral sepals; B - labellum.
Photographs by A. Brown (A) and G. Brockman (B).
prominently falcate lateral sepals, rather than the spreading or scarcely falcate lateral sepals found
in subsp. effusa. These taxa have distinctively different ranges of distribution with subsp. attingens
found some 200 km south-west of the nearest known population of subsp. effusa.
Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus\ west base of Peak Eleanora, Western Australia, October 1984, M.A. Burgman 4632 ( holo :
PERTH 00233900).
Caladenia attingens subsp. granite (M.A. Burgman4632), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral ., 2 nd edn, p. 118 (1992) and rev. 2 nd
edn with suppl., p. 118 (1998) [as C. attingens subsp. gracillima ]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the
Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral, p. 433 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of
S-W. Austral ., 3 rd edn, p. 146 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to
the Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 119 (2013) [all as C. attingens subsp. granite].
Flowers 2-3 cm across. Dorsal sepal 3-4 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, terminating in a swollen osmophore
which is 10-12 mm long. Lateral sepals ?>-A cm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, obliquely descending near the
base and then curving forwards and slightly upwards, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which
64
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
is 10-12 mm long. Petals 2-3 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, obliquely descending. Labellum articulated on a
claw c. 2 mm wide; lamina 9-15 mm long, 12-15 mm wide; lamina calli extending at least 4/5 the length
of the labellum, often extending onto the red apex. Column 9-11 mm long, 3-4 mm wide. (Figure 5)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Newmont, 90 km SW of Balladonia,
12 Aug. 2000, G. Brockman GBB 620 (PERTH); Graham Rock, Moir Rock track, 12 km W of
Coolgardie-Esperance Road, 10 Sep. 2010, G. Brockman GBB 2644 (PERTH); Peak Charles, 50 km
WNW of Salmon Gums, 10 Sep. 2010, G. Brockman GBB 2647 (PERTH); Mt Buraminya, 16 Sep.
1996, A.P. Brown2U\ (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found in scattered populations between Peak Charles and Mt Newmont
(Figure 4), occupying shallow soils on granite outcrops. Associated species include Acacia acuminata ,
Allocasuarina huegeliana , Thryptomene australis , Caladenia microchila , Pterostylis vittata,
P. allantoidea and Thelymitra petrophila.
Phenology. Flowers August-September.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat. Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa
is found on inland granite outcrops in areas of largely undisturbed habitat.
Figure 4. Distribution of Caladenia attingens subsp. attingens (A), C. attingens subsp. effusa (■) and C. attingens subsp.
gracillima (•) in Western Australia.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
65
Etymology. From the Latin effusus (loose, spreading), alluding to the lateral sepals which spread
downwards and outwards rather than being prominently falcate as in the other subspecies.
Affinities. Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa is readily distinguished from other subspecies by its
smaller flowers (2-3 cm across compared to 3-7 cm across in other subspecies), its narrower labellum
(12-15 mm wide compared to 15-24 mm wide in other subspecies) and its spreading or scarcely
falcate rather than prominently falcate lateral sepals. It is found some 200 km north-east of the nearest
known population of subsp. attingens and the majority of subsp. effusa populations are well inland
of subsp. gracillima. In the single area where we have seen it growing near subsp. gracillima no
integration was observed.
Notes. We had long thought subsp. effusa to be distinct from subsp. gracillima (with which it was
previously included) but because of its remote distribution on isolated inland granite outcrops had lacked
sufficient detailed morphological and ecological information to separate it from that taxon. Targeted
surveys were undertaken between 1996 and 2012, during which we found that most populations of
subsp. effusa occurred well north of populations of subsp. gracillima. However, in 2007 we saw subsp.
effusa on the lower slopes of Peak Charles, Peak Eleanora and Dog Rock, growing in shallow soils on
granite outcrops close to subsp. gracillima which was common in deeper soils in nearby woodlands
and shrublands. This enabled us to compare these taxa in the field and observe their morphological
differences first-hand. Both taxa in this area matched the morphology of plants found elsewhere
throughout their respective ranges.
Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa is not known to intergrade with other subspecies and given its distinctive
flowers could possibly be treated as a species. However, it is clearly closely related to C. attingens
and as it overlaps in distribution with subsp. gracillima we cannot be certain that integration does not
occur. We have therefore taken the precautionary view that it be treated as subspecies at this time.
Recently, a taxon that appears closely related to subsp. effusa was located on the margins of a saline
flat in the Forrestania area east of Hyden (G. Brockman 2499, PERTH). Further research is required
to determine its relationships.
Caladenia attingens subsp. gracillima Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 54-56 (2001). Type:
Elverdton, south-east of Ravensthorpe, Western Australia, 9 September \97 \,A.S. George 10973b
(holo: PERTH 00235318).
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 93, Figure C
(2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral., p. 433-434
(2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS- W. Austral. , 3 rd edn, p. 145 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon,
C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral., p. 118 (2013).
Flowers 3-5 cm across. Dorsal sepal 3.5^1.5 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, terminating in a swollen
osmophore which is 10-15 mm long. Lateral sepals 3.5-5 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, obliquely descending
near the base and then curving upwards vertically, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which is
10-15 mm long. Petals 2.5-3.5 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, obliquely descending. Labellum articulated on
a claw c. 2 mm wide; lamina 12-16 mm long, 15-17 mm wide; lamina calli extending at least 4/5 the
length of the labellum, often onto the red apex. Column 11-13 mm long, 4-5 mm wide. (Figure 6)
66
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 5. Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa. A - plant showing the single-flowered inflorescence and spreading, scarcely falcate
lateral sepals; B - labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman (A) and A. Brown (B).
Figure 6. Caladenia attingens subsp. gracillima. A - flower showing the prominently falcate lateral sepals; B - labellum.
Photographs by A. Brown (A) and C. French (B).
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
67
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Ravensthorpe Range, 2 Sep. 1968,
E.M. Bennett 2534 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River, between Ravensthorpe and Jerramungup, 8 Sep. 1979,
A. Brown s.n. (PERTH); Rock Hole Rd near creek, Munglinup, 5 Aug. 1980, A. Brown s.n. (PERTH);
17 km NW of Jerramungup, 24 Sep. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6793 (PERTH); 9.5 km NE of Hatters Hill,
on the Lake Hope track, 28 Sep. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6869 (PERTH); 23 km N of Bremer Bay and
5 km NW of West Mt Barren, 3 Oct. 1990, S.D. Hopper 7874 (PERTH); Peak Charles, 8 Sep. 1991,
S.D. Hopper 8161 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Jerramungup and Israelite Bay (Figure 4), growing in sandy
clay or granitic loams in moist situations under scattered mallee eucalypts and dense shrub thickets
adjacent to water courses and salt lake margins. Caladenia attingens subsp. gracillima is a widespread
taxon that is often common in areas of suitable habitat.
Phenology. Flowers August-early October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia attingens subsp. gracillima can be distinguished from subsp. attingens , with
which it occasionally intergrades near Jerramungup, by its predominantly smaller flowers and generally
earlier flowering period. Although their distributions overlap near Peak Charles it is not known to
intergrade with subsp. effusa.
Caladenia bigeminata A.P.Br. & G. Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ [north-west of Northampton,] Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 16 August 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2295 ( holo\ PERTH 08060142).
Caladenia sp. Yerina Springs (G. Brockman GBB 1270), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
p. 264-265 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 3 rd edn, p. 38 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 76 (2013) [all as
C. sp. Yerina Springs],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. Leaf 3-9 cm long, 3-7 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in TS,
pale green, the basal 1/3 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 12-25 cm tall. Flowers 1 or 2,
4-8cm across, bright white with red stripes, spots and blotches; floral odour unknown. Sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, scarcely glandular-hirsute in the basal 1/4 to 1/3, then abruptly narrowing
to a red-black, densely glandular, long-acuminate filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore.
Dorsal sepal 4-7 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 4-7 cm long,
2-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 4-6 cm
long, 2-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum
obscurely 3-lobed, white with pale to deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a
claw 1-1.5 mm wide; lamina 11-13 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, narrowly triangular to triangular (rarely
rhomboidal) in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and
apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with serrate, red-marked marginal calli which are
decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina calli cream, often with pale red markings, dull on top, narrowly
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1 mm tall, in 10-12 pairs in two groups of longitudinal rows (2 indistinct
rows in each) extending over about 1/2 to 2/3 the length of the labellum and decrescent towards the
apex. Column 8-9 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, narrowly-winged, opaque cream with pale red stripes or,
more rarely, blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 1-2 mm
long, 1-2 mm wide, yellow. Pollinia 1-2 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1-2 mm
long, 1 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 7)
Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons]
29 Aug. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1270 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found over a narrow geographical range north-west of Northampton (Figure
2), growing in seasonally inundated, shallow, sandy clay soil over sandstone with Thryptomene ,
Calytrix , Borya and annual herbs.
Phenology. Flowers late July-early September.
Conservation status. Caladenia bigeminata is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name C. sp.
Yerina Springs (G. Brockman GBB 1270). It occurs in a distinctive habitat and, although extensively
searched for in similar areas, is known from a single locality.
Etymology. From the Latin bi- (two-) and geminatus (paired), alluding to the two longitudinal rows
of paired lamina calli.
Affinities. Unlike most other species in C. subgen. Phlebochilus Hopper & A.P.Br. which have two
single, well-spaced longitudinal rows of labellum lamina calli, C. bigeminata is distinctive in having
lamina calli in two groups of longitudinal rows each comprising two indistinct longitudinal rows;
this feature placing it with C. radialis R.S.Rogers, from which it can be distinguished by its bright
white flowers (red and cream in C. radialis ), its erect rather than lax dorsal sepal and its longer, more
numerous labellum marginal calli. These species are not known to occur near one another.
Caladenia bigeminata is superficially similar to C. vulgata Hopper & A.P.Br., from which it can
be distinguished by its bright white, rather than dull white, usually smaller flowers (4-8 cm across
compared to 7-10 cm across in C. vulgata ), its petals and sepals with red-black glandular tips (brown
or fawn in C. vulgata ) and its distinctive double arrangement of labellum lamina calli. Although the
two species occur near one another they have different habitat preferences with C. bigeminata found
in seasonally inundated shallow soils over sandstone and C. vulgata in deeper, well-drained sands.
Caladenia bigeminata occurs near C. elegans Hopper & A.P.Br. and C. nobilis Hopper & A.P.Br.
but is not considered closely related to either of these species. It is distinguished from C. elegans by
its shorter sepals (4-7 cm long compared to 7-11 cm long in C. elegans ), its bright white flowers
(yellow in C. elegans) and its narrowly anvil-shaped labellum lamina calli (broadly anvil-shaped in
C. elegans ), and from C. nobilis by its bright white (dull white to cream in C. nobilis) smaller flowers
(4-8 cm across compared to 10-13 cm across in C. nobilis) and its narrower labellum (6-7 mm wide
compared to 12-16 mm wide in C. nobilis).
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
69
Figure 7. Caladenia bigeminata. A - flower showing its bright white colouration and relatively short tepals; B - labellum
showing the two double longitudinal rows of lamina calli. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and G. Brockman (B).
Caladenia denticulata Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R. lii (1840). Caladenia filamentosa R.Br. var.
denticulata (Lindl.) Rchb.f., Beitr. Syst. Pflanzenk. 66 (1871). Type'. Swan River [Western Australia],
1839, J. Drummond s.n. ( lecto : K-L,fide M.A. Clements, Austral. Orchid Res. 1: 23 (1989); isolecto :
BM, G).
Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R.Br.: A.S. George & H.E. Foote, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 3, top
right photo [1971]; M.R. Pocock, Ground Orchids of Austral., photo 19 (1972).
Plants solitary or in small to large clumps. Leaf 6-18 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in
TS, pale green, the basal 1/3 usually irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 15-35 cm tall. Flowers
1 or 2 (3), 6-10 cm across, dull red, pinkish red, pale yellow, cream or dull white with inconspicuous
to prominent dull red markings; floral odour faint, foetid. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the
basal 1/3, then abruptly narrowing to a dark brown, densely glandular, long-acuminate filamentous
apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal 4-7 cm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, erect and slightly
incurved. Lateral sepals 4-7 cm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Petals 4-5.5 cm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the
base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, red, yellow, cream or white with
faint to prominent red stripes, spots and blotches, becoming large irregular spots and blotches towards
margins and the recurved apex, stiffly articulated on a claw 1-2 mm wide; lamina 15-18 mm long,
7-11 mm wide, narrowly linear-rhomboidal in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal 1/3,
nearly horizontal in the middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with dentate,
70
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
forward-facing, white to pale red marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina
calli cream with or without red markings, dull on top, narrowly anvil-shaped, the longest c. 2 mm
tall, in 8-13 pairs in two longitudinal rows extending about 1/2 the length of the labellum, slightly
decrescent towards the apex. Column 12-16 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, narrowly-winged, creamy
yellow or opaque cream with red stripes and blotches, sparsely hairy with short, glandular hairs on
outer surface. Anther 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, pale yellow or greenish yellow. Pollinia
1.5-2 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 2.5-3 mm wide. Capsule not seen.
Distribution and habitat. Found betweenArrowsmith and Lake Moore, growing in a variety of habitats.
Phenology. Flowers August-early October.
Affinities. Caladenia denticulata appears closely related to C. postea Hopper & A.P.Br., from which
it can be distinguished by its often taller scapes (to 35 cm tall compared to 20 cm tall in C. postea ),
its larger flowers (6-10 cm across compared to 4-5 cm across in C. postea ) and its longer column
(12-16 mm long compared to 9-11 mm long in C. postea). These species grow together south-west
of York but flower at different times with C. denticulata peaking in early September and C. postea
in late October. In this area C. denticulata is represented only by subsp. denticulata which has pale
yellow to greenish yellow and white flowers (always dull white to cream in C. postea). Caladenia
denticulata subsp. albicans A.P.Br. & G.Brockman has similarly coloured dull white to cream flowers
to C. postea but occurs in the Arrowsmith area some 300 km north-west of that species.
Caladenia denticulata is possibly more distantly related to C. vulgata, from which it can be distinguished
by its longer labellum (15-18 mm long compared to 9-15 mm long in C. vulgata ), its more erect
basal lamina and its narrower, less crowded marginal calli. With the exception of subsp. albicans ,
which has white or cream flowers, it also has more colourful red or yellow flowers.
Notes. Caladenia denticulata has been considered a widespread, variable species but following
extensive field and herbarium studies we have found it to comprise three distinct taxa, each occurring
in populations that are predominantly isolated from one another and each consistent in morphology
throughout their respective ranges. Subsp. denticulata and subsp. rubella A.P.Br. & G.Brockman are
known to intergrade in a few places where their distributions overlap with some plants in these areas
difficult to ascribe to either taxon. Elsewhere, however, these taxa remain distinct. Subsp. albicans
is geographically isolated from other subspecies.
Key to subspecies of Caladenia denticulata
1. Flowers dull red or pinkish red, more rarely cream or yellow with prominent dull
red markings.subsp. rubella
1: Flowers dull white, cream or pale yellow to greenish yellow and white with faint
(never prominent) dull red markings.2
2. Flowers pale yellow to greenish yellow and white. Waroona to Eneabba and
inland to Lake Moore.subsp. denticulata
2: Flowers dull white or cream. Arrowsmith area.subsp. albicans
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
71
Caladenia denticulata subsp. denticulata
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 51, Figure C
(2008) [as C. denticulata ]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in
Austral. , p. 284-286 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral , 3 rd edn, p. 71 (2011);
A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 55 (2013).
Flowers pale yellow to greenish yellow and white. Labellum white with inconspicuous red stripes,
spots and blotches. Column opaque cream with red stripes, spots and blotches. (Figure 8)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cockleshell Gully on N side of creek,
between Jurien Bay road and Coorow-Green Head Rd, 17 Aug. 1985, A. Brown & S. van Leeuwen
199 (PERTH); Gingin turnoff on the Brand Hwy, 6 km S of Gingin, 4 Oct. 1985, R. Clauson s.n.
(PERTH); 10 km N of Three Springs road along Eneabba-Mingenew road, 25 Aug. 1983, S.D. Hopper
3373 (CBG, K, PERTH); Julimar State Forest, 7.2 km E of Midlands Hwy on Northern Boundary Rd,
31 Aug. 1984, S.D. Hopper 3992 (CBG, PERTH); Mortlock River Bridge on Goomalling-Calingiri
Rd, 25 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4163 (PERTH); Monk’s Well Gully, 1.5 km E of Mount Rupert Station
in the Wongan Hills, 13 Sep. 1987, K.F. Kenneally 10588 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Waroona and Dalwallinu (Figure 9), growing in Eucalyptus
wandoo and E. loxophleba woodlands and also under Thryptomene and Acacia species in soil pockets
on granite outcrops.
Figure 8. Caladenia denticulata subsp. denticulata. A - plants showing the pale yellow and white flowers, and arching petals
and lateral sepals; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and G. Brockman (B).
72
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Phenology. Flowers August-early October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia denticulata subsp. denticulata can be distinguished from subsp. rubella, with
which it occasionally intergrades, by its predominantly pale yellow to greenish yellow and white
flowers (subsp. rubella has predominantly dull red or pinkish red and white flowers). Although their
distributions are similar, intergrades are uncommon as these subspecies rarely occur together.
Caladenia denticulata subsp. denticulata is not known to intergrade with subsp. albicans, from
which it can be distinguished by its pale yellow to greenish yellow and white flowers (subsp. albicans
has dull white or cream flowers). These taxa have distinctively different ranges of distribution and
habitat requirements with subsp. denticulata occupying clay loam, clay and non-calcareous sands
in inland woodlands and in soil pockets on granite outcrops, and subsp. albicans occupying near¬
coastal calcareous sandy soils under tall Acacia species some 80 km north-west of the nearest known
occurrence of subsp. denticulata.
Notes. This is the most widespread of the three subspecies. It is often abundant in areas of favourable
habitat and in some places can be the most common orchid seen. Rare hybrids have been found between
it and C.footeana Hopper & A.P.Br. south-west of York (APB pers. obs.).
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
73
Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans A.P.Br. & G. Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus. north of Eneabba, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
30 August 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2441 (holo: PERTH 08172226).
Caladenia denticulata subsp. Arrowsmith (G. Brockman GBB 2441), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase , http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 51, Figure C
(2008) [as C. denticulata ]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in
Austral ., p. 285 (2011) [as C. denticulata subsp. white]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W.
Austral., 3 rd edn., p. 72 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the
Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 56 (2013) [both as C. denticulata subsp. Arrowsmith],
Flowers dull white or cream. Labellum white with red stripes, spots and blotches. Column opaque
cream with red stripes, spots and blotches. (Figure 10)
Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons]
19 Aug. 1984, A.P. Brown s.n. (PERTH 00277894).
Figure 10. Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans. A - flower showing its dull white colouration; B - labellum. Photographs
by G. Brockman.
74
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Distribution and habitat. Found in the Arrowsmith area (F igure 11), growing in moist, calcareous sand
under Eucalyptus camaldulensis and Acacia species. Associated orchids include Caladenia longicauda
subsp. borealis , C. hirta subsp. rosea, C. latifolia and Prasophyllum calcicola.
Phenology. Flowers August-early September.
Conservation status. Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One
under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the
phrase name C. denticulata subsp. Arrowsmith (G. Brockman GBB 2441). It is known from a narrow
geographic range in the Arrowsmith area, growing in scattered rare populations.
Etymology. From the Latin albus (white) and -cans (becoming or almost), alluding to the dull white
flowers.
Affinities. Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans is not known to intergrade with other subspecies
and is readily distinguished from them by its dull white to cream flowers (other subspecies have
predominantly dull red, pinkish red or pale yellow to greenish yellow and white flowers). It also has
an often narrower, more upright labellum, somewhat narrower marginal calli and often more lax petals
and lateral sepals than other subspecies. It is found well north-west of other subspecies and unlike
them occupies calcareous sandy soils.
Notes. A severe summer fire which burnt the habitat of the best known population in 2011 resulted in
dense regrowth of Acacia species and searches in 2012 and 2013 failed to relocate the orchid.
Caladenia denticulata subsp. rubella A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus. Gunyidi Nature Reserve, Railway Road, 500 m south of the Gunyidi-Wubin Road, north of
Watheroo, Western Australia, 17 August 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2301 ( holo : PERTH 08060150).
Caladenia denticulata subsp. Jarrah forest (G.J. Keighery 13592), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral., p. 51, Figure C
(2008) [as C. denticulata :]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 73 (2011)
[as C. denticulata subsp. Jarrah Forest]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its
Relatives in Austral, p. 285 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to
the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 56 (2013) [both as C. denticulata subsp. red].
Flowers predominantly dull red with dull white or yellow markings, more rarely cream or yellow
with prominent dull red markings. Labellum white with prominent dull red stripes, spots and blotches.
Column opaque cream to dull red with cream or dull red stripes, spots and blotches. (Figure 12)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Albany Hwy, 20 km N of Williams, W side,
15 Aug. 2002, G. Brockman 111 (PERTH); Meelon nature strip, Pinjarra-Williams Rd 700 m W of
Burnside Rd, N side between road and old rail line, 23 Sep. 2007, G. Brockman 2142 (PERTH);
Greenhills-Doodenanning road, 1.5 km W of Badgin Rd, E of York, 31 Aug. 2008, G. Brockman GBB
2312 (PERTH); Wubin-Gunyidi Rd, 5.2 km E of Noble Rd, 10 Aug. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2433
(PERTH); Gunyidi Siding Reserve, W of Midlands Rd and rail line, N of Watheroo, 30 Aug. 2009,
A.P Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
75
Figure 11. Distribution of Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans (A) and C. denticulata subsp. rubella (M) in Western Australia.
Figure 12. Caladenia denticidata subsp. rubella. A- plants showing the clump-forming habit and predominantly red and white
flowers; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and G. Brockman (B).
76
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
G. Brockman 2448 (PERTH); Robinson Rd, 600 m E from Albany Hwy, 13 Sep. 2009, G. Brockman
GBB 2491 (PERTH); Lake Guraga Road Reserve 31223, W side of lake (2 km across), 11 Sep. 1991,
A.P. Brown 1065 (PERTH); 0.8kmEofMogumberonroadtoNewNorcia, 17 Sep. 1983 ,R.J. Cranfield
4130 (PERTH); Forrestfield Reserve, Forrestfield, Oct 1967, S.J.J. Davies 4004 (PERTH); Dalwallinu
Town Reserve towards NE comer, 16 Sep. 1999, M. Hislop 1595 (PERTH); Mortlock River Bridge
on Goomalling-Calingiri Rd, 13 km NW of Goomalling, 25 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4163 (PERTH);
NE boundary of 21038, 150 m NE of North Dandalup Dam on the western bank, 22 Sep. 1987,
S.D. Hopper 6099 (PERTH); Lake Gunyidi-Wubin Rd, 2.7 km W of Masons Rd on S side, 23 Aug.
1988, S.D. Hopper 6500 (PERTH); Meelon Nature Reserve, Pinjarra-Williams Rd, Coolup, 30 Sep.
2000, F. Hort, J. Hort, N. & M. Hoffman 3019 (PERTH); Reserve 20585 (part of C53) on the South
Western Hwy 4 kmN ofWaroona (adj. to plot Waro 02), 16 Sep. 1992, B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 998
(PERTH); Burnside Road Nature Reserve, 15 km E of Pinjarra, 16 Sep. 1994, G.J. Keighery 13592
(PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Kojonup and Gunyidi (Figure 11), growing in moist soils
in a variety of habitats. Near Waroona it grows in brown loamy clay soil under Corymbia calophylla.
Eucalyptus marginata and E. wandoo. Between Gunyidi and Wubin it grows in granitic soils under
E. loxophleba and Acacia acuminata. At Greenhills it grows in sandy clay soil under E. wandoo along
open creek lines.
Phenology. Flowers August-late September.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Etymology. From the Latin rubellus (reddish), alluding to the reddish flowers.
Affinities. Caladenia denticulata subsp. rubella can be distinguished from subsp. denticulata , with
which it occasionally intergrades, by its predominantly dull red to pinkish red flowers. It is not known
to occur near the dull white to cream flowered subsp. albicans.
Caladenia erythronema A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus. 17.5 km west of Nyabing on the Nyabing-Katanning Road. Reserve on west side of road
where railway crosses road, Western Australia, 26 August 2006, G. Brockman 1763 {holo\ PERTH
07511647; iso. AD, CBG).
Caladenia sp. Wyalkatchem (G. Brockman GBB 661), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 45, Figure A
(2008) [as C. sp. Wyalkatchem]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral ., 3 rd edn, p. 60
(2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral.,
p. 75 (2013) [both as C. sp. Nyabing],
Plants solitary or in clumps. Leaf 6-10 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in TS, pale
green, the basal 1/6 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 13-30 cm tall. Flowers 1-3, 6-8 cm
across, variably dull red, pinkish red or dull cream to creamy yellow with dull red markings; floral
odour unknown. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in basal 1/4—1/2, then narrowing to a red, densely
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
77
glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal 5-9 cm
long, c. 2 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 5-9 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, spreading
horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 4-7 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, spreading
horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, white with
prominent deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw 1-1.5 mm wide; lamina
8-11 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, narrowly triangular to triangular in outline, erect with entire margins
in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes
with truncate, forward-facing, white-tipped marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe;
lamina calli creamy yellow or creamy white, sometimes with red markings, glossy on top, narrowly
anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1 mm tall, in 10-12 pairs in 2 longitudinal rows extending about 1/2-2/3 the
length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards the apex. Column 8-11 mm long, 3-4 mm wide,
narrowly winged, opaque cream with pale red stripes or, more rarely, blotches, sparsely hirsute with
short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther c. 1 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia
1-1.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1-1.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Capsule
not seen. (Figure 13)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nyabing, 9 Nov. 1984 [date
in error], R.J. Bates s.n. (PERTH); 17.5 km W of Nyabing, 9 Nov. 1984 [date in error], R.J. Bates s.n.
(PERTH); Scotsman Nature Reserve on Merindo Rd, NE of Cleary, 29 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 909
(PERTH); 3 km W ofWyalkatchem on Goomalling Rd rail reserve onN side along railway line, 12 Sep.
2004, G. Brockman GBB 1358 (PERTH); Namelcatchem Nature Reserve, SW ofWyalkatchem, on
Goomalling-Wyalkatchem Rd, 12 Sep. 2004, G.B. Brockman 1354 (PERTH); 400 m E of Gambell
Rd on Nungarin-Wyalkatchem Rd, 20 km E ofWyalkatchem, 12 Sep. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1369
(PERTH); Nembudding Reserve, 500 m NW of Nembudding wheat bin, Nungarin-Wyalkatchem Rd,
12 Sep. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1373 (PERTH); Namelcatchem Nature Reserve, SW ofWyalkatchem,
on Goomalling-Wyalkatchem Rd, creek line crossing road, 12 Sep. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1357
(PERTH); 400 m E of Gambell Rd on Nungarin-Wyalkatchem Rd, 20 km E ofWyalkatchem, 12 Sep.
2004, G. Brockman GBB 1370 (PERTH); 11.8 km E ofWyalkatchem on Mukinbudin Rd, 12 Aug. 2007,
G. Brockman GBB 2030 (PERTH); scrubland W of CBH bins, Wyalkatchem, 12 Aug. 2007, G. Brockman
GBB 2035 (PERTH); Kulin-Lake Grace Rd, 200 m W of Lake Grace-Karlgarin Rd junction, 18 kmN of
Lake Grace, 11 Sep. 2011, G. Brockman GBB 2777 (PERTH); 1 km W ofNyabing in nature reserve along
Katanning-Nyabing Rd close to rail line, 9 Sep. 2010, M Brundrett MB DNA 50 (PERTH); Colleen
and David Lawrence’s property Mindah Holdsworthy Rd, Wyalkatchem, 25 km NE of Wyalkatechem
townsite, part of Benjaberring Catchment, 4 Aug. 1999, C. Keating et al. s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Nyabing and Mukinbudin with rare, scattered populations
occurring on granite outcrops eastward to Southern Cross (Figure 14). Plants grow in sand or, more
rarely, lateritic and granitic loam in open Eucalyptus wandoo woodland and tall shrubland under
Acacia , Melaleuca mdAIlocasuarina species. Associated orchids include Caladeniafalcata , C.Jlava
subsp .flava, C. hirta subsp. rosea and C. longicauda subsp. eminens.
Phenology. Flowers August-late September. There are several records of the species being collected
in November but these are thought to be in error.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Etymology. From the Greek erythro- (red-) and -nema (thread), alluding to the red hairs which adorn
the narrow thread-like petals and sepals and are particularly noticeable in the early morning or late
afternoon sunlight.
78
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 13. Caladenia erythronema. A - plants showing the flowers with pendulous petals and lateral sepals, and often red
colouration; B - a red- and cream-flowered form; C - labellum showing the glossy, pale-coloured lamina calli. Photographs
by G. Brockman.
Figure 14. Distribution of Caladenia erythronema (A), C. perangusta (■) and C. hopper iana (•) i n Western Austral i a.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
79
Affinities. Caladenia erythronema appears closely related to C. dimidia Hopper & A.P.Br and was at
one time considered a western form of that species. It can, however, be readily distinguished from
C. dimidia by its usually longer sepals (5-9 cm long compared to 4-6 cm long in C. dimidia ), its
lateral sepals which spread horizontally near the base and are pendulous towards the apex (obliquely
descending and never pendulous in C. dimidia) and its often dull red to pinkish red flowers (C. dimidia
predominantly has cream or pale yellow flowers). Although distributions overlap, these species are
not known to intergrade.
Caladenia erythronema may be more distantly related to C. polychroma Hopper & A.P.Br., from which
it can be distinguished by its usually smaller flowers (6-8 cm across compared to 8-12 cm across in
C. poly chroma ) and narrower labellum (6-8 mm wide compared to 10-13 mm wide in C. poly chroma).
Where their distributions overlap south-west of Nyabing these species are often found growing together
but are not known to intergrade.
Notes. Plants in northern populations are often shorter in stature and flower earlier than those in
southern populations but there is overlap in both these features and no consistent morphological
differences have been noted.
In seasons of good rainfall C. erythronema is locally abundant but is rare in drought years.
Caladenia fluvialis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus: Edison Mill Road, 3.7 km south of Brookton Highway, open creekline crossing road, Western
Australia, 4 September 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2315 (holo\ PERTH 08060231; iso. AD, CANB).
Caladenia sp. Brookton Hwy (G. Brockman GBB 547), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral .,
р. 232-233 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 40 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 73 (2013) [all as
C. sp. Brookton Highway],
Plants solitary or in clumps. Leaf 7-13 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in TS, pale
green, the basal 1/3 rarely irregularly blotched with pale red-purple. Scape 12-25 cm tall. Flowers
1 or 2, 8-12 cm across, cream to creamy yellow with dull red markings; floral odour unknown. Sepals
and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/2, then narrowing to a brownish black or red, densely
glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal 5-8 cm long,
1.5-3 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 5-8 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, spreading
horizontally near the base and curved downwards towards the apex. Petals 5-7 cm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, spreading horizontally or curved upwards. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, white with prominent pale
to deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw 1-1.5 mm wide; lamina 8-12 mm
long, 7-8 mm wide, narrowly triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline, erect with entire margins in
the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with
truncate, forward-facing, cream to pink-tipped marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe;
lamina calli creamy white, often with pale red markings, glossy on top, anvil-shaped, the longest
с. 1 mm tall, in two longitudinal rows extending about 1/2 to 2/3 the length of the labellum, slightly
decrescent towards the apex. Column 6-14 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream
80
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
with pale red stripes and blotches, sparsely to moderately hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer
surface. Anther 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia 1.5 mm long, kidney-shaped,
flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 15)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: creekline crossing Brookton Hwy, 1 km
E ofWarradale Rd junction, Dale, 13 Aug. 1999, G. Brockman GBB 472 (PERTH); creekline crossing
Brookton Hwy, 1 km E ofWarradale Rd juction, 16 Sep. 1999, G. Brockman GBB 549 b (PERTH);
Dale West Rd, 400 m N of Brookton Hwy, then track to W along creek, 5 Sep. 2000, G. Brockman
GBB 663 (PERTH); Edison Mill Rd, 3.3 km S of Brookton Hwy, W on track 1 km to meet open
creek, winter wet, 4 Sep. 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2316 (PERTH); Jubuck nature strip on Brookton-
Corrigin Rd, 10 Sep. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2471 (PERTH); Weame Rd, 11 km E of Albany Hwy,
North Bannister, 18 Sep. 2010, G. Brockman GBB 2654 (PERTH); Dale Creek crossing Brookton
Hwy, 2 km E ofWarradale Rd, W of West Dale, 27 Aug. 2011, G. Brockman GBB 2739 (PERTH); on
Talbot West Rd, 8.6 km SE of Yarra Rd turnoff, 25 km WSW of York, 8 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper 5978
(PERTH); Yarra Rd, 5.6 km N of Brookton Hwy, 40 km E of Armadale, 23 Sep. 1988, S.D. Hopper
6757 (PERTH); Weame State Forest, Wearne Rd, Wandering, on N side of road, 10.6 km E of Albany
Hwy, 22 Sep. 2007, F. Hort & J. Hort 3034 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Wandering and York (Figure 2). Plants are commonly
seen in moist sandy clay soils adjacent to seasonal creeks and drainage lines or more rarely near the
base of granite outcrops. Associated species include Acacia acuminata , Allocasuarina campestris ,
A. huegeliana. Eucalyptus wandoo. Hake a circumalata and Borya spp.
Phenology. Flowers from mid-August-late September.
Figure 15. Caladeniafluvialis. A- habit; B - labellum showing the dentate, forwardly-uncinate marginal calli and two longitudinal
rows of anvil-shaped lamina calli. Photographs by G. Brockman.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
81
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat. Caladenia fluvialis is often locally
abundant in areas of favourable habitat.
Etymology. From the Latin fluvius (river, stream, running water) and -alis (pertaining to), alluding to
its preference for moist soils adjacent to seasonal creeks.
Affinities. Caladenia fluvialis appears most closely related to C. polychroma from which it can be
distinguished by its less colourful, cream to creamy yellow flowers (variably red or pink with yellow and
white suffusions in C. polychroma) and its narrower labellum (6-8 mm wide compared to 10-13 mm
wide in C. poly chroma). Caladenia fluvialis has a more northerly distribution and the two species are
not known to grow together.
Caladeniafluvialis often grows with C. hiemalis Hopper & A. P. Br., from which it can be distinguished by
its larger flowers (8-12 cm across compared to 4-7 cm across in C. hiemalis). Where these species grow
together, C. hiemalis has finished flowering by up to a month by the time C. fluvialis starts flowering.
Caladenia hopperiana A.P.Br. & G. Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ west of Quindanning, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
29 September 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2368 (holo. PERTH 08060193).
Caladenia sp. Quindanning (K. Smith & P. Johns 231), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral, p. 57, Figure A
(2008) [as C. sp. Boddington]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives
in Austral., p. 550-551 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 3 rd edn, p. 110
(2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral.,
p. 95 (2013) [all as C. sp. Quindanning],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. Leaf 8-16 cm long, 7-11 mm wide, linear, erect, slightly incurved
to flattened in TS, pale green, the basal 1/3 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 14-18 cm tall.
Flowers \-A, 4-5 cm across, creamy yellow with faint red markings; floral odour unknown. Sepals
and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3 to 1/2, then abruptly narrowing to a yellowish brown,
densely glandular, short, acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal
2.5-A cm long, 1-2 mm wide, erect and slightly to prominently incurved. Lateral sepals 3-4.5 cm
long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex, often
crossing at their tips. Petals 2.5-3 cm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex, often incurved at their tips. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, white, stiffly
articulated on a claw 1-2 mm wide; lamina 12-17 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, narrowly triangular to
triangular in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in the middle 1/3 and
the apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with short, sparse, truncate, forward-facing, white
to deep brown marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina calli glossy, red with
pale yellow apices, hockey-stick-shaped, the longest c. 1 mm tall, in 4-6 longitudinal rows extending
about 1/2 the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards the apex. Column 12-14 mm long,
5-7 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream with pale red markings, sparsely hirsute with short
glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 2 mm long, 3 mm wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia 2-3 mm
long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1.5-2.5 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 16)
82
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 16. Caladenia hopperiana. A - plant showing the sometimes clumping habit; B - flower scape showing the prominently
branched inflorescence and distinctive creamy yellow and white flowers with crossed lateral sepals; C - flowers showing the
predominantly white, broad, flattened labellum with short marginal calli and four or more longitudinal rows of lamina calli.
Photographs by A. Brown (A, B) and G. Brockman (C).
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
30 Sep. 2006, G. Brockman GBB 1930 (PERTH); 7 Oct. 2004, K. Smith & P. Johns 231 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found over a small geographic range near Quindanning (Figure 14), growing
in Eucalyptus wandoo woodland on the margins of seasonal creek lines and swamps with Melaleuca
viminea, Chorizandra enodis , Craspedia variabilis and other orchid species including Caladenia
longicauda subsp. redacta, Diuris laxiflora and Prasophyllum gracile.
Phenology. Flowers late September-October.
Conservation status. Caladenia hopperiana is listed as Threatened in Western Australia (Jones 2014),
under the phrase name C. sp. Quindanning (K. Smith & P Johns 231). The species is currently known
from five mostly small populations. One population has decreased in size from over 1,000 plants when
it was discovered in 2004 to 40 plants in 2012, possibly due to increasing salinity and grazing by pigs.
Although populations are found in State forest the area is potentially subject to altered fire regimes
and future mining.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
83
Etymology. Named for Professor Stephen Donald Hopper (1951—) who has been instrumental in the
discovery and naming of many Western Australian orchid species.
Affinities. Caladenia hopperiana appears to have no close relatives. It is, perhaps, distantly related to
C. uliginosa A.S.George from which it can be distinguished by its prominently branched inflorescence,
shorter petals (2.5-3 cm long compared to 5-10 cm long in C. uliginosa) and its flattened labellum
with short, sparse marginal calli. These species grow together north-east of Quindanning but do not
intergrade.
Caladenia hopperiana bears a superficial resemblance to C. dorrienii Domin (in C. subgen. Phlebochilus)
but, unlike that species, has four or more longitudinal rows of labellum lamina calli placing it in
C. subgen. Calonema Hopper & A.P.Br.
Notes. Caladenia hopperiana occasionally hybridises with C. longicauda subsp. redacta Hopper &
A.P.Br., producing flowers that are intermediate in morphology (e.g. G. Brockman 1932, PERTH).
Caladenia leucochila A.P.Br., R.Phillips & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ south-east of Collie, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
16 September 2011, B. Newman BN 006 {holo. PERTH 08413584).
Caladenia sp. Collie (E. Bennett s.n. PERTH 08396051), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral .,
p. 109 (2013) [as C. sp. Collie],
Plants solitary. Leaf 12-20 cm long, 4-11 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved to flattened inTS, pale
green, the basal 1/3 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 12—40 cm tall. Flowers 1(2), 4-6 cm
across, pale yellow to greenish cream and white with faint to prominent dull red stripes; floral odour
unknown. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3 to 1/2 then abruptly narrowing before
terminating in a yellowish brown apex. Dorsal sepal 2.5-3.5 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, erect and
slightly incurved, terminating in a swollen osmophore which is 10-12 mm long and covered in short
glandular hairs to 0.1 mm long. Lateral sepals 3.5—4 cm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, horizontal to down-
curved, sometimes pendulous towards the apex, each terminating in a swollen osmophore which is
10-12 mm long and covered in short glandular hairs to 0.1 mm long. Petals 2.5-3 cm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, usually spreading horizontally or down-curved towards the apex, more rarely up-curved,
usually lacking a swollen osmophore, or, when present 5-7 mm long. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed,
white, stiffly articulated on a claw c. 2 mm wide; lamina 10-15 mm long, 7-9 mm wide, narrowly
triangular in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and
apical 1/3 with a prominently recurved apex; lateral lobes with elongate, forward-facing, white to
deep red, sometimes yellow-tipped marginal calli which are decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina
calli cream to yellow or red, hockey-stick-shaped, the longest c. 1.5 mm tall, in 4-6 longitudinal rows
extending about 2/3—3/4 the length of the labellum, decrescent towards the apex. Column 10-12 mm
long, 3-4 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream to pale yellow with pale red markings, sparsely
hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 2.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, greenish yellow
to red. Pollinia 2.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 2.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide.
Capsule not seen. (Figure 17)
84
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 17. Caladenia leucochila. A - flower showing the pale yellow sepals with prominent terminal osmophores; B - labellum
showing the white apex. Photographs by A. Brown.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
25 Sep. 2008, E. Bennett s.n. (PERTH); 14 Sep. 2012, B. Newman BN 001 (PERTH); 2 Oct. 2012,
B. Newman BN 003 (PERTH); 2 Oct. 2012, B. Newman BN 004 (PERTH); 15 Sep. 2012, B. Newman
BN 005 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found in a small geographic range south-east of Collie (Figure 18), primarily
growing in grey sandy soil downslope from laterite (sometimes extending into laterite) in open
Eucalyptus marginata , Corymbia calophylla and Allocasuarina fraseriana forest over Xanthorrhoea
preissii and dwarf scrub of Bossiaea ornata, Banksia nivea, Lechenaultia biloba and open, low sedges.
The largest populations occur on well-drained sandy slopes near the valley floor.
Phenology. Flowers September-October.
Conservation status. Caladenia leucochila is listed as Threatened in Western Australia (Jones 2014),
under the phrase name C. sp. Collie (E. Bennett s.n. PERTH 08396051). Although predominantly
found in State forest, populations are threatened by changed fire regimes, timber harvesting and mining.
Etymology. From the Greek leuko- (white-) and chilus (-lipped), in reference to the labellum which
is wholly white.
Affinities. Caladenia leucochila can be distinguished from most members of the C. huegelii Rchb.f.
complex by its white, rather than red labellum apex and its sometimes lax lateral sepals, these features
placing it with C. busselliana Hopper & A.PBr., C. interjacens Hopper & A.P.Br. and C. lodgeana
Hopper & A.PBr.
Caladenia leucochila is perhaps most similar to C. busselliana from which it can be distinguished by
its shorter petals (2.5-3 cm long compared to 3^1.5 cm long in C. busselliana ), its sepals with often
shorter more prominently swollen apical osmophores (10-12 mm long compared to 10-20 mm long
in C. busselliana) and its smaller labellum (10-15 mm long x 7-9 mm wide compared to 15-20 mm
long x 10-12 mm wide in C. busselliana). Caladenia leucochila is found some 100 km north-east of
populations of C. busselliana.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
85
Caladenia leucochila can be distinguished from C. interjacens by its shorter petals (2.5-3 cm long
compared to 4-5.5 cm long in C. interjacens ) and its sepals with shorter apical osmophores (10-12 mm
long compared to 20-70 mm long in C. interjacens ). Caladenia leucochila is found some 160 km
north of populations of C. interjacens and occupies forest, rather than coastal heath habitat.
Caladenia leucochila can be distinguished from C. lodgeana (with which it was previously included)
by its sepals which terminate in shorter, distinctly swollen apical osmophores (10-12 mm long x
1-2 mm wide compared to 15-35 mm long x 1 mm wide in C. lodgeana ), its shorter petals (2.5-3 cm
long compared to 3.5-6.5 cm long in C. lodgeana) which rarely have apical osmophores (the petals of
C. lodgeana always have apical osmophores) and its often laterally flattened labellum with generally
shorter marginal calli. It also has pale yellow to greenish cream flowers (C. lodgeana has predominantly
white flowers) and flowers much earlier, peaking in late September compared to early November for
C. lodgeana. Caladenia leucochila is found some 140 km north-east of C. lodgeana and occupies
forest, rather than coastal heath habitat. Preliminary observations suggest that C. leucochila attracts
a different male flower wasp to that which pollinates C. lodgeana (R. Phillips, unpublished data).
Notes. Caladenia leucochila often hybridises with C. longicauda (K. Smith pers. comm.). Hybrid
flowers are variable in colour and morphology but are usually paler and have longer tepals that either
lack or, where present, have longer, narrower apical osmophores. Caladenia leucochila also occasionally
hybridises with C. ferruginea Nicholls (K. Smith pers. comm.) with the resulting offspring producing
Figure 18. Distribution of Caladenia leucochila (A), C. straminichila (■) and C. swartsiorum (•) in Western Australia.
86
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
more colourful flowers with red suffused petals and sepals and a red or red suffused labellum apex.
The hairs on the swollen apical osmophores of the hybrid often have a redder appearance than is
found in C. leucochila.
Caladenia longicauda Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R. lii (1840). Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var.
longicauda ( Lindl.)R.S.Rogers, Trans. &Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 44: 351 (1920). Type'. Swan
River [Western Australia], 1839, J. Drummonds.n. ( lecto : K-L,fideA.S. George, Nuytsia 1(2): 175
(1971); isolecto. BM, FI n.v., G n.v., K-L, W n.v.).
Plants solitary or in small to large, dense clumps. Leaf 10-25 cm long, 5-20 mm wide, linear, erect,
incurved to flattened inTS, pale green, the basal 1 /3 usually irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape
17-60 cm tall. Flowers 1—3(—5), 5-18 cm across, white except for red markings on calli and pale
red to pinkish red stripes on the backs of the petals and sepals; floral odour faintly to strongly sweet,
musky or acrid. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/2, then abruptly narrowing to
a densely glandular, long-acuminate filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal
3-14 cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 3-15 cm long, 2-10 mm
wide, down-curved or spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Petals
3-12 cm long, 2-6 mm wide, down-curved or spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, uniformly white except the red calli and basal lamina
which sometimes has pale red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw 2-3 mm wide;
lamina 7-28 mm long, 6-18 mm wide, linear-cordate to broadly cordate in outline, erect with entire
margins in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral
lobes with slender, acuminate to clubbed, narrowly fusiform, pale to rich red, white-tipped marginal
calli to 10 mm long which are decrescent towards the midlobe; lamina calli pale to dark red, golf-
stick-shaped, in 4-8 longitudinal rows, more rarely in 2 longitudinal rows or irregularly aggregated,
extending at least 2/3 the length of the labellum, the longest c. 2 mm tall, decrescent towards apex.
Column 12-22 mm long, 3-12 mm wide, broadly winged, greenish yellow with red blotches and
suffusions. Anther 2-7 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, red with yellowish suffusions. Pollinia 2-4 mm
long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 2-5 mm wide, yellowish green. Capsule not seen.
Distribution and habitat. Found between Kalbarri and Israelite Bay, growing in a variety of habitats
ranging from forests and woodlands to tall shrublands, coastal heaths, granite outcrops and seasonal
swamplands.
Phenology. Flowers July-early November.
Notes. Caladenia longicauda is a complex of overlapping geographical races, 14 of which are
recognised as subspecies. Three of these are formally described in this paper. Where the distributions
of subspecies overlap, integration sometimes occurs and intermediate forms can be found that are
difficult to ascribe to either taxon. Elsewhere, however, these subspecies remain morphologically
distinct and are readily distinguishable from one another.
Hybrids between C. longicauda and other Caladenia species are common with some 55 combinations
currently known. Hybrids are predominantly FI and are relatively consistent in their morphology with
most appearing roughly intermediate between parent species (i.e. they appear to have low viability
and therefore rarely back cross to form F2 hybrid swarms). Hybridisation occurs mostly between
sexually deceptive and food deceptive species and it is rare to find hybrids between species that share
the same pollination strategy.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
87
Distinctive hybrids between C. longicauda and other Caladenia species that have been formally named
are C. x aestantha Hopper & A.P.Br. (longicauda x serotina ), C. x cal a Hopper & A.P. Br. {longicauda
x falcata ), C. x coactescens Hopper & A.P.Br. {longicauda x crebra ), C. x eludens Hopper & A.P.Br.
{longicauda x chapmanii ), C. x enigma Hopper & A.P.Br. {longicauda x barbarossa ), C. x exserta
Hopper & A.P.Br. {longicauda x uliginosa), C. x hypata Hopper & A.P.Br. {longicauda x lobata) and
C. x triangularis R.S.Rogers {longicauda x flava) (Rogers 1927; Hopper & Brown 2001).
Key to the subspecies of Caladenia longicauda , amended from Hopper and Brown (2001)
1 Column >18 mm long.2
1: Column <18 mm long. 4
2 Lateral sepals 3-6 mm wide, linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/7—1/5; labellum
9- 11 mm wide and narrowly cordate in outline. subsp. merrittii
2: Lateral sepals 5-10 mm wide, linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/3; labellum
10- 18 mm wide and narrowly to broadly cordate in outline.3
3 Lateral sepals 9-13 cm long, linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/4; labellum
10-15 mm wide and narrowly cordate in outline. South-west of a line between
Lancelin and Mt Barker . subsp. longicauda
3: Lateral sepals 7-10 cm long, linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/3; labellum
12-18 mm wide and cordate to broadly cordate in outline. Bremer Bay to Cape
Arid National Park. subsp. crassa
4 Labellum <10 mm wide . 5
4: Labellum >10 mm wide . 12
5 Lateral sepals <6 cm long; petals and sepals stiffly held. Ravensthorpe to Israelite Bay.6
5: Lateral sepals >6 cm long; petals and sepals pendulous. West of Borden.7
6 Sepals <4 mm wide; labellum <7 mm wide. Coastal granite headlands. subsp. insularis
6: Sepals >4 mm wide; labellum >8 mm wide. Inland granite outcrops. subsp. rigidula
7 Lamina calli usually irregularly aggregated towards apex. Calcareous sands in
near-coastal areas.subsp. calcigena
7: Lamina calli usually in distinct longitudinal rows towards apex. Acidic soils,
usually inland from coast. 8
8 Labellum <15 mm long. 9
8: Labellum >15 mm long. 10
9 Waterlogged winter-wet soils. Eneabba to Gingin with isolated inland
populations between Beverley, Wongan Hills and Mingenew. subsp. albella
9: Well-drained red sandy loams. Dongara to Ajana.subsp. minima
10 Labellum marginal calli to 10 mm long; lamina calli usually in 4-
8 longitudinal rows towards the apex. Cataby to Kalbarri National Park. subsp. borealis
10: Labellum marginal calli to 5 mm long; lamina calli usually in 2 or 4
longitudinal rows towards the apex. York to Dunsborough and eastward
to Mt Barker. 11
11 Lateral sepals <9 cm long. York to Mt Barker. subsp. redacta
11: Lateral sepals >9 cm long. Darling Scarp and near Dunsborough.subsp. clivicola
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
12. Lateral sepals 9-14 cm long x 6-12 mm wide. Inland areas.subsp. eminens
12: Lateral sepals 6-9.5 cm long x 5-7 mm wide. Coastal and lower south-west areas.13
13. Flowering September-mid-October. Calcareous soils in coastal areas
between Fitzgerald River National Park and Millers Point. subsp. australora
13: Flowering late October-early November. Sandy-clay soils on swamp
margins in the Manjimup area .subsp. extrema
Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda
Illustrations. E. Pelloe, W. Austral. Orchids, frontispiece colour pi. 4 (1930); R. Erickson, Orchids
of the W., 2 nd edn, frontispiece No. 5 (1965) [both as C. patersonii var. longicauda ]; D. Jones, Native
Orchids of Austral, p. 124 (1988); E. Bennett, The Bushland Plants of Kings Park W. Austral., Figure
227 (1988); M. Hodgson & R. Paine, Field Guide to Austral Orchids, p. 74 (1989) [all as C. patersonii
var. patersonii]', N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral, 2 nd edn, p. 80 (1992) and rev. 2 nd
edn with suppl., p. 80 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral,
p. 71, Figure B (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in
Austral, p. 584-585 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral, 3 rd edn, p. 90 (2011);
A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 82 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 5-15 mm wide. Scape 35-60 cm tall. Flowers 6-9 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/4. Dorsal sepal 7-11 cm long, 3-4 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 9-13 cm long, 5-8 mm wide, spreading horizontally initially then prominently
down-curved becoming pendulous. Petals 7.5-9 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally initially
then down-curved becoming pendulous. Labellum 17-24 mm long, 10-15 mm wide, linear-cordate in
outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 8 mm long; lamina calli to 2 mm tall in 4-8 longitudinal
rows. Column 18-22 mm long, 8-10 mm wide. (Figure 19)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kalamunda, 2 Sep. 1939, A.B. Cashmore
85 (PERTH); Kewdale, 7 Oct. 1976, R. Coveny 8214 (PERTH); 6 km NW of Nannup on Mowen
Rd, 9.4 km W of Blackwood River Bridge, 10 Oct. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3559 (PERTH); Jilakin Rock,
14 km W of Kulin, 20 km SSE of Kondinin, 7 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4116 (CBG, PERTH); N side
of Beennullah West Rd, 11.4 km E of Cowallis Rd, 24 km NW of Gingin, 18 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper
6079 (CBG, PERTH); Yarra Rd, 5.6 km N of Brookton Hwy, 40 km E of Armadale, 23 Sep. 1988,
S.D. Hopper 6758 (CBG, PERTH); Helena Valley, 7 Sep. 1977, J. Seabrook203 (PERTH); Hay River,
8 km SW of Mount Barker, 4 Oct. 1975, R. Tinetti s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Lancelin and Albany (Figure 20), growing in grey sands or
lateritic loams in Eucalyptus marginata forest and Corymbia calophylla woodlands.
Phenology. Flowers September-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda can be distinguished from subsp. borealis Hopper
& A.P.Br., with which it occasionally intergrades near Cataby, by its broader dorsal sepal (3-4 mm
wide compared to 2-3 mm wide in subsp. borealis ), broader labellum (10-15 mm wide compared
to 7-10 mm wide in subsp. borealis ), consistently shorter labellum marginal calli (to 8 mm long
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
89
compared to 10 mm long in subsp. borealis ) and its usually longer column (18-22 mm long compared
to 15-18 mm long in subsp. borealis). Populations of these taxa are usually well separated with subsp.
longicauda predominantly found between Lancelin and Albany and subsp. borealis predominantly
found between Cataby and the Murchison River.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda can be distinguished from subsp. calcigena Hopper & A.P. Br.,
with which it occasionally intergrades on the western side of the Swan Coastal Plain, by its broader
labellum (10-15 mm wide compared to 7-10 mm wide in subsp. calcigena ), its labellum lamina calli
in 4-8 distinct rows rather than aggregated into an irregular conglomeration towards the apex and its
longer column (18-22 mm long compared to 13-18 mm long in subsp. calcigena). These taxa rarely
intergrade as they have mostly different habitat requirements and ranges of distribution with subsp.
longicauda predominantly found in grey sands or lateritic loams away from the coast and subsp.
calcigena predominantly found in near-coastal calcareous sands.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda can be distinguished from subsp. clivicola Hopper & A.P. Br.,
with which it intergrades in a few areas near Harvey, by its larger labellum (17-24 mm long x 10-15 mm
wide, compared to 15-20 mm long x 7-12 mm wide in subsp. clivicola ), its often longer labellum
marginal calli (to 8 mm long compared to 5 mm long in subsp. clivicola ) and its consistently larger
column (18-22 mm long x 8-10 mm wide compared to 12-17 mm long x 6-8 mm wide in subsp.
clivicola. Although these taxa occupy similar habits they rarely grow together, with subsp. longicauda
widespread between Lancelin and Albany and subsp. clivicola found over a relatively narrow range
between Lesmurdie Falls and Collie with a disjunct occurrence near Dunsborough.
Figure 19. Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda. A-flower; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and C. French (B).
90
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 20. Distribution of Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda (■), C. longicauda subsp. crassa (A) and C. longicauda
subsp. minima (•) in Western Australia.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda can be distinguished from subsp. eminens (Domin) Hopper
& A.P.Br. with which it occasionally intergrades west of York, Boddington and Boyup Brook, by its
usually smaller flowers (6-9 cm across compared to 8-12 cm across in subsp. eminens ), its usually
narrower sepals (5-8 mm wide compared to 6-12 mm wide in subsp. eminens) and its usually narrower
labellum (10-15 mm wide compared to 12-18 mm wide in subsp. eminens). Large-flowered individuals
of subsp. longicauda overlap in size with small-flowered individuals of subsp. eminens but this is
rare and the great majority of subsp. longicauda flowers are smaller than those of subsp. eminens.
Subsp. longicauda is also usually solitary in habit, whereas subsp. eminens often forms large clumps.
Integration is rare, as these taxa usually occupy different habitats and have predominantly different
ranges of distribution with subsp. longicauda found in Eucalyptus marginata forests and Banksia
woodlands between Lancelin and Albany and subsp. eminens found in Eucalyptus wandoo woodlands
and mallee-heath between Manmanning and Kojonup, eastward to near Ravensthorpe.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. longicauda can be distinguished from subsp. merrittii Hopper & A.RBr.,
with which it intergrades in a few locations near Nannup, by its shorter petals (7.5-9 cm long compared
to 9-11 cm long in subsp. merrittii) and its usually shorter, broader labellum (17-24 mm long x
10-15 mm wide compared to 20-28 mm long x 9-11 mm wide in subsp. merrittii). Although these
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
91
taxa occupy similar habitats they rarely grow together, with subsp. longicauda widespread between
Lancelin and Albany and subsp. merrittii found over a narrow range between Nannup and Karridale.
Notes. This subspecies was once common in the Eucalyptus marginata forests of the Darling Range
but is now rare in many places due to prescribed fires which are often implemented during the active
growing period of the orchid.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. albella Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 108-109 (2001). Type:
Beermullah West Road, 5.3 km east of Cowalla Road, 30 km north-west of Gingin, Western Australia,
18 September 1987, S.D. Hopper 6073 (holo: PERTH 01751530; iso: AD, CBG, K, MEL, NSW,
PERTH).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S- W. Austral. , 2 nd edn, p. 74 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn
with suppl., p. 74 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 67,
Figure C (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral., p.
570-571 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 93 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 84 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf3-\ 1 mm wide. Scape 25-45 cm tall. Flowers 5-10 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/4. Dorsal sepal 6-9 cm long, 2-2.5 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 6-11 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 4.5-8.5 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally initially then down-
curved, becoming pendulous. Labellum 12-15 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, linear-cordate in outline; lateral
lobes with marginal calli to 6 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually in 2-4 (-8) longitudinal
rows. Column 12-15 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. (Figure 21)
Figure 21. Caladenia longicauda subsp. albella. A - flowers showing the smallish labellum; B - labellum. Photographs by
A. Brown (A) and C. French (B).
92
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Boothendarra Hill, 60 km NW of Moora,
10 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6018 a (AD, CBG, PERTH); 9 kmNWofDobaderry Swamp, 35 kmWof
Beverley, 11 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6027 (PERTH); Beermullah West Road, 5.3 km E of Cowallis
[Cowalla] Road, 30 km NW of Gingin, 18 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6074 (PERTH); Gingin Access Rd,
0.2 km E across the railway line, at the foot of the scarp, 5 km S of Gingin, 20 Sep. 1988, S.D. Hopper
6725 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Yeal Swamp Rd, Yanchep National Park, 30 Sep. 1989, G.J.Keighery
11565 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found mainly between Gingin and Eneabba, with rare isolated inland
populations between Wongan Hills and Mingenew (Figure 22). Grows in swamps and seasonally wet
creek and lake margins under Eucalyptus rudis or Melaleuca spp.
Phenology. Flowers late August-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. albella can be distinguished from subsp. borealis , with which
it occasionally intergrades, by its smaller labellum (12-15 mm long x 6-8 mm wide compared to
15-20 mm long x 7-10 mm wide in subsp. borealis) and its shorter labellum marginal calli (4-6 mm
long compared to 6-10 mm long in subsp. borealis). These taxa have overlapping distributions but
Figure 22. Distribution of Caladenia longicauda subsp. albella (A), C. longicauda subsp. clivicola (■), C. longicauda subsp.
redacta (•) and C. longicauda subsp. rigidula (A) in Western Australia.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
93
rarely intergrade due to their different habitat requirements and often different (although overlapping)
flowering periods, with subsp. albella reaching peak flowering in mid-September and subsp. borealis
in mid-August.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. australoraHopper 8c AP.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 109, 111 (2001). Type :
Beaufort Inlet, at end of Millers Point Road, Western Australia, 28 September 1987, S.D. Hopper 6132
(holo\ PERTH 01707051; iso : AD, CBG, K).
Illustrations. M. Pocock, Ground Orchids of Austral. , photo 32(1972) [as C. patersonii var. longicauda ];
N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 2 nd edn, p. 79 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn with suppl.,
p. 79 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 71A (2008);
N. Hoffman&A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn,p. 100(2011);A. Brown,K. Dixon, C. French
& G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 84 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 5-10 mm wide. Scape 15-35 cm tall. Flowers 5-8 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5. Dorsal sepal 6-8 cm long, 2-3 mm wide.
Lateral sepals 7-8.5 cm long, 5-7 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards
the apex. Petals 4.5-7.5 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Labellum 18-25 mm long, 10-13 mm wide, linear-cordate to cordate in outline;
lateral lobes with marginal calli 4-7 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually in 4 longitudinal
rows. Column 14-18 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. (Figure 23)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: track from Fitzgerald River Inlet to Middle
Mt Barren, Sep. 1970, T.E.H. Aplin 3760 (PERTH); 15 km SW of Oldfield River Bridge (E of
Figure 23. Caladenia longicauda subsp. australora. A-flower; B - labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman.
94
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Ravensthorpe), 29 Aug. 1975, S.D. Hopper 85 (PERTH); Hamersley Inlet, F itzgerald River National Park,
4 Sep. 1990, S.D. Hopper 7847 (PERTH); 23 km N of Bremer Bay and 5 km NW of West Mt Barren,
3 Oct. 1990, S.D. Hopper 7875 (PERTH); base of West Mt Barren, Fitzgerald River National Park, 20
Sep. 1969, K.R. Newbey 2897 (PERTH); 8 km from Ravensthorpe towards Hopetoun, 11 Sep. 1983,
J. Taylor & P. Ollerenshaw 1703 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found in near-coastal areas between Fitzgerald River National Park and
Millers Point (Figure 24), growing in calcareous sands and sandy loams in low Eucalyptus platypus ,
E. praetermissa woodlands and Melaleuca lanceolata shrublands. The subspecies is more rarely found
further inland, growing around the margins of E. occidentalis flats.
Phenology. Flowers September-October.
Conservation status. Although restricted to a few coastal areas, C. longicauda subsp. australora is
locally common and is not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Figure 24. Distribution of Caladenia longicauda subsp. australora (A), C. longicauda subsp. borealis (■), C. longicauda
subsp. extrema (•) and C. longicauda subsp. insularis (A) in Western Australia.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
95
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. australora can be distinguished from subsp. eminens, with which
it occasionally intergrades south-west of Ravensthorpe, by its smaller flowers (5-8 cm across compared
to 8-12 cm across in subsp. eminens), its usually narrower labellum (10-13 mm wide compared to
12-18 mm wide in subsp. eminens) and its usually narrower lateral sepals (5-7 mm wide compared to
6-12 mm wide in subsp. eminens). Integration is rare between these taxa due to their mostly different
habitat requirements, with subsp. australora predominantly found in coastal Eucalyptus platypus,
E. praetermissa woodlands and Melaleuca lanceolata shrublands and subsp. eminens predominantly
found in inland E. wandoo woodlands and mallee-heaths.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. borealis Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 111-112 (2001). Type :
16 km west-north-west of Northampton, 1 km north-east of Horrocks Road on Port Gregory Road,
Western Australia, 24 August 1983, S.D. Hopper 3352 ( holo : PERTH 00279048; iso. AD, CBG, K).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 2 nd edn, p. 75 (1992) and rev. 2 nd
edn, with suppl., p. 75 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral,
p. 69A (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral., p.
574-575 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 94 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral., p. 85 (2013).
Plants usually in small clumps or occasionally solitary. Leaf 6-12 mm wide. Scape 25-40 cm tall.
Flowers 9-12 cm across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5. Dorsal sepal 6-10 cm
long, 2-3 mm wide. Lateral sepals 7-10 cm long, 4-7 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base
and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 6-9.5 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the
base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 15-20 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, linear-cordate in
outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 10 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall in 4-8 longitudinal
rows. Column 15-18 mm long, 6-10 mm wide. (Figure 25)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 5 miles (8.1 km) W of Nanson 24 miles
NNE of Geraldton by road, 27 Aug. 1970, R. Coveny 3066 (PERTH); Coomallo Picnic Ground, 9 Oct.
1978, R.J. Cranfield 835 (PERTH); 16 km SW of Dandaragan, 5 km SE of Cataby, 11 Aug. 1983,
S.D. Hopper 3120 (CBG, PERTH); Kalbarri Rd, 9 km WSW of Murchison House Station turnoff,
8 Aug. 1986, S.D. Hopper 5177 (PERTH); 3.1 km W of the Brand Hwy near a tributary to the S of the
main drainage line; 19 km S of Eneabba, 20 Sep. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6726 (PERTH); 15 km WNW
of Northampton on the Port Gregory road, just W of Swamp Rd, 8 Aug. 1990, S.D. Hopper 7820
(PERTH); Jurien Bay, 9 Aug. 1967, S.K. Kah s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Cataby and the Murchison River (Figure 24), growing in
clay loams and, more rarely, deep sandy soils, in woodlands, shrublands and heaths.
Phenology. Flowers July-September.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. borealis can be distinguished from subsp. albella, with
which it occasionally intergrades where their habitats abut, by its larger labellum (15-20 mm long
x 7-10 mm wide compared to 12-15 mm long x 6-8 mm wide in subsp. albella) and its longer
labellum marginal calli (6-10 mm long compared to 4-6 mm long in subsp. albella). These taxa have
overlapping distributions but rarely intergrade due to their different habitat requirements and often
96
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
different (although overlapping) flowering periods with subsp. borealis reaching peak flowering in
mid-August and subsp. albella in mid-September.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. borealis can be distinguished from subsp. longicauda , with which it
occasionally intergrades near Cataby, by its narrower dorsal sepal (2-3 mm wide compared to 3-4 mm
wide in subsp. longicauda ), its narrower labellum (7-10 mm wide compared to 10-15 mm wide in
subsp. longicauda ), its consistently longer labellum marginal calli (to 10 mm long compared to 8 mm
long in subsp. longicauda) and its usually shorter column (15-18 mm long compared to 18-22 mm
long in subsp. longicauda). Integration is rare between these taxa as they have predominantly different
ranges of distribution, with subsp. borealis found between Cataby and the Murchison River and subsp.
longicauda found between Lancelin and Albany.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. borealis can be distinguished from subsp. minima Hopper & A.P.Br.,
with which it intergrades east of Dongara, by its larger flowers (9-12 cm across compared to 8-9 cm
across in subsp. minima ), its less stiffly held petals and sepals, its longer column (15-18 mm long
compared to 12-13 mm long in subsp. minima) and its labellum with entire margins in the basal
1/3, rather than 1/10. These taxa are only known to intergrade in one area and elsewhere occur as
geographically isolated, morphologically distinct populations.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. calcigena Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 112-113 (2001). Type :
Madora, 9kmnorthofMandurahto[wards] Perth, Western Australia, 17 September 1983, G.J. Keighery
6420 (holo: PERTH 00261815).
Illustrations. D. Clyn q. Austral. Ground Orchids , p. 38, 107 (1970) [as C. patersonii var. longicauda ];
N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W Austral ., 2 nd edn, p. 76 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn, with suppl.,
p. 76 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 69, Figure C
(2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral, p. 576-577
(2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 96 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon,
C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 85 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 8-12 mm wide. Scape 25^10 cm tall. Flowers 3-10 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/7 to 1/5. Dorsal sepal 7-12 cm long, 2-3mm
wide. Lateral sepals 7-14 cm long, 4-7 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 6.5-10.5 cm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 16-22 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, linear-cordate in outline;
lateral lobes with marginal calli to 7 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually aggregated into
an irregular conglomeration towards the apex. Column 13-18 mm long, 6-8 mm wide. (Figure 26)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAFIA: Wanneroo, Sep. 1949, M.C. George s.n.
(PERTH); 300 mEofMandurah-Fremantle road on PaganoniRd, 12kmNNEofMandurah, 12 Sep. 1984,
S.D. Hopper 4135 (PERTH); Quinns Rd, W of Lancelin Rd, 12 km NNW of Wanneroo, 13 Sep. 1987,
S.D. Hopper 6031 (PERTH); Johnson Rd, 0.3 km N of Thomas Rd, Orelia, 16 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper
6040 (PERTH); Bold Park, Floreat Park, 8 km W Perth, 14 Sep. 1988, G.J. Keighery 11227 (PERTH);
comer of Warton and Ranford Rds, 60 m NE of the lights, in remnant bushland, 5 Oct. 1989, A. Napier
s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found on the Swan Coastal Plain between Bunbury and Cliff Head (Figure
27), growing in calcareous yellow sand overlying limestone in Eucalyptus gomphocephala woodland,
low Banksia woodland and coastal heath.
A.P Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
97
Figure 25. Caladenia longicauda subsp. borealis. A- flowers; B - labellum showing the even longitudinal rows of lamina
calli. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and G. Brockman (B).
Figure 26. Caladenia longicauda subsp. calcigena. A - flowers; B - labellum showing the distinctive lamina calli which
aggregate into an irregular agglomeration towards the apex. Photographs by G. Brockman (A) and C. French (B).
98
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 27. Distribution of Caladenia longicauda subsp. calcigena (A), C. longicauda subsp. eminens (■) and C. longicauda
subsp. merrittii (•) in Western Australia.
Phenology. Flowers August-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. calcigena can be distinguished from subsp. longicauda ,
with which it occasionally intergrades on the western side of the Swan Coastal Plain, by its narrower
labellum (7-10 mm wide compared to 10-15 mm wide in subsp. longicauda ), its labellum lamina
calli aggregated into an irregular conglomeration towards the apex rather than in 4-8 distinct rows
and its shorter column (13-18 mm long compared to 18-22 mm long in subsp. longicauda). These
taxa rarely intergrade as they have mostly different habitat requirements and ranges of distribution
with subsp. calcigena predominantly found in near-coastal calcareous sands and subsp. longicauda
predominantly found in grey sands or lateritic loams away from the coast.
Notes. Caladenia longicauda subsp. calcigena often grows with C. georgei. Hopper & A.P.Br.,
occasionally producing colourful hybrids (e.g. S.D. Hopper 4494, PERTH).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. clivicola Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 113-114 (2001). Type.
400 m south-east from east end of CALM’s Blackboy Picnic Ground, near Harvey, Western Australia,
25 September 1987, S.D. Hopper 6104 (holo\ PERTH 01071114; iso. AD, CBG, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH).
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
99
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W.A ustral. , 2 nd edn, p. 77 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn,
with suppl, p. 77 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 69,
Figure D (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
p. 578-579 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 3 rd edn, p. 97 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 86 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 6-12 mm wide. Scape 30-50 cm tall. Flowers 7-10 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/7—1/4. Dorsal sepal 9-12 cm long, 3-4 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 9-14 cm long, 4-7 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 6-10 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 15-20 mm long, 7-12 mm wide, linear-cordate to cordate in
outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 5 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm long, usually in 2 or
4 longitudinal rows. Column 12-17 mm long, 6-8 mm wide. (Figure 28)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: on Cape Naturaliste Rd, 2.8 km NW of
Dunsborough, 9 Sep. 1985, S.D. Hopper 4516 A (PERTH); on the South Western Hwy 400 m N of
Talathalla Rd, 6.7 km N of Waroona, 17 Sep. 1985, S.D. Hopper 4604 (PERTH); E end of Bunkers Bay,
22 Sep. 1986, S.D. Hopper 5512 (PERTH); 400 m SE from E end of Blackboy Picnic Ground near the
carpark at Department of Conservation and Land Management, Harvey, 25 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper
6104 (PERTH); Meelup-Eagle Bay, W of Busselton, 7 Sep. 1971, S. Paust 130 (PERTH); below
Lesmurdie Falls, 21 Aug. 1954, G.M. Storr s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found mainly on the Darling Scarp between Lesmurdie Falls and Collie
with a southern outlier between Dunsborough and Yallingup (Figure 22), growing in acidic loams in
Corymbia calophylla-Eucalyptus marginata forest, often near outcropping granite.
Phenology. Flowers late August-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. clivicola can be distinguished from subsp. longicauda, with
which it intergrades in a few areas near Harvey, by its usually smaller labellum (15-20 mm long x
7-12 mm wide, compared to 17-24 mm long x 10-15 mm wide in subsp. longicauda), its often shorter
labellum marginal calli (to 5 mm long compared to 8 mm long in subsp. longicauda ) and its consistently
smaller column (12-17 mm long x 6-8 mm wide compared to 18-22 mm long x 8-10 mm wide in
subsp. longicauda. Although these taxa occupy similar habits they are rarely found growing together.
Notes. Caladenia longicauda subsp. clivicola is a geographically restricted taxon confined to the
southern Darling Scarp and the northern Leeuwin-Naturaliste Ridge.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. crassa Hopper & A. V.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 114-115 (2001). Type : Cape
Arid National Park on road to Yokinup Bay, 100 m south-east of Merivale Road, Western Australia,
10 September 1991, S.D. Hopper 8168 (holo\ PERTH 01829076).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S- W. Austral. , 2 nd edn, p. 83 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn,
with suppl., p. 83 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 73,
Figure B (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
100
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
p. 580-581 (2011);N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W.A ustral. , 3 rd edn, p. 103 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 86 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 8-] 4 mm wide. Scape 25-50 cm tall. Flowers 7-14 cm
across. Sepals andpetals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/3. Dorsal sepal 6-10.5 cm long, 3-5 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 7-10 cm long, 6-10 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 5.5-8.5 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 20-25 mm long, 12-18 mm wide, broadly cordate to cordate
in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 8 mm long; lamina calli to 2 mm tall, usually in 4 or
8 longitudinal rows. Column 18-22 mm long, 8-12 mm wide. (Figure 29)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Thomas River via Esperance, s. dat.,
Anonymous s.n. (PERTH); Daniels Rd, N of Hopetoun, 31 Aug. 1963, A.S. George 5748 (PERTH);
3.4 km W of Drummond Track on Old Ongerup Rd, 3.2 km E of Susetta River, 4 Oct. 1984, S.D. Hopper
4192 (PERTH); 1.5 miles W of Cape Le Grand turnoff, 9 Sep. 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 844 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. F ound between Bremer Bay and Cape Arid National Park (F igure 20), growing
in winter-wet flats, swamps and waterlogged soils on granite outcrops with Eucalyptus tetragona,
E. aria, E. tetraptera, E. uncinata, E. leptocalyx and Lambertia inermis.
Phenology. Flowers late August-early October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. crassa can be distinguished from subsp. eminens , with which
it occasionally intergrades near Ravensthorpe, by its longer column (18-22 mm long compared to
15-18 mm long in subsp. eminens) and usually longer marginal lamina calli (to 8 mm long compared
with to 6 mm in subsp. eminens). These taxa have predominantly different ranges of distribution and
are only known to intergrade in a few areas where the seasonally waterlogged habitat of subsp. crassa
abuts the drier woodland or mallee-heath habitat of subsp. eminens.
Notes. This is a common orchid confined to waterlogged soils in the Esperance-Ravensthorpe region.
It commonly hybridises with C. decora Hopper & A.P.Br. where they grow together (e.g. R. W. Purdie
6025, PERTH).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. eminens (Domin) Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 115-117 (2001).
Caladenia longicauda Lindl. var. eminens Domin, J. Linn. Soc. 41: 253 (1912). Caladenia eminens
(Domin) M.A.Clem. & D.L. Jones, Austral. Orchid Res. 1: 24(1989). Type : Mallet, Western Australia,
1910, A. Dorrien-Smith s.n. ( holo\ K).
Illustrations. L. Cady & E. Rotherham, Austral. Native Orchids in Colour , plate 47 (1970) [as
C. patersonii]; A.S. George & H.E. Foote, Orchids ofW. Austral., inside front cover [1971]; D. Jones,
Native Orchids of Austral, p. 618 (1988); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., p. 62
(1984) [all as C. patersonii var. longicauda ]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS- W. Austral. , 2 nd edn,
p. 82 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn, with suppl., p. 82 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper,
Orchids of W. Austral., p. 73, Figure A (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia
and its Relatives in Austral., p. 582-583 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral,
3 rd edn, p. 102 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of
W. Austral., p. 87 (2013).
A.P Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
101
Figure 28. Caladenia longicauda subsp. clivicola. A - flowers; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown.
Figure 29. Caladenia longicauda subsp. crassa. A - flower; B - labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman.
102
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Plants in small to large clumps or, more rarely, solitary. Leaf 5-16 mm wide. Scape 30-60 cm tall.
Flowers 8-12 cm across. Sepals andpetals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/6—1/4. Dorsal sepal 9-11 cm
long, 2-4 mm wide. Lateral sepals 9-14 cm long, 6-12 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base
and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 6-11 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the
base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 18-25 mm long, 12-18 mm wide, linear-cordate to
cordate in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 6 mm long; lamina calli to c. 2 mm tall, usually
in 2 or 4 longitudinal rows. Column 15-18 mm long, 7-12 mm wide. (Figure 30)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: Bobakine Hills, 15 km W of Northam,
30 Sep. 1986, J.J. Alford 439 (PERTH); Gold Holes, 5 km N along Chester Pass Rd from S boundary
of Stirling Range National Park, 75 km N of Albany, 20 Sep. 1987, B. Cockman BC 28 (PERTH);
Young River crossing on Ravensthorpe-Esperance main road, 70 km W of Esperance, 8 Oct. 1968,
N.N. Donner 2920 (PERTH); Gordon River bridge, 3 Oct. 1985, R. Heberle for R. Peakall 0048
(PERTH); 23 km NNE of Boyup Brook, 23 km ENE of Wilga Siding, on Moore Rogers Rd, 6 Oct.
1983, S.D. Hopper 3469 (AD, CBG, K, PERTH); Albany Hwy, 800 m S of the Woodanilling turnoff,
33.3 kmN ofKojonup, 20 Sep. 1985, S.D. Hopper 4631 (PERTH); TenterdenNature Reserve, 15 Oct.
1986, S.D. Hopper 5714 (AD, CBG, PERTH); West River, 1.4 km S of the N boundary of Fitzgerald
River National Park on Moir Rd, 30 Sep. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6164 (PERTH); Puntapin Rock 5 km
ESE ofWagin, 14 Sep. 91, S.D. Hopper 8202 (PERTH); 11 km W of Manmanning, 9 Sep. 1972, B. &
M. Smith s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. F ound between Manmanning and Koj onup and eastward to near Ravensthorpe
(Figure 27), growing in Eucalyptus wandoo woodlands and mallee-heath, often under Allocasuarina
huegeliana.
Phenology. Flowers September-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. eminens can be distinguished from subsp. australora, with
which it occasionally intergrades south-west of Ravensthorpe, by its larger flowers (8-12 cm across
compared to 5-8 cm across in subsp. australora ), its usually broader labellum (12-18 mm wide
compared to 10-13 mm wide in subsp. australora ) and its usually broader lateral sepals (6-12 mm
wide compared to 5-7 mm wide in subsp. australora ). Integration is rare between these taxa due
to their mostly different habitat requirements, with subsp. eminens predominantly found in inland
Eucalyptus wandoo woodlands and mallee-heaths and subsp. australora predominantly found in
coastal E. platypus and E. praetermissa woodlands, and Melaleuca lanceolata shrublands.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. eminens can be distinguished from subsp. longicauda , with which it
intergrades west of York, Boddington and Boyup Brook, by its usually larger flowers (8-12 cm across
compared to 6-9 cm across in subsp. longicauda ), its usually broader sepals (6-12 mm wide compared
to 5-8 mm wide in subsp. longicauda) and its usually broader labellum (12-18 mm wide compared
to 10-15 mm wide in subsp. longicauda). Small-flowered individuals of subsp. eminens overlap in
size with large-flowered individuals of subsp. longicauda but this is rare and the great majority of
subsp. eminens flowers are larger than those of subsp. longicauda. Subsp. eminens also often forms
large clumps whereas subsp. longicauda is usually solitary in habit. Integration is rare, as these taxa
usually occupy different habitats and have predominantly different ranges of distribution, with subsp.
eminens found in Eucalyptus wandoo woodlands between Manmanning and Koj onup, eastward to near
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
103
Ravensthorpe and subsp. longicauda found in E. marginata forests and Banksia woodlands between
Lancelin and Albany.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. eminens can be distinguished from subsp. redacta , with which it intergrades
west of York, Williams and Kojonup, by its larger flowers (8-12 cm across compared to 6-8 cm across
in subsp. redacta ). Although integration is common where the distributions of these taxa overlap,
subsp. eminens is predominantly found in lower rainfall areas east of the range of subsp. redacta.
Notes. This is the most widespread of the C. longicauda subspecies. It often hybridises with C.falcata
to produce the named hybrid C. x cala.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus. north-east of Manjimup, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
31 October 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2540 (holo. PERTH 08172277; iso. AD, CBG).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. Manjimup (G. Brockman GBB 2540), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral ,
p. 591 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral. , 3 rd edn, p. 99 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 90 (2013) [all as
C. longicauda subsp. Manjimup],
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 5-12 mm wide. Scape 16-30 cm tall. Flowers 6-9 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/3. Dorsal sepal 5-8 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 6-9.5 cm long, 5-7 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and down-
curved or, more rarely, pendulous towards the apex. Petals 5.5-8 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, spreading
horizontally near the base and down-curved or, more rarely, pendulous towards the apex. Labellum
16-21 mm long, 10-12 mm wide, narrowly triangular in outline, marginal calli to 5 mm long; lamina
calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually in 4 longitudinal rows. Column 12-15 mm long, 5-7 mm wide. (Figure 31)
Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons],
31 Oct. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2542 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found over a narrow geographic range north-east of Manjimup (Figure 24),
growing in seasonally waterlogged soils on the margins of swamps and creek lines.
Phenology. Flowers late October-mid-November.
Conservation status. Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One
under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the
phrase name C. longicauda subsp. Manjimup (G. Brockman GBB 2540). It is known from a very
narrow geographic range north-east of Manjimup.
Etymology. From the Latin extremus (outermost, last, extreme), alluding to the late flowering period
of this subspecies.
104
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 30. Caladenia longicauda subsp. eminens. A - plants showing the clumping habit; B - labellum. Photographs by
A. Brown (A) and C. French (B).
Figure 31. Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema. A - flower; B - labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
105
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema can be distinguished from subsp. redacta , with which
it occasionally intergrades where their habitats abut, by its broader labellum (10-12 mm wide compared
to 7-10 mm wide in subsp. redacta ) and its later flowering period (peaking in late October compared
to mid-September for subsp. redacta). Integration is rare as, apart from their predominantly different
flowering periods, they have distinctly different habitat requirements, with subsp. extrema growing in
seasonally waterlogged soils on the margins of swamps and creek lines and subsp. redacta in better
drained soils in open woodlands.
Given its similarly late flowering period, subsp. extrema may be confused with C. serotina Hopper
6 A.P.Br., which also often inhabits seasonally wet soils on the margins of swamps and creek lines,
but is distinguished by its usually smaller flowers (6-9 cm across compared to 8-10 cm across in
C. serotina ), its less stiffly held petals and sepals and its consistently creamy white flowers (variably
white to red in C. serotina). They also have generally different (though overlapping) flowering periods
with subsp. extrema peaking in early November and C. serotina in early December. Where these taxa
grow together subsp. extrema has mostly finished flowering by the time C. serotina starts.
Notes. Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema is distinctive amongst C. longicauda subspecies in its
late October-mid-November flowering period. Rare hybrids have been found between subsp. extrema
and the similarly late flowering C. brownii Hopper & A.P.Brown (e.g. G. Brockman 2541, PERTH).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. insularis Hopper & A.P.Br. ex A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus. [east of Esperance,] Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
7 September 1979, A. Brown s.n. ( holo: PERTH 00283320).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. insularis Hopper & A.P.Br., inN. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W.
Austral. (2 nd edn) 73 (1992), nom. inval .; in A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of
W. Austral. 66-67 (2008), nom. ms.
Caladenia Christine ae Hopper & A.P.Br. subsp. insularis Hopper & A.P.Br., inN. Hoffman & A. Brown,
Orchids of S-W. Austral, (rev. paperback edn) 73 (1995), nom. inval.
Caladenia insularis Hopper & A.P.Br., in N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral, (rev. 2 nd
edn with suppl.) 73 (1998), nom. inval.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. Duke of Orleans Bay (A. S. George 16169), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase , http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral, 2 nd edn, p. 73 (1992) [as C. longicauda
subsp. insularis ]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., rev. paperback edn, p. 73 (1995)
[as C. christineae subsp. insularis ]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 2 nd edn,
with suppl., p. 73 (1998) [as C. insularis ]; A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of
W. Austral., p. 67, Figure B (2008) [as C. longicauda subsp. insularis ms]; G. Backhouse, Spider-
orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral., p. 594 (2011) [as C. longicauda subsp.
coastal granites]; N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 92 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 89 (2013) [both
as C. longicauda subsp. Duke of Orleans Bay],
106
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 4-14 mm wide. Scape 21-30 cm tall. Flowers 6-8 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/3. Dorsal sepal 4-6 cm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 4-6 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and down-
curved towards the apex. Petals 4-5 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base
and down-curved towards the apex. Labellum 10-15 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, narrowly triangular
in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 4 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall in 4 or more
longitudinal rows. Column 5-7 mm long, 3-4 mm wide. (Figure 32)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons],
30Aug.2006,G. Brockman GBB 1820(PERTH); 18Aug. 1980,AS. George 16169(PERTH);28Aug.
1978, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 00283312).
Distribution and habitat. Found over a small geographic range east of Esperance (Figure 24), growing
in shallow soils on coastal granite outcrops. Habitat is low coastal heath of Melaleuca, Kunzea and
other shrubby plants over sedges with scattered emergent mallee Eucalyptus species.
Phenology. Flowers mid-August-September.
Conservation status. Caladenia longicauda subsp. insularis is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One
under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the
phrase name C. longicauda subsp. Duke of Orleans Bay (A.S. George 16169). It is known from a few
small populations over a very narrow geographic range east of Esperance.
Etymology. From the Latin insula (island), alluding to the island habitat of the type population.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. insularis can be distinguished from the similar subsp. rigidula
Hopper & A.P.Br., with which it was previously included, by its self-pollinating, smaller flowers
(6-8 cm across compared to 8-10 cm across in subsp. rigidula ) and narrower labellum (5-7 mm wide
compared to 8-10 mm wide in subsp. rigidula). These taxa are not known to intergrade, with subsp.
insularis confined to coastal granite outcrops and subsp. rigidula confined to inland granite outcrops.
The nearest known populations of these taxa are some 60 km apart.
Notes. This subspecies was first recognised as distinct by Stephen Hopper who provided the manuscript
name subsp. insularis. Although it has been included variously as C. longicauda subsp. insularis,
C. christineae subsp. insularis and C. insularis in publications (i.e. Hoffman & Brown 1992, 1995,
1998; Brown et al. 2008), the name has not been validly published until now.
This subspecies is known to self-pollinate, and it is not unusual to see plants with the bottom flower
in fruit, the middle flower freshly open and the top flower in bud. It is not known to hybridise with
other Caladenia species.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. merrittii Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 117-118 (2001). Type\
5.2 km south ofWarner Glen Bridge on Warner Glen Road, Western Australia, 13 October 1991, S.D.
Hopper 8219 (holo\ PERTH 01829386; iso. AD, CBG, MEL).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 2 nd edn, p. 81 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn,
with suppl., p. 81 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 71,
Figure C (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
107
p. 586-587 (2011);N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 3 rd edn,p. 101 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral, p. 87 (2013).
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 6-10 mm wide. Scape 30-60 cm tall. Flowers 12-
18 cm across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/5—1/7. Dorsal sepal 9-12 cm long,
2-4 mm wide. Lateral sepals 9.5-15 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Petals 9-11 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base
and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 20-28 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, narrowly linear-cordate
in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 6 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually in 2 or
4 longitudinal rows. Column 18-22 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. (Figure 33)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 kmNNW ofNannup, 0.7 km W of Vasse
Hwy on Mowen Rd, 10 Oct. 1983, AD. Hopper 3556 (CBG, PERTH); 9 km SE of Margaret River, 8 km
NE of Witchcliffe, 9 Oct. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4284 (PERTH); 5 km NW of Margaret River, junction
of O’Niel Rd and Engine Rd, 9 Oct. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4287 (PERTH); Nillup, s. dat., L. Horbury
s.n. (PERTH); Pemberton-Nannup road, 1964, W. Rogerson 279 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Margaret River, Karridale and Nannup (Figure 27), growing
in Eucalyptus marginata-Corymbia calophylla forest or low woodland with Persoonia longifolia,
Agonis flexuosa and Taxandria parviceps.
Phenology. Flowers late September-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. merrittii can be distinguished from subsp. longicauda, with
which it intergrades near Nannup, by its longer petals (9-11 cm long compared to 7.5-9 cm long
in subsp. longicauda) and its usually longer, narrower labellum (20-28 mm long x 9-11 mm wide
compared to 17-24 mm long x 10-15 mm wide in subsp. longicauda). Although these taxa occupy
similar habitats they rarely grow together, with subsp. merrittii found over a narrow range between
Nannup and Karridale and subsp. longicauda widespread between Lancelin and Albany.
Notes. Plants flower best in the spring following summer fire, and flowering is rare in unburnt vegetation.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. minima A.PBr. & G.Brockman, subsp. nov.
Typus. north-east [of] Northampton, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 9 August 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2419 {holo\ PERTH 08172404).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. Chapman Valley (G. Brockman 884), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 69, Figure B
(2008) [as C. longicauda subsp. Yuna]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and
its Relatives in Austral., p. 592-593 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral ., 3 rd
edn, p. 95 (2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of
W. Austral ., p. 89 (2013) [all as C. longicauda subsp. Chapman Valley],
108
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 32. Caladenia longicauda subsp. insular is. A - flower; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown.
Figure 33. Caladenia longicauda subsp. merrittii. A-flower; B — labellum. Photograph by A. Brown.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
109
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 8-12 mm wide. Scape 17-30 cm tall. Flowers 8-9 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3—1/2. Dorsal sepal 5-7 cm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 6-8 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 5-6 cm long, c. 2 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous
towards the apex. Labellum 13-15 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, narrowly rhomboidal in outline; lateral
lobes with marginal calli to 5 mm long; lamina calli to 2 mm tall, usually in 4 longitudinal rows.
Column 12-13 mm long, 3-4 mm wide. (Figure 34)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons],
22 Aug. 1965, A.C. Beauglehole , ACB 11997 a (PERTH); 25 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 884 A-C (all
PERTH); 8 Sep. 2013, G. Brockman 3195 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found from east of Dongara to the Ajana area (Figure 20), growing in red
sandy loam soils below ironstone hills and breakaways. Habitat is Allocasuarina, Eucalyptus loxophleba
subsp. supralaevis woodland over Melaleuca , Acacia and dense low annual herbs. Associated orchids
include Caladenia doutchiae, C. flava subsp. maculata , C. pachychila, C. pluvialis, Pheladenia
deformis and Pterostylis scabra.
Phenology. Flowers August-early September.
Conservation status. Caladenia longicauda subsp. minima is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One
under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the
phrase name C. longicauda subsp. Chapman Valley (G. Brockman 884). It is known from a few small
populations in a highly cleared region of Western Australia.
Etymology. From the Latin minimus (very little, very least), alluding to the small flowers of the
subspecies which are among the smallest in the C. longicauda complex.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. minima can be distinguished from subsp. borealis , with which
it intergrades east of Dongara, by its smaller flowers (8-9 cm across compared to 9-12 cm across in
subsp. borealis ), its more stiffly held petals and sepals, its shorter column (12-13 mm long compared
to 15-18 mm long in subsp. borealis) and its labellum with entire margins in the basal 1/10, rather
thanl/3. These taxa are only known to intergrade in one area and elsewhere occur as geographically
isolated, morphologically distinct populations.
Notes. This rare taxon, currently known from just four confirmed locations, occupies habitat that is
often subject to drought and in low rainfall years flowering plants are either absent or are confined
to drainage lines and run-off areas. However, in seasons of good rainfall flowering plants are much
more abundant and can be found over a much wider area.
This taxon grows with C. incrassata Hopper & A.P.Br., with which it occasionally hybridises (APB
pers. obs.).
Caladenia longicauda subsp. redacta Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 118-120(2001). Type : 13km
east of Mount Barker on Barrow Road, 1 km N of Porongurups Road, Western Australia, 70ctober
1990, S.D. Hopper 7890 (holo: PERTH 02212579; iso. AD, CBG, K, PERTH).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S- W. Austral. , 2 nd edn, p. 78 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn,
with suppl., p. 78 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 69,
110
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure E (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
p. 588-589 (2011);N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 98 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 88 (2013).
Plants solitary or in small to large clumps. Leaf 8-12 mm wide. Scape 20-40 cm tall. Flowers
6-8 cm across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/5. Dorsal sepal 6-8 cm long,
2.5^1 mm wide. Lateral sepals 6-9 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
pendulous towards the apex. Petals 5-8 cm long, 2.5^1 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the
base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum 15-18 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, linear-cordate to
cordate in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli up to 5 mm long; lamina calli up to 1 mm tall in
2 or 4 longitudinal rows. Column 12-15 mm long, 6-8 mm wide. (Figure 35)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 20 kmNW of Darkan on the Quindanning-
Darkan Rd and 1.4 km S of the Collie-Williams Rd, 27 Aug. 1989, S.D. Hopper 7614 (PERTH);
9 km SW of Darkan on Gibbs Rd, 27 Aug. 1989, S.D. Hopper 7619 (PERTH); 30 km NE of Boyup
Brook on the Boyup Brook road, 12.3 km S of Cordering, 27 Aug. 1989, S.D. Hopper 7626 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between York and Kojonup, and west to near Boyup Brook (Figure
22), growing in Eucalyptus occidentalis and E. wandoo woodlands. Soils are clay loams.
Phenology. Flowers August-October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. redacta can be distinguished from subsp. eminens, with which
it intergrades west of York, Williams and Kojonup, by its smaller flowers (6-8 cm across compared
to 8-12 cm across in subsp. eminens). Although integration is common where the distributions of
these taxa overlap, subsp. redacta is predominantly found in higher rainfall areas, west of the range
of subsp. eminens.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. redacta is similar in appearance to subsp. clivicola from which it can be
distinguished by its shorter sepals (6-9 cm long compared to 9-14 cm long in subsp. clivicola) and
its clump-forming habit (subsp. clivicola rarely forms clumps). These taxa have distinctly different
ranges of distribution with subsp. redacta found between York and Kojonup and subsp. clivicola found
much further west between Lesmurdie Falls and Collie, and near Dunsborough.
Notes. Caladenia longicauda subsp. redacta hybridises with C. uliginosa where their distributions
overlap to produce the named hybrid Caladenia x exserta.
Caladenia longicauda subsp. rigidula Hopper & A.P.Br., Nuytsia 14(1/2): 120-122 (2001). Type :
Wittenoom Hills, 47 km north-east of Esperance, Western Australia, 8 October 1985, S.D. Hopper
4681 (holo: PERTH 01712217; iso: AD, CBG, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH).
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 2 nd edn, p. 72 (1992) and rev. 2 nd edn,
with suppl., p. 72 (1998); A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral., p. 6,
Figure A (2008); G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral.,
p. 590 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids of S-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 91 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids of W. Austral., p. 88 (2013).
A.P Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
111
Figure 34. Caladenia longicauda subsp. minima. A - flowers; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown.
Figure 35. Caladenia longicauda subsp. redacta. A - plant showing a two-flowered inflorescence; B - labellum. Photographs
by A. Brown (A) and C. French (B).
112
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Plants solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaf 6-20 mm wide. Scape 25-40 cm tall. Flowers 8-10 cm
across. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4—1/3. Dorsal sepal 3.4-5 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Lateral sepals 3.4-6 cm long, 4-6 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and down-
curved towards the apex. Petals 2.8-5 cm long, 2^1 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and
down-curved towards the apex. Labellum 10-20 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, cordate to linear-cordate
in outline; lateral lobes with marginal calli to 5 mm long; lamina calli to 1.5 mm tall, usually in 2 or
4 longitudinal rows. Column 12-16 mm long, 6-10 mm wide. (Figure 36)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 20 km SW of MtNey, 9 Aug. 1980, A. Brown
s.n. (PERTH); Kau Rocks, 1 Sep. 1984, M.A. Burgman & C. Layman MAB 3316 (PERTH); W of
Ravensthorpe, below West River bridge on road to Esperance, 19 Aug. 1977, J. Dodd s.n. (PERTH);
Sheoak Hill, SE of Mt Ragged, 14 Aug. 1980, A.S. George 16039 (PERTH); S end of Mt Ragged,
15 Aug. 1980, A.S. George 16071 (PERTH); Pine Hill, 16 Aug. 1980, A.S. George 16106 (PERTH);
Juranda Rock Hole, 16 Aug. 1980, A.S. George per A. Brown 16120 (PERTH); Pallarup Rock Nature
Reserve, Pallarup Rock, 44.5 km NNW of Ravensthorpe, 6 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4097 (PERTH);
Mt Ney 40 km N of Condingup, 12 Sep. 1991, S.D. Hopper 8183 (PERTH); Swan Lagoon Reserve,
5 of Grass Patch on old route to Goldfields, 20 Aug. 1978, D.R. Voigt 53pp (PERTH 00277096); near
S end of Mt Ragged, 3 Sep. 1978, D.R. Voigt 78pp (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Ravensthorpe and Israelite Bay and inland to near Balladonia
(Figure 22), growing in shallow granitic loam on and fringing inland granite outcrops.
Phenology. Flowers August-early October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Figure 36. Caladenia longicauda subsp. rigidula. A - flowers showing the relatively short, spreading, stiffly held petals and
lateral sepals; B - labellum. Photographs by A. Brown.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
113
Affinities. Caladenia longicauda subsp. rigidula can be distinguished from the similar subsp. insularis
by its larger flowers (8-10 cm across compared to 6-8 cm across in subsp. insularis) and its broader
labellum (8-10 mm wide compared to 5-7 mm wide subsp. insularis ). These taxa are not known to
intergrade, with subsp. rigidula confined to inland granite outcrops and subsp. insularis confined to
coastal granite outcrops. The nearest known populations of these taxa are some 60 km apart.
Caladenia perangusta A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ Boyup Brook, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 3 October
2009, G. Brockman GBB 2507 (holo: PERTH 08172323; iso. AD, CANB).
Caladenia sp. Keninup (S. Clarke SC 127), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids of W. Austral, p. 45, Figure D
(2008) [as C. sp. Boyup Brook]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives
in Austral, p. 314-315 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 55
(2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral.,
p. 74 (2013) [all as C. sp. Keninup],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. Leaf5-\ 6 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in TS, pale
green, the basal 1/3 usually irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 17-37 cm tall. Flowers 1 or 2,
5-6 cm across, red, cream, creamy yellow or pale yellow with red markings; floral odour unknown.
Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/4 to 1/3, then narrowing to a brownish red, densely
glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal 6-8 cm long,
0.5-1 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 6-8 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, spreading
horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 5-7 cm long, 1-1.5 mm wide,
spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed,
cream to red with prominent deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw c. 1 mm
wide; lamina 5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, narrowly triangular to triangular in outline, erect with entire
margins in the basal 1/4—1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral
lobes with dentate, forward-facing, red, white-tipped marginal calli which are decrescent towards the
mid-lobe; lamina calli cream with red markings, narrowly anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1 mm tall, in
two longitudinal rows extending about 1/2-2/3 the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards
the apex. Column 4-5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream with pale to deep red
stripes or, more rarely, blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther
0.5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia 0.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy.
Stigma 0.5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 37)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons],
3 Oct. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2507 (PERTH); 3 Oct. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2511 (PERTH);
8 Oct. 2004, S. Clarke SC 127 (PERTH); 27 Sep. 1978, M. Sherwood 58 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found between Frankland and Boyup Brook (Figure 14), growing in lateritic
and sandy clay soils in open Eucalyptus wandoo woodland, often in association with Acacia pulchella,
Hypocalymma angustifolium, Hibbertia spp., Macrozamia riedlei and Xanthorrhoea preissii. Plants
favour open situations above seasonal drainage lines and streams where they are often seen with
Caladenia dorrienii and C. barbarossa.
114
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Phenology. Flowers September-early October.
Conservation status. Caladeniaperangusta is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Two under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name C. sp.
Keninup (S. Clarke SC 127). It is known from a few, mostly small, populations south-east of Boyup
Brook.
Etymology. From the Latin per- (very) and angustus (narrow), alluding to the slender petals and sepals.
Affinities. Caladenia perangusta appears closely related to C. pulchra Hopper & A.P.Br., from which
it can be distinguished by its narrower lateral sepals (1-2 mm wide compared to 2-3 mm wide in
C. pulchra ) and its smaller labellum (5-6 mm long x 3^4 mm wide compared to 8-11 mm long x
5-8 mm wide in C. pulchra ). It also occurs in high rainfall forest areas some 180 km to the west of the
nearest known population of C. pulchra which is found in much lower rainfall mallee-heath between
Pithara and Jerramungup.
Caladenia perangusta may also be related to C.filifera Lindl., from which it can be distinguished
by its narrower sepals (1-2 mm wide compared to 2.5-3.5 mm wide in C.filifera ) and its narrower
labellum (3-4 mm wide compared to 6-10 mm wide in C.filifera). Caladenia perangusta often has
cream to creamy yellow flowers with red markings while C. filifera has uniformly dark red flowers
throughout its range. Although the distributions of these species overlap north of Frankland they are
not known to grow together.
Figure 37. Caladenia perangusta. A - red-flowered form showing the distinctive narrow, pendulous petals and lateral
sepals; B - labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
115
Caladenia pluvialis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus. [north-west of Mullewa,] Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
16 August 2008, G. Brockman 2291 (holo: PERTH 08060126).
Caladenia sp. Yuna (G. Brockman 712), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral .,
p. 266-267 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral, 3 rd edn, p. 65 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 77 (2013) [all as
C. sp. Yuna],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. LeafA-\2 cm long, 4-6 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved inTS, pale
green. Scape 12-20 cm tall. Flowers 1(2), 7-13 cm across, pale yellow to creamy yellow with red
markings; floral odour unknown. Sepals andpetals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1 /4—1/3 then narrowing
to a red-black, densely glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore.
Dorsal sepal 6-10 cm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 6-10 cm long,
3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base then down-curved, sometimes becoming pendulous
towards the apex. Petals 6-10 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base then down-
curved, sometimes becoming pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed pale yellow to
creamy yellow with prominent pale red to deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a
claw c. 2 mm wide; lamina 8-12 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline,
erect with entire margins in the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently
recurved; lateral lobes with broad, truncate, forward-facing, cream, red-marked marginal calli which
are decrescent towards the mid-lobe; lamina calli creamy yellow, sometimes with pale pink markings,
glossy on top, broadly anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1.5 mm tall, in two longitudinal rows extending
about 2/3—3/4 the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards the apex. Column 7-10 mm
long, 3-4 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque creamy yellow with pale red stripes or, more rarely,
blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm
wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia 1.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1.5-2.5 mm
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 38)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons],
25 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 885 (PERTH); 30 Aug. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1296 (PERTH); 30 Aug.
2004, G. Brockman GBB 1299 (PERTH); 30 Aug. 2004, G. Brockman GBB 1302 (PERTH); 15 Aug.
2008, G. Brockman GBB 2287 (PERTH); 9 Aug. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2420 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Found in the Yuna-Mullewa area (Figure 2), growing in red or yellow sand
in tall shrubland of Acacia , Allocasuarina and Melaleuca species over Dodonaea and dense, low,
annual herbs.
Phenology. Flowers August-early September.
Conservation status. Caladenia pluvialis is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Two under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name C. sp.
Yuna (G. Brockman 712). It is sometimes locally common but is restricted to mostly small areas of
remnant bushland in a highly cleared region of Western Australia.
116
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Etymology. From the Latin pluvialis (relating to rain), alluding to the species flowering profusely
following good winter rainfall. Winter rainfall is intermittent and often unreliable over the range of
this species and in dry years flowering plants are rare.
Affinities. Caladeniapluvialis has in the past been placed with the related C. incensa Hopper & A.P.Br.,
from which it can be distinguished by its narrower leaf (4-6 mm wide compared to 6-15 mm wide in
C. incensa ), its pale yellow to creamy yellow flowers (bright white in C. incensa) and its smaller labellum
(8-12 mm long x 6-8 mm wide compared to ll-16mmlongx 10-13 mm wide in C. incensa). Unlike
C. incensa , C. pluvialis grows in deep red or yellow sandy soils rather than shallow soils associated
with granite outcrops. It also has a more westerly distribution between Yuna and Mullewa, whereas
C. incensa is predominantly found east of Mullewa. We have seen these species growing near one
another north-west of Mullewa where they occurred as separate, morphologically distinct populations.
Caladenia pluvialis is also related to C. petrensis, from which it can be distinguished by its generally
narrower leaf (4-6 mm wide compared to 6—8(—11) mm wide in C. petrensis ), usually 1-flowered
inflorescence, larger flowers (7-13 cm across compared to 5-6 cm across in C. petrensis ), narrower
labellum (6-8 mm wide compared to 8-10 mm wide in C. petrensis) and shorter column (7-10 mm
long compared to 11-14 mm long in C. petrensis). Caladenia pluvialis has a predominantly more
north-westerly distribution than C. petrensis , overlapping only in the Mullewa area where they occur
as separate populations and do not appear to intergrade.
Notes. Caladenia pluvialis is often locally common in seasons of good winter rainfall but is rare or
absent in dry years.
Figure 38. Caladenia pluvialis. A - flowers showing the pale yellow to creamy yellow flowers; B - labellum. Photographs by
G. Brockman (A) and A. Brown (B).
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
117
Caladenia straminichila A.PBr. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ Scotts Brook Road, 6.1 km south of Kojonup-Boyup Brook Road, south-east of Boyup Brook,
Western Australia, 3 October 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2510 (holo: PERTH 08172412; iso. AD, CBG).
Caladenia sp. Moodiarrup (A.P. Brown 233), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral ., 2 nd edn, with suppl., p. 422 (1998)
[as C. aff. polychroma ]; A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral. , p. 43B
(2008) [as C. sp. Tenterden]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives
in Austral, p. 293 (2011); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 52 (2011);
A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 74
(2013) [all as C. sp. Moodiarrup],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. Leaf 6-12 cm long, 4-6 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved inTS,
pale green, the basal 1/3 rarely irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 12-20 cm tall. Flowers
1 or 2(3), 8-11 cm across, creamy yellow to straw yellow with inconspicuous red markings; floral
odour unknown. Sepals and petals linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3, then narrowing to a brownish
black, densely glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal
sepal 6-8 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 6-8 cm long, 2.5^1 mm
wide, spreading horizontally near the base and down-curved towards the apex. Petals 6-7 cm long,
1.5-3 mm wide, spreading horizontally or slightly upwards near the base and down-curved towards
the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, straw yellow, more rarely creamy yellow with prominent pale
to deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw 1.5-2 mm wide; lamina 11-13 mm
long, 9-11 mm wide, triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline, erect with entire margins in the basal
1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with truncate,
forward-facing, cream, often red-marked marginal calli which are decrescent towards the mid-lobe;
lamina calli creamy yellow sometimes with pale pink markings, glossy on top, broadly anvil-shaped,
the longest 1.5 mm tall, in two longitudinal rows extending about 1/2-3/4 the length of the labellum,
slightly decrescent towards the apex. Column 8-11 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque
creamy yellow with pale red stripes or, more rarely, blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular
hairs on outer surface. Anther 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, greenish yellow. Pollinia 1.5 mm
long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide. Capsule not seen.
(Figure 39)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAFIA: Albany Hwy, lOkmN of Williams, 16 Sep.
2000, G. Brockman GBB 691 (PERTH); Dardadine Siding W of Albany Hwy, reserve to SE [of] creek
crossing, Dardadine Rd, 11 Sep. 2003, G. Brockman 977, 978 (both PERTH); Scotts Brook Rd, State
Forest, 3 Oct. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2509 (PERTH); Scotts Brook Rd, 4.8 km SE of Norlup Rd,
3 Oct. 2009, G. Brockman GBB 2512 (PERTH); 20 km SE of Moodiarrup on the Collie-Changerup
Rd, 28 Sep. 1985, A.P. Brown 231 (PERTH); Changerup, S of Duranillin, 20 Sep. 1994, W. Cusack
KGP 1 (PERTH); corner of Boyup Brook and Frankland Rds, 19 Aug. 2000, P. Johns 151 (PERTH);
Unicup, c. 1.5 km S ofWingebellup Rd, 19 Sep. 1998, E.D. Middleton & R.WHearne EDM 200
(PERTH); Water Reserve 10521, Dongolocking Rod, E of Narrogin (100 m N of Murdock Rd from
Dongolocking Rd), 24 Sep. 1996, L. W. Sage & J.P Pigott LWS 751 (PERTH).
118
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Distribution and habitat. Found between Mount Barker and Williams, and westward to near Manj imup
(Figure 18), growing in brown lateritic loam or sandy loam soils in Eucalyptus wandoo or, more rarely,
E. salmonophloia woodland. The species often occurs on rises above seasonally wet flats.
Phenology. Flowers August-early October.
Conservation status. Not considered rare or under immediate threat.
Etymology. From the Latin stramineus (straw-yellow) and chilus (-lipped), alluding to the straw yellow
colouration of the labellum.
Affinities. Caladenia straminichila was previously considered a form of C. poly chroma but is consistent
in its morphology throughout its range and, although it often grows with C. poly chroma , does not appear
to intergrade with that species. Caladenia straminichila can be distinguished from C. poly chroma by its
different flower colour (creamy yellow to straw yellow with inconspicuous red markings compared to
red or white with prominent red markings in C. poly chroma), its smaller labellum (11-14 mm long x
9-11 mm wide compared to 14-18 mm long x 1 1-14 mm wide in C. polychroma), its glossy, creamy
yellow, broadly anvil-shaped lamina calli, rather than dull, creamy white, narrowly anvil-shaped
labellum lamina calli and its shorter column (usually <11 mm long compared to usually >11 mm long
in C. polychroma). While measurements sometimes overlap the majority of C. straminichila flowers
are smaller than those of C. polychroma. Where these species grow together, C. straminichila is usually
finished or in late flower by the time C. polychroma begins flowering.
Figure 39. Caladenia straminichila. A - flowers showing creamy yellow to straw yellow colouration; B - labellum.
Photographs by G. Brockman.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
119
Caladenia swartsiorum A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus: south of Mandurah, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
22 September 2008, G. Brockman GBB 2356 ( holo : PERTH 08060207).
Caladenia sp. Island Point (G. Brockman GBB 2356), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
Illustrations. G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral .,
p. 562-563 (2011);N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn,p. 104 (2011); A. Brown,
K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral ., p. 95 (2013) [all as
C. sp. Island Point],
Plants solitary or in small clumps. Leaf 20-23 cm long, 6-13 mm wide, linear, erect, slightly incurved
to flattened inTS, pale green, the basal 1/3 rarely irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 30-35 cm
tall. Flowers 1-3, 8-10 cm across, pale green to pale greenish yellow with red markings; floral odour
unknown. Sepals and petals pale yellow to pale greenish yellow, linear-lanceolate in the basal 1/3,
then abruptly narrowing to a brownish black, densely glandular, long-acuminate, slightly thickened
apex, lacking an obvious swollen osmophore. Dorsal sepal 5-8 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, erect and
slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 5-9 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base
and pendulous towards the apex. Petals 5-7 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the
base and pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, white to pale creamy yellow with
prominent pale to deep red stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw 1-2 mm wide;
lamina 16-21 mm long, 8-11 mm wide, narrowly triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline, erect with
entire margins in the basal 1/4—1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3, apical 1/3 prominently recurved;
lateral lobes with truncate, forward-facing, red and white marginal calli which are decrescent towards
the mid-lobe; lamina calli red, narrowly anvil-shaped, the longest 1.5 mm tall, in 4 longitudinal rows
extending about 2/3—3/4 the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards the apex. Column
15-18 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, broadly winged, opaque cream with pale red stripes and blotches,
sparsely hirsute with short, glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm wide,
greenish yellow to red. Pollinia 2-3 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 2-3 mm
long, 2-3 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 40)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Known from the type only. (Collections have
not yet been made from recently discovered populations near Lake Preston.)
Distribution and habitat. Found between the Harvey Estuary and Lake Preston (Figure 18), growing
amongst sedges in moist, sandy soils adj acent to seasonally wet flats and also in fewer numbers amongst
native grasses in adjacent woodland habitat. Associated species include Agonis flexuosa, Banksia
attenuata , Eucalyptus marginata , E. gomphocephala , Macrozamia riedlei and Xanthorrhoeapreissii.
Phenology. Flowers late September-October.
Conservation status. Caladenia swartsiorum is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name C. sp.
Island Point (G. Brockman GBB 2356). Although locally common, it is restricted to a few, remnant,
seasonally damp bushland areas south of Mandurah.
120
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 40. Caladenia swartsiorum . A-flower showing greenish yellow colouration; B-labellum. Photographs by G. Brockman.
Etymology. Named for Eric Swarts (1954-) and Nigel Swarts (1981—). Eric discovered the species
and, recognising it as distinct, showed it to his son Nigel who in turn brought it to our attention.
Affinities. Caladenia swartsiorum is closely related to C. longicauda from which it can be distinguished
by its pale yellow to greenish yellow flowers (white in C. longicauda) and its petals and sepals
with slightly thickened, densely glandular apices. Although the seasonally damp sedge habitat of
C. swartsiorum is similar to that inhabited by several other members of the C. longicauda complex,
including C. longicauda subsp. albella and C. cruscula Hopper & A.P.Br., they are found many
hundreds of kilometres north and east of the distribution of C. swartsiorum.
Notes. It is not known what insects pollinate C. swartsiorum but the thickened apices to the petals and
sepals suggest its flowers may emit pheromones, these potentially attracting male thynnine wasps.
Caladenia swartsiorum occasionally hybridises with members of the C. huegelii complex such as
C. huegelii, C. georgei and C. arenicola Hopper & A.P.Br. (APB pers. obs.).
Caladenia validinervia Hopper & A.P.Br. ex A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.
Typus\ Muir Highway, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
3 September 2006, G.B. Brockman, G.&M. Bussell GBB 1853 ( holo : PERTH 07692331).
Caladenia sp. Muir Highway (W. Jackson BJ 341), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
121
Illustrations. A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper, Orchids ofW. Austral., p. 37, Figure C
(2008); N. Hoffman & A. Brown, Orchids ofS-W. Austral., 3 rd edn, p. 34 (2011) [both as C. sp. Lake
Muir]; G. Backhouse, Spider-orchids - the Genus Caladenia and its Relatives in Austral., p. 260-261
(2011); A. Brown, K. Dixon, C. French & G. Brockman, Field Guide to the Orchids ofW. Austral,
p. 75 (2013) [both as C. sp. Muir Highway],
Plants solitary. Leaf 5-16 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, linear, erect, incurved in cross section, pale green,
the basal 1/5 irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 12-21 cm tall. Flowers 1 or 2,5-8 cm across,
pale yellow to pale creamy yellow with prominent, dull red stripes; floral odour unknown. Sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, scarcely glandular-hirsute in the basal 1/4 to 1/3, abruptly narrowing to a
red-black, densely glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a swollen osmophore. Dorsal
sepal 4-7 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, erect and slightly to prominently incurved. Lateral sepals 4-7 cm
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and pendulous towards the apex. Petals
4-7 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, spreading horizontally near the base and then down-curved, sometimes
becoming pendulous towards the apex. Labellum obscurely 3-lobed, with prominent pale to deep red
stripes, spots and blotches, stiffly articulated on a claw c. 1 mm wide; lamina 7-10 mm long, 5-8 mm
wide, narrowly triangular to triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline, erect with entire margins in
the basal 1/3, nearly horizontal in middle 1/3 and apical 1/3 prominently recurved; lateral lobes with
dentate, forward-facing, red-marked marginal calli which are decrescent towards the mid-lobe; lamina
calli cream, rarely with pale red markings, dull on top, narrowly anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1 mm tall,
in two longitudinal rows extending about 1/2 the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent towards
the apex. Column 6-7 mm long, 2 mm wide, narrowly winged, opaque cream with pale red stripes
or, more rarely, blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface. Anther 1-2 mm
long, 1-2 mm wide, yellow. Pollinia 1-2 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 1-2 mm
long, 1-2 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 41)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons],
8 Oct. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3527 (PERTH); 1 Oct. 1995, W. Jackson BJ 341 (PERTH); 14 Sep. 1992,
Leadbitter s.n. (PERTH 02848791); 1 Oct. 2005, J.D. Start D 7 114 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. F ound between Collie and Manj imup and eastward to near Rocky Gully (F igure
2), growing in sandy gravelly soil in Corymbia calophylla-E. marginata forest with Anigozanthos
manglesii, Persoonia and Lechenaultia species.
Phenology. Flowers September-early October.
Conservation status. Caladenia validinervia is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name C. sp.
Muir Highway (W. Jackson BJ 341). Although found over a relatively large geographic range it is
known from few populations.
Etymology. From the Latin validus (strong, robust) and nervius (-nerved), alluding to the often prominent
dull red stripes on the petals and sepals.
Affinities. Caladenia validinervia is closely related to C. paradoxa Hopper & A.P.Br. from which it can
be distinguished by its pale yellow to pale creamy yellow flowers (C-paradoxahas predominantly white
flowers), the often prominent dull red stripes on its petals and sepals (C. paradoxa either lacks or has
faint red stripes), its usually shorter sepals (4-7 cm long compared to 5-10 cm long in C. paradoxa)
122
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 41. Caladenia validinervia. A - flower showing pale yellow to creamy yellow colouration; B - labellum. Photographs
by A. Brown.
and shorter column (6-7 mm long compared to 9-10 mm long in C. paradoxa). These species occur
some 300 km apart with C. validinervia found in high rainfall south-west forests and C. paradoxa in
lower rainfall inland shrublands. Both species are uniform in morphology across their respective ranges.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to many colleagues who have shared their time in conducting fieldwork, assisted us by
making additional collections, and offered advice in the preparation of this paper. We are especially
grateful to members of the Western Australian Native Orchid Study and Conservation Group who
have assisted in our research on Caladenia. We would particularly like to thank Virginia Bird, Greg
and Mary Bussell, Rob Davis, Chris French and Joan and Joff Start for their company in the field
and sharing their considerable knowledge with us, and the Curator and staff of PERTH for access to
specimens. The distribution maps were kindly compiled by Steve Dillon.
References
Backhouse, G. (2011). Spider-orchids - the genus Caladenia and its relatives in A ustralia. (Gary Backhouse: Melbourne, Australia.)
Brown, A., Dixon, K., French, C. & Brockman, G. (2013). Field guide to the orchids of Western Australia. (Simon Nevill
Publications: York, Western Australia.)
Brown, A., Dundas, P, Dixon, K. & Hopper, S. (2008). Orchids of Western Australia. (University of Western Australia Press:
Crawley, Western Australia.)
Brown, A.P & Brockman, G. (2007). Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola (Orchidaceae), two new ironstone endemics from
south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 73-79.
A.P. Brown & G. Brockman, New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae)
123
Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van-Diemen exhibens characteres plantarum quas annis
1802-1805. (Taylor: London.)
Comber, J.B. (1990). Orchids of Java. (Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.)
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (2004). InterimBiogeographic Regionalisation
for Australia (IBRA), Version 6.1 http://www.environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-
data/australias-bioregions-ibra [accessed January 2015],
Hoffman, N. & Brown, A. (1992). Orchids of south-west Australia. 2 nd edn. (University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands,
Western Australia.)
Hoffman, N. & Brown, A. (1995). Orchids of south-west Australia. Revised 2nd edn, paperback. (University of Western
Australia Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Hoffman, N. & Brown, A. (1998). Orchids of south-west Australia. Revised 2 nd edn, with supplement. (University of Western
Australia Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Hopper, S.D. & Brown, A.P. (2001). Contributions to Western Australian orchidology: 2. New taxa and circumscriptions in
Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14: 27-314.
Jaffre, T., Morat, P, Veillon, J., Rigault, F. & Dagostini, G. (2001). Composition and characteristics of the native flora of New
Caledonia. (Centre IRD de Noumea: Noumea, New Caledonia.)
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Jones, D.L. (2006). A complete guide to native orchids of Australia. (New Holland: Sydney.)
Rogers, R.S. (1927). Contributions to the orchidology of Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 5V. 10.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2015],
124
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 125-129
Published online 1 May 2015
A new species of Angianthus (Asteraceae: Asteroideae: Gnaphalieae)
from the south-west of Western Australia
Michael N. Lyons 1 and Greg Keighery
Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
'Corresponding author, email: Mike.Lyons@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Abstract
Lyons, M.N. & Keighery, G.J. Anew species of Angianthus (Asteraceae: Asteroideae: Gnaphalieae)
from the south-west of Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 125-129 (2015). The new species Angianthus
globuliformis M.Lyons & Keighery (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) is described from gypsum dunes of
the Western Australian agricultural zone.
Introduction
Angianthus J.C.Wendl. is confined to Australia and comprises 21 species, of which 18 occur in south¬
western Western Australia (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007-; Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-). Since the revision by Short (1983) there has been a large increase in collections and
field studies, which has enabled the delimitation of additional taxa (Short 1990; Keighery 2004). The
distinctive new species described in the present paper was discovered during the Salinity Action Plan
biological survey of the agricultural zone of Western Australia (Keighery et al. 2004) and is another
example of the diversity of Angianthus taxa occurring in naturally saline habitats in Western Australia.
Taxonomy
Angianthus globuliformis M.Lyons & Keighery, sp. nov.
Type. Lake Altham, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 18 October
2000, M.N. Lyons 2623 {holo. PERTH 06835414; iso. DNA).
Angianthus sp. Altham (M.N. Lyons 2623), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed November 2014],
Annual herb; major axes prostrate to decumbent, much-divided, arising from basal nodes, 15-50 mm
long, glabrous or sparingly hairy. Leaves opposite, linear to linear-lanceolate, soft and succulent,
c. 1 mm wide, basal leaves 4-7 mm long, stem leaves 4-5 mm long with a few marginal, long, simple,
grey hairs; apex mucronate. Compound heads ovoid, 3-5 mm wide, 3-5 mm long. Bracts subtending
compound heads c. 20 in 2 or 3 rows, not exceeding the head; outer bracts leaf-like, subulate, c. 3 mm
long, <1 mm wide, grey, mucronate; inner bracts oblanceolate to elliptic, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
126
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
wide, grey, mucronate. General receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula 15-30 per compound head.
Capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), obovate, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, scarious, glabrous. Capitular
bracts 4; outer concave bracts 2, c. 2 mm long, midrib sparsely hairy on back; inner flat bracts 2,
obovate, gradually tapering towards base, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, glabrous, with an entire wing¬
like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, c. 1-2 mm long,
the tube initially tapering gradually towards the base, becoming swollen at the base as florets mature.
Achenes obovoid, c. 0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. (Figure 1)
Other specimens examined. Only known from the type collection.
Distribution and habitat. The type was collected from the margin of a small, saline lake near Lake
Altham in the Avon Wheatbelt bioregion of Western Australia where it occurs on low, gypsum-rich
dunes under Tecticornia succulent shrubland.
F igure 1. Angianthus globuliformis. A - habit; B - leaf; C - inflorescence; D - outer involucral bract; E - second whorl involucral
bract; F - young flower. From M.N. Lyons 2623. Scale bars = 10 mm (A); 5 mm (B, C), 1 mm (D, E, and F).
M.N. Lyons & G.J. Keighery, A new species of Angianthus (Asteraceae)
127
Phenology. Flowers in late spring, from October to November (ML pers. obs.).
Conservation status. This species is listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2014), under the nam q Angianthus sp. Altham
(M.N. Lyons 2623).
Etymology. The epithet is Latin for button-like. Like several other annual composites, this is a prostrate
plant in which the stems and leaves lie on or just below the soil surface (and are the same colour as
the soil), while the inflorescences are held on shortly ascending terminal branches near the soil surface
and appear from above as a collection of buttons.
Notes. Angianthus globuliformis is related to the A. drummondii (Turcz.) Benth. complex. It differs
from all other species in the genus in having numerous clusters of small, ovoid compound heads and
glabrous leaves. The species appears closest to A. halophilus Keighery, another species from naturally
saline areas in the Avon Wheatbelt with short involucral bracts not exceeding the floral heads; however,
A. halophilus has bracts and leaves that are covered in a silvery grey pubescence.
Key to species of Angianthus (adapted from Short 1983)
1. Perennial shrub; major axes 20-50 cm long.A. cunninghamii
1: Annual herb; major axes 5-30(44.5) cm long
2. Florets 1 per capitulum; flat capitular bracts absent or rarely 1 per capitulum
3. Pappus a jagged cup.A. unifiorus
3: Pappus of 2 or 3 scales, each terminating in a barbellate bristle.A. microcephalus
2: Florets 2 per capitulum; flat capitular bracts 2 per capitulum
4. Pappus absent
5. Midrib of capitular bracts with hairs 1/3 to 1/2 the length of the bract.A. prostratus
5: Midrib of capitular bracts glabrous or with hairs less than c. 1/3 of
length of the bract
6. Bracts subtending compound heads inconspicuous or less than
c. 1/2 (rarely to c. 3/4) the length of the head (if up to c. 3/4 then the
inner capitular bracts with horn-like basal appendages); compound heads
± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid
7. Flat capitular bracts usually abruptly attenuated in the lower 1/3 and with
horn-like basal appendages; compound heads ovoid.A. cornutus
7: Flat capitular bracts gradually tapering towards the base and lacking
horn-like basal appendages; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to
ellipsoid
8. Capitulum-subtending bracts with the lamina constricted in the upper part
and the midrib ± densely hairy towards the apex.A. milnei
8: Capitulum-subtending bracts without a constriction in the upper part and
the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy towards the apex.A. milnei*
6: Bracts subtending compound heads c. equal to or exceeding the length of
head; compound heads broadly ovoid to broadly depressed-ovoid
9. Flat capitular bracts lacking an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial
surface of the midrib. A. niicropodioides
128
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
9: Flat capitular bracts with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial
surface of the midrib or if absent then florets 3- or 4-lobed
10. Florets 3- or 4-lobed; pollen grains 16-60 per anther.A. preissianus
10: Florets 4- or 5-lobed; pollen grains c. 350-500 per anther
11. Major axes erect.A. halophilus
11: Major axes prostrate or decumbent (rarely erect in A. pygmaeus )
12. Compound heads broadly depressed-ovoid; bracts subtending
compound heads 5-10, outer bracts elliptic or ovate.A. pygmaeus
12: Compound heads ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads c. 20,
outer bracts subulate.A. globuliformis
4: Pappus present (readily falling with corolla in A. platycephalus)
13. Pappus an oblique jagged scale; achenes obliquely attached to floret.A. phyllocalymmeus
13: Pappus not an oblique jagged scale; achenes apically attached to floret
14. Bracts subtending the compound heads c. equal to or exceeding the
length of the head
15. Pappus of jagged scales, each scale terminating in a single smooth or
minutely barbellate bristle
16. Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales.A. micropodioides
16: Pappus of 2 or 3 jagged scales.A. newbeyi
15: Pappus a cup of scales or a small ring
17. Pappus readily falling off with corolla.A. platycephalus
17: Pappus ± persistent
18. Flat capitular bracts with a wing-like extension from the adaxial
surface of the midrib.A. drummondii
18: Flat capitular bracts lacking a wing-like extension from the adaxial
surface of the midrib.A. micropodioides*
14: Bracts subtending the compound heads inconspicuous or less than c. 1/4
the length of the head (sometimes reaching c. 1/4 the length of the head
in A. brachypappus)
19. Leaves (at least the upper ones) conduplicate, often incurved at the apex
and with a distinct hyaline appendage; pappus of 4-6 bristles, barbellate
in lower 1/2, united into a small, slightly toothed ring at the base.A. acrohyalinus
19: Leaves not conduplicate; pappus not as above
20. Pappus of 2 or 3 jagged scales, each scale terminating in 1 or 2
terminally subplumose bristles extending the length of the corolla.A. tomentosus
20: Pappus a jagged cup (of ± distinct scales) or a ring
21. Leaves almost glabrous, succulent and cylindrical when fresh.A. glabratus
21: Leaves conspicuously hairy, usually not succulent
22. Flat capitular bracts tapering gradually to base; compound heads
± narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid
M.N. Lyons & G.J. Keighery, A new species of Angianthus (Asteraceae)
129
23. Pappus a small jagged ring.A. milnei*
23: Pappus cup-shaped Jagged, often appearing as 2-4 distinct scales.A. cyathifer
22: Flat capitular bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 1/3 to 1/2; compound
heads usually narrowly ovoid to ovoid, sometimes narrowly ellipsoid
to ellipsoid
24. Leaves usually oblanceolate, sometimes linear or narrowly elliptic,
1-3(3.2) cm long, 0.1-0.5 cm wide; pappus a jagged cup
0.15-0.7 mm long, often with 1 or 2 bristles extending 1/2-2/3
the length of the floret.A. brachypappus
24: Leaves ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1.5(1.7) cm long,
0.1 cm wide; pappus a jagged ring 0.1-0.3 mm long, often with
1 or 2 bristles extending 1/2—1/3 the length of the floret.A. conocephalus
Taxa referred to as A. milnei* and A micropodioides* in the above key are regarded by Short (1983)
as atypical, requiring further study and possibly representing distinct taxa.
Acknowledgements
One author (GK) was able to view type material and other collections at the National Herbarium of
Victoria with the assistance of Pina Milne. F ield work for ML was funded under the Western Australian
Salinity Action Plan and National Reserve System grants from Environment Australia.
References
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007-). Australian Plant Census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian
National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 1 November 2014],
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Keighery, G.J. (2004). A taxonomic review of the Angianthus drummondii (Asteraceae) species complex. Nuytsia 15: 253-259.
Keighery, G.J., Halse, S.A., Harvey, M.S. & McKenzie, N.L. (eds) (2004). A biodiversity survey of the Western Australian
agricultural zone. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 67.
Short, P.S. (1983). A revision of Angianthus sensu lato (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 5: 143-185.
Short, P.S. (1990). New taxa and a new combination in Australian Gnaphaliinae. (Inuleae: Asteraceae). Muelleria! : 239-252.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/[accessed 1 November 2014],
130
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:131-143
Published online 1 May 2015
Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae)
with three new combinations
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Abstract
Rye, B.L. Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three new combinations.
Nuytsia 25: 131-143 (2015). The south-western Australian genus Ericomyrtus Turcz. is reinstated as
a small genus comprising the type species E. drummondii Turcz., and three species transferred into
the genus as E. parvifolia (Turcz.) Rye, E. serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye and E. tenuior (Ewart) Rye.
A lectotype is selected for the base name of the last of those species, Baeckea crispiflora var. tenuior
Ewart. It appears that the genus has a tetraploid base number of x = 22. Maps, descriptions and a key
are provided for the four named members of the genus.
Introduction
Ericomyrtus Turcz. was erected by Turczaninow (1847) for a single species of Myrtaceae tribe
Chamelaucieae DC. and has since slipped into obscurity. It is one of many genera that Bentham
(1867) regarded as synonyms of Baeckea L. s. lat. and that Niedenzu (1893) included within B. subg.
Hysterobaeckea Nied. In Bentham’s treatment, the type species of Ericomyrtus was described under
a misapplied name, while two related species were treated using synonyms as Bentham was unaware
of their original names. This very unsatisfactory state of the group’s nomenclature has persisted to
the present day, except that a phrase name, Baeckea sp. fine-leaved (C.M. Lewis 517), has been used
for the type species since 2003.
The molecular data (see below) and morphological data place Ericomyrtus within the large
Hysterobaeckea group. Generic boundaries within the Hysterobaeckea group are still far from resolved,
but if all the currently recognised genera are retained, then reinstatement of Ericomyrtus appears to be
warranted. At some later stage it may prove necessary to amalgamate some of these genera, in which
case Ericomyrtus might need to be reduced to a section of one of the earlier genera. As an interim
measure to allow the correct epithets to be applied to members of this species group, Ericomyrtus is
reinstated here and three species related to its type species are transferred into the genus.
History
When Turczaninow (1847) named the south-western Australian genus Ericomyrtus and its type species
E. drummondii Turcz., he did not compare it with any other genera apart from Scholtzia Schauer,
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
132
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
which differs in having fewer ovules and an indehiscent fruit. Later, Turczaninow (1852) described
two closely related Western Australian species but placed them in Harmogia Schauer, a genus based
on an eastern Australian species. These two Western Australian species were H. parvifolia Turcz. and
H. serpyllifolia Turcz.
In Flora Australiensis, Bentham (1867) included Turczaninow’s three species under different names,
treating them as Baeckea corymbulosa Benth., B. crispiflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell. and B. pulchella
DC. He placed B. crispiflora in sect. Oxymyrrhine (Schauer) Benth. and the other two species in sect.
Babingtonia (Lindl.) Benth. Clearly there were problems with Bentham’s distribution of species between
these two sections, which were distinguished using anther morphology. The Ericomyrtus species have
very reduced, more or less globular anthers, making their morphology difficult to interpret
One further member of the Ericomyrtus group was described by Ewart (1907) as B. crispiflora var.
tenuior Ewart. In 1994, Malcolm Trudgen placed determinavit slips on PERTH specimens to establish
three informal subspecies for B. crispiflora but only one of these, subsp. Ongerup (A. Scougall &
C. Garawanta E35), belonged to Ericomyrtus , the other two being species of Oxymyrrhine Schauer.
This reinforced the link between Oxymyrrhine and Ericomyrtus that had been suggested by Bentham’s
(1867) placement of B. crispiflora in sect. Oxymyrrhine.
Rye (2009b) reinstated Oxymyrrhine as a distinct genus of four species, including the two new species
that had previously been treated as informal subspecies of B. crispiflora. At that stage it was considered
that there was insufficient evidence to include B. crispiflora and its allies in Oxymyrrhine , since
Oxymyrrhine s. str. differed from them in several characters, such as the broad cavity in the summit
of its fully inferior fruit and in having its stamens in a full circle rather than in antisepalous groups.
Note that Rye (2009b: 150) incorrectly assumed that Harmogia leptophylla Turcz. was closely related
to H. serpyllifolia and H. parvifolia , perhaps because of the misapplication in Blackall and Grieve
(1980: 85) of the name Baeckea leptophylla (Turcz.) Domin to the species now known as Ericomyrtus
parviflora (Turcz.) Rye. The identity of H. leptophylla is not yet clear but the species appears to belong
to another south-western genus, Tetrapora Schauer, rather than to Ericomyrtus. Harmogia is now
considered to be a monotypic genus restricted to eastern Australia (Wilson et al. 2007).
Molecular evidence
Published cladistic analyses of chloroplast sequences for a wide range of species of Chamelaucieae
(Lam et al. 2002; Wilson et al. 2004) sampled one species of Ericomyrtus [as B. crispiflora ], which
grouped with Cheyniana microphylla (C.A.Gardner) Rye [as Balaustion microphyllum C.A.Gardner],
When the ETS nuclear region was examined (Peter Wilson pers. comm. 2007), Oxymyrrhine gracilis
Schauer and O. coronata Rye & Trudgen were sister taxa, as were two species of Ericomyrtus [as
Baeckea crispiflora and B. sp. fine-leaved]. These two pairs of species formed part of a much larger
clade comprising a number of the species groups with Hysterobaeckea anther morphology, including
Babingtonia Lindl. and eastern Australian groups.
The combined chloroplast and ETS data currently place Ericomyrtus as sister to the much more
recently named genus Cheyniana Rye. ETS data alone place Oxymyrrhine as sister to the Ericomyrtus-
Cheyniana clade but with no support (Peter Wilson pers. comm. 2014).
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
133
Future studies
Resolution of the generic boundaries of the Hysterobaeckea group needs to be given priority because
the generic placement of most of the Western Australia species currently housed under Baeckea is
uncertain. The relationship between Ericomyrtus and the earlier-named Oxymyrrhine needs to be
examined further. The later named genus Cheyniana possibly needs to be reduced to a section, although
it is certainly morphologically distinct from Ericoymyrtus and all other genera (see Rye 2009a).
The group comprising Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye and its closest allies, referred to in Rye
(2009b) as the Baeckea crispiflora complex and here as the E. serpyllifolia complex, is widespread and
extremely variable. Two of the previously named taxa are treated here as distinct species, including one
that was previously treated only as a variety. The remaining specimens included under E. serpyllifolia
are still sufficiently variable to warrant further investigation to determine whether additional taxa
should be formally recognised. In particular, the status of a narrow-leaved variant, which was given the
phrase name Baeckea crispiflora subsp. Mt Lesueur (E.A. Griffin 2325) in 2003, remains unresolved.
Methods
Descriptions are based on well pressed, dried material, and on field observations. Type specimens
currently on loan to PERTH from AD, MEL and NSW were examined, and images of types housed
elsewhere were examined through Global Plants (see http://plants.jstor.org/). Distribution maps were
produced using Quantum GIS Desktop (1.8.0).
Key to the species of Ericomyrtus
1. Leaves sessile, thick, not narrowed at base. Mature style green, 0.8-1 mm long; stigma
capitate, c. 0.15 mm diam. (Ballidu-S of Borden-Frank Hann NP).E. drummondii
1: Leaves usually with a petiole 0.1-0.8 mm long, rarely sessile, much broader than
thick, narrowed at base. Mature style red, 1.3-2.7 mm long; stigma peltate,
0.2-0.4 mm diam.
2. Leaf blades ovate to obovate to almost circular, 4.5-8 x 3-7.5 mm. Flowers
8-11 mm diam. Mature style 1.6-2.7 mm long. Seeds 0.8-1.2 mm long
(Yuna-Perth area-Yoting-Muntadgin).E. tenuior
2: Leaf blades narrowly obovate to almost circular, 1.8-5.5 x 1-3 mm, if over
4.5 mm long then 1-1.5 mm wide. Flowers 5-8 mm diam. Mature style
1.3-1.8 mm long. Seeds 0.5-0.95 mm long
3. Leaf blades 1.8-2.4 x 1-1.4 mm (Tammin area-Collie-Perup River-
Ravensthorpe area).E. parviflora
3: Leaf blades usually 2.5-4.5 x 1.5-3 mm, rarely 4-5.5 x 1-1.5 mm (Walkaway-
Morawa-Cheyne Bay-Kalgoorlie-S of Balladonia).E. serpyllifolia
Descriptions
Ericomyrtus Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 20: 154-155 (1847). Type : Ericomyrtus
drummondii Turcz. [as drumondii\.
Small or rarely medium-sized shrubs up to 2 m high, single-stemmed (but often multi-branched) at the
base, glabrous. Leaves opposite and decussate, small, sessile or shortly petiolate, entire; apex somewhat
134
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
incurved. Peduncles (0.7—)1.5—11 mm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles opposite, persistent, rather leaf¬
like. Pedicels up to 3 mm long. Flowers 5-11 mm diam. Hypanthium green and somewhat 5-ribbed
in bud, with prominent oil glands, adnate to the ovary for about 2/3 of its length, the free distal part
somewhat spreading, becoming ± cup-shaped in fruit. Sepals herbaceous, green or partially to fully
dark pink or reddish, entire, often somewhat keeled, persistent in fruit. Petals deciduous, white or pale
pink, often with a dark pink to red blotch on the outer two or three petals where they were exposed
to the sun in bud. Stamens 8-23, in antisepalous groups, the marginal ones of each group largest and
those directly opposite the sepals the smallest. Filaments free, more or less terete, often pink. Anthers
small, with the thecae and connective gland fused into a 3-lobed or transversely subreniform structure,
opening by 2 long pores or short slits located on lines that diverge towards the base. Chary inferior,
3-locular; ovules 12-21 per loculus, on a more or less sessile or shortly stalked placenta. Style with
base deeply inset below the ovary summit; stigma large and peltate in most species but small and
capitate in the type species. Fruits fully inferior except for 3 convex lobes protruding upwards on
the summit, 3-valvate, thin-walled, fragile; placentas ± obconic to almost cylindric. Seeds radially
arranged, strongly facetted, somewhat wedge-shaped, 0.45-1.2 mm long; testa smooth but with rows
of cells visible, shiny, pale to medium brown. Chaffpieces tending to be darker than the seeds.
Size and distribution. Currently four species are recognised in Ericomyrtus , which is widespread in
the south-west of Western Australia, extending from Yuna south to near the south coast, south-east to
the Balladonia area and inland to the Kalgoorlie area.
Etymology. From the Greek words ereike (Heather) and myrtos (Myrtle), presumably likening this
taxon to Heather (genus Erica).
Chromosome numbers. Tetraploid numbers of n = 22 have been recorded (Rye 1979 - see details
under individual species below) from three out of the four species of Ericomyrtus. This suggests that
the genus as a whole is tetraploid. If so it may be the only tetraploid genus in the family; certainly
the available chromosome counts for all other genera of Chamelaucieae are either entirely diploid or
a mixture of diploid and polyploid.
Co-occurring taxa. All four members of this genus overlap considerably in their distributions and have
been observed growing together in the field without any obvious intermediates, and it is not unusual
to find two or three of the taxa growing together. At one locality near Tammin all four species were
collected (B.L. Rye 241105-241108 & M.E. Trudgen) in early November 2004 and all of them were
in full flower. The habitat at this locality was described as gravelly (lateritic) brown silty sand over
laterite on the east-facing slopes of a rounded hill wAhAllocasuarina campestris shrubland. At a second
locality visited nearby on the same day, E. drummondii and E. serpyllifolia were observed together
on a hillside, with E. parviflora (B.L. Rye 241112 & M.E. Trudgen) growing at a lower position than
the other two species. These three species were also observed growing together near York (F. Hort
3818, 3819 & 3820) in late October 2013.
There are no obvious flowering time differences to account for the co-occurrences of these taxa, and
micro-habitat differences appear to be only slight, so Ericomyrtus would be an interesting group to
study further to determine what breeding barriers are in place.
The type species, E. drummondii , differs from the E. serpyllifolia complex (comprising the other three
species of Ericomyrtus) in having a green style with a fairly small stigma. A distinctive characteristic
of the E. serpyllifolia complex is the red colour and large, peltate stigma of the mature style. Whether
the difference in the style is significant in terms of pollinators has yet to be determined.
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
135
Notes. Since many shared characters are covered in the generic description above, the species descriptions
are fairly short. Some specimens of all taxa are somewhat glaucous on the leaves and/or hypanthium.
The hypanthium tends to have more prominent oil glands on the adnate part than on the free part.
Ericomyrtus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 20: 154-155 (1847). Type'.
south-western Australia [north and east of Bolgart and Stirling Range to King George Sound and
Cape Riche, Western Australia], 1843-1844, J. Drummond coll. 3, n. 36 ( holo : KW n.v.\ iso: K
000821683-000821685, MEL, NSW, PERTH 03418235).
Baeckeapulchella sensu Benth. non DC., FI. Austral. 3: 86 (1867).
Baeckea sp. fine-leaved (C.M. Lewis 517); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 2 June 2014],
Illustrations. W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 3A: 83 (1980) [as Baeckea
pulchella :]; drawing on C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 03418219).
Shrub 0.2-0.6(-0.8) m high, usually 0.1-1.2 m wide. Leaves sessile, narrowly or very narrowly oblong
in outline, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide, 0.25-0.5 mm thick, not or scarcely mucronate, with
1-3 main rows of oil glands on each side. Peduncles 1.5-3.5 mm long. Bracteoles 1.5-2.3 mm long.
Pedicels 1.3-3 mm long. Flowers 5-6 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.4-1.6 mm long. Sepals triangular or
depressed-ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, reddish with a pale margin. Petals 1.7-2.4 mm long, white. Stamens
(11—)16—23, with 2-6 opposite each sepal. Longest filaments 0.5-0.6 mm long. Ovules 10-14 per
loculus. Style 0.8-1 mm long, green; stigma capitate, 0.1-0.15 mm diam. Fruits 1.2-1.4 mm long,
1.7-2.5 mm diam. Seeds 0.45-0.65 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm wide, 0.2-0.25 mm thick.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve, adjacent
to E boundary, 26 Oct. 1991, A.M. Coates 3355 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 3.3 km SE of Mt Gibbs,
10 Nov. 2005, G.F. Craig 7030 (PERTH); 1 km NE of South Kulin, 25 Oct. 1983, R.J. Cranfield
4746 (PERTH); 6 miles [10 km] S of Ballidu, 3 Nov. 1956, J. W. Green 796 (PERTH); 13 km SW of
Wickepin on road to Harrismith, 8 Oct. 1974, B.L. Powell 74108 (PERTH); Frank Hann National Park,
11 Dec. 1971, R.D. Royce 10258 (PERTH); Badjaling North Rd, 1.2 km S of Goldfields Rd, SW of
Tammin, 3 Nov. 2004, B.L. Rye 241110 & M.E. Trudgen (AD, BRI, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from Ballidu south-east to the Borden area and to Frank Hann
National Park (Figure 1A), usually in sandy soils, sometimes with granite or laterite.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from September to January, with fruits recorded mainly from October
onwards.
Conservation status. A common species in the central wheat belt of south-western Australia.
Chromosome number. n = c. 22, fide B.L. Rye, Austral. J. Bot. 27: 571 (1979) [as Baeckealeptophylla].
Voucher: B.L. Powell 74108.
Etymology. Named after James Drummond ( c. 1784-1863), the most important botanical collector
during the early history of the Swan River Colony.
136
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Distribution of Ericomyrtus drummondii (A) and E. parviflora (B).
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
137
Affinities. A very distinctive species, distinguished from all others currently included in Ericomyrtus
by its strictly sessile, thick leaves, green style and small stigma.
Notes. Type material of Baeckea pulchella was not examined by Bentham (1867) but he thought the
brief protologue fitted E. drummondii better than any other species and therefore recognised the earlier
name. However, B. pulchella is now known to be an Astartea species. The new combination d. pulchella
(DC.) Rye has recently been made with A. laricifolia Schauer reduced to synonymy (see Rye 2015).
Ericomyrtus drummondii is very variable in stamen number. When there are numerous stamens the
antisepalous groups may not be obvious as the gaps between them are narrow.
At maturity, the shrub is sometimes widely spreading, with one specimen ( M.E. Trudgen MET 23157)
reported to be 2 m across.
Ericomyrtus parvifolia (Turcz.) Rye, comb. nov.
Harmogiaparvifolia Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 330 (1852).
Type: south-western Australia [Mullean, Western Australia], 1847-1849, J. Drummond coll. 5, suppl.
n. 25 (holo: KW 001001293; iso. K 000821688, MEL 72573, PERTH 01829610).
Baeckea corymbulosa Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 89 (1867). Type', south-western Australia [Mullean,
Western Australia], 1847-1849, J. Drummond coll. 5, suppl. n. 25 (holo. K 000821688; iso: KW
001001293, MEL 72573, PERTH 01829610).
Illustrations. W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 3A: 85 (1980) [as Baeckea
leptophylla ]; drawings on C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 03418146).
Shrub 0.3-1.3 m high, commonly 0.3-1 m wide. Petioles 0.2-0.3 mm long. Leaf blades obovate to
elliptic, 1.8-3 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, with 1-3 main rows of oil glands on each side of midvein.
Peduncles 2.5-4.5 mm long. Bracteoles 1.5-2.2 mm long. Pedicels 1.3-3 mm long. Flowers 5-7 mm
diam. Hypanthium 1.2-1.5 mm long. Sepals broadly ovate-triangular, 0.4-0.8 mm long. Petals
2-3 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 10-19, with 1-5 opposite each sepal. Longest filaments
c. 1 mm long. Ovules 12-18 per loculus. Style 1.3-1.6 mm long, red at maturity; stigma peltate,
0.25-0.35 mm diam. Fruits 1.4-1.8 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm diam. Seeds 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm
wide, 0.2-0.25 mm thick.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bendering, Aug. 1992, C.A. Gardner s.n.
(PERTH); 1 km N of Yornaning Rd on Forestry Rd, Dryandra State Forest, 15 Oct. 1997, T.R. Lally
1462 & B. Fuhrer (PERTH); Wandoo National Park, Gunapin Block, Gunapin Ridge Rd, York,
25 Oct. 2013, F. Hort 3819 (PERTH); c. 15 km due NE of Ravensthorpe, 10 Oct. 1975, B.R. Maslin
3928 (PERTH); Rabbit Proof South Rd, 0.25 km N of Goldfields Rd, SW of Tammin, 3 Nov. 2004,
B.L. Rye 241107 & M.E. Trudgen (AD, CANB, PERTH); Yarrabin, upper Blackwood River, 1893,
W. Webb s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from the Tammin area south-west to Collie and Perup River and
south-east to the Ravensthorpe area (Figure IB), often in laterite with Wandoo and/or Allocasuarina.
138
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Phenology. Flowers mainly from September to November, with fruits recorded mainly from October
to December.
Conservation status. A fairly common species in south-western Australia.
Chromosome number. This is the only species of Ericomyrtus for which no chromosome numbers
have been recorded.
Etymology. From the Latin parvus (small) and folium (leaf).
Affinities. This species is part of the E. serpyllifolia complex, but differs in its smaller leaves. It has
the smallest seeds in the complex and possibly the shortest hypanthium in the genus.
Notes. This is the taxon referred to as Baeckea crispiflora (narrow leaf variant) in Obbens and Sage
(2004), while E. serpyllifolia was recorded as Baeckea crispiflora (round leaf variant). Other vegetation
surveys may have failed to distinguish the Ericomyrtus species individually, referring to all of them
as B. crispiflora.
Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye, comb. nov.
HarmogiaserpyllifoliaTurcz.,Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:330(1852).
Baeckea serpyllifolia (Turcz.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 30 (1876). Type', south-western Australia [north
and east of Bolgart and Stirling Range to King George Sound and Cape Riche, Western Australia],
1843-1844, J. Drummond coll. 3, n. 38 (holo: KW 001001294; iso: K 000843434, MEL 72647, NSW
139866, PERTH 01605135).
Harmogia crispiflora F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 31 (1860). Baeckea crispiflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm.
4: 72 (1864). Babingtonia crispiflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 74 (1864). Type: Phillips Range
[Western Australia], G. Maxwell s.n. (holo: MEL 72646).
Baeckeaplatycephala E.Pritz., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:419 (1904). Baeckea crispiflora var. platycephala
W.E.Blackall, in W.E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 1:287 (1954), nom. inval.
Type : Watheroo, Western Australia, December 1901, E. Pritzel 1012 (syn: A 00068847, AD 96827182,
BM 000797541, BR 0000005232611, GH 00068848, K 000821740, M 0137566, NSW 139768,
PERTH 03418103, US 00118343).
Baeckea thymoides S.Moore, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 177 (1920). Type: Nungarin, Western Australia,
F. Stoward 346 (holo: BM 000797543; iso: MEL 73061).
Baeckea crispiflora subsp. Ongerup (A. Scougal & C. Garawanta E35), in G. Paczkowska &
A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. 347 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 2 June 2014],
Illustrations. W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 3A: 73, 84 & 86 (1980) [as
Baeckea crispiflora , B. pachyphylla and B. thymoides ]; drawings by C.A. Gardner on W.E. Blackall
3520 (PERTH 03353036), W.V Fitzgerald 1295 (PERTH 03353001) and I.H. Gregory s.n. (PERTH
03417697).
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
139
Shrub 0.3-1.6 m high, single-stemmed and erect at first, becoming multi-branched at or near base
and more spreading, usually 0.2-1.5 m wide but up to 2 m across; basal stem up to 35 mm diam.
Petioles absent or up to 0.6 mm long. Leaf blades mostly obovate to almost circular, 2.5^4 5 mm
long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with 3-5 main rows of oil glands on each side. Peduncles 2.5-A.5 mm long.
Bracteoles 1.5-2.5 mm long. Pedicels 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers 5-8.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.5-2 mm
long. Sepals depressed-ovate, 0.4-0.7 mm long. Petals 2-3.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens
usually 10-15, with 1-4 opposite each sepal. Longest filaments 0.8-1.6 mm long. Ovules 13-20 per
loculus. Style 1.4-1.8 mm long, red at maturity; stigma peltate, 0.25-0.4 mm diam. Fruits 1.6-2.2 mm
long, 2.2-2.6 mm diam. Seeds 0.55-0.95 mm long, 0.5-0.55 mm wide, 0.3-0.4 mm thick. (Figure 2)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Great Eastern Hwy, 11.1 km E of Merredin,
24 Sep. 1990, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 0038 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, PERTH); Gillingarra Nature
Reserve, 6 Oct. 2008, M. Hislop 3833 (PERTH); Wandoo National Park, Gunapin Ridge Rd, York,
2 Nov. 2013, F. Hort & J. Hort 3834 (PERTH); Merredin, 9 Nov. 1923, M Koch 2958 (NSW); on
Mingenew-Morawa road, 4.8 km W of Yandanooka North East Rd and 4.65 km E of Franco Rd,
8 Sep. 2003, B.L. Rye 239024 & M.E. Trudgen (DNA, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Walkaway and Morawa south-east to the Albany area
and to south of Balladonia, and inland to near Kalgoorlie (Figure 3 A), in varied habitats that are often
sandy or lateritic. Two specimens collected by Cecil Andrews in 1902 (PERTH 03349306 & 03349829)
have the locality given as Albany, but this may be an inexact locality as no other collections have
been made from Albany.
This species is extremely versatile in terms of the habitats it occupies, occurring at many sites where
no or very few other Chamelaucieae are found and also at sites where many other members of the
tribe are present.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from August to early December, also sometimes in mid-winter, with
fruiting soon following flowering.
Conservation status. Perhaps the most common species of all the tribe in south-western Australia;
certainly one of the most commonly collected species.
Chromosome number. n=22JideB.L. Rye, Austral. J. Bot. 27:570-571 (1979) [as Baeckeacrispiflora].
Vouchers: B.L. Powell 74037, 74062-74064, 74066 and 74147 (all PERTH).
Etymology. From the Latin serpyllum (wild thyme) and folius (leaf).
Affinities. See under the other taxa.
Notes. This very variable taxon needs further study to determine whether any variants warrant formal
recognition. Two apparently distinct variants collected near granite {B.L. Rye 241004 & 241005 &
M.E. Trudgen ) were evidently associated with micro-habitat differences, because one of them was
growing in a runoff area. At another location two variants were observed growing side by side {B.L. Rye
239023 & 239024 & M.E. Trudgen ), but this was on a disturbed road verge.
Specimens are mostly acutely branched but may sometimes tend to be divaricately branched as is
more common in E. tenuior (Ewart) Rye. Baeckea thymoides is a variant with sessile leaves.
140
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia buds and flowers at various stages, with the arrowed flower half-way through pollen release
showing the partially elongated style with a greenish stigma. Images taken in Wandoo National Park by Jean Hort; voucher
B.L. Rye 281107, F. Hort & J. Hort.
A narrow-leaved variant known as Baeckea crispiflora subsp. Mt Lesueur (E.A. Griffin 2325) differs
from the above description in usually having narrowly obovate to obovate leaves 4-5.5 mm long and
1-1.5 mm wide. It occurs along the north-west edge of the range of E. serpyllifolia from near Mt Adams
south to near Mt Lesueur, in lateritic gravel or in sandstone habitats, but seems to overlap the range
of the typical variant, with some specimens apparently intermediate. Subsp. Mt Lesueur needs to be
examined in the field to determine whether it is lignotuberous, as suggested by the thickened base
bearing very numerous stems on the PERTH specimen R.J. Hnatiiik 800044. A lignotuberous habit,
if present, would distinguish it from all other members of the genus.
As in all or the great maj ority of Chamelaucieae, Ericomyrtus species are protandrous. In E. serpyllifolia
the stamens may dehisce sequentially, as can be seen from the flowers in various stages in Ligure
2. When a bud opens, the stamens are all incurved towards the centre of the flower. First the longer
stamens (mostly those on the margins of each antisepalous cluster, i.e. closest to the petals) release
their pollen; they form a circle surrounding, but well above, the immature style. These stamens then
become more erect and their shrunken anther becomes dark, while the shorter stamens with a larger,
pale-coloured anther start to release their pollen. The style has partially elongated at this stage and
still has a greenish stigma as in the arrowed flower of Figure 2. After all the stamens have shed their
pollen, the style completes its elongation and the stigma becomes red.
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
141
0 50 100 150 200 kilometres
Figure 3. Distribution of Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (A) and E. tenuior (B).
142
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Ericomyrtus tenuior (Ewart), Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea crispiflora var. tenuior Ewart, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria ser. 2, 20: 76 (1907). Type citation.
‘Elder exploring expedition No. 2. Kangaroo Hill, R. Helms. 1891. Cowcowing, W.A., M. Koch,
1904.’ Type specimens. Cowcowing, Western Australia, September 1904, M. Koch 1229 ( lecto :
MEL 72650, here designated; isolecto: AD 96827142, PERTH 01605127). West of Red Kangaroo
Hill, Elder exploring expedition No. 2, Western Australia, November 1891, R. Helms s.n. (syn. AD
97448070, MEL 72648).
Shrub 0.6-2 m high, erect and rather spindly, single-stemmed or multi-branched at base, 0.4-2.4 m
across. Petioles 0.5-0.8 mm long. Leaf blades ovate to obovate to almost circular, 4.5-8 mm long,
3-7.5 mm wide, with 6-10 main rows of oil glands on each side. Peduncles 4-9 mm long. Bracteoles
2- 4 mm long. Pedicels 0.8-2.5 mm long. Flowers 8-11 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.8-2.2 mm long.
Sepals depressed-ovate to depressed-semicircular, 0.7-1 mm long. Petals 3-4 mm long, white. Stamens
14-23, with 2-6 opposite each sepal. Longest filaments 1.2-1.8 mm long. Ovules 13-21 per loculus.
Style 1.6-2.7 mm long, red at maturity; stigma peltate, 0.3-0.4 mm diam. Fruits 2-2.6 mm long,
3- 3.2 mm diam. Seeds 0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm wide, 0.3-0.4 mm thick.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Gillingarra Nature Reserve, 6 Oct. 2008,
M. //7s7o/?3834 (PERTH); Carnamah, 8 Nov. 1906, A Morrison s.n. (BM); Sweetman Nature Reserve,
18 Nov. 2004, S.J. Patrick 5006 (AD, PERTH); Moore River, Aug. 1901, E. Pritzel 591 (AD, NSW,
PERTH); SE of Buntine, E of Mullewa-Wubin road on a track that started 5 km N of Boucher Rd,
14 Oct. 2003, B.L. Rye 231046 & M.E. Trudgen (NSW, PERTH); 10.0 kmN of Three Springs on road
to Mingenew, 27 Aug. 2011, K.R. Thiele 4199 (PERTH); above breakaway, Hydraulic Rd, 1.2 km
E of Bunney Rd, 27 Nov. 2003, M.E. Trudgen 22121 (PERTH); 15 km N of Moora roadside quarry
area, 2 Nov. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 4897 (AD).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from Yuna south to the Darling Range near Perth (Figure 3B), often
in lateritic habitats with varied vegetation including Wandoo woodland, but sometimes associated
with granite or in more sandy habitats.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from late August to early November. Fruits mostly recorded from late
September to December.
Conservation status. Known from numerous populations over a fairly wide range.
Chromosome number, n = 22,fide B.L. Rye, Austral. J. Bot. 27: 570 (1979) [as Baeckea crispiflora].
Vouchers: B.L. Powell 74068 and 74088 (both PERTH).
Etymology. From the Latin tenuis (narrow), referring to the slender habit.
Affinities. This species is part of the E. serpyllifolia complex, but tends to be more open in its habit than
other members of the complex. Ericomyrtus tenuior has relatively short pedicels in comparison with
its peduncles, whereas the pedicels and peduncles tend to be more similar in length in E. parvifolia
and E. serpyllifolia.
Typification. Ewart (1907) based his brief description on flowering material collected by Max Koch
and fruiting material collected by Robert Helms, noting that the new taxon differed from typical
B.L. Rye, Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae)
143
crispiflora in being ‘more slender’ and in having ‘a shorter pedicel, so that the usually slightly smaller
bracts are close under the ovary, which is less urceolate’. Both specimens match the protologue. The
flowering collection is here chosen as the lectotype. It was apparently used as the basis of the key
entry in Blackall and Grieve (1980: 86), although no illustration was provided.
Notes. This species is the tallest shrub in the genus, being up to 2 m high, and it has the largest flowers,
fruits and seeds.
Acknowledgements
This research was supported by ABRS funding. I am grateful to Peter Wilson for keeping me informed
of the progress of his molecular analyses of members of the tribe Chamelaucieae, Fred Hort for field
observations of Ericomyrtus species growing together and Jean Hort for the images, and to the referee
and editorial committee for their helpful comments.
References
Bentham, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3. (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London.)
Blackall, W.E. & Grieve, B.J. (1980). How to know Western Australian wildflowers. Part 3A. Revised 2 nd edn by B.J. Grieve.
(University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Ewart, A. J. (1907). Contributions to the flora of Australia, No. 6. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ser. 2, 20: 76.
Lam, N., Wilson, Peter G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2002). A phylogenetic analysis of the Chamelaucium alliance
(Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 15: 535-543.
Niedenzu, F. (1893). Myrtaceae. In. Engler, A. & Prantl, K. (eds) Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien . Vol. 3 (7). pp. 57-105.
(Englelmann: Liepzig.)
Obbens, F. J. & Sage, L.W. (2004). Vegetation and flora of a diverse upland remnant of the Western Australian wheatbelt (Nature
reserve A21064). Journal of the Royal Society of Western A ustralia 87:19-28.
Rye, B.L. (1979). Chromosome number variation in the Myrtaceae and its taxonomic implications. Australian Journal of
Botany'll-. 547-573.
Rye, B.L. (2009a). A reduced circumscription of Balaustion and description of the new genus Cheyniana (Myrtaceae:
Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 19: 129-148.
Rye, B.L. (2009b). Reinstatement of the Western Australian genus Oxymyrrhine (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) with three new
species. Nuytsia 19: 149-165.
Rye, B.L. (2015). Astarteapulchella (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new combination for Baeckeapulchella and reduction of
A. laricifolia to synonymy. Nuytsia 25: 145-147.
Turczaninow, N. (1847). Decas tertia. Generum adhuc nondescriptorum adjectis descriptionibus nonnullarum specierum
Myrtacearum xerocarpicarum atque Umbelliferarum imperfectarum. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de
Moscou 20: 148-174.
Turczaninow, N. (1852). Myrtaceae xerocarpicae, inNova Hollandia. Bulletin de la Classe Physico-Mathematique de l Academie
Imperiale des Sciences de Saint-Petersbourg 10: 322-346.
Wilson, Peter G., Heslewood, M., Lam, N. & Quinn, C. (2004). Progress towards a phylogeny of the Chamelaucium alliance
(Myrtaceae). Australian Biologist 17: 28-33.
Wilson, Peter G., Heslewood M. & Quinn, C.J. (2007). Re-evaluation of the genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae) in eastern Australia
and New Caledonia. Australian Systematic Botany 20: 302-318.
144
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:145-147
Published online 1 May 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Astarteapulchella (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new combination for
Baeckea pulchella , and the reduction of A. laricifolia to synonymy
The true identity of Baeckea pulchella DC. has been obscured by an incorrect locality, ‘east coast’,
given in the protologue (de Candolle 1828) and the subsequent misapplication of the name by Bentham
(1867). Like many other early taxonomic authors, de Candolle gave very little information on each of
his new species. For B. pulchella his description of the leaves as densely arranged and the pedicels as
one-flowered suggested the most likely candidate on the east coast of Australia would be Harmogia
densifolia Schauer, although that species differs in tending to have flower stalks shorter than the leaves,
rather than about equal in length as in B. pulchella.
Bentham did not examine type material but assumed, based on the brief description in the protologue,
that the name B. pulchella applied to a Western Australian species that had been placed in a new genus
by Turczaninov (1847) as Ericomyrtus drummondii Turcz. Even ignoring the ‘east coast’ locality given
in the protologue, this seemed a highly unlikely fit for de Candolle’s species. Baeckea pulchella must
have been one that occurred near the coast for it to have been collected well before the publication date
of 1828. Ericomyrtus drummondii occurs at least 75 km from all such early collecting sites in Western
Australia. It differs from de Candolle’s description of B. pulchella in having persistent bracteoles,
and by having flower stalks that tend to be longer than the leaves. It is clear, therefore, that Bentham
misapplied the name B. pulchella to the species known today as E. drummondii (Rye 2015).
Recent examination of images from G-DC has revealed a surprising identity for B. pulchella , as it
is based entirely or partially on material of the species that was later named as Astartea laricifolia
Schauer. Apparently, de Candolle overlooked the fact that the stamens were in antisepalous fascicles,
a character that would have shown the specimen to belong to his own new genus Astartea DC., which
was named earlier in the same publication (de Candolle 1828: 210).
In view of the above, a new combination in Astartea is provided here for Baeckea pulchella , a lectotype
is designated for this name, and A. laricifolia is reduced to synonymy.
New combination and typification
Astartea pulchella (DC.) Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea pulchellaDC., Prodr. 3:230(1828). Type citation: ‘inNova-Hollandia orient’. Type specimens:
‘Nouvelle Hollande, cote orient. Mus. de Paris 1821’ [probably collected from King George Sound,
Western Australia, no collector indicated] {lecto: G 00487261, here designated). ‘Nouvelle Hollande,
cote orient. Mus. de Paris 1821’ [Western Australia, no collector indicated] (possible/excluded syn:
G 00486347).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
146
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Astartea laricifolia Schauer in W.G. Walpers, Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 922 (1843). Type citation. ‘In
paludosus ad Sinum Regis Georgi IIP. Type specimens. King George Sound, [Western Australia],
31 January 1818, A. Cunningham 81 ( lecto : BM 000758993, fide B.L. Rye, Nuytsia 16: 154 (2006);
isolecto: BM 000758994 & 000758995, PERTH 07010834).
Astartea sp. wing tips (M.E. Trudgen 12044), G. Paczkowska&A.R. Chapman, W. Austral. FI: Descr.
Cat. 345 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 688 (2002).
Notes. Images of two sheets at G-DC were examined, both annotated in the same handwriting,
with ‘ Leptospermum Nouvelle Holland, cote orient. Mus. de Paris 182P attached to the base of the
specimens. Only one of the sheets, that chosen as a lectotype (G 00487261), has a further label in the
bottom right-hand corner of the sheet giving the name Baeckea pulchella DC., and material mounted
on the other sheet (G 00486347) is clearly of a different species. However, both collections belong
to the genus Astartea and match the protologue of B. pulchella in their vegetative characters and in
having solitary, axillary, pedicellate flowers.
G 00487261 is also a good match for the description of the flowers as numerous and ebracteolate.
Fortunately, this specimen is readily identifiable from the image because it has two distinctive characters
that are unique within Astartea , these being the distinct wings on its young stems and the small size
of its peduncles relative to the size of its pedicels. This is the species that was treated as A. laricifolia
by Rye (2013) and therefore that name is now reduced to a synonym under A. pulchella.
The other specimen, G 00486347, represents a species of Astartea that cannot be identified further
based on the image alone. It differs from the lectotype in not having the young stems conspicuously
winged and in having peduncles longer than the pedicels. There are only a few flowers on the specimen
but one of them has a persistent bracteole. A number of Astartea species could match the image.
Whether or not this specimen should be regarded as a syntype is doubtful in view of its small number
of flowers and the lack of a sheet label identifying it as B. pulchella. However, the label attached to
its base is identical to that of the other specimen; this suggests that choosing a lectotype may be the
safest course of action rather than assuming that G 00487261 is a holotype.
As to the locality of the type material, King George Sound seems most likely. Several collections of
Western Australian plants were made at King George Sound prior to 1821, which was indicated as
the year that material from Paris was received in Geneva. Astartea pulchella certainly was collected
there in January 1818 by Allan Cunningham (the type collection for A. laricifolia ) during the species’
peak summer flowering period from mid-December to early February. Although Robert Brown visited
King George Sound during the summer of 1801-1802, he apparently did not collect this species
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). The following summer, Nicolas Baudin, Antoine Guichenot
and Jean-Baptiste Leschenault de la Tour visited King George Sound (see George 2009), so they may
well have collected the type material. Another possible locality is Geographe Bay, visited by Baudin’s
expedition in March 1803, although this would probably have been after the flowering season had
ended for A. pulchella.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the staff at BM for the loan of type material and at G, especially Dr Laurent Gautier,
for providing images of type material. I also thank Bruce Maslin and Juliet Wege for their helpful
comments.
B.L. Rye, Astarteapulchella (Myrtaceae), a new combination
147
References
Bentham, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3. (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London.)
de Candolle, A.R (1828). Myrtaceae. Prodromus systematus naturalis regni vegetabilis. Vol. 3. pp. 455-458. (Treuttel &
Wurtz: Paris.)
George, A.S. (2009). Australian botanist’s companion. (Picton Press: West Perth.)
Rye, B.L. (2013). Arevision of the south-western Australian genus Astartea (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 23:189-269.
Rye, B.L. (2015). Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three new combinations. Nuytsia 25:131-143.
Turczaninow, N. (1847). Decas tertia. Generum adhuc nondescriptorum adjectis descriptionibus nonnullar um specierum
Myrtacearum xerocarpicarum atque Umbell iferarum imperfectarum. Societe imperial des Natural istesde Moscou20\ 148-174.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 April 2015],
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
148
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:149-152
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Description of a new short-range endemic and a replacement name in
Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae)
Leucopogon incisus Hislop, sp. nov.
Typus : Blackwood River National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 26 September 2014, M. Hislop 4367 (holo: PERTH 08604630; iso. CANB, MEL, NSW).
Delicate, erect or sprawling shrubs to c. 40 cm high and 60 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level
from a fire-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse,
narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, 3.0-7.5 mm long, 0.7-1.3 mm wide; petiole usually rather obscure,
to c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous; base attenuate to cuneate; apex acute; lamina < 0.1 mm thick, adaxially
convex with recurved margins, or occasionally ± flat, straight along the longitudinal axis; surfaces
glabrous, ± concolorous or the abaxial surface a little paler; adaxial surface with 3 veins evident towards
the base only; abaxial surface with 3-5 pale, primary veins, ± flat and smooth between the veins; margins
glabrous or with occasional long hairs to 0.5 mm long. Inflorescences erect, tenninal and axillary,
often forming dense, head-like conflorescences towards the ends of the flowering branchlets; axillary
inflorescences sometimes extending down the flowering branchlets for many nodes (up to c. 20); axis
1.5-4 mm long with 2-7 flowers; axis indumentum of short, moderately dense hairs, 0.05-0.10 mm long;
flowers erect, with a short pedicel, up to c. 0.3 mm long, above the bracteoles. Fertile bracts abruptly
differentiated from upper leaves, narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles narrowly ovate-elliptic, 0.8-1.0 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous; margins glabrous or minutely ciliolate.
Sepals narrowly ovate-elliptic, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, acute; abaxial surface glabrous,
greenish with obscure venation; margins glabrous or minutely ciliolate with hairs to c. 0.08 mm long.
Corolla tube white or pale pink, narrowly campanulate to ± cylindrical, slightly to distinctly longer
than the sepals, 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide, glabrous externally, internal surface with hairs
extending to a point c. level with the anther bases. Corolla lobes white or pale pink, usually shorter
than the tube, sometimes ± the same length, ± spreading from very close to the base and recurved,
1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded, the
indumentum white, 0.4-0.5 mm long near apex, hairs in the upper half straight, distinctly ornamented
and clavate. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by c. 1/3 of their length), 0.8-1.2 mm long, including
sterile tips, distinctly recurved at the apex. Filaments terete, very short, 0.1-0.2 mm long, adnate to tube
just below the sinuses, attached to anther 2/3—3/4 above base. Ovary slightly compressed, narrowly
ellipsoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous, 2-locular. Style 0.2-0.3 mm long, abruptly
differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded.
Nectary annular, lobed, longitudinally grooved belowthe lobe sinuses, 0.15-0.20 mm long. Fruit longer
than the calyx, 1.8-2.3 mm long (including the gynophore), 1.0-1.3 mm wide, strongly compressed,
elliptic in outline, glabrous, minutely papillate, but otherwise smooth (i.e. lacking the raised reticulum
that is indicative of a mesocarp), with two shallow, median longitudinal grooves (one on either face);
apex produced into two lobes as the fruit matures, with a sharply defined notch between; endocarp thin,
crustaceous; style persistent, the lower portion obscured by the lobes. (Figure 1)
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
150
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Leucopogon incisus. A - photograph of flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 4367; B - fruit. Scale bar = 1 cm (A),
1 mm (B). B drawn by Skye Coffey from M. Hislop 4376.
Diagnostic characters. A distinctive species distinguished from all others by the following character
combination: narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic leaves with recurved margins, glabrous branchlets,
corolla tube longer than the sepals and strongly compressed fruit with a distinct apical notch.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
26 Sep. 2014, M. Hislop 4368 (PERTH); 23 Nov. 2014, M. Hislop 4376 (CANB, PERTH); 30 Oct.
1948, R.D. Royce 3009 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Known from a small area in the far south of the Jarrah Forest bioregion
(Department of the Environment 2013), where it is growing in open Jarrah woodland on a winter-damp
sandy flat. Associated species include Anarthriaprolifera, Kingia australis , Sphenotoma gracilis and
Hibbertia hypericoides.
Phenology. The little that is known about this species suggests that the flowering period may be a
lengthy one, which probably peaks in September and October. The three collections made during those
months all had abundant flowers, with some fruit also present, indicating that flowering commenced
many weeks earlier. A collection made in the last week of November (M Hislop 4376) was mostly
fruiting but a few plants from the population were still flowering strongly at that time.
Etymology. From the Latin incisus (cut deeply and sharply), in reference to the fruit apex which is
characteristically notched.
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Leucopogon incisus is currently known
from one population in Blackwood River National Park. The fact that this species was for so long
represented by just a single collection at the Western Australian Herbarium, despite occurring in
a relatively well-collected part of the state, suggests that it is likely to be a short-range endemic.
Although the species’ susceptibility to the root-rot pathogen Phytophthora cinnamomi Rands, is as
M. Hislop, Description of a new short-range endemic Leucopogon (Ericaceae)
151
yet unconfirmed, there is a likelihood that, in common with many other epacrids (Keighery 1996), it
will be vulnerable.
Affinities. Because of its distribution, habitat preference and very fine growth habit, L. incisus is most
likely to be confused with L. gilbertii Stschegl. or the locally occurring members of the L. gracilis
R.Br. group (i.e. L. paradoxus Hislop and L. tenuicaulis Hislop). With the last two species it shares
the unusual character of having a corolla tube longer than the sepals. It is readily distinguished from
all three, however, by leaf curvature, having leaves that are adaxially convex with recurved margins
(some leaves ± flat), rather than strongly concave or involute.
The most taxonomically significant character differences between L. incisus and the three species
mentioned above are those relating to the ovary and fruit. While all have fruit that are more or less
compressed, bi-locular and with a crustaceous endocarp, only L. incisus has the fruit apex produced
into two lobes to form a distinct notch with the short style barely longer than the lobes at maturity
(Figure IB). By comparison, in L. paradoxus the fruit apex is more or less acute and the long style
is shed at maturity (Hislop 2009b: 222); in L. tenuicaulis the apex is a fleshy rim, which is produced
vertically so as to almost completely obscure the style at maturity (Hislop 2009b: 226). The fruit of
L. gilbertii is dry, tiny (<0.6 mm long), obovate in outline, with a terminal rim and a concave apical
surface about the style base. Leucopogon incisus also differs from these species in having a wholly
glabrous, rather than variously hairy, ovary.
The fruit character of L. incisus (F igure 1B) is very similar to that of the anomalous species L. extremus
Hislop & Puente-Lel. (Hislop etal. 2012: 205). No other Western Australian species has a comparable
fruit and, despite being quite dissimilar in other aspects of their morphology, the two may well prove
to be each other’s closest relative.
Notes. Leucopogon incisus was first collected in 1948 by Bob Royce, a former curator of the Western
Australian Herbarium. No further specimens were processed into the Herbarium until the type
collection was made 66 years later. The Royce specimen was included in a loan despatched to the
Herbarium of New South Wales in the early 1980s and returned in early 2014. Coincidentally, only
a few months before the return of the loan, the author had been shown sterile material of the species
by an environmental consultant. This confirmed that it was still extant and provided a precise locality
for its recollection.
Leucopogon diversifolius Hislop, nom. nov.
Leucopogon heterophyllus Hislop, Nuytsia 19:28-32 (2009), nom. illeg ., non Colenso, Trans. & Proc.
New Zealand Inst. 20: 198 (1887). Type: unmanaged Reserve No. 29713, West Point Rd, 12kmN of
South Coast Highway, NW of Munglinup, Western Australia, 27 June 2007, M. Hislop 3713 (holo:
PERTH 07615302; iso: CANB, K, MELB, NSW).
Etymology. From the Latin diversi- (various) and -folius (-leaved), a reference to the variable leaf
morphology of the species.
Note. It has recently come to my attention that in an earlier paper (Hislop 2009a) I erred in the choice
of epithet for a new species, the name L. heterophyllus having been already applied to a New Zealand
species. A new name is therefore required and L. diversifolius , which conveys the same meaning, is
hereby instated.
152
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Skye Coffey for the fruit illustration, environmental consultant Frank Obbens, for
first bringing sterile material of Leucopogon incisus to my attention, and to his sometime colleagues
Beth Loudon and Alison Saligari of Woodman Environmental Consulting, for providing additional
locality information. I am also grateful to Juliet Wege for nomenclatural advice and to Steve Dillon
his for assistance in producing the flowering branchlet image.
References
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (lBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 February 2015],
Hislop, M. (2009a). The taxonomy of Leucopogon bossiaea and allied species (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from
the central south coast of Western Australia. Nuytsia 19: 17-35.
Hislop, M. (2009b). New taxa in the Leucopogon gracilis group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 19:211-228.
Hislop, M., Puente-Lelievre, C. & Crayn, D. (2012). Leucopogon extremus (Styphelieae, Styphelioideae, Ericaceae), a
remarkable new species that expands the morphological circumscription of Leucopogon sens. str. Australian Systematic
Botany 25: 202-209.
Keighery, G.J. (1996). Phytogeography, biology and conservation of Western Australian Epacridaceae. Annals of Botany 77:
347-355.
Michael Hislop
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 153-156
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Typification of Banksia benthamiana (Proteaceae)
Banksia benthamiana C. A.Gardner was described by Gardner (1964: 57) with the type citation ‘Hab. in
distr. Austin ad Dalwallinu ad Lacum Monger, attingit et prope oppidulum Wilroy, in arenosis glareosis,
fl.m. Decembri-Januario. prope Wubin Gardner 12097; Wilroy Gardner 12075 (TYPUS)’. Given the
punctuation, Gardner thus designated Gardner 12075 as the holotype, with Gardner 12097 a paratype.
George (1981), after failing to locate any specimen numbered Gardner 12075 in PERTH or elsewhere,
lectotypified the name on the specimen Gardner s.n. (PERTH 01178210) ‘Dalwallinu, Jan. 1940’. He
listed after the prefix ‘syn’ a further collection, Gardner 12097 ‘Rabbit Proof Fence E. from Perenjori,
24 Nov. 1953’, with duplicates at PERTH, AD, CANB, K, MEL and NSW.
At the time that George lectotypified B. benthamiana , the Leningrad Code (Stafleu et al. 1978)
stipulated that a lectotype should be chosen from either an isotype, syntype, or other original material,
in that order. Paratypes could be used for lectotypification, but this was not mandated. George was thus
free, at that time, to lectotypify on either a paratype or other original material: the specimen he chose
bears a red, printed ‘Type specimen’ label of a type known to have been used by Gardner (A. George
pers. comm.), and was thus regarded by him as original material.
The St. Louis Code (Greuter et al. 2000) for the first time included paratypes in the required order of
specimens for lectotypification, between syntypes and other original material, an order that remains in
force in the (current) Melbourne Code (McNeill etal. 2012). Article 9.10 (9.12 in the Melbourne Code),
where this order is established, has no starting date and is thus retroactive. On the face of it, this could
invalidate George’s lectotypification by requiring that the paratype Gardner 12097 be used instead.
Peter Wilson (pers. comm.), while dealing with an enquiry regarding type specimens for the Global
Plants Initiative, drew my attention to the fact that Gardner 12075 was listed on FloraBase (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-) under the name B. elegans Meissn., and queried whether this was the
missing type of B. benthamiana. Fortunately, this appears not to be the case, as the specimen is indeed
B. elegans and the location does not match the protologue. However, addressing this question has
shown that typification of B. benthamiana is a tangled web caused by missing specimens, duplicated
numbering systems, and erroneous locality descriptions and/or specimen citations. This paper is intended
to clarify, as far as possible, a messy situation and to confirm the typification of B. benthamiana.
The following specimens and citations of Gardner’s are at issue here:
Gardner 12073 ‘prope Wubin, 8 Jan. 1958’ (PERTH 01155180, a specimen of B. benthamiana,
Gardner’s original label on the left-hand side of the sheet has ‘1958’, the last digit overtyped
with ‘9’, the corrected year agreeing with other collections in this number series).
Gardner 12075 ‘Wilroy’ sine dat. (cited as the holotype of B. benthamiana, this specimen has
not been found).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
154
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Gardner 12075 ‘prope Three Springs, 10 Jan. 1959’ (PERTH 01149687, a specimen of B. elegans).
Gardner 12075 ‘E of Perenjori, 8 Sept. 1953’ (as listed in Gardner’s collecting book, as a specimen
of Melaleuca neglecta\ this specimen has not been found).
Gardner 12097 ‘prope Wubin’ sine dat. (as cited, a paratype of B. benthamiana ; this specimen
has not been found).
Gardner 12097 ‘ Rabbit Proof Fence,E. fromPerenjori,24Nov. 1953 ’ (two sheets of B. benthamiana ,
PERTH 01178245 and 01178253, annotated paralectotype by A.J.G. Wilson 5/4/90, duplicated
at AD, CANB, K, MEL and NSW).
Gardner 12097 ‘Culham Inlet, 13 Feb. 1959’ (three sheets of Melaleuca lanceolata ).
Gardner s.n. ‘Dalwallinu, Jan. 1940’ (PERTH 01178210, annotated with a small, printed red
‘Type specimen’ label; annotated lectotype by A.S. George 20/11/80; PERTH 01178237 and
01178229, both annotated isolectotype by A.J.G. Wilson 5/4/90).
George (1981) is correct that the designated type, Gardner 12075 ‘Wilroy’ appears to be missing.
The specimen Gardner 12075 {B. elegans ; PERTH 01149687) is clearly a different specimen that
happens to bear the same number. Wilson (1988) discussed difficulties associated with the numbering
of Gardner specimens, noting that:
‘By the end of 1966... Gardner’s numbers had reached 19134. However, during the years 1924
to 1966 his numbers did not form a continuous series; there are large gaps in the sequence and
many errors of numbering and chronology. Fortunately these errors are relatively insignificant
and rarely confusing.’
Unfortunately, in this case the error is not insignificant and is confusing.
Neville Marchant (pers. comm.) has provided some background on the gaps and duplications in
Gardner’s numbering sequence in these years:
‘Gardner often mislaid his collecting books and he frequently seized at an opportunity to go
collecting at short notice, without a clear knowledge of his last collection number. This and his
absent-mindedness, resulted in him jumping sets of numbers to lower the chance of duplicate
specimen numbering. Hence the often large gaps in collection numbers. Inevitably this technique
failed on occasions with the result such as that in January 1959 when he accidently re-used
some 1953 collection numbers; this was just under 18 months before he retired.
When Gardner returned from a field trip with his pressed specimens in the period around
1955-1959, and probably well before these dates, he relied too much on his belief in the
infallibility of his own memory. Even with specimens without tags, he would often write labels
from memory and had them pasted onto a sheet after mounting. Even though his memory was
often fantastic regarding many issues, this was clearly not always the case with his labelling.
With regard to the many missing specimens, Gardner kept many specimens as a private
herbarium at his home in Mount Yokine. As well, if he wanted to make a drawing, he took
K.R. Thiele, Typification of Banksia benthamiana (Proteaceae)
155
PERTH specimen folders home with him. I well remember having to search the entire
herbarium collection for missing specimen folders, on more than one occasion only to find
them in his car boot! ’
The simplest explanation, that the missing holotype of B. benthamiana was numbered with a duplicate
number 12075 and subsequently lost, is complicated by an entry in Gardner’s collecting book for
1953 where he records a specimen of Melaleuca neglecta as Gardner 12075 (the collecting book for
1959, when the specimen of B. elegans was collected, has not been located, and may be among a
number of notebooks destroyed shortly after Gardner’s death by his family). It is unlikely that there
were three 12075s (M. Lewington pers. comm.); more likely is that Gardner made errors in either the
locality statements or collecting numbers on his specimens and/or in his type citation. No specimens
of Banksia at PERTH bear the locality ‘Wilroy’ (although there are 26 specimens of various genera
collected by Gardner from Wilroy at PERTH). Thus, the holotype cannot be unambiguously identified
based on the information provided in the protologue, and may or may not be lost.
Turning to Gardner 12097 ‘prope Wubin’, designated by Gardner as a paratype, one specimen of
B. benthamiana bears this collecting locality (PERTH 01155180, dated 8 January 1959, see above) but
has the collecting number 12073, while three specimens (PERTH 01178245, 01178253, 08177562)
are numbered Gardner 12097 but are labelled ‘Rabbit Proof Fence, E. from Perenjori, 24 Nov. 1953’.
Thus, the paratype also cannot be unambiguously identified.
It is most likely that neither of the specimens seen and cited by Gardner in the protologue are actually
lost; rather, they probably both have either incorrect labels and/or collecting numbers or were erroneously
specified in the protologue. Given this confusion, the best candidate for a type is PERTH 01178210,
which is annotated B. benthamiana by Gardner and bears a Type label known to have been used in
his time; this was selected by George as the lectotype based on his reasonable belief that it represents
original material. Maintaining this lectotypification is the best available resolution of this problem.
Banksia benthamiana C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 47: 57 (1964).
Type. Dalwallinu [Western Australia], January 1940, C.A. Gardner s.n. (lecto : PERTH 01178210!,
designated by A. S. George, Nuytsia 3(3): 357 (1981); isolecto : PERTH 01178237!, PERTH 01178229!).
Note that specimens of Gardner 12097 ‘Rabbit Proof Fence, E. from Perenjori, 24 Nov. 1953’ (PERTH
01178245!, 01178253!, 08177562! andwith duplicates atAD, CANB,K, MEL and NSW), regarded by
George (1981) as syntypes presumably on the basis of their collecting number, are at best ambiguous
paratypes, and I believe should be regarded as having no type status. These specimens were erroneously
annotated paralectotype by A.J.G. Wilson.
Acknowledgements
I thank Peter Wilson for drawing my attention to this issue and for valuable discussions, Margaret
Lewington, Paul Wilson, Cheryl Parker, Nicholas Turland and Alex George for providing opinions
and clarification, and Juliet Wege, Neville Marchant and Russell Barrett for very helpful editorial
advice and additions to the ms.
156
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
References
Gardner, C.A. (1964). Contributiones florae Australiae Occidentalis XIII. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia
47; 54-64.
George, A.S. (1981). The genus Banksia L.f. (Proteaceae). Nuytsia 3(3): 239-473.
Greuter, W., McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V., Filgueras, T.S., Nicolson, D.H., Silva, PC., Skog, J.E.,
Trehane, P, Turland, N. J. & Hawksworth, D.L (2000). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Saint Louis Code).
(Koeltz Scientific Books: Konigstein.)
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin, V., Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen, PS., Knapp, S., Marhold,
K., Prado, J., Prud’Homme van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F., Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2012). International Code of
Nomenclature for algae, fungi and plants (Melbourne Code). (Koeltz Scientific Books: Konigstein.)
Stafleu, F.A., Demoulin, V., Greuter, W., Hiepko, P, Linczevski, I.A., McVaugh, R., Meikle, R.D., Rollins, R.C., Ross, R.,
Schopf, J.M. & Voss, E.G. (1978). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Leningrad Code). (Bohn, Scheltema
& Holkema: Utrecht.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 22 October 2014],
Wilson, Paul G. (1988). The early collecting numbers of Charles A. Gardner . Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter
54: 4-5.
Kevin R. Thiele
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: kevin.thiele@dpaw.wa. gov. au
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 157-158
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Lectotypification of Hemigeniapedunculata (Lamiaceae: Westringieae)
This research forms part of a systematic revision of species concepts and nomenclature in Hemigenia
R.Br. (Lamiaceae: Westringieae; Guerin 2008, 2013). Hemigenia pedunculata Diels was described
by L. Diels from an E. Pritzel collection, after the pair travelled and collected extensively in Western
Australia during 1900-1901 (Diels & Pritzel 1904-5; Beard 2001). Type material held at Diels’ host
institution in Berlin (B) was destroyed during World War II in the 1943 fire (Hiepko 1987), although
two fragments obtained from this material prior to the war are held at PERTH. Syntypes have also been
located at BM, BR, GH, M and S, all of which have similar morphology and collection information.
The duplicates at BM, BR, GH, M and S have not been annotated by Diels and there is no other evidence
to suggest that he used this material when compiling his description of H. pedunculata. I therefore
nominate PERTH 01178776 as the lectotype, because this duplicate was obtained directly from the B
material and, although a fragment, the material is of sufficient size and quality for diagnosis, whereas
PERTH 01178784 is a much smaller fragment.
Hemigenia pedunculata Diels, in L. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 529 (1904).
Type citation', ‘in distr. Coolgardie pr. Boorabbin’ [WesternAustralia], November 1901, E. Pritzel 914
(lecto, here designated: PERTH [PERTH 01178776!]; isolecto : BM [BM 001041016, image seen],
BR [BR 0000013346188, image seen], GH [GH 00001195!], M [M 0186100, image seen], PERTH
[PERTH 01178784, image seen], S [S-G-3151, image seen]).
Acknowledgements
The State Herbarium of South Australia provided support and resources for this work and I thank Helen
Vonow and Robyn Barker. Material was loaned to AD by PERTH and HUH. Images were obtained
from the Global Plants database at http://plants.jstor.org.
References
Beard, J. S. (2001). The botanists Diels and Pritzel in Western Australia: a centenary. Journal of the Royal Society of Western
Australia 84: 143-148.
Diels, F.L.E. & Pritzel, E. (1904—5). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae occidentalis. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Pflanzen
West-Australiens, ihrer Verbreitung und ihrer Lebensverhaltnisse. Botanische Jahrbiicher fur Systematik 35: 55-662.
Guerin, G.R. (2008). A taxonomic revision of Hemigenia section Malleantha sect. nov. (Lamiaceae: Westringieae). Australian
Systematic Botany 21(5): 326-374.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
158
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Guerin, G.R. (2013). Distinguishing characters of Hemigenia rigida, a conservation significant species confused with//, pritzelii
(Lamiaceae: Westringieae). Nuytsia 23: 476-474.
Hiepko, P. (1987). The collections of the Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem (B) and their history. Englera 7: 219-252.
Greg R. Guerin
The Environment Institute,
School of Biological Sciences, University of Adelaide,
North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 5005
Email: greg. guerin@adelaide .edu.au
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 159
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Corrigendum to: Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae),
with three new combinations
See Nuytsia 25: 131-143 (2015).
The epithet parviflora is incorrectly given as parvifolia where the new combination is made and in
the citation of the basionym, and in four other places including the abstract, although it is correctly
given in four places including the key.
p. 138. The derivation of the epithet should read ‘From the Latin parvus (small) and flos (flower)’.
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
160
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:161-170
Published online 3 July 2015
Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae: Ruellieae), a new
geographically and edaphically restricted species from the Pilbara
bioregion of Western Australia
Malcolm E. Trudgen 1 , Pierre-Louis de Kock 2 and Russell L. Barrett 1,3,4
'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, 6983, Western Australia
2 Biota Environmental Sciences, 228 Carr Place,
Leederville, 6007, Western Australia
"Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, 6005, Western Australia
4 School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, 6009, Western Australia
’Corresponding author, email: metrubot@hotmail.com
Abstract
Trudgen, M. E., de Kock, P-L. & Barrett, R. L. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae: Ruellieae),
a new geographically and edaphically restricted species from the Pilbara bioregion ofWestern Australia.
Nuytsia 25:161-170 (2015). Dipteracanthus chichesterensis Trudgen & de Kock is described as a new
species of Acanthaceae (tribe Ruellieae Dumort.) restricted to the Chichester Plateau in the Pilbara
bioregion of Western Australia. The new species is known from five localities and is considered
poorly known and of conservation significance. It is most closely related to D. australasicus F.Muell.,
differing in stem and leaf indumentum, pollen ornamentation and seed characteristics. A distribution
map, photographs and a key to Dipteracanthus Nees taxa currently recognised in Western Australia
are provided.
Introduction
Dipteracanthus Nees (Acanthaceae tribe Ruellieae Dumort.) is a small genus of herbs or subshrubs,
comprising in Australia three native and one introduced species. The status of the genus is contentious,
with many authors regarding it as a section or subgenus of a broadly defined Ruellia L. (see Barker
1986; Tripp et al. 2013). While the species described here may need to be transferred to Ruellia in
the future, Dipteracanthus is currently accepted as distinct in the Australian Plant Census (Council of
Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007-) and FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), and
it seems most appropriate to describe it in that genus pending resolution of generic limits in Ruellia.
The most recent revisions of the genus in Australia are by Barker (1986,1996), who recognised six taxa:
D. bracteatus (R.Br.) Nees, the polymorphic D. australasicus F.Muell. with four subspecies (Barker
1986), and a phrase-named taxon, D. sp. Kalpowar (D.G.FelH DGF2969B). The Indian D. prostratus
(Poir.) Nees has been subsequently found to be sparingly naturalised in northern Australia (Australia’s
Virtual Herbarium 2007-). Of these, D. prostratus and two subspecies of D. australasicus are known
from Western Australia.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
162
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Dipteracanthus australasicus subsp. australasicus is moderately common in the Pilbara bioregion
and adjoining areas, and has populations in all other mainland states except Victoria. The Western
Australian populations are geographically widely disjunct from those in the eastern states. Dipteracanthus
australasicus subsp. corynothecus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) R.M.Barker occurs on Barrow Island in the
Pilbara bioregion and on North West Cape in the Carnarvon bioregion; elsewhere it occurs in widely
disjunct localities in the Northern Territory (one location), Queensland and the north-east corner
of New South Wales. Western Australian populations are disjunct by c. 2,000 km from the nearest
populations elsewhere in Australia. The introduced D. prostratus is currently only known from the
eastern Kimberley region.
The Dipteracanthus species described here first came to our attention amongst specimens collected
during biological surveys of the Chichester Plateau in the Pilbara bioregion. These specimens were poor,
lacking flowers or fruit, but were distinctive enough to warrant further investigation. Examination of
Dipteracanthus collections at the Western Australian Herbarium found more specimens that appeared
to be the same taxon. Like the specimens from recent surveys, these were also of poor quality.
The locations noted from the herbarium specimens were visited in March 2013, to study the new taxon
in the field and to collect better quality material. While the new species was not found at the original
locations, two new populations were found when other areas of suitable habitat were visited, and
good fertile collections were made. Further study of this material, including comparison with eastern
Australian taxa and microscopic comparison of its pollen and seeds to the other Pilbara Dipteracanthus
taxa, confirmed that the taxon is new. It is described here as D. chichesterensis Trudgen & de Kock
and illustrated in Figure 1.
Methods
The study was based on examination of pressed and dried material held at PERTH, supplemented by
observations made in the field. Measurements and descriptions of flowers were based on rehydrated
material. Pollen and seeds were mounted using double-sided carbon tape with conductive carbon
paint, coated with gold using an EMITECH K550X Sputter Coater and imaged at 15 kVA using a Joel
JCM 6000 NeoScope bench-top Scanning Electron Microscope at Kings Park and Botanic Garden.
Figure 1. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis. A- plants growing in typical basaltic boulder cracking clay habitat with Acacia
xiphophylla (Snakewood) dominated vegetation; B - leaves and flower. Images of P-L. de Kock & R. Butler PLDK 1047 by
P-L. de Kock.
M E. Trudgen et al ., Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae), a new species from the Pilbara
163
Leaf and stem indumentum were imaged using a Leica MDG35 microscope fitted with a Leica DFC450
camera. Images were compiled as layers and focus-stacked using Leica Application Suite V3.8.
As very few flowering specimens were available, some measurements are given as approximate, in
anticipation that their ranges will increase when more specimens become available. Where comparisons
are made to the subspecies of D. australasicus , they are made to specimens determined by R.M. Barker
and held at PERTH. This was done as material placed under these subspecies at PERTH may be mixed.
Comparisons with taxa not represented at PERTH (D. australasicus subspp. dalyensis R.M.Barker
and glabratus R.M.Barker, D. bracteatus , D. sp. Kalpowar) are made based on descriptions in Barker
(1986, 1996).
An important aspect of the morphology of Dipteracanthus is the indumentum of stem internodes.
Stems in all taxa are glabrescent; when indumentum is described it refers to young stems that have
not yet aged or weathered. Stems in Dipteracanthus are four-sided, with grooves on two of the sides;
we refer to the more or less flat sides of the internodes as ‘faces’.
Pollen and seed ornamentation in Western Australian taxa of Dipteracanthus
Pollen morphology provides important characters supporting delimitation of genera and subgroups
within tribe Ruellieae (see e.g. Scotland 1992; Furness 1994, 1995; Daniel 1998; Tripp 2007; Tripp
et al. 2013). Pollen exine ornamentation has also been used as a diagnostic tool for the separation of
species in Ruellia s. lat. (Furness & Grant 1996).
The pollen of the three Pilbara Dipteracanthus taxa is spherical with a reticulate or ‘honeycomb’ exine
(Figure 2A-C), sometimes referred to as ‘waben pollen’ (Lindau 1893). The reticulations are formed
by smooth muri, comprising numerous rod-like elements (columellae) dividing the pollen surface into
lumina. The surface of each lumen is composed of a number of small granules (Furness & Grant 1996).
Pollen exine in D. australasicus subspp. australasicus and corynothecus (Figure 2 A, C) is similar, being
coarsely reticulate with the muri enclosing large lumina. In contrast, D. chichesterensis (Figure 2B)
has an exine that is much less coarsely reticulated, with the lumina significantly smaller. Additionally,
D. australasicus subspp. australasicus and corynothecus lumina have two to three times the number
of granules in them compared with D. chichesterensis (Figure 2B). The granules in all three taxa are
more or less the same size.
Seed morphology is also important for delimiting genera and species in Acanthaceae. All three Pilbara
species of Dipteracanthus have discoid seeds with a distinct rim formed from a band of trichomes matted
with hygroscopic mucilage, the flattened surfaces of the disk being smooth and glabrous. There are
distinct differences between the taxa in the width of the trichome band (Figure 2D-F). Dipteracanthus
chichesterensis (Figure 2E) has the widest band relative to the rest of the seed surface, being more than
twice the relative width of the other two taxa. The testa surfaces of the three Pilbara taxa also differ
in the shape of the testa cells both near the margins of the testa (adjacent to the trichome band) and
away from it (Figure 2G-L). Testa cells in the two D. australasicus subspecies are generally elongate
with smoothly tapering ends, and only obscurely visible, while in D. chichesterensis the cells are more
distinct and have relatively blunt ends.
Pollen and seed morphology thus indicate that the two Pilbara D. australasicus subspecies are closely
related, and support the recognition of D. chichesterensis as distinct.
164
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. Pollen and seeds of Dipteracanthus australasicus subsp. australasicus (left column), D. chichesterensis (middle
column) and D. australasicus subsp. corynothecus (right column). A-C - pollen grain; D-F - seed in side view; G-I - seed
margin; J-L - seed centre surface. Images by R.L. Barrett from R. Butler & S. Colwill BES 00575 (A, D, G, J); P-L. de Kock
& R. Butler PLDK 1040 (B, E, H, K); ME. Trudgen & P Jobson MET 23010 (C, F, I, L). Scale bars = 20 pm (A-C); 1 mm
(D-F); 100 pm (G-L).
M E. Trudgen et al ., Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae), a new species from the Pilbara
165
Key to taxa of Dipteracanthus in Western Australia
1. Capsule pubescent. *D. prostratus
1: Capsule glabrous
2. Internode faces glabrous or very sparsely hairy, with the grooves
pubescent. D. chichesterensis
2: Internode faces pubescent, or if sparsely hairy, then the grooves
not pubescent
3. Abaxial leaf surface pubescent with short and long hairs (rarely
absent), the hairs 0.3-1.5 mm long, either 2- or 3-celled and
frequently bent with no preferred orientation, or 3-7-celled
and spreading. D. australasicus subsp. australasicus
3: Abaxial leaf surface sparsely pubescent to pubescent, the hairs
0.2-0.3 mm long, 2- or 3-celled, bent to appressed and mostly
retrorse or nearly so. D. australasicus subsp. corynothecus
Taxonomy
Dipteracanthus chichesterensis Trudgen & de Kock, sp. nov.
Type\ east-north-east of Kenjenjie Outstation on Coolawanyah Station, Western Australia [precise
locality withheld for conservation reasons], 14 March 2013, P-L. de Kock & R. Butler PLDK 1040
(holo. PERTH 08644969; iso. AD, CANB, K, PERTH 08644977, RSA).
Spreading, glabrescent, perennial subshrubs to 30 cm tall, with short-lived, quadrangular stems from
a perennial rootstock; hairs simple, soft, eglandular, septate, (2-)3-7-celled. Older stems with light
grey bark; young stems light green or grey-green, the two opposite faces shallowly grooved (the
grooved faces alternating at the nodes); internodes pubescent in the grooves, glabrous to sparsely
hairy elsewhere, the hairs of two types, retrorse (to 0.26 mm long) and spreading (to l(-2) mm long);
nodes with spreading hairs, less commonly also with retrorse hairs; cystoliths abundant, parallel to
stem axis. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic to ovate, 15-25(-38) mm long, 7-10(-28) mm wide; base
tapering; margin entire, somewhat undulate; apex acute to less commonly obtuse; midrib raised on
both surfaces; lateral veins ascending, the lower three pairs sub-opposite or alternate, the remainder
alternate; surface very sparsely hairy to sparsely pubescent above, sparsely pubescent below, the hairs
to 2 mm long, not scabrid; cystoliths present on both surfaces, randomly oriented; petiole 1-2.4 mm
long, deeply to shallowly concave above, convex below. Inflorescences comprising l(-2) flowers per
axil in the 2-4 uppermost leaf pairs. Flowers pedunculate, the peduncle 1,7-5(-9) mm long; bracteoles
at base of calyx, petiolate, the lamina narrow-elliptic, 6.5-12.3 mm long, lamina glabrous to very
sparsely hairy above, sparsely pubescent below; petiole 0.7-1.3 mm long, glabrescent. Calyx with a
campanulate tube and narrow-acuminate lobes, pubescent; tube 2-3 mm long; lobes 2.5^1(-7) mm
long, 0.8-2 mm wide at base. Corolla tubular, 22-33 mm long, 5-lobed, with two upper, two lateral
and a lower central lobe; tube with a short, cylindrical base 3.5-5 mm long, expanding into a dorsally
compressed, broader tubular section 11-21 mm long; lobes spreading, broad- to very broad-elliptic to
irregularly oblong, rounded or truncate at the apex, 5-9.5 mm long, mauve, the centre of lower lobe
with a pair of creamy yellow, rounded ridges that run down the bottom of the corolla tube to near the
base; outside of tube and lobes shortly hairy, the inside hairy along the rounded ridges and style traces.
Stamens 4, inserted in pairs c. 3.5 mm above the top of the short cylindrical base of the corolla tube,
each pair with one long and one short filament; filaments sparsely hairy on lower %-!4 (hairs extending
166
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
along filament trace below insertion) otherwise glabrous; short filaments c. 3 mm long; long filaments
c. 7 mm long; anthers narrow-oblong, 2-celled, white, 2.4-2.9 mm long, attached 0.3-0.5 mm from
base; loculi parallel. Ovary ovoid, c. 2 x 0.9 mm, glabrous, tapering into style; style c. 17 mm long
(including stigma), pilose with spreading to antrorse hairs; stigma an irregular to lacerated surface on
one side of the upper 1.5 mm of the style, included in throat of corolla. Nectariferous disc clasping the
lower part of the ovary, cup-shaped with a point on one side, c. 0.7 mm long. Ovules c. 6, superposed
in two rows in each cell, on long funicles. Capside glabrous, compressed-ellipsoid with a flattened
base and acute tip, c. 15 x 6 mm. Seeds oval in outline, 3.5-3.8 x 4-5.2 mm, with a distinct rim formed
from a band of hairs matted with hygroscopic mucilage, the centres smooth, glabrous, pale tan, the
trichome band smooth (and the seed appearing glabrous) when dry; mature seeds held on the ends of
prominent, hook-like, lignified funicles (retinacula), the developed ovules usually near the middle of
the capsule. Pollen spherical with reticulate exine.
Diagnostic characters. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis can be uniquely diagnosed among Western
Australian Dipteracanthus taxa in its combination of leaf surface with an indumentum of sparse, long
(to 2 mm), erect hairs, and distinctly glabrous to sparsely hairy internodes with pubescent grooves.
In addition, D. chichesterensis has the longest peduncle of the Western Australian taxa, up to 9 mm
long, with more than half of specimens having peduncles over 6 mm long.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
12 Sep. 1995, A.A. Mitchell PRP 775 (PERTH, AD 99610124 p.p .); 19 May 1996, A.L. Payne PRP
1350 A (PERTH); 28 Mar. 2004, K. McCreery BES 00576 (PERTH); 14 Mar. 2013, P-L. de Kock
& R. Butler PLDK 1041 (AD, BRI, PERTH, RSA); 15 Mar. 2013, P-L. de Kock & R. Butler PLDK
1047 (CANB, K, P, PERTH).
Phenology. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis was flowering in March 2013 following good rainfall
at the new collection localities. It is probable that, like many Pilbara species, it flowers sporadically
following significant rainfall events.
Distribution. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis is known from only five locations on the Chichester
Plateau (Figure 3) in the Chichester subregion (May & McKenzie 2003) of the Pilbara bioregion of
Western Australia (Department of the Environment 2014). These locations fall within Beard’s (1975)
vegetation association Chichester Plateau 175 and the Wona Land System, which has a similar extent,
and which is a Priority Ecological Community (Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014). In the Pilbara
the range of D. australasicus subsp. australasicus comes close to that of D. chichesterensis , but on
available data (Australia’s Virtual Herbarium 2007-; Pilbara vegetation dataset of ME. Trudgen) does
not overlap it, although one mixed collection (A.A. Mitchell PRP 775) suggests that they may come
very close or at times grow together.
Habitat. All known collections of D. chichesterensis are from areas of red-brown cracking clay soils
associated with basalts on the Chichester Plateau. The collections are from a variety of landforms on
the plateau, including slopes, tablelands, benches and creek margins.
All the collections for which vegetation was recorded were from Acacia xiphophylla tall shrublands
(Figure 1A). Where the understorey was described, it was a Triodia wiseana very open hummock
grassland with scattered shrubs to an open shrub layer, often with Senna artemisioides subsp. xsturtii ,
S. artemisioides subsp. oligophylla , Ptilotus aff. obovatus and Rhagodia eremaea. Other associated
species included Abutilon fraseri subsp. fraseri , Boerhavia paludosa. Hibiscus brachysiphonius.
M E. Trudgen et at ., Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae), a new species from the Pilbara
167
Figure 3. Distribution of Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (*) in Western Australia. IBRA subregions (May & McKenzie 2003)
and Beard’s vegetation association Chichester Plateau 175 (Beard 1975) are also shown. Figure drawn by K. Webster of Biota
Environmental Sciences.
Ptilotus gomphrenoides var. gomphrenoides , Rhynchosia minima , Sida rohlenae, Sida aff. fibulifera ,
Stemodia grossa and Streptoglossa bubakii , with grasses Digitaria brownii, D. ctenantha , Eriachne
obtusa, Triodia epactia and Urochloa occidentalis.
In the Pilbara bioregion, D. australasicus subsp. australasicus usually occurs on loamy to clayey creek
banks rather than the cracking clay habitats on slopes and crests where D. chichesterensis occurs.
These two habitat types have quite different species assemblages driven by their very different soil
types. Dipteracanthus australasicus subsp. corynothecus occurs in Western Australia in areas that
have predominantly limestone soils.
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Dipteracanthus chichesterensis is
geographically and edaphically restricted, all five known locations are on active pastoral stations, and
the populations appear to be small.
Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the restricted distribution of the new species on the Chichester
Plateau.
Notes. Dipteracanthus chichesterensis is clearly different from the eastern Australian D. bracteatus ,
which has a white, cream or pale yellow corolla that opens at night and is glabrous internally (Barker
1986) ( cf. mauve corolla that opens during the day and is hairy internally in D. chichesterensis) and
from the introduced D. prostratus which has prostrate-ascending stems, leaves that are sparingly
168
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
strigose above and pubescent capsules ( cf. erect stems, leaves sparsely pubescent above, and capsules
glabrous in D. chichesterensis ). Dipteracanthus sp. Kalpowar is described in Barker (1996), and
differs from D. chichesterensis in having a branch and petiole indumentum of short, dense, sub-erect
hairs obscuring the cystoliths.
In the keys provided in Barker (1986, 1996), D. chichesterensis keys to D. australasicus subsp.
australasicus , but clearly differs from that taxon (Table 1). It differs from D. australasicus subsp.
glabratus in its leaf and flower indumentum (subsp. glabratus has leaves that are almost glabrous
except for sparse, fine, curled, eglandular hairs, and external corolla surface and style glabrous) and
from D. australasicus subsp. dalyensis in stem, leaf and corolla indumentum (subsp. dalyensis has
stems with a mix of fine, lax, 3-8-celled hairs over shorter, conical hairs, scabrous leaves, and a
corolla which is glabrous inside except for very sparse hairs decurrent below the filament insertions).
Apart from the internodes (see key and Table 1), D. chichesterensis differs from the two subspecies
of D. australasicus occurring in Western Australia in abaxial leaf surface indumentum (Figure 4). In
D. chichesterensis the hairs are long (to 2 mm), patent, and more or less straight, while in D. australasicus
subsp. australasicus they are short (to 0.3 mm) and long (to 1.5 mm), usually inclined and often
bent and in subsp. corynothecus they are short (to 0.3 mm), usually bent, and often appressed and
retrorse. Other external morphological differences between D. chichesterensis and the subspecies of
D. australasicus occurring in Western Australia are given in Table 1, and pollen and seed differences
are given in the introduction.
Cleistogamous flowers were not present on any of the specimens examined.
Table 1 . Comparison of Dipteracanthus chichesterensis with the two subspecies of D. australasicus
occurring in Western Australia.
Species
Indumentum
leaf abaxial internode
surface
Peduncle
length
Distribution
D. chichesterensis
Sparsely hairy;
hairs 1.2-2 mm,
erect (3-7-celled)
Glabrous to sparsely hairy
on faces, pubescent in
grooves; hairs short & bent
to long spreading 0.2-1 (-2)
mm
1.7-9 mm
more than
half of
specimens >
6 mm
Chichester Plateau in the
Pilbara bioregion
D. australasicus
subsp. australasicus
Pubescent; hairs
short & bent to long
spreading 0.3-1.5
mm (2-5-celled)
Pubescent on faces and in
grooves; hairs short & bent
to long spreading 0.2-1
mm
0.5—4 mm
in Pilbara
material to
6 mm in
eastern states
material
Fortescue Valley,
Hamersley Range,
Ophthalmia Range in the
Pilbara bioregion and south
into adjoining parts of the
Gascoyne bioregion
D. australasicus
subsp. corynothecus
Pubescent; hairs
short & bent to
0.2-0.3 mm (2- or
3-celled)
Pubescent on faces and in
grooves; hairs short & bent
to 0.2 mm
0.5-2 mm
Barrow Island in the
Pilbara bioregion, the
Exmouth Peninsula and
south towards Carnarvon in
the Carnarvon bioregion
M E. Trudgen et al ., Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae), a new species from the Pilbara
169
Figure 4. Abaxial leaf surfaces (A-C) and internodes (D-F) of D. chichesterensis (A, D), D. australasicus subsp. australasicus
(B, E) and D. australasicus subsp. corynothecus (C, F). Images by R.L. Barrett from P-L. de Kock & R. Butler PLDK 1040
(A, D); R. Butler & S. Colwill BES 00575 (B, E); M.E. Trudgen & P. Jobson MET 23010 (C, F).
Acknowledgements
Biota Environmental Sciences kindly donated the use of a vehicle for fieldwork and time for research
for P-L. de Kock. Biota also donated time for Kylie Marie Webster to draw Figure 3. We thank Robyn
Barker for helpful comments on the manuscript. In addition, we thank Dr Kingsley Dixon at Kings
Park and Botanic Garden for access to facilities for taking photographs and SEMs.
References
Australia’s Virtual Herbarium (2007-). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium. http:/avh.chah/org.au [accessed 5 February 2014],
Barker, R.M. (1986). A taxonomic revision of Australian Acanthaceae. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 9: 81-95.
Barker, R.M. (1996). Additional species, new combinations and other notes on Acanthaceae of Australia. Journal ofthe Adelaide
Botanic Gardens 17: 137-152.
Beard, J.S. (1975). Pilbara, 1:1 000 000 vegetation series: Map sheet 5: the vegetation of the Pilbara area. (University of
Western Australia Press: Western Australia.)
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007-). Australian Plant Census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian
National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 12 February 2015],
Daniel, T.F. (1998). Pollen morphology of Mexican Acanthaceae: Diversity and systematic significance. Proceedings of the
Californian Academy of Sciences 50: 217-256.
Department of the Environment (2014). Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA), Version 7. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra/australias
[accessed 4 May 2014],
Department of Parks and Wildlife (2014). Priority Ecological Communities for Western Australia, Version 19. Species and
Communities Branch, Department of Parks and Wildlife, 4 May 2014.
Furness, C.A. (1994). The pollen morphology of Hygrophila and Brill antaisia. Acta Botanica Gallica 141: 267-278.
Furness, C.A. (1995). A pollen morphological study of Dyschoriste Nees and Chaetacanthus Nees (Acanthaceae: Ruellieae).
Review ofPalaeobotany and Palynology 84: 331-345.
Furness, C.A. & Grant, M.C. (1996). Pollen morphology of some Ruellia species (Acanthaceae) from Africa and Madagascar.
International Journal of Palynology 35: 231-239.
170
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Lindau, G. (1893). Beitrage zur Systematik der Acanthaceen. Botanische Jahrbiicher fur Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und
Pflanzengeographie 18: 36-64.
May, J.E. & McKenzie, N.L. (2003). A biodiversity audit of Western Australia’s 53 biogeographical subregions. (Department
of Conservation and Land Management: Western Australia.)
Scotland, R.W. (1992). Systematics, similarity, and Acanthaceae pollen morphology. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
109:529-541.
Tripp, E.A. (2007). Evolutionary relationships within the species-rich genus Ruellia (Acanthaceae). Journal of Systematic
Botany 32: 628-649.
Tripp, E.A., Daniel, T.F., Fatimah, S. & McDade, L.A. (2013). Phylogenetic relationships within Ruellieae (Acanthaceae) and
a revised classification. International Journal of Plant Sciences 174: 97-137.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 12 February 2015],
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:171-189
Published online 3 July 2015
A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Byttnerioideae:
Malvaceae) with rostrate anthers
Kelly A. Shepherd 13 and Carolyn F. Wilkins 12
'Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104,
Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
2 School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia,
35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009
Corresponding author, email: Kelly.Shepherd@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Abstract
Shepherd, K.A. & Wilkins, C.F. A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Byttnerioideae:
Malvaceae) with rostrate anthers. Nuytsia 25: 171-189 (2015). An informal group of species within the
tribe Lasiopetaleae Gay, characterised by a lack of stipules and distinctive, rostrate anthers, are revised
and included in Lasiopetalum Sm. Revised descriptions are provided for the reinstated L. laxiflorum
(Benth.) F.Muell. and newly elevated subspecies ofL. glutinosum (Lindl.) F.Muell. (L. glutinosum subsp.
glutinosum and L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium (Benth.) K. A. Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins). Three new species
of conservation concern are recognised (L. cenobium K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, L. trichantherum
K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins and L. venustum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins). A distribution map, images
and a key to the group are included.
Introduction
This revision focuses on an informal group of taxa within the trib eLasiopetalae Gay which lack stipules,
have long, apically-beaked, acuminate anthers (referred to here as rostrate anthers), and lack prominent
ribs on the inner surface of the petaloid calyx. Historically there has been considerable confusion
regarding the generic placement of this group. Lindl ey (1839) and Steudel (1845) included the rostrate-
anthered species under Thomasia Gay, while Steetz (1848) proposed a new genus Rhynchostemon
Steetz to accommodate them. Bentham (1863) did not support the segregation of these taxa and
transferred the group back to Thomasia. Finally, Mueller (1881) determined that the group should in
fact be included in Lasiopetalum Sm.; however, subsequent workers did not adopt this change. The
placement of three, more recent phrase-named taxa with rostrate anthers also reflects this on-going
confusion as they are currently recognised under both genera (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-).
Nuclear and chloroplast DNA sequence analyses support the inclusion of the rostrate-anthered group
in Lasiopetalum (Whitlock & Wilkins, unpublished data). Key morphological characters also infer
this, as these taxa collectively lack stipules or a prominent rib on the inner surface of the petaloid
calyx; features that are absent in Lasiopetalum but present in other species of Thomasia. Based on
this evidence we are satisfied with the inclusion of this group in Lasiopetalum and as a consequence
reinstate L. glutinosum (Lindl.) F.Muell. and L. laxiflorum (Benth.) F.Muell., elevating the varieties of
the former to subspecies (L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum and L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium (Benth.)
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
172
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
K. A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins). The three informally recognised taxa with rostrate anthers are also described
here with T. sp. NewNorcia (Cayser s.n. Nov. 1918) and T. sp. Gingin (F. & J. Hort 1511) recognised
as L. cenobium K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins and L. venustum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins respectively,
while L. sp. Northam (F. Hort 1196) is named as L. trichantherum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins.
Methods
Foliage and floral characters were scored from fresh or spirit material preserved in 70% ethanol.
Detailed measurements of floral characters were also made by rehydrating flowers from specimens
lodged at PERTH. The definition of hair density and the recognition of the three bracts subtending
the calyx as the ‘epicalyx’ follows Wilkins and Chappill (2001).
Distribution maps were compiled using QGIS Version 1.8.0. ‘Lisboa’ freeware based on locality
information of specimens lodged at PERTH and include Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for
Australia (IBRA) version 7 bioregions (Department of the Environment 2013). The distribution of
L. cenobium has not been mapped as this species is only known from two specimens that cite ‘New
Norcia’ as the collection locality; however, no extant populations have been relocated in the area.
Examination of type specimens from various national and international herbaria was facilitated via
loans to PERTH or through personal visits. Images of type material were also viewed via Global Plants
(http://plants.jstor.org/) and the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle (P) online database (http://
science.mnhn.fr/institution/mnhn/search).
Taxonomy
The rostrate-anthered group in Lasiopetalum includes five species and a subspecies and is characterised
by the following combination of characters: stipules absent; leaves ovate to narrowly ovate, often
remaining trilobed at maturity with the base cordate or rounded; inflorescence leaf-opposed, monochasial,
viscid; calyx without prominent ribs, the inner base dark red or green; staminal tube and staminodes
absent; anthers 5, > 3 mm long, rostrate, deep red with white apical pores c. 1.5 mm long, introrse
dehiscence; ovary with three carpels and two ovules per carpel, style glabrous or with scattered, white,
stellate hairs at the bas q, fruit carpels with a persistent, woody style base; seed >2:1 (length:width),
glossy and glabrous or dull and stellate hairy, arillate.
Key to species of Lasiopetalum with rostrate anthers
1. Petals present; epicalyx bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; anthers 2.5-4 mm long
(Whicher Range). L. laxiflorum
1: Petals absent; epicalyx bracts 3-14 mm long; anthers 3.5-6.5 mm long .2
2. Epicalyx bracts towards base of pedicel; calyx lobes narrowly ovate; anthers with
dense, stellate hairs (Northam area). L. trichantherum
2: Epicalyx bracts subtending the calyx; calyx lobes ovate; anthers glabrous.3
3. Bracts filiform, (6—)8—14 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm wide, epicalyx bracts
6-14 mm long; calyx outer surface with moderately dense, stellate hairs
throughout.4
4. Mature leaves ovate, upper surface prominently rugose and persistently stellate
hairy; calyx inner surface glabrous towards the base; ovary with papillose
glands (NewNorcia). L. cenobium
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
173
4: Mature leaves trilobed, not rugose, glabrescent; calyx inner surface
with fine red or white, glandular trichomes; ovary with dense,
white, stellate hairs (Boonanarring NR). L. venustum
3: Bracts very narrowly ovate, 2.5-5.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide,
epicalyx bracts 3.3-9 mm long; calyx outer surface viscid, with
dense, globular glands, sometimes also with white, stellate hairs
at the base.5
5. Mature leaves usually trilobed; pedicel and calyx outer surface
with dense, globular glands only or rarely also with scattered,
white, stellate hairs at the base of the calyx (Darling Scarp).L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum
5: Mature leaves ovate or shallowly trilobed; pedicel and calyx outer
surface with dense, globular glands and with moderately dense to
dense, stellate hairs at the base of the calyx
(Moora to Boddington). L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium
Lasiopetalum cenobium K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.
Type. New Norcia, Western Australia, November 1918, A. Cayser s.n. (holo\ PERTH 01298348!).
Thomasia sp. New Norcia (Cayser s.n. Nov. 1918), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase ,
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 3 July 2014],
Habit unknown. Stems densely stellate-tomentose, with large, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate
hairs, with a stalk to 1.3 mm long and up to 12 arms each to 1.3 mm long, over smaller, dense, sessile
to short-stalked, white, stellate hairs, tardily glabrescent. Petioles 9-24 mm long, with indumentum as
for young stems. Leaf blades ovate, 17^13 mm long, 12-29 mm wide, base cordate, apex sub-acute,
surface rugose and discolorous (green adaxially, yellow-green abaxially); margin entire and strongly
recurved; abaxial surface densely tomentose with stalked and sessile, white and ferruginous-centred,
stellate hairs with up to 12 arms each to 1 mm long, over smaller, shortly-stalked, white, stellate hairs;
adaxial surface with scattered to moderately dense, sessile, white, stellate hairs each with c. 6 arms
to 1.3 mm long. Inflorescence a leaf-opposed, loose, simple monochasium, 75-95 mm long with
3-5 flowers; peduncles 28-65 mm long with indumentum as for the stems. Pedicels 8.5-10 mm long,
with indumentum as for the stems. Bract filiform, c. 8 mm long, 0.15-0.2 mm wide. Epicalyx bracts 3,
slightly unequally attached 0.3-1.5 mm below the calyx, filiform, 10.5-14 mm long, 0.2-5 mm wide.
Calyx pink, dark red towards the base, 11.5-15 mm with a tube 6-7.5 mm long; lobes ovate, c. 9 mm
long, 9 mm wide, acute; outer surface densely stellate-hairy at the base, sparser towards the apex, the
hairs with 6-12 arms each to 1 mm long, becoming c. 0.2 mm long towards apex; inner surface lobe
apex and margin with moderately dense, fine, white, stellate hairs c. 0.2 mm long, glabrous at the base.
Petals absent. Staminal filaments glabrous, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide. Anthers narrowly
ovate, dark red, white towards the apex, 4.4-5 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, glabrous; pollen white.
Ovary 1.5-2.7 mm long, 0.8-2.1 mm wide, the outer surface with papillose, glandular trichomes to
0.15 mm long, the inner surface stellate-hairy. Style 3.4-3.8 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous.
Fruit ellipsoid, c. 5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, the outer surface with residual, papillose, glandular
trichomes, the inner surface glabrescent. Seed ellipsoid, c. 2.7 mm long, 1.4 mm wide, dark brown,
smooth, glabrous; aril a yellow cap, c. 1.7 mm long, 0.8 mm wide. (Figure 1)
Diagnosticfeatures. This species is distinguished from all other rostrate-anthered species of Lasiopetalum
by the following unique combination of characters: large, ovate leaves 17.5^13 mm long and 12.5—
28.5 mm wide with a distinctive rugose surface, strongly recurved margin and persistent, scattered to
174
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
II
I
I
Western Australian Herbarium
DETERMINAVIT PajASW =4^*.19?3
Uestern Australian Herbariui
lllllllillll
PERTH 01298348
of
sr/t/2o,r
DETERMINAVIT
Western Australia Herbarium (PERTH)
IDENTIFICATION L
¥
<Korwwux N«u) f'A.&flJ* An
Signed
tj*). \°f
if>\ tfj 199 4-
STATE HERBARIUM,
WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
Loc.
Coll.
c?Vw<~
...OMfe...i 9 .|?.:
Figure 1. Holotype of Lasiopetalum cenobium (A. Cayser s.n. PERTH 01298348).
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
175
moderately-dense, stellate hairs on the adaxial surface; the entire outer surface of the calyx is covered
in stellate hairs with 6-12 arms up to 1 mm long at the base; the ovary outer surface is covered in
small, papillose glands and the inner surface has stellate hairs.
Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1918, Anonymous s.n. (PERTH
01298321).
Phenology. Flowers and fruits were observed on the specimens collected in November.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum cenobium is currently only known from two specimens labelled
as being collected from New Norcia in the Avon Wheatbelt bioregion in Western Australia. As no
extant populations are currently known the distribution and habitat of this species cannot be confirmed.
Conservation status. Lasiopetalum cenobium is only known from two collections made in 1918
and numerous searches in the region have failed to relocate it. It is currently listed, under the name
Thomasia sp. New Norcia (Cayser s.n. Nov. 1918), as Priority One under Department of Parks and
Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2014). If populations are not located
following further surveys its status may need to be revised to Presumed Extinct (X).
Etymology. This epithet is derived from the Latin cenobium (monastery) formed as a noun in apposition,
in recognition of the fact that this species is only known from two specimens collected from New
Norcia, a monastic town established by Spanish Benedictine Monks in 1847.
Affinities. Lasiopetalum cenobium is morphologically most similar to L. venustum due to both species
having long, filiform bracts and moderately dense, stellate hairs over the entire outer surface of the
calyx. It is readily distinguished from L. venustum by its ovate leaves, which are rugose and persistently
stellate hairy ( cf. glabrescent, non-rugose, strongly trilobed leaves), its glabrous inner calyx {cf. surface
with fine, red or white, glandular trichomes) and ovary covered in papillose glands externally and
stellate hairs within ( cf. white, stellate hairs externally and glabrous within).
Lasiopetalum cenobium is also superficially similar to L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium as both taxa
have ovate leaves and stellate hairs on the outer calyx but it can be separated by its rugose leaves
( cf. smooth), larger calyx, 11.5-15 mm long ( cf. 6-11.5 mm long) with broader calyx lobes, 9 mm
wide {cf. 4.5-7.8 mm wide), which have dense, stellate hairs comprising 6-12 arms covering the
outer surface {cf. with scattered to dense stellate hairs with c. 6 arms, confined to the base of the outer
surface of the calyx). The ovary of L. cenobium is covered in papillose glands while specimens of
L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium usually have only dense, stellate hairs on the ovary (rarely intermixed
with glandular hairs). There are, however, a few collections from the northern end of its range around
Mogumber and Moore River that also have papillose glands on the ovary (i.e. E.A. Griffin 5985;
C.A. Gardner s.n. , PERTH 02705664).
Notes. While caution should always be exercised when delimiting taxa based on a limited number
of herbarium collections (particularly in the case where there are no known extant populations), it is
believed that the morphological differences evident in this case support the recognition of L. cenobium
as a distinct species. It is hoped that the formal naming and describing of this species will facilitate
its rediscovery.
176
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
The two known specimens of L. cenobium are both labelled as being collected from New Norcia in
November 1918. While it is possible that these specimens are duplicates of the same gathering, this
cannot be known for certain. Consequently, PERTH 01298321 is not treated as type material herein.
Lasiopetalum glutinosum (LindldF.Muell^EragTw. 11(93): 113(1881). Thomasiaglutinosa Lind\.,
Sketch Veg. Swan R. xviii (1839); Steud. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 235 (1845); Benth., FI. Austral.
1: 256 (1863). Rhynchostemon glutinosus (Lindl.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 2(2-3): 334 (1848);
Rhynchostemon glutinosum orth. var., Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 256 (1863), in syn. Type : not cited.
Type specimens'. Swan River [Western Australia], 1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummonds.n. (lecto , here
designated: CGE 06802! [left specimen]; isolecto. CGE 12645!; K 686003!; MEL 236539!). Swan
River [Western Australia, 1831], Capt. Mangles s.n. {syn. CGE 06802! [right specimen]).
Multi-stemmed, spreading, viscid, subshrub to shrub , 0.2-1 m high, 0.2-1.5 m wide. Young stems
stellate-tomentose, with scattered, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs, with a stalk to
c. 0.5 mm long and up to 24 arms each to 0.5 mm long, over smaller, dense, sessile or short-stalked,
white and ferruginous-centred stellate hairs, glabrescent. Petioles 4-6.5 mm long, indumentum as
for young stems. Leaf blades ovate and often trilobed, 10-53 mm long, 3-44 mm wide, base cordate,
apex sub-acute or acute, discolorous (mid-green becoming pale green adaxially, cream or pale tan
abaxially); margin entire and recurved; abaxial surface densely tomentose with stalked and sessile,
white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs with 6-15 arms each to 0.2-1.5 mm long, over smaller,
dense, white, stellate hairs; adaxial surface with scattered to moderately dense, sessile, white and
ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs with 6-12 arms each to 0.25-0.4 mm long, sometimes with scattered
glands to 0.1 mm long, tardily glabrescent. Inflorescence a leaf-opposed, loose, simple monochasium,
rarely with subsidiary branching, 38-111 mm long with 2-12 flowers; peduncles 22^19 mm long,
glabrous or scattered to densely tomentose with sessile and shortly stalked, white and ferruginous,
stellate hairs with c. 12 arms each to 1 mm long, sometimes with smaller, white, stellate hairs beneath.
Pedicels 4.5-9 mm long, viscid with dense, minutely globular glands c. 0.1 mm across, glabrous or
with white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs with c. 12 arms each to 1 mm long, over smaller,
white, stellate hairs. Bract very narrowly ovate to elliptic, 2.5-5.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide with
scattered or moderately dense, sessile and stalked (c. 0.8 mm long), white and ferruginous-centred,
stellate hairs with c. 12 arms each to 1 mm long. Epicalyx bracts 3, attachment 0.2-1.2 mm below the
calyx, narrowly ovate, lanceolate to linear, 3.3-9 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, central longer and wider
than laterals. Calyx bright pink, dark red or infrequently green towards the base, 5.5-12 mm with a
tube 1.8^4.4 mm long; lobes ovate to broadly ovate, 4.3-8.5 mm long, 4-8.5 mm wide, acuminate;
outer surface viscid with dense, globular glands c. 0.1 mm across, glabrous or base with scattered,
moderately dense to dense stellate hairs, the hairs with up to 6 arms each to 1—1.5(—2) mm long;
inner surface with moderately dense, white, simple and stellate hairs on the apex and margins the
hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long, glabrous at base, rarely with scattered glands to 0.1 mm long. Petals absent.
Staminal filaments glabrous, 0.8-2 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide. Anthers narrowly ovate, dark red,
white towards the apex, 3.5-5.8(-6.5) mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, glabrous; pollen white. Ovary
1- 1.1 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, outer surface tomentose, usually with white, stellate hairs, these
rarely intermixed with glandular hairs; inner surface glabrous. Style 3.8-5.3 mm long, 0.15-0.2 mm
wide, glabrous with scattered, white, stellate hairs at the base. Fruit ellipsoid, c. 3 mm long, c. 3.5 mm
wide, outer surface with residual, white, sessile, stellate hairs, inner surface glabrous. Seed ellipsoid,
2- 2.3 mm long, 0.9-1 mm wide, dark brown, smooth, glabrous; aril a yellow cap, 0.9-1 mm long,
0.5-0.7 mm wide. (Figure 2)
Diagnostic features. Lasiopetalum glutinosum is a multi-stemmed, viscid, subshrub which can be
distinguished from the other rostrate-anthered species by the following features: leaves discolorous,
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
177
ovate, entire to trilobed, 10-53 mm long; bracts very narrowly ovate to elliptic, 2.5-5.8 mm long,
0.3-0.5 mm wide with moderately dense or scattered, stellate hairs, with c. 12 arms, to 1 mm long;
epicalyx bracts 3.3-9 mm long; outer surface of the calyx viscid and covered in dense, globular glands,
sometimes also with white, stellate hairs at the base.
Typification. Lindley based his descriptions in A sketch of the vegetation of the Swan River Colony
on material contained within his personal herbarium collected in part by James Drummond and
Capt. Mangles (Lindley 1839: ii). There is a single sheet in his herbarium (CGE 06802) that holds
two specimens of T. glutinosa. The left hand individual labelled ‘Swan River, Drummond 1839’ is a
good match for the protologue. This specimen was annotated as a lectotype by Alex George in 1968;
Figure 2. Lasiopetalum glutinosum. A - subsp. latifoliiim habit {K.A. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1565); B - subsp. glutinosum
inflorescence highlighting the viscid flowers with scattered stellate hairs confined to the narrow, short bracts (K.R. Thiele KRT
3694); C - subsp. latifolium flower and buds showing moderately dense stellate hairs on the peduncle, pedicel, epicalyx bracts
and base of the outer calyx {K.A. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1565). Images by K.A. Shepherd (A, C) and K.R. Thiele (B).
178
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
however, his lectotypification has not been published. We concur with this and, as such, the left hand
specimen is designated herein as the lectotype. The right hand specimen on the same sheet is a Capt.
Mangles collection from the ‘Swan River’ and is treated as a syntype.
Lasiopetalum glutinosum (Lindl.) F.Muell. subsp. glutinosum
Leaves narrowly ovate to ovate, 8-50 mm long, 6^11 mm wide, apex sub-acute or acute, base cordate,
margin trilobed, rarely entire. Pedicels 4.5-9 mm long, viscid with dense, minute, globular glands
c. 0.1 mm across, rarely with a few sessile, white, stellate hairs. Calyx outer surface viscid with dense,
minute, globular glands c. 0.1 mm across, rarely with scattered, white, stellate hairs. (Figure 2B)
Selected specimens. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 12 Nov.
1982, Y. Armstrongs.n. (PERTH 01086421); 16 Nov. 1953, H.F. & M. Broadbent 1859 (BM 31001);
19 Sep. \91\,R.A. Congdon36.\ (PERTH); 17 Oct. 1978, R.J. CranfieldS62 (PERTH); 2 Oct. 1997,
R.J. Cranfield 11416 (PERTH); 19 Sep. 1996, A. Markey 233 (PERTH); 9 Dec. 1996, A. Markey
1020 (PERTH); 29 Sep. 1969, C. Muldownie 2 (PERTH); 2 Sep. 1971, S. Pausts.n. (MEL, PERTH
01086464); 19 Sep. 1921, O.H. Sargent 1054 (BM 31027 [two right hand specimens]); 18 Sep. 1977,
J. Seabrook250 (PERTH); 11 Oct. 2008, K.R. Thiele 3694 (PERTH); 1 April 2002, C.F. & J.A. Wilkins
CW 1522 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering specimens have been recorded from September to December. Fruiting material
was observed on specimens collected from November to January.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. glutinosum is typically found near Perth,
on the Darling Scarp from Helena Valley to Byford, in the Jarrah Forest and Swan Coastal Plain
bioregions of Western Australia; however, there is a single outlier collected by C.A. Gardner on the
5 th October 1942 from near Northam (Figure 3). This subspecies occurs in open woodland dominated
by combinations of Eucalyptus marginata, Corymbia calophylla, Banksia menziesii and B. attenuata
and in open, low scrub over heath, on steep slopes of lateritic gravel, clay or sandy loam near granite
outcrops and creeklines.
Conservation status. Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. glutinosum was recently listed as Priority Three
under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under
the name Thomasia glutinosa Lindl. var. glutinosa (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). It has
historically been collected across a number of sites in the Perth region; however, the health of many
of these populations is currently unknown, as this taxon occurs in areas that are under increasing
pressure from on-going development, increased fire frequency and dense weed infestations. Further
survey is required to confirm its current distribution and conservation status.
Affinities. This taxon differs from L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium in the outer calyx and pedicel being
covered in viscid glands only (or rarely with scattered stellate hairs) rather than moderately dense to
dense, stellate hairs. Mature leaves are generally longer (> 30 mm long cf. < 30 mm long), narrowly
ovate and usually strongly trilobed (with the lobes c. > 3 mm wide). A few specimens from areas
where the two subspecies of L. glutinosum overlap have strongly trilobed leaves and glabrous, viscid
pedicels typical of subsp. glutinosum but stellate hairs at the base of the calyx reminiscent of subsp.
latifolium (e.g. D. Lamonts. n. , PERTH 01169114 and B. Nyanatusita 206 from around Serpentine Falls;
T.E.H. Aplin 304 from Red Hill). Due to this overlap these taxa are not being recognised as distinct
species. Further morphological complexity within L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium is discussed below.
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
179
Figure 3. Distribution of Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. glutinosum (•), L. glutinosum subsp.
latifolium (□), and L. laxiflorum (A) in Western Australia.
The lack of stellate hairs on the outer calyx is a feature also shared with L. trichantherum and
L. laxiflorum. Lasiopetalum glutinosum can be distinguished from the former by its glabrous anthers
(< cf. presence of dense stellate hairs) and from the latter through a lack of petals, and leaves with
strongly recurved, rather than flat margins.
Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. latifolium (Benth.) K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, comb. nov.
Thomasia glutinosa var. latifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 256 (1863). Type citation : ‘Swan River,
Drummond ', I st Coll., Preiss, n. 1636 and 1641’. Type specimens'. Swan R[iver, Western Australia,
1835-1838], J. Drummonds.n. (lecto, here designated: K! [both fragments]; isolecto'. CGE 06801!,
CGE 12649!, CGE 12647!, ?M 211234 image seen, ?NSW 385988); In N. Holl. austr. occ. Herb.
Preiss. No. 1641 {syn. G00358674 image seen; LD 1632027!, MEL 1620733 [fragment] image seen);
InN. Holl. austr. occ. Herb. Preiss. No. 1636 (syn: LD 1241893!).
Thomasia canescens Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R. xviii (1839). Rhynchostemon canescens (Lindl.)
Steetz. in Lehm., PI. Preiss 2(2-3): 335 (1846). Rhynchostemon caulescens orth. var. A.D. Chapm.,
180
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Australian Plant Name Index 2517 (1991). Thomasia caulescens orth. var. A.D. Chapm., Australian
Plant Name Index 2848 (1991). Type', not cited. Type specimen. Swan River [Western Australia],
1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummond s.n. (lecto , here designated: CGE 06801!; isolecto. CGE 12649!,
CGE 12647!, K! [both fragments], ?M 211234 image seen, ?NSW 385988!).
Thomasia aemula Steud. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 233 (1845) Type citation. ‘InN. Holl. austr. occ.
Herb. Preiss. No. 164E ( syn\ G 00358674 image seen; LD 1632027!, MEL 1620733 [fragment]
image seen).
Thomasia lasiopetaloides Steud. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 223 (1845). Type citation. ‘In N. Holl.
austr. occ. Herb. Preiss. No. 1636’ ( syn\ LD 1241893!).
Leaf blades ovate or shallowly trilobed, 10-25(-53) mm long, 3-40(-44) mm wide, base cordate, apex
sub-acute or acute. Pedicels 4. 5-9 mm long, viscid, with moderately dense, sessile, white and ferruginous-
centred, stellate hairs, over smaller, white, stellate hairs and minute, globular glands c. 0.1 mm across.
Calyx outer surface viscid with dense, globular glands c. 0.1 mm across, and moderately dense to dense,
white, stellate hairs near the base, the hairs with c. 6 arms each l-L5(-2) mm long. (Figure 2A, C)
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Red Hill, 6 Nov. 1958, T.E.H. Aplin 304 (PERTH);
E of Mogumber, 16 Oct. 2007, J.M. Collins 375 (PERTH); Wannamal, 18 Sep. 1983, R.J. Cranfield
4198 (PERTH); Western Australia, s. dat ., J. Drummond 62 (BM 31026); S of Boddington, 8 Sep.
1980, D. Halford 801017 (PERTH); Armadale Road, 5 Nov. 1952, H. de la Hey 80 (BM 31024!);
Flat Rock Gully Nature Reserve, Toodyay West, 7 Nov. 2006, F. Hort 2927 (PERTH); Parkerville,
21 Nov. 1962, F. Lullfitz L 1686 (PERTH); NE of Walebing, 9 Oct. 1972, S. Paust 1323 (PERTH);
E of Roe Highway bypass on Toodyay Road, 21 Sep. 1994, K. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins KS 119
(PERTH); 22.9 km S on Albany Highway from the junction with South Western Highway, 14 Oct.
2014, K. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1564 (PERTH); 27 km S on Albany Highway from the junction
with Southwestern Highway, 14 Oct. 2014, K. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1565 (CANB, PERTH);
15 km from Bindoon-Dewars [Pool] Road on Great Northern Highway, 9 Oct. 1995, K.A. Shepherd &
J.A. Wege KS 244 (PERTH); S of Moora, 3 Nov. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 4993 (PERTH); Sullivan’s Rock
area, 17 Nov. 1993, C.F. Wilkins CW 354 (PERTH); Bindoon Army land, 24 Feb. 2006, C.F. Wilkins,
F.&J. Hort CW 2150 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering specimens recorded from September to December. Fruiting material observed
from December to February.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. latifolium is found from Badgingarra to
Boddington (Figure 3) in the Avon Wheatbelt, Geraldton Sandplains, Jarrah Forest and Swan Coastal
Plain bioregions of Western Australia, in Eucalyptus wandoo, E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla
open woodland over heath on granite or lateritic outcrops, ironstone and dolerite cobbles on lateritic
gravel, and sandy clay.
Conservation status. This subspecies is reasonably widespread and is not considered to be under threat.
Typifcation. Lindley (1839) described Thomasia canescens as a species distinct from T. glutinosa\
however, Bentham later subsumed this species under T. glutinosa var. latifolia (along with Steudel’s
T. aemula and T. lasiopetaloides).
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
181
Thomasia glutinosa var. latifolia
Bentham cited the following collections ‘Swan River, Drummond , I st Coll., Preiss, n. 1636 and 1641’
under T. glutinosa var. latifolia. The Preiss 1641 and 1636 collections located to date are of generally
poor quality and it is unclear whether Bentham examined these specimens in person. Similarly, while
Bentham may well have viewed the Drummond collections of T. canescens in Lindley’s personal
herbarium at CGE, there are no annotations by him to indicate that he did so. The lectotype of T. glutinosa
var. latifolia is therefore chosen from a mixed sheet at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew stamped
‘Herbarium Hookerianum 1867’ as the two left hand fragments are a good match with Bentham’s
protologue and are identified in his handwriting as ‘ Thomasia canescens Lindl. [and] Rhynchostemon
canescens Steetz’ below a handwritten ‘Swan R. Drummond ” label. Another specimen to the right is
orientated upside down and does not represent type material. It is a IE Mylne collection from the Swan
River with strongly trilobed leaves typical of L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum but with stellate hairs at
the base of the calyx more akin to L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium. As such, this collection is similar
to the intermediate specimens noted under the Affinities section of L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum.
Thomasia canescens
Potential type material of T. canescens housed at the Cambridge University Herbarium include two
sheets from Lindley’s personal herbarium (CGE 06801, CGE 12649), both of which have a small
typed label ‘Swan River, Drummond 1839’, and a third sheet also with a handwritten ‘Swan River,
Drummond ” label, from the Herbarium of C.M. Lemann (CGE 12647). These three specimens match
Lindley’s protologue; however, the status of CGE 12649 appears to have been questioned by the
author, as it was labelled as ‘ Thomasia canescens var.?’. As such, the remaining specimen in Lindley’s
herbarium (CGE 06801) is selected as the lectotype with the other two specimens, and a specimen at
K, designated as isolectotypes. Two further Swan River, Drummond collections representing possible
isolectotypes have been located at the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW 385988!) and
Botanische Staatssammlung Miinchen (M 211234 image seen).
Thomasia aemula
It is evident from his determination that Steudel viewed the Preiss No. 1641 sheet of T. aemula
currently housed at Lund University (LD 1632027); however, this material is sterile. Two other sheets
representing type material of T. aemula have been located at the Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques
de la Ville de Geneve (G 00358674) and the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL 1620733). The
specimen in Geneva, annotated as an isotype by G. Guymer in 1983, is in agreement with the protologue.
The material at MEL is comprised of a small fragment with three leaves and a single flower. It is not
clear if Steudel viewed the specimens at G and MEL and, given the poor quality of the LD material,
coupled with the possibility of further type material being relocated, these three sheets are currently
regarded as syntypes.
Thomasia lasiopetaloides
A single Preiss No. 1636 sheet annotated by Steudel as T. lasiopetaloides is at Lund University
(LD 1241893). As there may be additional sheets of type material potentially viewed by Steudel
housed in other international herbaria (Stafleu & Cowan 1985: 907-908), this specimen is currently
regarded as a syntype.
182
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Affinities. Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. latifolium differs from other rostrate-anthered taxa in having
moderately dense to dense, stellate hairs at the base of the outer calyx, rather than being glabrous
or with a few, scattered, stellate hairs (as seen in L. laxiflorum , L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum and
L. trichantherum ) or hairs over the whole outer calyx (as evident in L. venustum and L. cenobium). Its
ovate to narrowly ovate mature leaves are generally not strongly trilobed which further distinguishes
it from L. venustum and typical L. glutinosum.
Notes. Considerable morphological variation in leaf shape, calyx lobe and lobe apex shape, and density
of hairs on the pedicel and outer calyx remains within L. glutinosum subsp. latifolium , particularly
between the southern, central and northern distributions of the group. Specimens near Sullivan’s
Rock and Mt Vincent have broadly ovate leaves and moderately dense hairs on the inner calyx (e.g.
T.R. Laity & B. Fuhrer TRL1432; C. Wilkins CW336). In the Boddington area, particularly near
Mt Saddleback, specimens have smaller leaves and flowers (e.g. D. Halford 801017; A. Morrison
s.n., PERTH 02705745) while specimens from around Mogumber may have papillose glands rather
than stellate hairs on the ovary (see comments under L. cenobium). These differences cannot be
consistently delineated and it is not clear if any of these combinations of characters are taxonomically
informative. Judicious field collections and the employment of molecular sequencing across known
populations of the L. glutinosum complex may help to further clarify our taxonomic understanding
of this variable species.
Lasiopetalum laxiflorum (BenthdF.Muell.^ragTw. 11(93): 112(1881). Thomas ia laxiflora Benth., FI.
Austral. 1: 256 (1863). Type citation : ‘SwanRiver [Western Australia], Drummond, Coll. 1843, n. 25.’
(lecto , here designated: K 000686006!; isolecto : ?CGE 13002!, G 00358676 image seen, G 00358677
image seen, K 000686005! [left hand specimen and fragment ‘a’], K 000686007!, LD 1628362!, MEL
236398!, NSW 383585!, PERTH 01626639 [fragment]!).
Multi-stemmed, straggling, viscid, subshrub to shrub 0.3-1.5 m high, 0.2-1.5 m wide. Stems densely
stellate-tomentose, with short-stalked (c. 0.2 mm long), white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs
with 8-12 arms each 0.2-0.7 mm long, over smaller, dense, sessile, white, stellate hairs, glabrescent.
Petioles 7-28 mm long, with indumentum as for young stems. Leaf blades ovate or narrowly
ovate, (5-)22-65 mm long, (3—)11—75 mm wide, base cordate or rounded, apex sub-acute or acute,
discolorous (green adaxially, pale tan abaxially); margin entire and flat to scarcely recurved; abaxial
surface tomentose with sessile, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs with 12-16 arms each to
0.3 mm long, over smaller, white, stellate hairs; adaxial surface with scattered to moderately dense,
sessile, white, stellate hairs with c. 4-7(-10) arms each to 0.4 mm long, intermixed with scattered,
white, glands to c. 0.1 mm long on the younger leaves, glabrescent, sometimes with hairs remaining
in vein impressions. Inflorescence a leaf-opposed, lax monochasium, frequently with subsidiary
monochasial cymes, 53-118 mm long with 6-25 flowers; peduncles 19-50 mm long, indumentum
as for young stems. Pedicels 4.5-7.5(-10) mm long, viscid with dense, dark red, globular glands
c. 0.1 mm across, glabrous or with scattered, white, stellate hairs with c. 6 arms each to 0.3 mm long.
Bract very narrowly ovate or linear, 1.4-2.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide. Epicatyx bracts 3, slightly
unequally attached 0.2-0.8 mm below the calyx, linear or very narrowly ovate, 1.5-3.5 mm long,
0.2-0.3 mm wide, central longer and wider than laterals. Calyx bright pink with dark red base, 5.5-8.5
mm with a tube 2.1-3.5 mm long; lobes broadly ovate, (3-)5.1-5.8 mm long, (2.5-)4.4-5.8 mm wide,
acuminate; outer surface viscid with dense, dark red, globular glands c. 0.1 mm across, infrequently
with scattered, sessile, white, stellate hairs with c. 6 arms each to 0.5 mm long; inner surface lobe apex
and margin with dense, white, stellate hairs with c. 10 arms each to 0.3 mm long, glabrous towards the
base. Petals dark red, ovate, 0.8-1.4 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, glabrous or with a single, stellate
hair towards the apex. Stamina!'filaments glabrous, 1.5-2 mm long, 0.3-4 mm wide. Anthers narrowly
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
183
ovate, dark red, white towards the apex, 2.5-A mm long, 0.5-1.1 mm wide, glabrous; pollen white.
Ovary c. 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, outer surface tomentose with white, stellate hairs; inner surface
glabrous. Style 2.8-4.1 mm long, 0.15 mm wide, glabrous with dense, white, stellate hairs at the base.
Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 4)
Figure 4. Lasiopetalum laxiflorum. A - habit; B - inflorescence with dense stellate hairs on the peduncles, glabrous pedicels,
and very short bracts and short epicalyx bracts subtending the calyx; C - flowers showing the small, deep red petals opposite
the rostrate anthers (K.A. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1567). Images by K.A. Shepherd.
184
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Diagnostic features. The presence of small petals, short bracts (1.4-2.8 mm long) and short epicalyx
bracts (1.5-3.5 mm long) readily differentiates L. laxiflorum from all of the rostrate-anthered species
of Lasiopetalum.
Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation purposes]
13 Oct. 2005, E.M. Bennett s.n. (PERTH); 16 Nov. 2001, R.J. Cranfield 17534 (PERTH); 29 Nov.
2001, R.J. Cranfield 17628 (PERTH); 13 Dec. 2001, R.J. Cranfield 17677 (PERTH); 17 Oct. 1973,
A.S. George 11729 (PERTH); 11 Nov. 1993 ,B.J. Keighery&N. Gibson 1138 (PERTH); 9 Nov. 1987,
G.J. Keighery 9485 (PERTH); 7 Dec. 2005, A. O ’ Connor & B. Keighery s.n. (PERTH); 16 Oct. 1997,
D. Papenfus DP 702 (CANB, PERTH); 14 Oct. 1997, D. Papenfus DP 703 (PERTH); 14 Oct. 1997,
D. Papenfus DP 704 (CANB, PERTH); 12 Nov. 1946, R.D. Royce 1422 (PERTH); 26 Oct. 2014,
K.A. Shepherd & S.R. Willis KS 1567 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 23 Sep. 2003, A. Webb AW 2294
(PERTH); 7 Dec. 1993, C.F. Wilkins & K.A. Shepherd CW 573 (PERTH); 1 Dec. 2000, C.F. Wilkins
CW 1471 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering recorded from October to January.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum laxiflorum is restricted to the Whicher Range area (Figure 3)
in the Jarrah Forest and Swan Coastal Plain bioregions of Western Australia. This species occurs in
Eucalyptus marginata , Corymbia, Allocasuarina or Banksia grandis woodland or forest, in gravelly,
brown clay over laterite, rarely in white sand.
Conservation status. Lasiopetalum laxiflorum is currently listed as Priority Three under Department
of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2014), as it is restricted
to a narrow near-coastal region south of Busselton.
Affinities. The lack of stellate hairs on the outer calyx of L. laxiflorum is also seen in L. trichantherum
and L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum. However, L. laxiflorum is quite distinct from other species in the
group due to the presence of small petals opposite the anthers, and shorter epicalyx bracts (1.5-3.5 mm
long cf. 3-14 mm long). The leaves are also distinct, having flat margins and the abaxial surfaces
covered in tomentose, stellate hairs.
Typification. Nine sheets labelled Drummond n. 25 have been examined. The K 686006 sheet is
selected as the lectotype as it is a good match for Bentham’s protologue, was a part of his personal
herbarium (denoted with a ‘BENTHANIANUM HERBARIUM 1854’ stamp) and bears a ‘Swan
River Drummond’ label written in his hand. A second sheet housed at Kew includes two specimens
and a smaller fragment. The left hand specimen and fragment labelled ‘a’ (K 686005) are designated
as isolectotypes, while the right hand ‘b’ individual (K 686004) has no type status, having been
collected in 1843 from Augusta, Western Australia by John Gilbert (‘ Gilbert n. 166’). CGE 13002 is
an unnumbered Drummond collection from 1843. It is comparable to the lectotype but as it has no
collection number its status as an isolectotype is questionable.
Lasiopetalum trichantherum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.
7y/?e:Bobakine Nature Reserve, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
2 November 2005, C.F. Wilkins & A. Brearley CW 2131 ( holo : PERTH 07906455!; iso. AD!, BRI!,
CANB!, K!, MEL!).
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
185
Lasiopetalum sp. Northam(F. Hort 1196), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 3 July 2014],
Multi-stemmed, erect to straggling, viscid, shrub 0.8-1.2 m high, 0.8-1.5 m wide. Stems stellate-
tomentose, with stalked (to 0.5 mm long), white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs with 8-24 arms
each to 0.8 mm long, over sessile or short-stalked, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs,
glabrescent. Petioles (2.3-)3.5-8 mm long, with indumentum as for young stems. Leaf blades ovate,
(3—)5—18.5 mm long, (2.5-)4-15 mm wide, base strongly cordate, apex sub-acute, discolorous
(grey-green adaxially, pale grey-green abaxially); margin entire, flat to recurved; abaxial surface
densely stellate-tomentose with sessile and stalked, white and ferruginous-centred stellate hairs with
up to 12 arms each to 0.5 mm long, over smaller, white, stellate hairs; adaxial surface with scattered
to moderately dense, sessile, white, stellate hairs with 6-12 arms each to 0.5 mm long, eventually
glabrescent. Inflorescence a leaf-opposed monochasium, 60-100 mm long with 3-7 flowers; peduncles
17-53.5 mm long, indumentum as for stems. Pedicels 2.3-8.3 mm long, viscid with dense, globular
glands c. 0.1 mm across. Bract narrowly ovate, 1.8-3.6 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide. Epicalyx bracts
3, attachment towards the base of the pedicel, narrowly elliptic, lanceolate or narrowly ovate, 3-6 mm
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, central bract longer and wider than laterals. Calyx bright pink with dark red
base, 8-12 mm with a tube 1.2-3.7 mm long; lobes narrowly ovate to elliptic, 5.7-7.2 mm long,
2.2- 2.7(-3.3) mm wide, acute; outer surface viscid with dense, globular glands c. 0.1 mm towards
the base; inner surface lobe apex and margin with moderately dense, white, simple and stellate hairs
c. 0.1 mm long, glabrous towards the base. Petals absent. Stamina!filaments glabrous, 1.5-2.3 mm
long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide. Anthers narrowly ovate, dark red with apical third white, 3.7^1.5 mm long,
0.8-0.9 mm wide, with dense, white, stellate hairs; pollen white. Ovary 1.5-1.8 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm
wide, outer surface tomentose with white, stellate hairs to 0.4 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Style
2.3- 3.1 mm long, glabrous, with scattered, white, stellate hairs at the base. Fruit ellipsoid, 4-6 mm long,
4^1.3 mm wide, outer surface with white, stellate hairs to 0.4 mm long, inner surface glabrous. Seed
ellipsoid, c. 2.3 mm long, 1.3 mm wide, dark brown, smooth, with white, stellate hairs, glabrescent;
aril a yellow cap, c. 1 mm long, 0.9 mm wide. (Figure 5)
Diagnostic features. The distinctive stellate hairs present on the anthers readily distinguish this species
within the rostrate-anthered group. The position of the epicalyx towards the base of the pedicel rather
than subtending the calyx, the narrow calyx lobes and the presence of stellate hairs on the seeds are
also features particular to this species.
Figure 5. Lasiopetalum trichantherum. A - inflorescence with dense stellate hairs on the peduncles and glabrous pedicels;
B - flowers with short, narrow epicalyx bracts at the base of the glabrous pedicel, narrowly ovate to elliptic calyx lobes and
distinctive anthers covered in dense, white hairs. Images by J. & F. Hort.
186
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 9 Oct.
2007, J.M. Collins 330 (PERTH); 3 Feb. 2009, A. Crawford ADC 1979 (K, PERTH); 22 Oct. 2000,
F.&J. Hort 1196 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2001, A &J. Hort 1498 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2008, F.&J. Hort 3317
(PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering specimens recorded from October to February. Fruiting observed from January
to February.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum trichantherum is restricted to two nature reserves near Northam
in Western Australia (Figure 3) in the Jarrah Forest bioregion. It is usually found mid-hillslope in open
Jarrah-Marri woodland over tall shrubland, or scattered Eucalyptus wandoo and Banksia menziesii
woodland over shrubland in grey-white or white, gritty sand with quartzite rock.
Conservation status. Lasiopetalum trichantherum is restricted to two, small populations in reserves
and is listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora under the name Lasiopetalum sp. Northam (F. Hort 1196) (Jones 2014).
Etymology. The epithet is from the Greek trich- (hair) and anthera (anther), in reference to the hairy
anthers that are characteristic of this species.
Affinities. Lasiopetalum trichantherum is similar to L. glutinosum subsp. glutinosum in having a
glabrous, viscid outer calyx and pedicels, but differs from this and other species in having anthers
which are covered in stellate hairs rather than being glabrous, and having narrowly ovate to elliptic
calyx lobes that narrow towards the base in contrast to the ovate to broadly ovate calyx lobes observed
in other species.
Lasiopetalum venustum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.
Type. Boonanarring Nature Reserve, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 30 September 2002, C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Wege CW 1613 A ( holo : PERTH 07968736!; iso.
BRI!, CANB!, MEL!, NSW!).
Thomasia sp. Gingin (F. & J. Hort 1511), WesternAustralian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 3 July 2014],
Erect, shrub , 0.85-1.5 m high, 0.85-1.5 m wide. Stems tomentose, with scattered, stalked (to 0.5 mm
long), ferruginous, stellate hairs with up to 12 arms each to 0.8 mm long, over smaller, sessile or short-
stalked, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs, glabrescent. Petioles 4-22 mm long, indumentum
as for stems. Leaf blades ovate and persistently trilobed, (9-) 13^10 mm long, (5-) 18-32 mm wide, base
strongly cordate, apex sub-acute to obtuse, discolorous (mid-green adaxially, grey-green abaxially);
margin recurved; abaxial surface with scattered, ferruginous, stellate hairs with 6-12 arms each to
0.4 mm long, over smaller, sessile and short-stalked, white and ferruginous-centred, stellate hairs
confined to leaf veins; adaxial surface with scattered to moderately dense, sessile, white and ferruginous-
centred, stellate hairs with 6-12 arms each to 0.6 mm long. Inflorescence a leaf-opposed, loose, simple
monochasium, 61-123 mm long with 4-12 flowers; peduncles 28.1-72 mm long, indumentum as for
stems, intermixed with scattered, red, stalked, glandular trichomes to 0.5 mm long. Pedicels 4.5-9.2 mm
long, indumentum as for peduncles. Bract filiform, 6-14 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide. Epicalyx bracts
3, attachment 0.2-1.2 mm below the calyx, filiform, 6-12 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide. Calyx pink
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
187
with dark red and green base, 8-10.1 mm with a tube 1.3-2 mm long; lobes ovate, 4-8.5 mm long,
3.5-7.5 mm wide, acuminate; outer surface with dense, large, white, stellate hairs at base, hairs with
6-12 arms each to 1 mm long, becoming c. 0.2 mm long towards apex, and scattered, red, sessile and
stalked, glandular trichomes to 0.2 mm long; inner surface with fine, stalked and sessile, glandular
trichomes to 0.2 mm long at base and central lobe, with moderately dense, fine, white, simple and
stellate hairs c. 0.2 mm long towards the apex. Petals absent. Staminalfilaments glabrous, 1-1.2 mm
long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide. Anthers narrowly ovate, dark red with apical third white, 3.6—4.7 mm long,
0.9-1,2mm wide, glabrous; pollen white. Ovary0.9-\ .6mmlong, 0.8-1.7 mm wide; outer surface with
dense, white, stellate hairs to 0.8 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Style 2.8-3.5 mm long, 0.15 mm
wide, glabrous with scattered, white, stellate hairs at the base. Fruit ellipsoid, c. 3.4 mm long, 4 mm
wide, outer surface with white, stellate hairs to 0.4 mm long, inner surface glabrous. Seed ellipsoid,
c. 2.3 mm long, 0.9 mm wide, dark brown, smooth, glabrous; aril a yellow-cream cap, c. 1 mm long,
0.9 mm wide. (Figure 6)
Diagnostic features. Lasiopetalum venustum differs from other rostrate-anthered species in the genus
by the following combination of characters: narrow, persistently trilobed leaves with the two lateral
lobes constricted almost to the midvein; stellate hairs on the abaxial leaf surface confined to the veins;
filiform bracts; stellate hairs over the outer surface of calyx, and stalked and sessile glands scattered
over the inner surface of the calyx.
Specimens examined. WE STERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 27 Sep.
2007, R. Butcher, F. & J. Hort RB 1167 (PERTH); 27 Aug. 2007, D. Coultas & K. Greenacre Opp.
14 (PERTH); 1 Dec. 2005, A. Crawford ADC 1020 (K, PERTH); 12 Oct. 2001, F. & J. Hort 1511
(PERTH); 23 Oct. 2001, F. Hort 1563 (PERTH); 5 Nov. 2001, F. Hort 1615 (PERTH); 7 Jan. 2006,
F. Hort 2770 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering from October to January. Fruiting specimens observed from December to January.
Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum venustum is restricted to a reserve north of Gingin, in the
Swan Coastal Plain bioregion. This species is found in open Jarrah-Marri and Wandoo woodland with
Macrozamia , Xanthorrhoea and Acacia shrubland on gravelly loam, among exposed granite boulders.
Conservation status. Currently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora under the name Thomasia sp. Gingin (F. & J. Hort
1511) (Jones 2014). While only known from one reserve, this species is plentiful within it.
Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin venustum (attractive, charming, pretty) as this species, like
many species of Lasiopetalum , is very attractive and has horticultural potential.
Affinities. Lasiopetalum venustum shares the feature of long, filiform bracts with L. cenobium but
can be distinguished from this species by the smooth rather than rugose leaves, the ovary covered in
dense, white, stellate hairs rather than being papillose, with the inner surface being glabrous rather
than stellate-hairy.
Lasiopetalum venustum has trilobed mature leaves like L. glutinosum var. glutinosum, although the
two lateral lobes are more constricted towards the midvein in the latter. It also has dense, stellate hairs
over the whole outer surface of the calyx (cf glabrous or with a few scattered stellate hairs at the base)
and glandular hairs across the inner surface of the calyx.
188
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 6. Lasiopetalum venustum. A - habit; B - strongly trilobed leaves and inflorescences with dense stellate hairs on the
peduncles, pedicels, filiform epicalyx bracts and outer calyx; C - flowers with ovate calyx lobes and typical rostrate, dark red
anthers with white apices. Images by J. & F. Hort.
Acknowledgements
We are indebted to the following people: Fred and Jean Hort for the discovery of L. venustum and
L. tricantherum and the use of their images; Mike Hislop for his preliminary work in phrase-naming the
taxa; Anne Brearley, Alice O’Connor, Spencer Willis, the late John Wilkins, Juliet Wege and others for
their assistance in the field; Steve Dillon for instruction on the mapping software and Skye Coffey for
scanning the Holotype of L. cenobium. A special thanks to Juliet Wege for her invaluable and patient
discussions on typification and for providing helpful comments on an earlier draft of this paper. KAS
was a grateful recipient of a Winston Churchill Memorial Trust Fellowship, sponsored by the Australian
Biological Resources Study. This fellowship facilitated travel to Europe to examine specimens lodged
at BM, CGE, K, LD and W, and these institutions are also gratefully acknowledged. Initial aspects of
K.A. Shepherd & C.F. Wilkins, A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae)
189
this research were funded through an Australian Biological Resources Study grant awarded to the late
Jenny Chappill and to Eleanor Bennett and their contribution is gratefully acknowledged.
References
Bentham, G. (1863). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 1. p. 256 (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
9 November 2014],
Lindley, J. (1839-1840). Sketch of the vegetation of the Swan River Colony. Appendix to the first 23 volumes of Edwards’s
Botanical Register. (James Ridgway: Piccadilly, London.)
Mueller, F.J.H. von (1878-1881). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae. Vol. 11 (Guberni Coloniae Victoriae: Melbourne.)
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1985). Taxonomic literature: a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with
dates, commentaries and types. Volume V: Sal-Ste. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema: Utrecht, Nederlands.)
Steetz, J. (1848). Buttneriaceae R.Br. In. C. Lehmann (ed.) Plantae Preissianae. Vol. 2(2-3). pp. 316-367. (Sumptibus
Meissneri: Hamburgi.)
Steudel, E.T. (1845). Buttneriaceae R.Br. In: C. Lehmann (ed.) Plantae Preissianae. Vol. 1(2). pp. 229-238. (Sumptibus
Meissneri: Hamburgi.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 13 May 2014],
Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. (2001). Taxonomic Revision of Hannafordia (Lasiopetaleae: Sterculiaceae (Malvaceae s.l.)).
Australian Systematic Botany 14(1): 101-124.
190
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:191-194
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
A new Mitrasacme (Loganiaceae) from the Western Australian desert
Dunlop (1996) revised Mitrasacme Labill. for Flora of Australia, recognising 48 species in three
subgenera (Dunlop 1996). Of these, 22 occur in Western Australia and are largely restricted to the
Kimberley, with a few species extending into the Pilbara (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-).
In 2001, an apparently undescribed species was collected from the Gibson Desert, an area remote
from all previous collections (Figure 1). The same entity was recently collected in the Little Sandy
Desert, some 500 km to the west, during a biological survey of Katjarra [Carnarvon Range area] in
the Birriliburu lands (Gibson et al. 2015). Study of these collections has confirmed that they represent
a new species, which is formally described below.
Mitrasacme katjarranka N.Gibson & S.J.van Leeuwen, sp. nov.
Type : Lake Kerry lyn [Little Sandy Desert], Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 17 May 2014, N. Gibson 7252, S. van Leeuwen, M. Langley & K. Brown {holo\ PERTH
08591482; iso. BRI).
Ephemeral herb, caespitose, to 5 cm. Short vegetative stems glabrous. Stipules reduced to a membranous
interfoliar sheath. Leaves sessile, narrowly elliptic or ovate, 10-25 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, glabrous,
conduplicate. Scapes not foliose, erect to spreading, 8-50 mm long. Inflorescence a few-flowered,
compound cyme; axis 7-30 mm long; bracts appressed to spreading, narrowly triangular, 2.5-3.0 mm
long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, with a few, coarse marginal teeth. Pedicels 3.5-16.0 mm long, glabrous. Calyx
glabrous, campanulate; tube 1.0-1.5 mm long, with hyaline band below sinus; lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long,
occasional marginal teeth at base of lobe. Corolla white; tube 2.5-3.0 mm long, bearded below lobes;
lobes 4, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Stamens 4, 0.8-1.0 mm long; filament 1.0-1.2 mm long; anthers obtuse,
dehiscing longitudinally, extrorse. Styles 2, united in upper part. United fruiting style 0.7-1.0 mm long.
Stigma 1, squat-obconical, papilose on upper surface, generally dark-pigmented. Capsule globular,
1.5-2.5 mm long, including style bases. Seeds dark brown, shiny, minutely rugulose, c. 0.4 mm long.
(Figure 2)
Diagnostic features. Mitrasacme katjarranka can be distinguished from other members of the genus
by the following combination of characters: caespitose habit; glabrous and conduplicate leaves;
inflorescence a few-flowered, compound cyme; scapes not foliose, to 50 mm long; small, white
flowers to 5 mm long.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
11 May 2001, C.P Campbell 2044 (PERTH); 31 July 2001, C.P. Campbell 3011 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering and fruiting recorded in both May and July.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
192
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Distribution of Mitrasacme katjarranka (red triangles) in Western Australia
compared to all other species (circles) based on Western Australian Herbarium records
(WestemAustralianHerbarium 1998-). IBRAboundaries shown as grey lines; GD, Gibson
Desert; LSD, Little Sandy Desert (Department of the Environment 2013).
Distribution and habitat. Recorded from the Gibson Desert and Little Sandy Desert in the swale of
red sand dunes and in red sand over lateritic sandstone (Figure 2). This distribution pattern is at odds
with other species in the genus whose distributions in Western Australia are centred in the Kimberley
(Figure 1). Only two species (M connata , M. exserta) extend as far south as the Pilbara and none,
other than M. katjarranka , have been recorded as far south as the Little Sandy or Gibson Deserts.
Conservation status. Mitrasacme katjarranka is to be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks
and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).
Etymology. The epithet katjarranka is from the local aboriginal language meaning ‘from Katjarra’ in
reference to the locality. It is used as a noun in apposition.
Common name. Desert Mitrewort.
Notes. The campanulate calyx and compound style indicates this taxon belongs to subgen. Mitrasacme.
All three collections were made from recently burnt areas following good rains, implying an ephemeral
N. Gibson & S. van Leeuwen, A new Mitrasacme (Loganiaceae)
193
Figure 2. Mitrasacme katjarranka. A - flowering plant in situ showing the caespitose habit and inflorescence; B - capsule.
Scale bars = 40 mm (A); 1 mm (B). Both images from N. Gibson 7252, S. van Leeuwen, M. Langley & K. Brown. Photographs
by K. Brown (A); S. Dillon (B).
habit. It was only recorded once at Katjarra despite surveys over an extensive area. The affinities of
this species to others in subgen. Mitrasacme are not clear. The following amendment should be made
at couplet 39 to the Mitrasacme key in Flora of Australia (Dunlop 1996).
Amendment to the Flora of Australia key
39. Leaves hispidulous
40. Capsule subglaucous; fruiting style 0.5-1 mm long.M. scrithicola
40: Capsule non-glaucous; fruiting style 0.5-5 mm long.M. pygmaea
39: Leaves glabrous
39a. Leaves flat, length:width ratio 2-3, inflorescence axis > 50 mm, inflorescence
commonly with many flowers.M. glaucescens
39a:Leaves conduplicate, length:width ratio 5-8, inflorescence axis < 35 mm,
inflorescence few-flowered.M. katjarranka
Acknowledgements
The Birriliburu native title holders are thanked for the invitation to survey Katjarra within the Birriliburu
Indigenous Protected Area and for suggesting an appropriate name. Thanks to K. Brown and S. Dillon
for the photographs and to an anonymous referee for helpful suggestions.
194
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
References
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 January 2014],
Dunlop, C.R. (1996). Mitrasacme. In\ Wilson, A. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 28. pp. 29-57. (Australian Biological Resources
Study: Canberra.)
Gibson, N., Langley, M.A., van Leeuwen, S. & Brown, K. (2015). Vascular flora ofKatjarra in the Birriliburu Indigenous
Protected Area. Report to the Birriliburu Native Title Claimants and Central Desert Native Title Services. (Department of
Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 17 December 2014],
Neil Gibson 1 and Stephen van Leeuwen
Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
‘Corresponding author, email: Neil.Gibson@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:195-196
Published online 3 July 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
A new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Yalgoo
bioregion, Western Australia
Ptilotus andersonii R.W.Davis, sp. nov.
Type: Burnerbinmah Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
13 September 1996, S. Patrick 2787 {holo: PERTH 05068517).
Ptilotus sp. Burnerbinmah (S. Patrick 2787), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 23 June 2015],
Prostrate perennial herbs to 5 cm high. Stems terete, slightly ribbed, with dense, spreading, verticillate
hairs to 2.5 mm long. Basal leaves spathulate to oblanceolate, 30-45 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, with
sparse, spreading, verticillate hairs to 1.5 mm long; apex rounded or sometimes mucronate. Cauline
leaves alternate, flat, oblanceolate, obovate to elliptical, with sparse to dense, spreading, verticillate
hairs to 2 mm long; apex mucronate. Inflorescences spiciform, terminal, solitary or more commonly in
loose panicles, pink, ovoid, 10-20 mm long, 15-23 mm diam. Bracts brown, 6-7 mm long, lanceolate
to narrowly ovate, with sparse, verticillate hairs; midrib obscure. Bracteoles light brown becoming
translucent towards margins, 5.8-6.3 mm long, broadly ovate, with sparse, verticillate hairs; midrib
obvious. Flowers pedicellate, incurved. Outer tepals green becoming pink towards the apex, narrowly
oblanceolate, concave, flattening towards the apex, 8-10 mm long; outer surface hairy except at the
apex with dense, spreading, verticillate hairs to 2.5 mm long; inner surface glabrous; apex broad,
rounded to slightly mucronate, serrate. Inner tepals green becoming pink towards the apex, narrowly
oblanceolate, concave, 7-9.5 mm long; outer surface hairy except at the apex with dense, spreading,
verticillate hairs to 2.3 mm long; inner surface glabrous except for a basal tuft of hairs on the margins;
apex slightly concave, attenuate, serrate. Staminalcup symmetrical, 1.1-1.4mmlong, glabrous. Stamens
2; filaments glabrous, incurved, dilating slightly towards base, 3.5^4.2 mm long; anthers 0.5-0.7 mm
long. Staminodes 3, < 0.5 mm long. Ovary obconical, slightly gibbose, 1.4-1.6 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
wide, glabrous; stipe flattened, 0.4-0.6 mm long; style curved, eccentrically fixed to ovary, 2.8-3.1
mm long. Seeds not observed.
Distribution and habitat. Currently only known from Burnerbinmah Station, in the Yalgoo bioregion
of Western Australia, where it is found in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown calcareous loam soils.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora, as P. sp. Burnerbinmah (S. Patrick 2787) (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-). There have been several attempts by the author in good seasons to rediscover
the only known population of P. andersonii on Burnerbinmah Station but these searches have been
unsuccessful. Burnerbinmah Station is currently recognised as Unallocated Crown Land (UCL) and
is managed by the Department of Parks and Wildlife.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
196
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Phenology. The single collection of this species was made in September and is flowering only.
Etymology. Ptilotus andersonii is named after Don Anderson, then owner, now caretaker, of Bumerbinmah
Station. Don has been an innovative farmer and pastoralist who has shown great consideration to the
environment and bushland on his property. Although lodged under a Sue Patrick collecting number,
the specimen was collected by Don (S. Patrick pers. comm.).
Notes. Ptilotus andersonii is superficially similar to P. holosericeus (Moq.) F.Muell., but differs in
having two fertile stamens, persistently hairy leaves, and dark brown bracts; P. holosericeus has three
fertile stamens, largely glabrous leaves, and translucent bracts.
Material of P. sp. Bumerbinmah was sent to Tim Hammer (Old Dominion University, Virginia) for
inclusion in a molecular study of Ptilotus R.Br. based on ITS nrDNA and matK cpDNA. However,
possibly because of the age of the material, only matK could be sequenced, and therefore this taxon
was excluded from the published analysis (Hammer et al. 2015). The matK result, however, provided
a strong indication that P. sp. Bumerbinmah was a good species which fitted within Ptilotus clade D
(T. Hammer pers. comm.).
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Kevin Thiele for his continuing support and Tim Hammer for the molecular
information.
References
Hammer, T., Davis, R. W. & Thiele, K. (2015). A molecular framework phylogeny for Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae): Evidence for
rapid diversification of an arid Australian genus. Taxon 64(2): 272-285.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 23 June 2015],
Robert W. Davis
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Robert.Davis@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:197-208
Published online 18 September 2015
Stylidium miscellany II: typification of some Sonder names and the
description of a new subspecies of S. uniflorum
Juliet A. Wege
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Juliet.Wege@dpaw.wa. gov. au
Abstract
Wege, J.A. Stylidium miscellany II: typification of some Sonder names and the description of a new
subspecies of S. uniflorum. Nuytsia 25: 197-208 (2015). A full synonymy is presented for S. affine
Sond. to include S. affine var. minus E.Pritz., a name previously treated as a synonym of S. caricifolium
Lindl. Lectotypes are selected for four species described by Otto Sonder, namely S. lineatum Sond.,
S. pubigerum Sond., S. rupestre Sond. and S. uniflorum Sond. Stylidium rupestre f. abbreviatum
Mildbr., S. rupestre f. conge stum Mildbr., S. rupestre f. uniflorum Mildbr. and S. glaucum var. brownei
DC. are formally placed into synonymy under S. rupestre , with lectotypes designated for S. rupestre
f. abbreviatum and S. glaucum var. brownei. Revised descriptions are provided for S. rupestre and
S. uniflorum , and S. uniflorum subsp. extensum Wege is newly described. Putative hybrids between
both subspecies of S. uniflorum and S. leptophyllum DC. are recorded.
Introduction
Following Wege (2010), this paper serves to review the types of several species of Stylidium Sw.
(Stylidiaceae) endemic to south-western Western Australia prior to completion of a Flora of Australia
account of the genus, and to describe a new taxon from this region.
Typifications
Stylidium affine Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 371 (1845), nom. cons.
Stylidium caricifolium subsp. affine (Sond.) Carlquist, Aliso 7(1): 56 (1969). Type: In confragosis
montium continuorum Darling’s-range, Perth [Western Australia], September 1841, L. Preiss 2291
(lectotype: LD, fide A. Lowrie et al., Nuytsia 12(1): 44 (1998); isolectotypes: MEL 2156180!, MEL
2156181!. Paralectotypes [residual syntypes]: [Western Australia, 1841,] J. Drummond 1: 525 (BM!,
G!, K!, MEL 2156182!, MEL 2156183!, P!, W!). Vasse-river [Western Australia], s. dat, G. Molley
s.n. ( n.v .).
StylidiumdrummondiiGraham,EdinburghNewPhilos.J. 30:208(Jan. 1841). Neotype: [icon]Stylidium
drummondii in Maund, Botanist: 5: t. 213 (Apr. 1841), fide J.A. Wege, Taxon 56(2): 613 (2007).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
198
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Stylidium affine var. [published as |3] minus Sond. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 371 (1845). Type'. In
glareosis sterilibus districtus Hay [Western Australia], November 1840, L. Preisss.n. {holotype. MEL
2156117!).
Typification. Stylidium affine var. minus Sond. was treated as a synonym of S. caricifolium by Lowrie
et al. (1998), although they did not view type material or provide a reasoning for this placement. The
holotype, which is part of Sonder’s personal herbarium and now at MEL, is a depauperate individual
of S. affine.
Stylidium lineatum Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 376 (1845). Candollea lineata (Sond.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 86 (1882). Type citation'. ‘ In Australasia occidental i legit, cl. Preiss.
(Drummond!).’ Type specimens. Swan River [Western Australia], 1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummond
s.n. ( lectotype, here designated'. BMQQQ191105\Jsolectotypes'. ?BM 001041338!, ?CGE [Herb. C.M.
Lemann]!, CGE [Herb. J. Lindley]!, ?E!, G-DC!, K 000060689!, ?K 000060690!, K 000355105!,
?M!). Paralectotype [residual syntype]: Western Australia, s. dat., L. Preiss s.n. (MEL n.v. ? probably
stolen, see K. Mair & R.T.M. Pescott, Taxon 18(5): 606 (1969)).
[Stylidiumspathulatum auct. non R.Br.: A.P de Candolle, insched. (G-DC); J. Lindley, insched. (CGE).]
Typification. Although Sonder cites two gatherings in his protologue of S. lineatum , there is no
material in his personal herbarium at MEL. I have failed to locate duplicate material of the Preiss
gathering despite searches at a number of institutions. This sheet is likely to have been among material
misappropriated from the National Herbarium of Victoria in the 1960s: J.H. Willis recorded that the
only sheet of S. lineatum was stolen in this incident, that it was probably type material, and that it
represented ‘a serious loss’ (Mair & Pescott 1969). Many of the missing specimens were subsequently
sent back from the United States of America in poor condition (Mair & Pescott 1970); however, the
type of S. lineatum was never returned.
I have located a duplicate of S. lineatum from Drummond’s first unnumbered series that bears Sonder’s
script. This specimen (BM 00797705), which is designated herein as an appropriate lectotype, is from
Shuttleworth’s herbarium, which was purchased by BM in 1877 (Maslin & Cowan 1994). The label
is mostly written in an unknown hand but bears an annotation in Sonder’s script (‘Stylidium lineatum
Sond.! ’). There are a number of additional Drummond Stylidium collections at BM that bear Sonder’s
annotations, although unlike the type of S. lineatum , they are usually written on pink rectangular slips
(seeWege 2012: 151).
BM 001041338, the CGE sheet from Lemann’s herbarium and K 000060690 are all unnumbered
and undated Drummond collections and are treated here as possible isolectotypes. The only other
Drummond collections of S. lineatum that I am aware of are J. Drummond 10 (E!) and J. Drummond
331 (W!), the latter being a mixed collection with S. carnosum Benth. My notes indicate that there
is also unnumbered Drummond material at E and M, although I do not have photographic records
and, since I am uncertain whether these are dated collections, they are similarly treated as possible
isolectotypes.
BM 001041338 is annotated by Bentham as ‘Stylidium obovatum nov. sp.’, an identification that he
subsequently corrected to S. lineatum.
J.A. Wege, Stylidium miscellany II
199
Stylidium pubigerum Sond., in Lehm., Pl. Preiss. 1(3): 383 (1845). Candollea pubigera (Sond.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL. 86 (1882). Type. In solo limoso arenoso inter frutices prope
Woodbridge, Perth [Western Australia], 14 October 1839, L. Preiss 2278 {lecto, here designated. MEL
293413!; isolecto. BR 0000005423217 image seen, FI!, G 00358839!, G 00358840!, G 00358841!,
GOET 011208 image seen, L 0012063 image seen, LD 1745431!, M 0175788!, MEL 293411!, MEL
293412!, MO-797522 image seen, P 00712418!, TCD [as L. Preiss 651 p.p.\, W!). Paralectotypes
[residual syntypes]: Swan River [WesternAustralia, 1841], J. Drummond[\ :] 543 (BM 001041318!, E
00279184!, G00358835!,G00358836!,K000060759!,K000355288!,K000355293!, MEL2295042!,
OXF!, P 00712423!, P 00313120!, W!); Swan River [Western Australia, 1841], J. Drummond [1:]
546 (BM 0001041316!, BM 00104139!, G00358838!, G00358841!, K 000355289!, K 000355290!,
MEL 2295041!, OXF!, P 00313121!, W!) = Stylidium sp. Bindoon (K.F. Kenneally 11405), Western
Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 13 July 2015],
Typification. Sonder cites three collections in his protologue, two of which {Preiss 2278 and Drummond
543) are comparable, possessing an eglandular indumentum on the scapes, pedicels, hypanthia and
calyx lobes. The third {Drummond 546) represents a distinct taxon, differing most obviously from the
former collections in having a mixture of glandular and eglandular hairs on the scapes and pedicels,
and has been informally recognised as S. sp. Bindoon (K.F. Kenneally 11405) in Western Australia for
many years (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Paczkowska & Chapman 2000). Lectotypification
is therefore necessary to fix the application of the name S. pubigerum. Drummond 546 does not
conform to Sonder’s description of S. pubigerum in which the scape and inflorescence indumentum
are described as eglandular and is therefore excluded from consideration. Interestingly, the sheets of
this gathering that were viewed by Sonder (BM 00104139 and MEL 2295041) are both annotated
by him as S. pubigerum ‘(3’, suggesting that he believed the specimens to be atypical. Stylidium sp.
Bindoon is to be formally described by A. Lowrie and K.F. Kenneally in a forthcoming account of
the S. piliferum complex.
There are three sheets of Preiss 2278 in Sonder’s personal herbarium at MEL plus numerous duplicates
at other institutions, including a specimen at LD which has also been annotated by Sonder. There are
no specimens of Drummond 543 in Sonder’s herbarium at MEL or at LD; however, BM 001041318
is annotated by Sonder on a rectangular pink slip. The designated lectotype (a Preiss gathering from
Sonder’s herbarium) is in agreement with the protologue, is annotated by Sonder with diagnostic
information, and includes a packet containing dissected floral material that was used by him to compile
his description. The right hand individual on the isolectotype at TCD bears a label in Preiss’s script
with a collection number of 651 but with a locality statement and collection date consistent with Preiss
2278 (the left hand individual). This individual is comparable to the duplicates of Preiss 2278 and is
treated herein as an isolectotype. McGillivray (1975) noted that Proteaceae collections at TCD may
be numbered according to Preiss’s original collection series rather than by the Plantae Preissianae
number and I have recorded this for several species of Stylidium (Wege 2011, 2012).
Stylidium rupestre Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 375 (1845). Candollea rupestris (Sond.) F.Muell.,
Syst. Census Austral. PL . 86 (1882), nom. illeg. non Steud., in Lehm., Pl. Preiss. 1(2): 275 (1845).
Type. ‘In rupestribus promontorii Cape Riche’ [Western Australia], 20 November 1840, L. Preiss 2262
{lectotype, here designated. MEL2069474!; isolectotypes'. G00358855!, G00358856!, LD 1731731!,
P 00712424!).
Stylidium glaucum var. [published as ‘B?’] brownei DC., Prodr. 7(2): 334 (1839). Type citation'. ‘In
Novae Holland, ora merid. S. glaucum Brown prod. 569.’ Type specimen. Bay 1 [Lucky Bay, Western
Australia,] January 1802, R. Brown Bennett No. 2586 {lectotype, here designated. BM 000797695!;
200
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
isolectotypes'. BM 000797694!, K 000060693!, K 000060694!, MEL 293304!).
Stylidium rupestre f. abbreviation Mildbr., in Engl, Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 60 (1908). Type
citation. ‘West-Australien: Ohne Standort (Drummond Ser. V. no. 352!); Distr. Stirling; Plantegenet
[sic], Siidfuss des Toolbrunup, zwischen Gebiisch auf kiesigem, leicht humosem Sand (bliihend im
Oktober 1901 - Diels n. 4614!).’ Type specimens'. Swan River, [Western Australia, 1847-1849,]
J. Drummond 5: 352 ( lectotype, here designated. W!; isolectotypes. BM 000894092!, FI 006827!,
G 00358857!, G 00358858!, K 000060692!, K 000060695!, MEL 293345!, TCD!). Paralectotype
[residual syntype]: Distr. Stirling; Plantegenet [sic], Siidfuss des Toolbrunup, October 1901, L. Diels
4614 (B n.v., destroyed in WWII).
Stylidium rupestre f. congestum Mildbr., in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 60 (1908). Type
citation. ‘West-Australien: Distr. Eyre (Maxwell); Cape Riche (A. Moir n. 76)’ ( syntypes : B n.v.,
destroyed in WWII).
Stylidium rupestre f. uniflorum Mildbr., in Engl., Pflanzenr IV. 278 (Heft 35): 60 (1908). Type citation.
‘West-Australien: Distr. Eyre (Maxwell).’ (B n.v., destroyed in WWII).
[Stylidium glaucum auct. non (Labill.) Labill.: R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. '. 569 (1810).]
Compact, spreading or slender perennial herb 6-25(-45) cm high with stems shortly to moderately
elongated and a little swollen at the nodes, branched or occasionally unbranched; intemodes 0.5-8 cm
long, glandular-hairy; stilt roots present. Glandular trichomes 0.1-0.3 mm long, with translucent to
yellowish stalks and yellow or reddish black turbinoid or discoid heads. Leaves in erect to spreading
tufts at stem apex and scattered below, narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate or spathulate, 0.5-2 cm
long, 0.6^1 mm wide, subacute to acute and bearing a small, blunt callus, entire, densely glandular-
hairy. Scapes 3-22 cm high, 0.3-1 mm wide, glandular-hairy throughout or with hairs restricted to
the basal portion, more rarely completely glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescence racemiform,
1-7-flowered; bracts ovate to narrowly ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, acute to obtuse, the margin entire and
finely hyaline, the surface glandular-hairy or glabrous; prophylls similar to bracts but smaller; pedicels
3.5-20 mm long, glandular-hairy or glabrous. Hypanthium oblong to clavate in outline, c. ellipsoid
in TS and a little conflicted between the locules, 1.3—4 mm long, 0.8-1.7 mm wide, without or with
faint longitudinal ridges, glandular-hairy or glabrous. Calyx lobes free, c. equal in length but with
2 very slightly broader than the remaining 3,1.8-3.5 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, subacute to obtuse,
the margin entire and finely hyaline, the surface and margin glandular-hairy or glabrous. Corolla tube
0.7-1.5 mm long; lobes pale yellow with small red to reddish maroon throat markings, a dark yellow
throat and reddish maroon markings on the reverse, paired laterally, glabrous; anterior lobes elliptic to
narrowly ovate, somewhat arcuate on anterior side, a little larger than the posterior pair, 3.5-8.5 mm
long, 2—4.5 mm wide; posterior lobes elliptic to narrowly ovate, 3.2-8 mm long, 2-3.8 mm wide.
Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate, 0.5-1 mm long with a terminal appendage
0.4-2 mm long and lateral appendages 0.1-0.2 mm long (sometimes reduced to 1 or 2 glandular hairs),
labellum otherwise glabrous or with marginal glandular hairs. Throat appendages (6)8 (the anterior-
most protuberances reduced in size, more rarely absent), arranged in 2 groups of (3)4 separated by
a swollen mound, dark golden yellow, irregular and a little swollen at base with the apices subacute
to acute, bi- or tri-furcate or more rarely truncate, 0.1-0.7 mm high, tipped with minute glandular
hairs. Column 9-12.5 mm long, straight when extended but angled at the tip (such that the anthers are
oblique or perpendicular to the column axis), glabrous; subtending anther hairs absent; stigma sessile
or shortly stalked, entire, globose. Capsules clavoid to obloid, 4-5 mm long excluding calyx lobes.
Seeds brown, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, surface somewhat rugulose.
J.A. Wege, Stylidium miscellany II
201
Diagnostic features. Stylidium rupestre can be distinguished from all other species in the genus by
the following combination of characters: a stilted, perennial habit with short, glandular-hairy stems
that often branch at the nodes; narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate or spathulate leaves which are
0.5-2 cm long and glandular-hairy; a few-flowered, unbranched inflorescence; pale yellow, laterally
paired corolla lobes with red or reddish maroon throat markings and reddish maroon markings on the
reverse; 6 or 8 irregular throat appendages tipped with minute glandular hairs.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: 3 km N of Hopetoun, 16 Sep. 1993, K. Bremer &
M. Gustafsson 147 (PERTH, TIPS); Cape Arid National Park, E of Esperance, 29 Nov. 1971, R.D. Royce
9866 (PERTH); Mason Bay Rd, justN of coastal camping ground, SE ofRavensthorpe, 11 Oct. 2007,
J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1424 (PERTH); near picnic area, W end of Lucky Bay, Cape Le Grand
National Park, 21 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1000 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); c. 200 m
from camping area at inlet, Stokes Inlet Rd, Stokes Inlet National Park, 23 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege &
C. Wilkins JAW 1008 (MEL, PERTH); just W of Dalyup River crossing on Esperance - Ravensthorpe
Rd, 23 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1003 (MEL, PERTH); 4 km N of Nightwell Rd on
Toompup South Rd, S of Ongerup, 28 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1041 (MEL, PERTH);
c. 8 km S along Sandalwood Rd from Hassell Hwy, S of Wellstead, 28 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege &
C. Wilkins JAW 1046 (CANB, PERTH); S slope of Mt Melville, at lookout near S end of Sandalwood
Rd, Cape Riche vicinity, 28 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1047 (MEL, PERTH); 18 km
E on Chillinup Rd from Chester Pass Rd, South Stirling Nature Reserve, 31 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege &
C. Wilkins JAW 1066 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); old refuse site off Sandalwood Rd, NW of Cape Riche,
12 Oct. 2011, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1865 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 4.3 km N of Gibson East
Rd on Campbell Rd, NE of Gibson, 9 Oct. 2011, J.A. Wege, C. Wilkins & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1858
(AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH).
Phenology. Flowers have been recorded from September to December, with peak flowering in October.
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium rupestre is restricted to the Esperance Plains bioregion, occurring
from Cape Arid National Park to Stirling Range National Park. It grows in sandy clay or clayey loam
over granite, sandstone or laterite, on plains, rocky hillsides and headlands, or adjacent to swamps.
Associated vegetation is usually mallee woodland, shmbland or heath, or coastal scrub or heath. This
species is a disturbance opportunist that can form striking roadside displays.
Conservation status. Reasonably widespread and well represented within the conservation estate.
Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n = 14 from a population near Esperance
(PERTH 03312879).
Common name. Rock Triggerplant (Erickson 1958).
Typification. Sonder (1845) described S. rupestre from material gathered by Preiss from Cape Riche.
Several duplicates of this collection have been located, of which LD 1731731 and MEL 2069474 were
viewed by Sonder. The label on LD 1731731 is written in an unfamiliar script, with the exception of
the epithet rupestre and the author abbreviation ‘ S. ’ which are in Sonder’s hand. MEL 2069474, which
is from Sonder’s personal herbarium, has been annotated by Sonder with diagnostic information and
includes a packet containing his dissected floral material; I therefore select this sheet as an appropriate
lectotype.
202
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Robert Brown made the first collection of S. rupestre from Lucky Bay in 1802 and although he coined
the manuscript name S. annotinum , he ultimately assigned his collection to S. glaucum (Labill.) Labill.
This error was detected by de Candolle (1839) who, unlike Brown, had access to type material of
S. glaucum ; however, he did not view Brown’s gathering and therefore rather uncertainly placed it
under a new name, S. glaucum (3? Brownei. BM 000797695, which bears Brown’s field label and
annotations, has been designated as a suitable lectotype for de Candolle’s name.
Mildbraed (1908) named three infraspecific taxa within S. rupestre (f. abbreviatum , f. uniflorum and
f. conge stum) which were recognised by Erickson (1958), and included in the key to Stylidium in
Grieve and Blackall (1982), but not formalised on Western Australia’s plant census (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-; Paczkowska & Chapman 2000). They are based on characters that are variable both
within and between populations of S. rupestre and are formally synonymised herein. Two collections
are cited by Mildbraed under S. rupestre f. abbreviatum , one by Drummond and the other by Diels.
The latter collection, from the southern foot of Mt Toolbrunup, is no longer extant (Botanical Museum
Berlin-Dahlem 2015). I have located numerous duplicates of J. Drummond 352, collected as part of his
fifth series which included travels from the Stirling Range to Fitzgerald River National Park (George
2009). The specimens are sparingly glandular-hairy along the scape, hypanthium and calyx lobes and
are comparable to collections of S. rupestre from Cape Riche to the Stirling Range. The duplicate at
W has been annotated by Mildbraed and is therefore designated as an appropriate lectotype.
A single Maxwell collection from the Eyre District is cited by Mildbraed under S. rupestre f. uniflorum
and I have not located material that has been annotated by him. Similarly, I have not located annotated
material of S. rupestre f. congestum , which is based on collections by both Maxwell (Eyre District)
and Moir. Moir’s material is only known from B (George 2009) and is no longer extant (Botanical
Museum Berlin-Dahlem 2015). His collection was from the Cape Riche area and it is likely to be
referable to the typical form of S. rupestre. I have located the following Maxwell collections of
S. rupestre-. K 000355094 (Cape Arid and Cape Paisley), MEL 2259469, MEL 2259470 and MEL
293343 (SW Australia), MEL 2259471, MEL 2259472 and MEL 2259483 (Cape Arid), MEL 293344
(Cape Paisley), and MEL 2259476 and BM (Salt River). It is likely that some of these collections
are type material; however, I cannot confidently assign any of them to either of Mildbraed’s forms.
Affinities. Stylidium rupestre is most likely to be confused with S. lithophilum Wege and S. spathulatum
R.Br. subsp. meridionale Wege: refer to Wege (2014) and Wege (2010) respectively for comparative
comments.
Notes. Corolla morphology in S. rupestre is comparable across its range; however, the habit can be
variable both within and between populations depending on the length of the stems and the degree
to which they branch, the height of the scapes and the flower number, and the size and shape of the
leaves. This variation, which can result in individuals of contrasting appearance, is influenced, in
part, by the age of an individual, the microhabitat (e.g. whether growing in the open or under dense
shrubbery) and seasonal conditions, and is not taxonomically significant.
The distribution of glandular hairs on the scapes and floral structures is also variable within S. rupestre.
In the typical form (populations from the Cape Riche area and Boxwood Hill area), glandular hairs
are present throughout the length of the scapes and on the pedicels, floral bracts, prophylls, hypanthia
and calyx lobes. Populations in the Stirling Range vicinity are similar to the typical form but the hairs
on the calyx are restricted to the margins of the lobes and are absent on the hypanthia. In contrast,
the hairs in populations east of Esperance are restricted to the base of the scapes or are absent, absent
(rarely present) on the pedicels, and absent from the bracts and prophylls, hypanthia and calyx lobes.
J.A. Wege, Stylidium miscellany II
203
In populations between Cape Riche and Esperance, the hairs are restricted to the lower portion of the
scape, whilst the pedicels, bracts, prophylls, hypanthia and calyx lobes are either glabrous or sparsely
glandular-hairy, with some subtle intra-population variation evident. I am unable to partition this
indumentum variation into meaningful taxa and therefore maintain a broad species concept. Mildbraed
(1908) named a number of formas of S. rupestre which are formally synonymised herein.
Stylidium uniflorum Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 381 (1845). Candollea uniflora (Sond.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL . 86 (1882). Type : In glareosis sterilibus districtus Hay [Western
Australia], 6 November 1840, L. Preiss 2253 ( lectotype, here designated. MEL 293414!; isolectotypes :
FI!, G 00358893!, G 00358894!, LD 1746583!, MEL 293415!, MEL 293416!, P 00712436!, W!).
Prostrate, stoloniferousperennial herb 3-12 cm high with stems compact, nodiferous and shallowly
or partially buried, more rarely elongated between the nodes and above ground, glabrous; stilt roots
usually absent (rarely present). Glandular trichomes absent; eglandular trichomes multicellular,
biseriate, 0.2-1.5 mm long. Leaves in basal tufts or in tufts and scattered on the stem, linear, 0.8-9 cm
long, 0.4-1.2 mm wide, with an apical mucro 0.1-0.6 mm long, the margin hyaline and serrate or erose
(sometimes scarcely so or only toward the base), the surface glabrous (rarely minutely papillose).
Inflorescence 1 (rarely 2)-flowered; bracts and prophylls linear, c. 0.3-0.5 mm long, mucronate, hyaline
and serrate, pilose; pedicels (scapes) 1-8 cm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, pilose. Hypanthium linear to
oblong in outline, sometimes falcate, subelliptic in TS and slightly contricted between the locules,
4.5-15 mm long, 0.7-2 mm wide, without longitudinal ridges, pilose. Calyx lobes free, ±equal,
2-4.2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, obtuse, the margin hyaline and serrate or erose, the surface glabrous
or pilose toward the base. Corolla tube 2-3 mm long; lobes pale to deep salmon pink or apricot-pink
with strong reddish pink throat markings and a cream or yellow throat, paired laterally, glabrous or
with a few eglandular hairs on the undersurface; anterior lobes elliptic to obovate, somewhat arcuate
on anterior side, shorter than the posterior pair, 4.5-6 mm long, 2.4-3.2 mm wide; posterior lobes
oblong and falcate, 6.5-10.5 mm long, 2.2-3.5 mm wide. Labellum reflexed, orbicular to ovate,
0.6-1.1 mm long with a thin papillose border and minutely papillose lateral appendages 0.3-0.6 mm
long, otherwise glabrous. Throat appendages absent. Column 9-12 mm long, slightly laterally curved
distally and sharply angled at the tip (such that the anthers are perpendicular to the column axis),
glabrous throughout length; subtending anther hairs present; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules obloid to
cylindrical, sometimes falcate, 10-18 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Seeds brown to almost black,
0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.25-0.5 mm wide, surface with longitudinal ridges. (Figure 1)
Diagnostic features. The following combination of features differentiates S. uniflorum from all other
members of the genus: a perennial, stoloniferous habit; uni-flowered (rarely 2-flowered) inflorescences;
pilose pedicels (scapes) and hypanthia (this species lacks glandular hairs which is unusual in Stylidium).
Other useful spotting characters are linear leaves, and salmon pink or apricot-pink corolla lobes that
are laterally paired, unequal in size and lack throat appendages.
Typification. Lowrie etal. (1999: 153) cite the holotype of S. uniflorum as being at LD; however, there
is additional material in Sonder’s personal herbarium at MEL, necessitating this lectotypification. All
specimens conform to the protologue. While Sonder is likely to have viewed the material at LD (Crisp
1983; Short & Sinkora 1988), MEL 293414 has been selected as an appropriate lectotype since it is
annotated by Sonder, has a packet containing a dissected flower used by him to compile his description,
and is a better quality specimen than that at LD.
204
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Stylidium uniflorum. A, B - compact habit of subsp. uniflorum, with compact stem nodes that are partially buried
and connected by short, wiry, horizontal stolons (red and fleshy when initially formed; see B, lower right) and long leaves; C,
D - subsp. externum, with erect or ascending, red stems; E - pressed specimens of subsp. uniflorum (left) and subsp. externum
(right; note the shorter leaves and erect or ascending stems); F - distribution of subsp. uniflorum (•) and subsp. extensum (A)
based on PERTH specimen data and all cited specimens respectively, with IBRA regions (Department of the Environment 2013)
indicated in grey. Scale bar = 1cm (E). Photographs © J. Wege from J.A. Wege 1962 (subsp. uniflorum) and J.A. Wege 1878
(subsp. extensum).
J.A. Wege, Stylidium miscellany II
205
Notes. The vegetative component of S. uniflorum typically comprises a basal tuft of leaves attached to
stem tissue that is condensed into a nodular, basal, stem stock which is shallowly or partially buried.
Short, mostly horizotonal stolons are produced from the basal node, which give rise to new basal nodes
bearing tufts of leaves. This pattern of growth can produce densely formed individuals up to 20 cm
or more in diameter. Specimens in the northern part of the range are atypical in that they seasonally
produce elongated leafy stems from the basal stem node and tend to have shorter leaves (see Figure 1E).
These northern populations were not considered by Lowrie et al. (1999) who suggested the northern
extent of S. uniflorum was near Dale, to the south-east of Perth. They represent a range extension for
S. uniflorum and warrant subspecific status.
a. Stylidium uniflorum subsp. uniflorum
Illustrations. R. Erickson, Triggerplants p. 149, Plate 44, Figures 1-8 (1958); B.J. Grieve &
W.E. Blackall, How to Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 745, n. 50 (1982); A. Lowrie, A.H. Burbidge &
K.F. Kenneally, Nuytsia 13(1): 154, Figure 23 (1999); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI.
South West 2: 915(2002).
Habit usually compact, with stems nodiferous and shallowly buried, producing straw-coloured or red
horizontal (rarely suberect) stolons/stems and rooting at the nodes; stilt roots absent. Leaves in basal
tufts, rarely scattered on stolons/stems, (2-)3-9 cm long.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 23.5 km E of Collie, 30 Oct. 1997, R.J. Cranfield
11525 (PERTH); Bowelling - Duranillin road near Gibbs Rd junction, 3 Nov. 1995, V Crowley
939 (PERTH); Nature Reserve, Frankland Rd, W of Albany Hwy, 21 Oct. 1997, EJ. Croxford 7908
(PERTH); Broomehill, 5. dat ., R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH); Alamo Rd, 500 m S of Quindanning Rd, Bell
State Forest Block, 28 Oct. 1980, D. Halford 801061 (PERTH); Meelon Nature Reserve, E Pinjarra,
28 Nov. 1994, G.J. Keighery 12953 (PERTH); Robins Rd ofFMarradong Rd, Boddington, 14 Oct.
1993, K.F. Kenneally 11397 (CANB, PERTH); c. 19 km N of Lake Muir, c. 7 km SW of Tonebridge,
11 Dec. 1974, R. Pullen 9968 (CANB, PERTH); Reserve A21064 located c. 15 km directly NE of
Arthur River townsite, 28 Oct. 1998, L. W. Sage & F. Obbens LWS 1078 (PERTH); Harris River Rd,
c. 2.3 km N of Mornington Road, N of Collie, 13 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1118 (PERTH); c. 22 km
E of Williams - Collie road on Coalfields Rd, 1 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege 1248 (PERTH); c.2kmW
of Bartram Rd on Brookton Hwy, Brookton Nature Reserve, 15 Oct. 2014, J.A. Wege 1962 (CANB,
MEL, PERTH); Tomingley Rd, just W of Baaluc Rd, SW of Dryandra Village, Dryandra State Forest,
3 Nov. 2009, J.A. Wege & W.S. Armbruster 1737 (K, MEL, PERTH); N of Brookton Hwy, c. 550 m
E of Edison Mill Rd, 28 Oct. 2004, J.A. Wege & D. Wege JAW 1240 A (PERTH); W side of Pallinup
River Crossing on South Coast Hwy, 28 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1042 (MEL, PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering from October to early December.
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium uniflorum is widely distributed in the Jarrah Forest and adjacent
Avon Wheatbelt bioregions, with a single record from the eastern margin of the Swan Coastal Plain
near Pinjarra, and an outlying group of populations in the Fitzgerald subregion to the north-east of
Wellstead (Figure IF). It grows in sandy loam or clay loam with lateritic gravel or granite outcropping,
on hillslopes or flats or in drainage lines or gullies. It is commonly recorded in woodland or forested
habitats including Eucalyptus wandoo or E. occidentalis woodland, E. salmonophloia and E. wandoo
woodland, E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla forest, and Melaleuca viminea, M. rhaphiophylla
and E. rudis woodland. There is an occasional record from low heath, or Allocasuarina and Acacia
shrubland.
206
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Conservation status. Widespread and locally abundant at a number of sites including in nature reserves.
Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded chromosome counts of n = 28 from Cranbrook (PERTH
03171159) and 2n=28 from the Brookton Highway (PERTH 03171302) and suggested that the northern
populations were all diploid and the southern populations all tetraploid; however, no additional voucher
specimens have been located.
Common name. Pincushion Triggerplant (Erickson 1958).
Notes. Hybrids between S. uniflorum subsp. uniflorum and S. leptophyllum DC. are known from
Dryandra State Forest, north-west of Narrogin (PERTH 03168751, PERTH 03511065, PERTH
03168743 and PERTH 08541981). Both taxa are fairly common in this region, where they overlap
in flowering time and occasionally grow in sympatry. The two taxa are morphologically allied, with
S. leptophyllum differing in having a branched, multi-flowered inflorescence {cf. with one or two
flowers) that is densely glandular-hairy {cf. with eglandular hairs), and pink, subequal corolla lobes
{cf. salmon pink or apricot-pink, with the anterior pair noticeably smaller than the posterior ones). The
hybrid individuals are morphological intermediates between the two taxa. For example, the specimens
on PERTH 08541981 have a mixture of glandular and eglandular hairs on the inflorescences, three or
four flowers per inflorescence, and an intermediate corolla morphology.
Stylidium uniflorum susbp. extensum Wege, subsp. nov.
Type\ west of York, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 21 October
2011, J.A. Wege 1878 {holo. PERTH 08541957; iso: CANB, K, MEL).
Habit somewhat lax, the stems with a partially or shallowly buried basal node and red, leafy internodes
3-8 cm long; stilt roots absent or occasionally forming from the apex of the elongated stems. Leaves
in a rosette at the apex of the elongated stems and scattered on the internodes, sometimes also in a
basal tuft, 0.8-2.5 cm long.
Specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 16 Oct.
1996,A. Casson & A. Harris MP 2.15 (PERTH); 20 Sep. 1988, D. Coates 1888/3 (PERTH); 160ct.
1996, K.E. Fitzgerald 3 (PERTH); 190ct. 1913, O.H. Sargent 746 (BM); 1916, A Stoward 596 (BM);
27 Sep. 1979, J. Taylor, M.D. Crisp & R. Jackson JT 914 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 19 Oct. 2003,
T. Watson 504 (PERTH); 13 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 945 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).
Phenology. Flowering material has been collected in late September and October.
Distribution and habit. Stylidium uniflorum susbp. extensum is known from the eastern margin of
the Northern Jarrah Forest and in the adjacent Avon Wheatbelt, from west of York to north-west of
Quairading and north of Brookton (Figure IF). It grows in clayey sand or clayey loam on gentle
hillslopes in open E. wandoo woodland, dense Allocasuarina woodland, or E. salmonophloia and
E. longicornis woodland, sometimes in association with granite outcropping.
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).
J.A. Wege, Stylidium miscellany II
207
Etymology. The subspecific epithet is taken from the Latin extensus (extended), in reference to both
the elongated stems of this taxon and the fact that the populations referred to this subspecies have
extended the previously documented range of S. uniflorum.
Common name. Red-stemmed Triggerplant (here designated).
Notes. Putative hybrids between this taxon and S. leptophyllum have been observed at a site west of
York (PERTH 08541973). The hybrid individuals are morphological intermediates, having an eglandular
inflorescence indumentum on the one hand, and multi-flowered infloresences, hairy calyx lobes, and
candy pink corolla lobes on the other.
Acknowledgements
I thank the Australian Biological Resources Study for financial support, the Directors and staff at all
cited institutions for their assistance, and all those who have accompanied me on field work.
References
Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem (2015). List of families including extant collections of the Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem
(B) from the time before 1943. http://www.bgbm.org/en/general-herbarium/list-plant-families-b [accessed 17 June 2015],
Crisp, M.D. (1983). Plantae Preissianae Types at Lund. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 36: 4—7.
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 January 2014],
George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist’s Companion. (Four Gables Press: Kardinya, Western Australia.)
Grieve, B.J. & Blackall, W.E. (1982). How to know Western Australian wildflowers. Part IV. 2 nd edn. (University of Western
Australia Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. (Paterson Brokensha: Perth.)
James, S.H. (1979). Chromosome numbers and genetic systems in the triggerplants ofWestern Australia (5 , (y//£//Mw;Stylidiaceae).
Australian Journal of Botany 27: 17-25.
Lowrie A., Coates, D.J. & Kenneally, K.F. (1998). A taxonomic review of the Stylidium caricifolium complex (Stylidiaceae),
from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 12(1): 43-57.
Lowrie, A., Burbidge, A.H. & Kenneally, K.F. (1999). Ataxonomic revision of the creeping triggerplants (Stylidiaceae: Stylidium
sect. Appressae) from southern Australia. Nuytsia 13(1): 89-157.
Mair, K. & Pescott, R.T.M. (1969). Missing Stylidium specimens. Taxon 18(5): 605-607.
Mair, K. & Pescott, R.T.M. (1970). Missing Stylidium specimens. Taxon 19(5): 824.
Maslin, B.R. & Cowan, R.S. (1994). C.F. Meissner’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae): typification of names.
Nuytsia 9(3): 399-414.
McGillivray, D.J. (1975). Johann August Ludwig Preiss (1811-1883) in Western Australia. Telopea 1: 1-18.
Paczkowska G. & Chapman, A. (2000). The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue. (Wildflower Society of Western
Australia Inc., the Western Australian Herbarium (Department of Conservation and Land Management), and the Botanic
Gardens and Parks Authority: Perth.)
Short, PS. & Sinkora, D.M. (1988). The botanist Joachim Steetz (1804—1862). Muelleria 6: 449-494.
Sonder, O.G. (1845). Stylideae. In. C. Lehmann (ed.) Planlae Preissianae. Vol. 1. pp. 370-393 (Meissneri: Hamburg.)
Wege, J.A. (2010). Stylidium miscellany 1: typifications and new taxa from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 20: 79-108.
Wege, J.A. (2011). A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium despectum group (Stylidiaceae) in southern Australia. Australian
Systematic Botany 24(6): 375-404.
Wege, J.A. (2012). Navigating the floral milky way: the taxonomy of the microgeophytic triggerplants ( Stylidium petiolare
and allies: Stylidiaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 25(2): 137-168.
208
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Wege, J.A. (2014). Stylidium lithophilum and S. oreophilum (Stylidiaceae), two new species of conservation significance from
the Stirling Range National Park. Nuytsia 24: 29-35.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 17 June 2015],
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:209-218
Published online 18 September 2015
Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus of Myrtaceae tribe
Chamelaucieae
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Abstract
Rye, B.L. Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 25:
209-218 (2015). Baeckea behrii Schltdl. is selected as the lectotype for B. subg. Hysterobaeckea Nied.,
which is raised to the generic level as Hysterobaeckea (Nied.) Rye. New combinations are made for
the three named species that belong to the genus as now defined, and a lectotype is selected for one
of those species, B. ochropetala F.Muell. The three new combinations are H. behrii (Schltdl.) Rye,
H. ochropetala (F.Muell.) Rye and H. tuberculata (Trudgen) Rye. The distinguishing characters of
the genus are outlined and a generic key given for the group to which it belongs.
Introduction
In his treatment of Myrtaceae for Die Natiirlichen Pftanzenfamilien , Niedenzu (1893) recognised a
relationship between all of the species from subtribe Baeckeinae Schauer 5. lat. that had geniculate,
non-versatile stamens. Bentham (1867) had previously placed these species in Scholtzia Schauer and
three sections of Baeckea L. s. lat., namely B. sect. Babingtonia (Lindl.) Benth., B. sect. Harmogia
(Schauer) Benth. and B. sect. Oxymyrrhine (Schauer) Benth. Niedenzu reduced Scholtzia to Baeckea
sect. Scholtzia (Schauer) Nied. and combined the four sections (see Table 1) in his new subgenus
Hysterobaeckea Nied. This provided a name that could be applied from then on to this species group,
referred to in recent publications (e.g. Wilson etal. 2007; Rye 2009,2015) as the Hysterobaeckea group.
Adding up the species numbers recorded by Niedenzu for the individual sections (see Table 1) gives a
total of only 36 species for the subgenus, a far cry from the approximately 200 species now considered
to belong to the group.
The four genera that N iedenzu (1893) treated as sections of Baeckea, i. e. Babingtonia Lindl., Harmogia
Schauer, Oxymyrrhine Schauer and Scholtzia, have all been reinstated (see Wilson et al. 2007; Rye
2009). Far from being treated as just a subgenus of Baeckea, the Hysterobaeckea group is now regarded
as the second largest infra-tribal group of the tribe Chamelaucieae DC.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
210
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Table 1. Sections recognised by Niedenzu (1893) under Baeckea subg. Hysterobaeckea. Square
brackets indicate a name that has continued to be used despite evidence (Wilson et al. 2007) that it
is inappropriate.
Section name, size
and distribution
Species listed
Current name
sect. Babingtonia
12 species, WA
Baeckea camphorosmae (Lindl.) Endl.
Babingtonia camphorosmae Findl.
sect Harmogia
6 species, Australia and New
Caledonia
Baeckea behrii (Schltdl.) F.Muell.
B. virgata (Forst.) Andr.
[Babingtonia behrii (Schltdl.) A.R Bean]
Sannantha virgata (Forst.) Peter G.Wilson
sect. Oxymyrrhine
6 species, WA
Baeckeapolyandra (Schauer) F.Muell.
Oxymyrrhine gracilis Schauer
sect. Scholtzia
12 species, WA
Baeckea involucrata Endl.
B. laxiflora (Benth.) F.Muell.
B. leptantha (Benth.) F.Muell.
B. oligandra (F.Muell ex Benth.)
F.Muell.
Scholtzia involucrata (Endl.) Druce
S. laxiflora Benth.
S. leptantha Benth.
S. oligandra F.Muell ex Benth.
The large Hysterobaeckea group contains many unnamed species that are currently listed by phrase
names under Baeckea on FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). One reason for the lack of
progress in naming these new species is that they do not fit readily into any of the currently established
genera. In view of this problem it seems appropriate to select a lectotype for subg. Hysterobaeckea
that will allow its use at the generic level for a group of species that cannot currently be assigned to
an accepted genus.
Of the few species Niedenzu (1893) listed under subg. Hysterobaeckea , only one, B. behrii (Schltdl.)
F.Muell., remains in an unsatisfactory placement (see Table 1). It is selected herein as the lectotype
for Hysterobaeckea , which is raised to the generic level, and new combinations are made for three
species belonging to the B. behrii species group. The justification for recognising this group as a genus,
based on its morphology and molecular evidence, is discussed below.
Background to Hysterobaeckea s. str.
Hysterobaeckea s. str. , as circumscribed here, is restricted to the species regarded as being most closely
related to Baeckea behrii. This group consists of the south-eastern Australian species B. behrii , the
South Australian species B. tuberculata Trudgen, the south-western Australian species B. ochropetala
F.Muell., and a number of other south-western species that are known by phrase names (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-). For well over 100 years, the name B. behrii was applied not only to
the eastern material, but also many of the unnamed Western Australian species.
When Mueller (1876) described.#. ochropetala , he gave no indication of its affinities with earlier-named
species such as B. behrii , noting only that it could be distinguished from other members of its genus by
its flower colour. A year later, Mueller (1877) applied the name B. behrii var. brevifolia F.Muell. nom.
nud. to the Western Australian species now known as B. sp. Bencubbin-Koorda (M.E. Trudgen 5421).
Baeckea tuberculata was named much more recently by Trudgen (1986), with an illustration by Sue
Patrick that included a good depiction of the anther morphology. Trudgen considered B. tuberculata
to have affinities with B. ochropetala.
B.L. Rye, Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus
211
Five unnamed Western Australian species have previously been identified as B. behrii or aff. behrii on
specimens at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). These are currently known by the names
B. sp. Barbalin (B.L. Rye & M.E. Trudgen BLR 241022), B. sp. Bencubbin-Koorda (M.E. Trudgen
5421), B. sp. Wanarra (M.E. Trudgen MET 5376), B. sp. Whelarra (A.C. Burns 7) and B. sp. Wubin
(M.E. Trudgen 5404). By 1995, draft descriptions had been written for each of these species by
Bronwen Keighery and Sandra Maley, under funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study
(ABRS) awarded to Malcolm Trudgen.
After a new round of ABRS funding to study Baeckea s. lat. and other members of Myrtaceae tribe
Chamelaucieae commenced in 2002, many additional taxa were recognised by phrase names. I drew
up new descriptions for the three named species noted above and all of the related phrase-named taxa
that appeared to be sufficiently well defined to recognise as species or subspecies. By this time, the
first molecular evidence for relationships within the tribe had been published by Lam et al. (2002).
Morphological evidence
The characteristic of the B. behrii group that Trudgen (pers. comm. 2004) considered to be particularly
significant in separating it from other species groups was described by him as ‘leaves are grooved on
the adaxial surface, rather than the more common case of being grooved on the abaxial surface, or not
grooved at alT. The groove in the B. behrii group is often very narrow, just appearing as a line along
the centre of the adaxial surface. There is sometimes an adaxial groove in several other species groups
but it is open rather than resembling a line. This leaf character is a very useful for distinguishing the
B. behrii group, although occasionally the groove may be somewhat broader rather than line-like.
One of the species previously misidentified (see above) as B. behrii , B. sp. Barbalin (B.L. Rye &
M.E. Trudgen BLR 241022), lacks the adaxial groove altogether and is excluded from the current
concept of the genus Hysterobaeckea.
Anther morphology is particularly important (see the key) for distinguishing the B. behrii group, i.e.
Hysterobaeckea s. str., from all of the other named genera. The stamens (see Trudgen 1986: Figure 1)
have a right-angle (90°) bend, with the connective gland accounting for most of the length of the part
distal to the bend. The front face of the anther is larger than the length of the anther, i.e. the part visible
from side view. Dehiscence is introrse, by two basally divergent short slits, with the angle between
the slits approximately 90°. As similar anthers occur in a number of south-western species currently
housed under the genus Baeckea , the delimitation of Hysterobaeckea is very likely to be expanded
beyond the group of taxa with an adaxial leaf groove when generic boundaries are assessed further.
Molecular evidence
By the time the first molecular data relating to the B. behrii group were published in 2002, all eastern
Australian species of the Hysterobaeckea group had been transferred to Babingtonia by Bean (1997,
1999). Using sequences for a number of chloroplast regions, Lam et al. (2002) demonstrated strong
support for a relationship between material from eastern and western Australia that was being housed
as B. behrii s. lat., but not for including these species in Babingtonia.
To investigate the validity of using the generic name Babingtonia for eastern taxa further, nuclear
ETS and chloroplast data from the Western Australian type species B. camphorosmae (Endl.) Lindl.
and a related Western Australian species were compared with sequences from eastern Australian
species (Wilson et al. 2007; see also Wilson & Heslewood 2014). These studies did not support the
212
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
placement of any of the eastern species in Babingtonia. Wilson et al. (2007) therefore created two
new genera, Kardomia Peter G.Wilson and Sannantha Peter G.Wilson, and reinstated Harmogia to
accommodate the New Caledonian and most of the eastern Australian species. However, they left the
B. behrii group unassigned because most of its species occurred in Western Australia. As a result, the
eastern Australian material has continued to be housed under the name Babingtonia behrii (Schltdl.)
A.R.Bean although the closely related South Australian species has remained as Baeckea tuberculata.
Key to the named genera of the Hysterobaeckea group
1. Ovary usually 1- or 2-locular, if 3-locular then with ovules solitary or 2
superposed in each loculus (except in Cheyniana microphylla ). Fmits indehiscent
2. Ovary 1-locular
3. Stamens 3-6, 0-3 opposite each sepal; filament very compressed at base;
anther ± compressed ovoid, the connective gland not protmding.BABINGTONIA
3: Stamens 3-13, variously arranged opposite sepals and/or petals;
filament moderately to very thick; anther thick, either with a distinctly
protmding dorsal connective gland or almost globular.MALLEOSTEMON
2: Ovary 2- or 3-locular
4. Petals 1—4.5 mm long. Stamens 2-30. Ovules 1 or 2 per loculus, if 2 then
superposed. Fruits not very hard.SCHOLTZIA
4: Petals 4.5-7 mm long. Stamens 30-60. Ovules 10-23 per loculus, radially
arranged. Fruits very hard.CHEYNIANA
1: Ovary 2-4-locular; ovules 3-25 per loculus, radially arranged. Fmits dehiscent
by 2 or 3 terminal valves
5. Hypanthium petaloid, orange to deep red, 9-20 mm long, with sepals and petals
the same colour. Anthers erect, dehiscent by 2 long parallel slits. Style 20-24 mm
long. Seeds with a large cavity on the inner surface.BALAUSTION
5: Hypanthium usually green, 0.5-4 mm long, with sepals and petals differently
coloured. Anthers bent inwards, dehiscent by 2 short divergent slits or by pores.
Style 0.4-4.5 mm long. Seeds with no obvious cavity on the inner surface
6. Anthers rather helmet-like in shape (often with lateral grooves) or 2-lobed,
dehiscent by terminal pores, the connective gland not obvious or only shortly
protmding
7. Peduncles 1-6-flowered. Flowers with petals 2.3-6.5 mm long,
sepals 0.2-1.5 mm long (if petals more than 5 mm long then sepals
0.2-1.1 mm long) and 8-25 stamens. Fruits 1/2 to largely inferior
(N of Geraldton—N of Albany).BABINGTONIA
7: Peduncles 1-flowered. Flowers with petals 4-7 mm long, sepals 1.1-1.6 mm
long and 12-45 stamens. Fruits 1/2-2/3 superior (Mt Barren Ranges).ANTICORYNE
6: Anthers of varied shape, either very compact (usually ± globular) or with the
connective gland obvious as a swelling connecting the anther loculi to the
unmodified part of the filament
8. Anther connective gland either obscure or not greatly protruding below the
base of the anther although it may be obvious within the body of the anther,
which is compact and often ± globular
9. Stamens 22-35, in a continuous circle. Fruits fully inferior, with a broad,
funnelled central depression.
OXYMYRRHINE
B.L. Rye, Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus
213
9: Stamens 2-23, 0-6 opposite each sepal, none strictly antipetalous
(i.e. opposite the centre of a petal). Fruits c. 1/2 to fully inferior, with
a ± cylindrical central depression
10. Peduncles 1-flowered, with persistent bracteoles. Stamens 8-23. Ovules
12-20 per loculus. Seeds crustaceous.ERICOMYRTUS
10: Peduncles 1-21-flowered, with bracteoles usually deciduous. Stamens
2-14. Ovules 2-13 per loculus. Seeds thinly crustaceous.TETRAPORA
8: Anther connective gland obvious as a swelling connecting the anther loculi
to the unmodified part of the filament, the protruding part of connective
gland at least 0.25 mm long
11. Leaf blades very thick; adaxial surface grooved (the groove line-like in
most species). Anthers dehiscent by 2 basally divergent short slits, with
a ± 90° angle between the slits; connective gland (viewed from the side
of the anther) longer (usually much longer) than the anther loculi
(Southern Australia).HYSTEROBAECKEA
11: Leaf blades thin in most species; adaxial surface not grooved. Anthers
dehiscent by 2 almost horizontal pores or very short slits; connective
gland (viewed from the side of the anther) shorter than or about as long
as the anther loculi (Eastern Australia and New Caledonia)
12. Peduncles usually 3-9-flowered, never consistently 1-flowered;
secondary axes absent. Seeds smooth.SANNANTHA
12: Peduncles 1-4-flowered, if multi-flowered then the lateral flowers with
secondary axes. Seeds with a tuberculate-colliculate surface, each
swelling minutely grooved
13. Leaves narrowly obovate to circular in most species but linear
in K. odontocalyx, not uncinate. Sepals with a dorsal horn
0.3-1.7 mm long. KARDOMIA
13: Leaves linear or almost linear in outline, thick, uncinate. Sepals not
homed.HARMOGIA
Descriptions and species key
Hysterobaeckea (Nied.) Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea subg. Hysterobaeckea Nied., Nat. Pflanzenfam. (1893). Type: Baeckea behrii Schltdl. =
Hysterobaeckea behrii (Schltdl.) Rye, lectotype here designated.
Shrubs to 3 m high, often broom-like, glabrous; lignotuber absent. Leaves opposite. Petioles short
but usually well defined, concave on abaxial and convex on adaxial surface. Leaf blades linear in
outline to almost circular, usually thick, entire; adaxial surface usually narrowly grooved along the
middle. Peduncles 1-3-flowered. Bracteoles often deciduous. Pedicels usually much shorter than the
peduncles. Hypanthium cup-shaped, adnate to ovary for most of its length. Sepals 5, entire, persistent
in fruit; outer surface sometimes horned. Petals much longer than sepals, usually white or pink, rarely
yellow. Stamens 9-28 but commonly c. 20, fairly equally distributed in a circle or with gaps opposite
the centre of the petals. Anthers facing the centre of the flower, with small, closely connate thecae,
dehiscent by basally divergent short slits; connective gland large, fused to distal part of filament and/or
to the remainder of the anther. Ovary inferior, 2- or 3-locular; placentas large; ovules radial, 6-21 per
214
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
loculus. Style deeply inset; stigma peltate. Fruits fully to c. 1/2 inferior, many-seeded; hypanthium
depressed-cup-shaped and often somewhat lobed; valves 2 or 3. Seeds distinctly facetted, 0.7-2 mm
long, brown; hilum usually very small. Chaff pieces (abortive seeds or unfertilised ovules) facetted,
often similar to the seeds.
Size and distribution. A genus of three named species and at least ten unnamed ones. The majority of
species occur in inland parts of the south-west of Western Australia, but there are also representatives
in South Australia and Victoria. The disjunction between western and eastern areas of the distribution
is over 650 km.
Etymology. From the Greek hysteros (after, later) and the genus Baeckea, presumably referring to the
group coming after the typical one, subg. Archibaeckea Nied nom. illeg. [= subg. Baeckea] from the
Greek archos (chief, leader).
Lectotypification. Niedenzu described subg. Hysterobaeckea as having stamens nearly always in
antisepalous groups and filaments almost right-angled, joining the club-like, swollen connective.
Baeckea behrii is a good match for this description, certainly as good or better than the other seven
species he listed, and the only one that does not belong to any of the currently delimited genera (Table
1). It is therefore selected as the lectotype.
Key to the named species of Hysterobaeckea
1. Leaves broadly oblong-elliptic to circular from top view, 1.5-1.8 mm long. Petals
yellow. (Diemals Stn area, WA).H. ochropetala
1: Leaves oblong to linear from top view, 2-8 mm long. Petals white
2. Leaves 2-3 mm long, without an apical point, prominently tuberculate; adaxial furrow
poorly developed. Stamens c. 21. Ovary 2-locular; ovules 6 or 7 per loculus.
(Near Tallaringa Well-Anne Beadell Hwy, SA).H. tuberculata
2: Leaves 3-8 mm long, with an obvious recurved apical point, not tuberculate; adaxial
furrow line-like. Stamens 9-15. Ovary 3-locular; ovules usually 10-13 per loculus.
(Eyre Peninsula, SA-near Bendigo, Vic.).H. behrii
Hysterobaeckea behrii (Schltdl.) Rye, comb. nov.
Camphoromyrtus behrii Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 651 (1847); Baeckea behrii (Schltdl.) F.Muell., Fragrn.
4: 68 (1864), nom. illeg .; Babingtonia behrii (Schltdl.) A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya 4: 637 (1997). Type
citation, ‘auf kalkig-sandigem Boden (sandplaine) bei Bethanien’. Type specimen. Bethany, South
Australia, 10 January 1845, H.H. Behr 170 {holo: HAL 0074924).
Illustrations. L.F. Costermans, Native Trees Shrubs SE Austral, p. 242(1986); J.P. Jessop&H.R. Toelken,
FI. South Australia 2: 894, Figure 462A(1986); N. Bonney & A. Miles, What Seed That? p. 82 (1994);
N. G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 1037, Figure 214d (1996) [all as Baeckea behrii ].
Shrub erect, 1.2-2.5 m high; young stems smooth or often with large oil glands forming shallow
rounded projections, rarely tuberculate. Petioles 0.5-0.8 mm long. Leaf blades narrowly oblong to
linear in outline, 4-9.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, 0.3-0.6 mm thick, with a recurved apical point
O. 3-1.5 mm long; abaxial surface usually with some large oil glands as well as small ones; adaxial
surface narrowly grooved along the middle. Peduncles 2-7 mm long, 1-3-flowered; secondary axes
B.L. Rye, Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus
215
(when present) 0.8-2.3 mm long. Bracteoles usually deciduous, 0.8-3.3 mm long. Pedicels 0.8-3 mm
long. Flowers 7-11.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.5-2 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; free portion 0.6-0.8 mm
long. Sepals 0.4-0.9 mm long, often largely scarious. Petals 2.5-A.5 mm long, white. Stamens 9-15,
with 1-4 opposite each sepal. Longest filaments 0.4-0.8 mm long. Connective gland 0.3-0.4 mm long.
Ovary 3-locular; ovules usually 10-13 per loculus. Style 0.8-1.5 mm long. Fruits largely inferior,
1.7-2.2 mm long. Seeds 0.7-1 mm long.
Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 4 km SE of Monarto South, Monarto South
is c. 15 km W of Murray Bridge on Adelaide-Melbourne railway, 4 Nov. 1978, R.J. Chinnock 4328
(PERTH); N of Caralue Bluff, 9 Nov. 1955, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD); Port Lincoln, Mar. 1880, R. Tate
s.n. (AD); 40 miles from Lock towards Cummins, 19 Nov. 1968, J.W. Wrigley 685927 (CBG).
VICTORIA: 91 km from Mildura, 11 Oct. 1977, D.J. Cummings 214, M.D. Crisp & B. Barnsley
(PERTH); Wimmera district, Oct. 1900, C. Walter s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from Eyre Peninsula in South Australia east to near Bendigo, Victoria,
including the Big and Little Deserts. Occurs in heathlands, shrublands and mallee communities in
sandy soils, often on sand dunes or ridges.
Phenology. Flowers recorded over much of the year but peaking from September to December, with
mature fruits mostly recorded from November to March.
Common names. Broom Baeckea, Silver Broom.
Conservation status. Widespread and not considered to be at risk.
Affinities. InWilson et al. (2007), H. behrii\wsBabingtoniabehrii ] grouped strongly with H. tuberculata
[as Baeckea tuberculata], but no Western Australian members of the genus were represented.
Notes. Considerable variation is found in the H. behrii specimens, for example in the texture of the
young stem surfaces and the length of the leaves and their apical point. Further study of this variation
is needed.
Mueller (1864) recorded up to 15 ovules per loculus, while Bean (1997) recorded 11-13. The range
found in a relatively small sample of flowers examined in the current study is 10-13. One of the
published illustrations (Jessop & Toelkenl986: 894, Figure 462A) shows the fruit as 2-locular, but
3-locular fruits are far more common.
Hysterobaeckea ochropetala (F.Muell.) Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea ochropetala¥MuQ\\.,Fragm. 10:29 (1867). Baeckeagrandifloravar. ochropetala W. E. B1 ackal 1,
in W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 1:289 (1954), nom. inval. Type : between
Ularing [Ularring Rock] andMt Jackson, Western Australia, 17-20 October 1875, J. Young s.n. (lecto,
here designated: MEL 72891; isolecto\ K 000821739).
Shrub 1-3 m high; young stems not tuberculate. Petioles 0.3-0.4 mm long. Leaf blades broadly
oblong-elliptic to circular from top view, more obovate from side view, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm
wide, 0.8-1 mm thick, with mucro absent or less than 0.1 mm long; abaxial surface with a few large
oil glands; adaxial surface narrowly grooved along the middle. Peduncles 2-7 mm long, 1-flowered.
216
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Bracteoles caducous or deciduous, c. 1.3 mm long. Pedicels 0.4-1.3 mm long. Flowers commonly
9-12 mm diam. Hypanthium c. 3 mm long, c. 4.5 mm wide, dotted with fairly prominent oil glands;
free portion c. 1 mm long. Sepals 1-1.5 mm long, with a yellowish scarious margin up to 0.2 mm
wide, the outer ones tending to be slightly ridged but not horned. Petals 3.5-4.5 mm long, yellow.
Stamens 17-19. Longest filaments 1-1.5 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide at base. Connective gland
c. 0.6-0.8 mm long. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 14-16 per loculus. Style c. 1.5 mm long. Fruits largely
inferior, 3.5—4 mm long. Seeds c. 1.35 mm long.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
27 Aug. 2010, M Maier & B. Eckermann MM 1047 B (PERTH); 16 Nov. 2010, M Maier & B. Eckermann
MM 1048 B (PERTH); 4 Oct. 2011, W.P Muir WPM 3000 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the Diemals Station area, north of Koolyanobbing, Western
Australia, in sandplain dominated by Acacia and Melaleuca hamata.
Phenology. Flowers and fruits recorded from August to November.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora as Baeckea ochropetala. Known from the type specimen collected over 100 years ago
from an imprecise locality between Mt Jackson and Ularring Rock, and from three recent collections
in the same general area.
Typification. Two duplicates from the type gathering have been located, one at MEL and the other at
K, but the latter lacks flowers. The MEL sheet has a packet containing flowers and Mueller’s hand¬
written notes attached to it, and is therefore selected as the lectotype.
Affinities. The closest affinities of this species are uncertain but a similar-looking species, Baeckea sp.
Mt Clara (R. J. Cranfield 11693), occurs south of its range. Baeckea sp. Mt Clara tends to be a smaller
shrub, 0.3-1.8 m high, with smaller seeds, c. 1 mm long, and white or pale pink flowers. Hysterobaeckea
ochropetala appears to be unique among the Hysterobaeckea group in having yellow petals.
Notes. Hysterobaeckea ochropetala was first collected in 1875 and no further collections were made
until it was rediscovered in 2010. Its very short, broad, thick, truncate leaves occasionally have a short
furrow at the base on the abaxial surface as well as the furrow on the adaxial surface.
Hysterobaeckea tuberculata (Trudgen) Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea tuberculata Trudgen, Nuytsia 5: 441 (1986). Type. Dingo Claypan to Tallaringa road, South
Australia, 6 July 1967, W.S. Reids.n. (holo: ADW 33507; iso: CANB 189989).
Baeckea sp., in J.P Jessop, FI. Central Australia p. 257 (1986).
Illustrations. J.P. Jessop, FI. Central Australia p. 258, Figure 338 (1986) [as Baeckea sp.]', J.P. Jessop &
H.R. Toelken, FI. South Australia!: 894, Figure 462E (1986) [as Baeckea tuberculata ]; M.E. Trudgen,
op. cit. 442, Figure 1 [as Baeckea tuberculata ].
B.L. Rye, Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus
217
Shrub erect, c. 1.2 m high; young stems with very prominent oil glands forming tubercles up to
0.3 mm long. Petioles c. 0.4 mm long. Leaf blades oblong or narrowly so in outline, 2-3 mm long,
0.6-1 mm wide, 0.6-0.7 mm thick, with mucro absent or less than 0.2 mm long; abaxial surface
with very prominent oil glands forming tubercles; adaxial surface often narrowly grooved along the
middle. Peduncles 1-1.3 mm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles often persistent in fruit, 1.5-1.8 mm long.
Pedicels c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers reportedly c. 7 mm diam. Hypanthium reportedly c. 2 mm long
and c. 4 mm wide, prominently tuberculate. Sepals c. 1 mm long, tuberculate towards base. Petals
reportedly 2-2.5 mm long, presumably white. Stamens reportedly c. 21. Longest filaments reportedly
up to c. 0.9 mm long. Connective gland reportedly 0.6-0.7 mm long. Ovary 2-locular; ovules 6 or
7 per loculus. Style c. 3 mm long. Fruits c. 1/2 inferior, 3-3.5 mm long. Seeds 1.5-2 mm long.
Other specimens. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 47.1 km W of Tallaringa Well, Anne Beadell Hwy, 28 July
2003, P.G. Wilson 1588 & G.M. Towler (PERTH); c. 1.5 km SE of Tallaringa Well, 28 May 1967,
T.R.N. Lothian 3827 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs towards the eastern edge of the Great Victoria Desert in South
Australia, extending from near Tallaringa Well north-west to Anne Beadell Highway, on red sand dunes.
Phenology. Flowers recorded in early July and mature fruits in May and July.
Conservation status. Not known.
Affinities. See under H. behrii.
Notes. This species is readily distinguished in having a 2-locular ovary in the great majority of its
flowers and in the very prominent oil glands which form large tubercles on young stems, leaves and
hypanthia. Its seeds have a larger hilum than normal for the genus. Both of the PERTH specimens are
in fruit and no other specimens were examined in the current study. Consequently the description of
flowers, petals and stamens is based on the protologue and images.
Acknowledgements
This study was assisted by ABRS funding. Loans of types and other specimens were obtained from
AD, ADW, CANB and MEL and images of types housed elsewhere were examined through Global
Plants (http://plants.jstor.org/). I wouldlike to thank the referee andmembers ofthe editorial committee,
especially Juliet Wege.
References
Bean, A.R. (1997). Reinstatement of the genus Babingtonia Lindl. (Myrtaceae). Austrobaileya 4: 627-645.
Bean, A.R. (1999). A revision of the Babingtonia virgata (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) F.Muell. complex (Myrtaceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 5: 157-171.
Bentham, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3. (Reeve & Co.: London.)
Jessop, J.R & Toelken, HR. (eds) (1986). Flora of South Australia. Part 2. (South Australian Government Printing Division:
Adelaide.)
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Lam, N., Wilson, Peter G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2002). A phylogenetic analysis of the Chamelaucium alliance
(Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 15: 535-543.
218
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Mueller, F. (1864). Myrtaceae. In: FragmentaPhytographiaeAustraliae. Vol. 4. pp. 51-77. (Government Printer: Melbourne.)
Mueller, F. (1876). Myrtaceae. In. FragmentaPhytographiaeAustraliae. Vol. 10. pp. 22-31. (Government Printer: Melbourne.)
Mueller, F. (1877). List of the plants obtained during Mr. C. Giles’s travels in Australia in 1875 and 1876. Journal of Botany
15:269-281.
Niedenzu, F. (1893). Myrtaceae. In. Engler, A. & Prantl, K. (eds) Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Vol. 3(7). pp. 57-105.
(Englelmann: Liepzig.)
Rye, B.L. (2009). Reinstatement of the south-western Australian genus Oxymyrrhine (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three
new species. Nuytsia 19: 149-165.
Rye,B.L. (2015). Reinstatement of Ericomyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three new combi nations. Nuytsia25\ 131-143.
Trudgen, M.E. (1986). Baeckea tuberculata Trudgen, a new species of Myrtaceae (Leptospermeae, Baeckeinae) from South
Australia. Nuytsia 5: 441^144.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florbase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Wilson, P.G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2007). Re-evaluation of the genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae) in eastern Australia
and New Caledonia. Australian Systematic Botany 20: 302-318.
Wilson, PG. & Heslewood, M.M. (2014). An expanded phylogenetic analysis of Sannantha (Myrtaceae) and description of a
new species. Australian Systematic Botany 27: 78-84.
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25: 219-250
Published online 18 September 2015
A revision of the south-western Australian genus
Babingtonia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae)
Barbara L. Rye
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Abstract
Rye, B.L. A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae).
Nuytsia25 :219-250 (2015). In this revision of Babingtonia Lindl., 11 species are recognised, all endemic
to the south-west of Western Australia. Previously, the type species B. camphorosmae (Endl.) Lindl.
was the only Western Australian species housed as & Babingtonia. The new combination B. grandiflora
(Benth.) Rye is made, and nine new taxa are named: B. cherticola Rye & Trudgen, B. delicata Rye &
Trudgen, B. erecta Rye & Trudgen, B. fascifolia Rye, B. maleyae Rye & Trudgen, B. minutifolia Rye
& Trudgen, B. pelloeae Rye & Trudgen, B. triandra Rye & Hislop and B. urbana Rye. A key is given
and some of the taxa are illustrated. Most have conservation priority.
Introduction
This paper presents a taxonomic revision of Babingtonia Lindl. (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae DC.),
treating it as a genus of 11 species endemic to the South-west Botanical Province of Western Australia.
The reasons for this circumscription are discussed below in relation to morphological characters, such
as the distinctive anther morphology, and molecular evidence regarding the affinities of the genus.
Further studies are needed to determine whether the circumscription of the genus should be expanded
to encompass a wider range of anther morphology.
Taxonomic history
Babingtonia has been variously treated as a genus or as a section, or not recognised at all, and its size
has waxed and waned depending mainly on the interpretation by different authors of the importance of
its anther morphology. At its broadest Babingtonia included many species throughout Australia and a
few from New Caledonia and Borneo (see Mueller 1864; Bean 1997,1999), while at its narrowest (e.g.
Schauer 1844) it consisted just of its type species, Camphor Myrtle, B. camphorosmae (Endl.) Lindl.
Camphor Myrtle is distributed (Figure 1 A) almost as widely as the Jarrah {Eucalyptus marginata Sm.)
forests and woodlands of south-western Australia. It was among the earliest species to be named after
the establishment of a colony at the Swan River in 1829. The indigenous people used this species to
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
220
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
treat headaches, by inhalation of the essential oils from its crushed leaves, while the settlers used its
leaves to make bush tea (Bindon 1996). In 1837 this relatively well known plant was described as
Baeckea camphorosmae Endl. (Endlicher et al. 1837).
Lindley (1842) established the genus Babingtonia , describing its single species B. camphorosmae
as ‘a very pretty greenhouse shrub’. Lindley noted its similarity to Baeckea L. in having its style
base inserted below the summit of the ovary, distinguishing it from that genus by differences in its
androecium. He noted that its anthers opened by apical pores rather than by longitudinal slits and that
they were ‘inserted on the filaments as if the latter were half pushed into their base’. Schauer (1843,
1844) maintained Babingtonia as a monotypic genus, there being no very closely related species
known at that time.
Mueller (1864) published new combinations in Babingtonia for both eastern and western Australian
species that had various kinds of derived anthers, although he seemed unsure whether the genus should
be recognised or included within Baeckea. Mueller’s very broad concept of Babingtonia incorporated
species that had previously been placed in Anticoryne Turcz., Harmogia Schauer, Oxymyrrhine Schauer
and Tetrapora Schauer.
Bentham (1862) reduced Babingtonia and several other genera to sections of Baeckea. Later, in his
treatment of Baeckea sect. Babingtonia (Lindl.) Benth. & Hook.f. in Flora Australiensis, Bentham
(1867) named a new member of the group as Baeckea grandiflora Benth. Bentham’s circumscription
of Babingtonia was less broad than Mueller’s, as it was restricted to western species that had the anther
cells united more fully than in the other sections, with each cell opening by a terminal pore or short slit.
This concept of Babingtonia included Anticoryne and Tetrapora but not Harmogia and Oxymyrrhine.
For the next 140 years Babingtonia was treated in the literature as a synonym of Baeckea rather
than as a distinct genus. Niedenzu (1893) had continued to recognise Babingtonia as a section, but
he included it, together with two more of Bentham’s (1867) sections and also the genus Scholtzia
Schauer, under his subgenus Hysterobaeckea Nied. All members of Baeckea subg. Hysterobaeckea
had derived anthers with a fused connective gland, distinguishing them from the typical subgenus of
Baeckea in which the connective gland was free.
From 1994 to 1996, Malcolm Trudgen established phrase names for five new species considered to be
closely related to Baeckea grandiflora. These were B. sp. Bunjil (B.R. Maslin 5067), B. sp. Darling
Range (R.J. Cranfield 1673), B. sp. Moora (R. Bone 1993/1), B. sp. Narrogin (R. Hnatiuk 780011)
and Malleostemon sp. Cooljarloo (B. Backhouse s.n. 16/11/88). Draft descriptions had been prepared
previously under his supervision for some of these taxa by Sandra Maley, and prior to that, two of the
unnamed Babingtonia species had been treated in Flora of the Perth Region (Rye 1987).
Bean (1997,1999) reinstated the genus Babingtonia when he was revising eastern Australian and New
Caledonian species of the Hysterobaeckea group, including all of these species and also an unrelated
species from Borneo (now placed in the genus Seorsus Rye & Trudgen). Wilson et al. (2007) favoured
restricting the use of Babingtonia to Western Australian species. Using a combination of morphological
and molecular evidence, they reinstated Harmogia and named two new genera, Kardomia Peter G. Wilson
and Sannantha Peter G.Wilson, to accommodate the New Caledonian species and most of the eastern
Australian species. However, at this stage, all of the Western Australian species were still housed
under Baeckea , while one eastern species retained the name Babingtonia behrii (Schltdl.) A.R.Bean.
My study of Babingtonia commenced in 2002 and resulted in two more phrase names, Baeckea sp.
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
221
Perth Region (R.J. Cranfield 444) and B. sp. Yandanooka (R Soullier 421), being recognised. In
addition, B. sp. Bunney Rd (S. Patrick 4059) was established by Malcolm Trudgen and B. sp. Calingiri
(F. Hort 1710) by Mike Hislop.
In 2010, a step was taken towards reinstating Babingtonia in Western Australia by changing the
identification of all the Camphor Myrtle specimens at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH),
including many specimens that were on loan from other herbaria, from Baeckea camphorosmae to
Babingtonia camphorosmae. This move coincided with the Myrtaceae updates for ^Australian Plant
Census (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007a-) and standardised the use of Babingtonia
for this species throughout Australia.
The eastern Australian species that has been known as Babingtonia behrii has now become
Hysterobaeckea behrii (Schltdl.) Rye (see Rye 2015).
Molecular evidence
In molecular studies using the matK gene and atpfi-rbcL spacer chloroplast regions, Babingtonia
camphorosmae was placed in a strongly supported clade together with three species of Scholtzia and
one species of Malleostemon J.W. Green, these five species sharing a uniquely derived indel (Lam et
al. 2002). A later analysis (Wilson et al. 2004), based on the previous chloroplast regions and two
additional regions (trnK spacer and ndhF gene), placed B. camphorosmae in a large clade that also
included Anticoryne [as Baeckea ovalifolia (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ], Malleostemon , Scholtzia and Tetrapora
[as Baeckeapreissiana (Schauer) F.Muell.].
A nuclear region (ETS), the four chloroplast regions listed above and morphological data were used
in the most recent analyses published for Babingtonia (Wilson et al. 2007). That study added a second
222
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
member of the genus, B. triandra Rye & Hislop [as Baeckea sp. ‘Calingiri’]. These two Babingtonia
species had a strongly supported sister relationship in each of the cladograms presented, and sister to them
in all cases was the single species of Anticoryne. Four other clades for members of the Hysterobaeckea
group were identified in these analyses, one consisting of the two Western Australian species Baeckea
pentagonantha F.Muell. and B. sp. Dudawa (M.E. Trudgen MET 5369) [as L megaflora ’], another
comprising two South Australian species, and the others comprising species from eastern Australia and
New Caledonia. In some of the analyses the two Western Australian species were in an unsupported
sister position to the Babingtonia plus Anticoryne clade, but there was no support for including them
or any of the non-Western Australian species in Babingtonia.
In unpublished molecular analyses, five of the species treated in the current revision of Babingtonia
formed a clade with high support (Peter Wilson pers. comm. 2004). The five species sampled were
B. erecta Rye & Trudgen, B. camphorosmae, B. cherticola Rye & Trudgen, B. pelloeae Rye & Trudgen
and B. triandra. This result supports the morphological evidence for including these four new Western
Australian species together with the type species in Babingtonia.
Methods
Measurements were recorded from dry specimens using the largest leaves available and taking care to
measure other organs only when they appeared to be mature and sufficiently well pressed. For leaves,
the words ‘in outline’ are used in the descriptions to indicate the shape of the blade from top (rather
than from side) view.
Distribution maps were prepared using Quantum GIS Desktop (1.8.0) and images of overseas types
were examined through Global Plants (http://plants.jstor.org/).
Morphology
Habit. Most species are low shrubs 0.3 to 1.3 m high, although B. erecta has a maximum height of
about 3 m. They are usually single-stemmed, with a tendency to become multi-branched at the base as
they age, but B. camphorosmae can develop a lignotuber.
Stems. Young stems tend to be 4-angled and sometimes have narrow ridges (almost slight wings)
protruding at the angles when very young. The oil glands in the epidermis of the new stems vary from
scattered and scarcely protruding to crowded and conspicuous. In B. cherticola and B. minutifolia Rye
& Trudgen they protrude to the extent that the stems are tuberculate.
Leaf arrangement. All species have opposite, decussate leaves, but occasionally some leaves of flowering
stems are arranged in whorls of three in B. pelloeae. Several species, such as B. fascifolia Rye, are
characterised by having the leaves densely clustered on very short lateral branchlets.
Leaf morphology. Mature leaves usually have a short but distinct petiole. The blade varies from
moderately thickened to about as thick as it is broad. The abaxial surface is shallowly to deeply convex
or more commonly with steep sides below a flattened surface, which often has a linear groove along
the midvein. Oil glands are most commonly in only one or two main rows on each side of the midvein,
but the broadest leaves may have three or more rows of glands on each side.
Inflorescence. Most Babingtonia species have axillary peduncles bearing monads and less commonly
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
223
triads, similar to those illustrated schematically in Briggs and Johnson (1979: Figure 12A) for
Leptospermum J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. Babingtonia minutifolia appears to only have monads, whereas
all of the other species produce at least some multi-flowered peduncles. One-flowered peduncles have
a pair of opposite or sub-opposite bracteoles, with the stalk above this level referred to as the pedicel.
Triads have secondary axes arising in the axils of each of the bracteoles and bearing another pair of
bracteoles. Often there is only one secondary axis, resulting in a diad, while B. camphorosmae and B.
erecta often have additional axes, resulting in up to seven flowers per peduncle. The species with the
smallest flowers, B. triandra, is exceptional in that up to 16 flowers have been recorded per peduncle. On
many-flowered peduncles, the basal bracteoles are longer than the upper bracteoles and are distinguished
in the descriptions below by being referred to as bracts.
Hypanthium. In dried specimens, flowers at anthesis may have a smooth to wrinkled hypanthium, but
some species such as B. delicata Rye & Trudgen have the oil glands of the hypanthium depressed into
pits (referred to as rugose-pitted in the descriptions). The hypanthium surface becomes smoother in fruit.
Calyx. The sepals are always much shorter than the petals and sometimes almost absent. They usually
have a green or reddish, herbaceous, keeled part that is continuous with the hypanthium and a much
thinner, scarious to petaloid margin, which may be partially hyaline but is usually white or pinkish. In
a few taxa the dorsal keel may be produced into a short horn. In B. grandiflora (Benth.) Rye the margin
often has rather dark, maroon markings.
Stamen number and arrangement. The highest stamen number recorded for Babingtonia is 26. Most
Babingtonia species have c. 20 stamens per flower, inserted in one row in all positions around the
circumference of the ovary summit, with the bases of the filaments abutting each other or separated
by a gap that is much narrower than the filaments. However, two of these species occasionally have
their stamen number reduced to 10-12 per flower, in which case all or most of the stamens tend to be
strictly opposite the sepals and petals.
Two species, B. erecta and B. camphorosmae , have 8-17 stamens per flower, with one to four stamens
opposite each sepal and none directly opposite the petals. Babingtonia delicata shows a further reduction
to four to eight stamens per flower; here the stamens are mostly antisepalous and the gaps between
them often exceed the width of their filaments. Finally, the 3-staminate B. triandra has a solitary stamen
opposite three of its five sepals.
Filaments. The filaments are flattened and may be uniformly pink or cream to white or have a reddish
base. Antipetalous filaments are the longest. Usually, the higher the number of stamens present, the
greater the difference in size between the largest and smallest ones, with some particularly small stamens
present opposite some of the sepals. All filaments are normally free to the base, but occasionally two
antisepalous stamens are fused by the filaments, resulting in an exceptionally broad filament with two
anthers. Perhaps related to this is the occasional occurrence of the broadest filaments (with a single
stamen) in this location. Such fusions rarely occur opposite the petals.
Anther shape. In most species the loculi are fused into a thick, coherent structure 0.5-1.3 mm long,
which is broadest close to the attachment to the filament. Each side of the anther has a longitudinal
groove such that the anther somewhat resembles a bicycle helmet, especially when viewed from above.
Anthers of this type are illustrated for B. grandiflora (Figure 2A-D) and B. pelloeae (Figure 3C). Two
species, B. erecta and B. camphorosmae , have anthers that are similar except that they are distinctly
2-lobed in their distal half. Another species, B.fascifolia , has anthers that are intermediate in appearance,
being somewhat 2-lobed terminally.
224
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. Babingtonia grandiflora. A - top and oblique views of flowers; B - ventral view of stamen; C - side view of stamen;
D - L.S. of stamen showing large internal oil gland (arrowed); E - top view of 13 ovules radially arranged on a placenta; F -
L.S. of placenta and ovules. Image (A) by Rob Davis (PC. Jobson & R. Davis PCJ 10319) and drawings (B-F) by Malcolm
Trudgen (ME. Trudgen 1439, M. Clark & A. Travers).
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
225
Figure 3. Babingtoniapelloeae. A - branch with a bud, two flowers and a young fruit; B - flower (with one petal removed);
C - stamens; D - fruit; E - seed. Unused plate prepared for Flora of the Perth region , drawn by Margaret Menadue from fresh
material collected at Gooseberry Hill in January 1982.
226
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Anther orientation and dehiscence. The anthers are basifixed and held facing into the flower at 60-90
degrees to their filament (Figure 2C,D). Pollen is extruded, via terminal pores, in two yellow streams,
which are well separated in the species with 2-lobed anthers but adjacent and likely sometimes to
combine in species such as B. grandiflora. Recently extruded pollen is visible on some of the anthers
in the flowers of Figure 2A.
Connective gland. The large connective gland, which makes up most of the internal space within the
anther (Figure 2D), either protrudes at the base of the anther as a distinct swelling or is fully enclosed,
together with pollen sacs, within the main body of the anther. Where the connective gland is shortly
protruding it is often dark pink or red. Even when the gland is fully enclosed it may be evident because
of variations in colour within the anther. The gland can be seen best in the flower buds before the
anthers dehisce; it shrinks as its oily contents are released together with the pollen.
Ovary. The ovary summit is almost level, or shallowly concave except at the centre, and bright green
in flower, expanding upwards and turning reddish in fruit. The ovaries of B. delicata and B. triandra
are uniformly 1 -locular and have a placenta positioned above the middle of one side of the loculus. The
other species’ ovaries are predominantly 3-locular, although occasional specimens off?, camphorosmae
may have a majority of their flowers 2-locular. Ovules are radially arranged (Figure 2E) on more or
less sessile to long-stalked placentas.
Style. In species with a 3-locular ovary, the base of the style is included in a long, cylindrical depression
at the centre of the ovary. At maturity the style is long and slender. In species with a 1-locular ovary,
the style is eccentric, having its base attached towards the outside of the ovary but with the depression
tilted inwards so that the exserted part of the style arises closer to the centre of the ovary summit.
Fruits. In those taxa with a 3-locular ovary, the fruit is 1/2-2/3-inferior, usually about half-inferior,
and has a convex summit. It is surrounded by a rim formed by the free part of the hypanthium and the
persistent calyx. The seeds are shed via three valves (Rye 1987: Figure 141E). Babingtonia triandra
has a 1-locular, indehiscent, inferior fruit with a flat summit. Fruits of the other 1-locular species,
B. delicata , are also indehiscent but have a convex summit with a single relictual valve extending from
the margin to the centre of the fruit; these delicate fruits may split open by the valve when pressure
is applied.
Seeds. Seeds range from 0.6 mm to 1.5 mm long in Babingtonia , and have a small hilum up to
c. 0.3 mm long. Among the species with a multi-locular ovary, seeds are crustaceous and pieces of
chaff are always distinctly facetted (Figure 3E) and crustaceous. Mostly these seeds are strongly
facetted, sometimes with raised, somewhat frilly margins to the facets. In species with a 1-locular
ovary, only one seed is produced per fruit. In B. triandra , the solitary seed is broadly and irregularly
ovoid or obovoid, with a thinly crustaceous testa, while that of B. delicata has a large, rounded outer
surface and a facetted inner surface.
Affinities and circumscription of Babingtonia
Babingtonia belongs to the Hysterobaeckea group of the large tribe Chamelaucieae (Wilson et al.
2005, 2007). As noted previously, all members of the Hysterobaeckea group have the connective
gland fused to other parts of the stamen. The currently recognised genera are Anticoryne, Balaustion
Hook., Cheyniana Rye, Ericomyrtus Turcz., Harmogia, Hysterobaeckea (Nied.) Rye, Kardomia,
Malleostemon, Oxymyrrhine , Sannantha, Scholtzia and Tetrapora. Babingtonia is the oldest name
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
227
and hence has taxonomic priority. Its closest relative may well b q Anticoryne, a genus comprising just
two species from Fitzgerald River National Park. The two genera can be more readily distinguished
by their different distributions than by their morphology in the extract below from a key to Western
Australian genera (Rye 2009).
51 . Peduncles 1-flowered. Flowers with petals 4-7 mm long, sepals 1.1-1.6 mm long
and 12^15 stamens. Restricted to Fitzgerald River National Park. ANTICORYNE
51 : Peduncles 1-20-flowered. Flowers with petals 1.3-6.5 mm long (if petals more
than 5 mm long then sepals 0.2-1.1 mm long) and 3-25 stamens. Occurring from
north of Geraldton to the Mount Barker area. BABINGTONIA
Leaf thickness is also helpful in distinguishing between Anticoryne and Babingtonia, with Anticoryne
having flatter leaves up to 4 mm wide. As noted above in the section on molecular evidence, an
Anticoryne species was invariably found in a sister relationship with Babingtonia.
The circumscription of Babingtonia given here may need to be expanded in the future to include
some taxa currently misplaced in Baeckea , such as B. staminosa E.Pritz., which has a number of
morphological similarities but only two ovules and somewhat narrower filaments, and B. sp. Three
Springs (M.E. Trudgen 5368) [= B. moschata C.A.Gardner ms], which has the stamens united and a
more prominent connective gland. These taxa should be given priority for sampling in future molecular
studies to assist in determining generic boundaries.
Descriptions and key
Babingtonia Lindl., Bot. Reg. t. 10 (1842). Baeckea sect. Babingtonia (Lindl.) Benth. & Hook.f.,
Gen. PI. 1: 701 (1865). Type: Babingtonia camphorosmae (Endl.) Lindl.
Shrubs low-growing to erect, 0.3-1,5(-3) m high, glabrous. Young stems smooth to tuberculate. Leaves
opposite and decussate (rarely some of them ternate), sometimes densely clustered, small, entire, with
a very short but well defined petiole. Leaf blades linear to elliptic in outline; abaxial surface shallowly
to very deeply convex or more angled; adaxial surface concave, with oil glands often as conspicuous
as those on abaxial surface. Peduncles l-7(-16)-flowered, up to 9 mm long. Bracteoles persistent at
anthesis and often in fruit. Pedicels up to 4 mm long but sometimes absent. Flowers 3-15 mm diam.
Hypanthium broad, rugose-pitted to smooth, adnate to ovary for most of its length, green at first;
adnate portion obconic or broadly obconic; free portion short. Sepals 5, erect, persistent in fruit, much
shorter than the petals and sometimes greatly reduced, herbaceous at base and with a ± absent to broad,
scarious to petaloid margin that is sometimes divided into two lateral parts; herbaceous base usually
with a dorsal ridge (running longitudinally along its centre) or slightly horned dorsally. Petals 5, widely
spreading, shed before fruit matures, very broadly obovate or ± circular, white or pink. Antipetaline
colleters (when present) usually minute, slender and white or pale pink but sometimes shorter and
triangular to subulate. Staminodes absent or rare. Stamens 3-26, free, either antisepalous or in a fairly
continuous circle, those directly opposite or closest to the petals longest and those opposite the centre
of the sepals shortest. Filaments curved inwards and down towards the stigma in bud, fairly erect at
maturity, broad and flat (dorsiventrally compressed). Anthers highly modified, with the 2 cells closely
fused with the connective gland into a helmet-like (longitudinally grooved) or 2-lobed structure, opening
by two small pores somewhat lateral to the opening of the connective gland; connective gland not or
only shortly protruding. Ovary 1-3-locular, inferior; placentas axile, peltate and shield-like; ovules
4-16 per loculus, radially arranged. Style terete, 0.5-3.5 mm long, well exserted at maturity from a
228
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
long, narrow depression in the summit of the ovary or a shorter, tilted depression, often reddish, the
enclosed part pale; stigma small, capitate, circular from top view. Fruits dry, c. 1/2-inferior to fully
inferior, with a narrow, deep central depression, with few to all of the ovules in a loculus developing into
seeds, dehiscent by (2)3 valves or thin-walled and indehiscent; hypanthium broad and often somewhat
3-lobed. Seeds radially arranged on the placenta or solitary, 0.6-1.6 mm long, strongly facetted to
unfacetted, usually with a large, rounded outer surface, 2 equal lateral surfaces and a small, narrow
inner surface with a small or moderately large hilum; testa crustaceous, variously ornamented, often
colliculate with a fine pattern of well raised (convex) cells, of varied shades of brown. Chaff pieces
usually distinctly facetted and crustaceous, smaller than the seeds.
Size and distribution. Currently 11 species are recognised, extending from well north of Geraldton
south to Dunsborough and south-east to the Mount Barker area. This distribution is entirely confined
within the limits of the South-west Botanical Province, occurring in varied habitats including ones
on laterite, more sandy habitats and winter-wet depressions.
Phenology. Babingtonia species flower mainly in spring and summer, especially from October to
February, with the northern taxa tending to flower earlier in the year than the southern taxa. Fruits are
produced soon after flowering but may not tend to dehisce for some time. Dehisced fruits may persist
for most of the year. In two species the fruits are indehiscent and are possibly shed soon after flowering.
Co-occurrence. Despite considerable overlap in the ranges of some pairs of species, B. camphorosmae
and B. pelloeae are the only ones known to co-occur. These two species have been recorded together
at two locations in the Shire of Kalamunda (e.g. F. Hort 399 & 399A). See also the notes under
B. grandiflora regarding some co-occurrence of its variants.
Etymology. Dedicated to Charles Cardale Babington (1808-1895), a professor of botany at Cambridge.
Key to species of Babingtonia
1. Stamens 3-13, discontinuous, antisepalous (i.e. with gaps opposite the petals)
2. Stamens 3-8; anther entire. Ovary 1-locular; ovules 4-9. Fruits indehiscent
3 . Peduncles always multi-flowered, up to 16-flowered. Flowers white, 3-3.5 mm
diam. Stamens 3 (Calingiri area). B. triandra
3: Peduncles 1-3-flowered. Flowers usually pink, c. 4 mm diam. Stamens 4-8
(W of Dandaragan). B. delicata
2 : Stamens 8-13; anther 2-lobed. Ovary (2)3-locular; ovules 7-13 per loculus. Fruits
dehiscent
4 . Shrub low-growing, usually 0.1-0.4 m high, sometimes multi-stemmed from a
lignotuber. Petals 3.5-5 mm long (Dandaragan area-Dunsborough-
Mount Barker). B. camphorosmae
4 : Shrub erect, usually 0.7-3 m high, 1-stemmed or multi-branched at the base.
Petals 2.3-3.2 mm long (Arrino area-Dandaragan). B. erecta
1: Stamens (10-) 12-26 in a continuous circle or with small gaps, if 10-12 then with
all or most stamens opposite both the sepals and petals
5. Sepals 0.2-0.7 mm long, appearing fully herbaceous or with a narrow, white or
pink margin
6. Leaves 0.9-1.5 mm long (Bunjil area).
B. minutifolia
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
229
6: Leaves 2.5-9 mm long
7. Petals 3-3.5 mm long. Anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, somewhat 2-lobed. Ovules
6-9 per loculus (E of Mingenew). B. fascifolia
7: Petals 4-6.5 mm long. Anthers 0.7-1.3 mm long, entire. Ovules 10-16 per
loculus (near Nolba-Boonanarring NR). B. grandidora
5: Sepals 0.5-1.5 mm long, with a broad, white or pink margin
8. Peduncles 0.6-1.6 mm long in fruit, often shorter than the pedicels. Anthers with
the connective gland protruding below base of anther (Watheroo NP-Cataby). B. cherticola
8: Peduncles 1.3-9 mm long in fruit, usually longer than the pedicels. Anthers with
the connective gland not protruding
9. Petals 4-6.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Ovules 10-16 per loculus
(near Nolba-Boonanarring NR). B. grandidora
9: Petals 2.5-3.5 mm long in most taxa but up to 5 mm long in B. pelloeae, in
which they are medium-pink. Ovules 6-11 per loculus
10 . Associated with wetlands on the coastal plain. Petals 2.5-3 mm long. Seeds
with raised, somewhat frilly margins to the facets (Badgingarra-Mandurah). B. urbana
10 : Occurring in lateritic habitats, often on hillsides. Petals 3-5 mm long. Seeds
with entire, smooth margins to facets
11 . Leaves elliptic to narrowly obovate from top view, 1.7-4 mm long. Petals
3-3.5 mm long, white or pale pink (near Narrogin). B. maleyae
11 : Leaves ± narrowly oblong to linear from top view, 3.5-8 mm long. Petals
3.3-5 mm long, medium-pink. (Darling Ra.). B. pelloeae
Babingtonia camphorosmae (Endl.) Lindl., Bot. Reg. t. 10 (1842). Baeckea camphorosmae Endl.
in S.L. Endlicher, F. Lenzl, G. Bentham & H.W. Schott, Enum. PI. 51 (1837). Type citation : ‘King
George Sound. (Hiigel)’. Type'. Swan River area [probably from Eremantle to Darling Range], Western
Australia, November-December 1833 ,K.A.A. von Huegels.n. (fiolo: W 0009018; iso: K 000843435).
Illustrations. J. Lindley, Bot. Reg. t. 10 (1842); W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral.
Wildfl. 3A: 75 (1980); N.G. Marchant, J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye, E.M. Bennett, N.S. Lander & T.D.
Macfarlane, FI. Perth Region 1: 381, Eigure 141 (1987) [all as Baeckea camphorosmae].
Prostrate or low-growing shrub 0.1-0.4(-0.6) m high, sometimes multi-stemmed from a lignotuber,
with densely clustered leaves; flowering branchlets usually with 4-22 flower-bearing nodes. Young
stems often somewhat rugose with prominent glands. Petioles 0-0.3 mm long. Leaf blades linear in
outline or filiform, 2.5-7 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, 0.3-0.4 mm thick, entire, often with an apical
point c. 0.1 mm long; abaxial surface deep, with 1 or 2 main rows of very small, inconspicuous oil
glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface fairly flat. Peduncles 1-2.5 mm long, tending to
be shorter than pedicels, 1-5-flowered; secondary axes (when present) 0-0.6 mm long. Bracteoles
deciduous, narrowly ovate, 1.3-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with incurved, scarious margins; apex
acute. Pedicels 1-3 mm long. Flowers 8-11 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.5-2.2 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm
wide, with glands somewhat protruding; free portion 0.5-0.7 mm long. Sepals depressed-ovate or of
other depressed shapes, 0.5-1 mm long, 1.5-2.3 mm wide, ridged but not horned; margin fairly broad,
continuous around apex or split into two parts, one on each side of the ridged keel. Petals 3.5-5 mm
long, white to medium-pink. Stamens 10-13, antisepalous, in irregular groups of 1-3 or sometimes
regularly 2 per sepal. Longest filaments 0.7-1 mm long. Anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.4-0.65 mm wide,
230
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
2-lobed; connective gland not or only shortly protruding. Ovary 2- or usually 3-locular; placentas
long-stalked; ovules 7-10 per loculus. Style slender, 1.3-1.6 mm long, the base immersed in a central
depression which fully engulfs the style in fruit. Fruits c. 2/3-inferior, 2-2.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm
diam. (3.5-5 mm diam. including the attached floral parts); summit convex. Seeds strongly facetted,
1-1.6 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, 0.8-1 mm thick, often with somewhat raised borders to the facets;
testa moderately thick, usually light to medium brown, smooth on outer surface, prominently colliculate
on lateral surfaces. Chaff pieces facetted, mostly 0.6-1.2 mm long, crustaceous, medium brown.
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth or somewhat rugose. Leaf blades 2.5-7 mm long. Peduncles
1-2.5 mm long, 1-5-flowered. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long; margin fairly broad. Stamens 10-13, in
antisepalous groups. Anthers 2-lobed; connective gland not or shortly protruding. Ovary 3-locular;
placentas long-stalked, with 7-10 ovules.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: Boonanarring vacant Crown Land, off
Wannamal West Rd, 21 Mar. 1986, J.J. Alford 495 (PERTH); 49.8 km along Muir Hwy from junction
with South West Hwy, 10 Jan. 1996, A.R. Annels 5662 & R.W. Hearn (PERTH); near Regans Ford,
15 Nov. 1967, A.M. Ashby 2444 (AD); Great Southern Hwy, 5.5 km S ofPingelly, Station Street Reserve,
7 Jan. 1999, D. Box 259 (PERTH); Geographe Bay, MissBunbury s.n. (MEL 76186); 4 miles [6.4 km]
E of Darkan, 30 Dec. 1955, N.T. Burbidge 4961 (CANB); Blythe Park, Gifford Rd, Dunsborough,
16 Dec. 2000, H. Cole & D. Carter 492 (PERTH); Biro Rd, 8.4 km E of Suez Rd [SE of Rocky Gully],
19 Jan. 1998, R. Davis 4832 (PERTH); c. 10 km E of Wannamal, 6 Dec. 1963, A.S. George6 043 (AD,
BRI, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Kalamunda, Jan. 1928, Miss Goodere s.n. (ADW16037); Serpentine, Oct.
1899, R. Helms s.n. (BRI, NSW); Gavins Rd, Gwindinup, 7 Jan. 2005, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery
335 (CANB, PERTH); Wooroloo, Dec. 1906, M. Koch 1462 (AD, MEL); Melville Park, 28 Dec. 1897,
A. Morrison 7177 (BRI, PERTH); Lake Muir, Muir s.n. (MEL); Vasse River, 1838-1842, L. Preiss
348 (MEL); Guildford, 1840, L. Preiss 367 (MEL, W); Murray District, Dec. 1900, E.G. Pritzel 130
(AD, NSW); near Cut Hill, York, 17 Jan. 1904, O.H. Sargent 90 (NSW); Narrakine Block, Highbury
Forest 52, 7 Jan. 1999, G. Warren 74 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from the Dandaragan area south to Dunsborough and the Whicher
Range and south-east to near Mount Barker (Figure 1A) and is found on the Swan Coastal Plain as
well as on the Darling Range. Occurs in a wide variety of soil types, mostly in woodlands or forests
dominated by eucalypts, sometimes in woodlands dominated by Banksia or other taxa.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from November to February. Fruits recorded from December to August.
Conservation status. This widespread taxon is not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. According to Lindley (1842), the scientific epithet refers to the resemblance of this species
to the European Camphorwort genus, Camphorosma L., in the Chenopodiaceae. However, it is possible
that the epithet simply refers to the plant having a camphor-like odour.
Common names. Babingtonia camphorosmae is commonly known as Camphor Myrtle, as in the original
description of the genus Babingtonia (Lindley 1842). However, F. Mueller’s specimens collected in
the 1870s and now housed in MEL give its common name variously as Liquorice Teabush, Liquorice
Teatree, Liquorice Tea and Native Tea, reflecting its use for making bush tea.
Affinities. See notes under B. erecta.
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
231
Notes. Although B. camphorosmae is widespread in the south-west, its range does not quite reach
King George Sound on the south coast. Therefore it appears that the type locality is incorrectly given
as King George Sound and that von Huegel collected the type material while he was in the Swan
River area. Types of a number of other species, such as Astartea affinis (Endl.) Rye (see Rye 2006),
were also given the incorrect locality of King George Sound when they had actually been collected
near the Swan River settlement.
One specimen collected from the Darling Range ( R. Davis 1002), described on the label as suckering,
has a greatly thickened underground lignotuber or thickened rootstock from which three separate
erect stems emerge and the underground thickened structure abruptly turns from vertical to horizontal
(c. 90° angle) and then continues for c. 200 mm becoming much narrower distally. Whether this is true
evidence of suckering or a result of the root being diverted by rocks or other physical reasons is not
certain. Other specimens with a lignotuber attached include ones from Blackwood River (J. Forrest
s.n., MEL 76207 & 76312), Stirling Range ( F. Mueller s.n., MEL 76212 & 76328) and Murray District
( E.G. Pritzel 130, AD). Groves et al. (2009) list Babingtonia [as Baeckea] camphorosmae as being
resistant to Phytophthora cinnamomi. Perhaps this resistance is related to its lignotuber.
There is great variability in this common taxon, including small-leaved specimens, such as H. Seeds 83.
Some northern specimens that have thicker leaves and more numerous flowers than normal for
B. camphorosmae have been excluded for now from the description given in this paper, as it is not
clear whether further taxa need to be recognised.
Babingtonia cherticola Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus. north of Moora, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
17 December 1993, R. Bone 1993/1 (holo: PERTH 04367278; iso. CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Baeckea sp. Moora (R. Bone 1993/1), G. Paczkowska&A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat.
348 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed
11 August 2015],
Shrub 0.5-2 m high, with erect slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading, densely clustered
leaves; flowering branchlets usually with 4-16 flower-bearing nodes. Young stems tuberculate. Petioles
0.3-0.6 mm long. Leaf blades linear in outline, 6-12 mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick,
obtuse, the margins often denticulate; abaxial surface deep, with centre flattened and with a narrow
groove along the midvein, with 1 or 2 main rows of very small, inconspicuous oil glands on each side of
the midvein; adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands often as conspicuous as on abaxial surface. Peduncles
0.6-1.6 mm long, 1 (-3)-flowered; secondary axes (when present) 0-0.5 mm long. Bracteoles deciduous
or persistent, ovate to linear in outline, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide; margins somewhat to very
incurved or folded inwards (blade v-shaped in TS), often somewhat scarious and tinged reddish; apex
recurved. Pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Flowers 8-10.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.7-2 mm long, 3-3.5 mm
wide, rugose-pitted; free portion 0.4-0.5 mm long, often pink-tinged. Sepals depressed-ovate to
± triangular, 0.6-1.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, usually deep pink-tinged, acute, prominently ridged
or shortly horned; margin broad, entire or denticulate. Petals 3-4.5 mm long, white or pale pink inside,
pink outside in bud. Stamens 16-26, in a circle. Longest filaments 1-1.4 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide
at base. Anthers 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, entire; connective gland protruding below base
of anther, sometimes reddish. Ovary 3-locular; placentas long-stalked; ovules 7-11 per loculus. Style
2-3 mm long, with the basal part immersed in a central depression. Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 2.5-3 mm
232
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
long, 3-3.5 mm diam. (3.5-5 mm diam. including the attached floral parts); summit convex. Seeds
strongly facetted, 1.1-1.4 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide, 0.8-1.1 mm thick, with narrow raised paler
rims along the borders of the facets; testa moderately thick, pale or yellowish brown at first, turning
dark brown, smooth on outer surface, minutely rugose on lateral surfaces. Chaff pieces facetted, mostly
0.5-1.1 mm long, crustaceous, medium brown.
Diagnostic features. Young stems tuberculate. Leaf blades 6-12 mm long. Peduncles 0.6-1.6 mm
long, mostly 1-flowered. Sepals 0.6-1.5 mm long; margin broad. Stamens 16-26, in a circle. Anthers
entire; connective gland protruding. Chary 3-locular; placentas distinctly stalked, with 8-10 ovules.
Selected specimens examined of typical variant. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for
conservation reasons] 20 Dec. 2004, A.D. Crawford 829 (PERTH); 27 Nov. 1990, E.A. Griffin 6355
(PERTH); 26 Nov. 2000, B. Morgan BM 136 (PERTH); 30 Nov. 1999, L. Polomka & S. Patrick 3336
(PERTH); 26 Nov. 2003, M.E. Trudgen 22086 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW, PERTH).
Selected specimens examined of western variant. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for
conservation reasons] 26 Nov. 1966, J.S. Beard 4594 (PERTH); 12 Feb. 2002, F. Hort 1696 (AD, BRI,
PERTH); 12 Feb. 2002, F. Hort 1697 (CANB, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 21 Mar. 2007, K.R. Thiele
3204 (PERTH); 1 Nov. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 4850 (AD, PERTH); 17 Nov. 2000, Peter G. Wilson
1514 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in three main areas (Figure 4A), the largest one an eastern region
of chert hills from Watheroo National Park south to Moora, in habitats with varied vegetation, often
with Allocasuarina or eucalypts (such as Eucalyptus wandoo ) dominant. In a north-western region
near Badgingarra and a south-western area near Cataby, lower vegetation, primarily heath, occurs on
sandplain or sand over laterite.
Phenology. Flowers recorded from November to February. Fruits recorded through most of the year.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Moora (R. Bone 1993/1). The known
range of the species extends for c. 75 km.
Etymology. Its name reflects its main area of occurrence in chert hills, a relatively unusual kind of
habitat in Western Australia.
Affinities. Differs from all other members of the genus in its more tuberculate young stems. It is similar
to B.fascifolia in having its leaves clustered and the connective gland obviously protruding, but tends
to be a taller shrub. The anthers on R. Davis 2694 are particularly short and broad, of a similar length
to those of B. fascifolia , but other specimens can be distinguished from B. fascifolia by their larger
anthers. Babingtonia cherticola may also be confused with B. pelloeae and B. urbana Rye, differing
in its more clustered leaves and in having peduncles mostly shorter than the pedicels.
Notes. The known distribution of the species has three disjunct regions, possibly with significant
habitat differences between the eastern area and the two western ones. Eastern specimens have a
deeply pitted, rugose hypanthium. Western specimens, included among the specimens cited above
but mapped separately as B. aff cherticola in Figure 4A, tend to have the hypanthium less obviously
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
233
Figure 4. Distribution maps for five new species of Babingtonia. A-B. cherticola (•), B. aff. cherticola (O) and B. maleyae
(A); B -B. delicata (O), B.fascifolia (•) and B. pelloeae (A).
pitted and also tend to have fewer stamens and ovules, although there is some overlap in all these
characters. Further study is needed to determine whether the western populations warrant recognition
as a distinct taxon.
Babingtonia delicata Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus. Shire of Dandaragan [south of Cataby], Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation reasons], 13 November 2004, F. Hort & J. Hort 2423 ( holo : PERTH 06983189; iso. K,
MEL, NSW).
Malleostemon sp. Cooljarloo (B. Backhouse s.n. 16/11/88), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West.
Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. 390 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Shrub 0.3-0.85 m high, with erect slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading leaves that are
sometimes densely clustered; flowering branchlets usually with 8-13 or more flower-bearing nodes.
Young stems smooth or with scattered, rounded, prominent oil glands. Petioles 0.4-0.7 mm long. Leaf
blades linear or very narrowly oblong in outline, 5-11 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick,
thickest towards the apex, entire, not or scarcely mucronate; abaxial surface deep, the centre flattened
and grooved, with c. 2 main rows of minute oil glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface
fairly flat, oil glands similar to those on abaxial surface. Peduncles 1-2.2 mm long, 1-3-flowered;
secondary axes (when present) up to 0.3 mm long. Bracteoles deciduous or persistent, narrowly ovate,
1.4-2 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, somewhat scarious and tinged reddish or brown; margins folded
234
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
inwards (blade v-shaped in TS), serrulate; apex sometimes recurved, acute. Pedicels up to c. 0.5 mm
long on the main flower and apparently shorter on lateral flowers. Flowers 4-5 mm diam. Hypanthium
c. 1.4 mm long, c. 1.6 mm wide, rather coarsely rugose-pitted; free portion c. 0.35 mm long, often
reddish-tinged. Sepals depressed-ovate or depressed-hemispheric, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,
broadly obtuse, the herbaceous base keeled but not horned; margin broad, pink, usually with deep
pink flecks towards the middle, entire or denticulate. Petals 1.4-1.8 mm long, usually bright pink
inside, the outer ones deep pink outside in bud. Stamens 4-8, antisepalous or between the sepals and
petals, 0-3 opposite each sepal. Longestfilaments 0.25-0.4 mm long, c. 0.15 mm wide at base. Anthers
0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.35 mm wide, entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 1-locular, with
a sloping summit; placenta almost sessile; ovules 5-9. Style somewhat displaced from the centre in
flower and very eccentric in fruit, 0.5-0.7 mm long, the base in a rather short, tilted depression. Fruits
indehiscent, largely inferior except for a lop-sided bulge, 1.4-1.5 mm long, 1.3-1.4 mm diam., very
thin-walled, 1-seeded; summit convex. Seed with a broad, rounded outer surface and facetted inner
surface, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; testa thin, crustaceous, whitish to pale brown, ± smooth.
Chaff pieces angled but compressed, c. 0.7 mm long, scarcely crustaceous, medium brown. (Figure 5)
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth or with scattered prominent oil glands. Leaf blades 5-11 mm
long. Peduncles 1-2.2 mm long, 1-3-flowered. Sepals c. 0.4 mm long; margin broad. Petals 1.4-1.8 mm
long, bright pink. Stamens 4-8, in antisepalous groups. Anthers entire; connective gland not protruding
Ovary 1-locular; placenta ± sessile, with 5-9 ovules.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
16 Nov. 1988, B. & B. Backhouse s.n. (PERTH 02794349); 3 Feb. 2014, G. Cockerton &A. Quarmby
WB 35204 (PERTH); 1 Dec. 1992, E.A. Griffin 7967 (NSW, PERTH); 13 Nov. 2004, F. Hort2424 &
J. Hort (AD, BRI, CANB, PERTH); 21 Oct. 1990, B.J. Keighery 1990/14 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs north-west and south of Cataby Roadhouse, which is on the Brand
Highway west of Dandaragan (Figure 4B). The habitat is of sandy soils close to wetlands, described
as seasonally wet and low-lying.
Phenology. Flowers recorded from November to December and mature fruits in February.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Malleostemon sp. Cooljarloo (B. Backhouse s.n.
16/11/88). This species is known from few, probably only two, populations over a range of less than
25 km.
Etymology. From the Latin delicatus (dainty), referring to the overall appearance of this slender¬
stemmed shrub with small but attractive pink flowers.
Affinities. This species is similarto B. triandra in having much reduced, 1-locular flowers and indehiscent
fruits, and both occur in wetlands. However, the two species are probably more closely related to
species with much larger flowers and 3-locular, multi-seeded fruits than they are to one another.
Notes. Babingtonia delicata has fewer stamens (4-8 per flower) than other species treated here except
for the 3-staminate B. triandra. Although few, the stamens are still variable and their arrangement is
still irregular, with a stamen sometimes directly opposite a sepal or petal but most stamens somewhat
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
235
Figure 5. Babingtonia delicata. A - habit; B - flowering stem. Images by Jean Hort ( F. & J. Hort 2424).
intermediate between the sepals and petals. Gaps between the bases of the filament may be larger than
the width of the filaments in this taxon.
The species is unusual in having a sloping ovary summit. For details of its fruits, see the Morphology
section of this paper.
236
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Babingtonia erecta Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus. west of Three Springs, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 27
November2003, M.E. Trudgen 22109 (holo. PERTH06605672; iso. AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Baeckea sp. BunneyRd(S. Patrick 4059), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Erect shrub usually 0.7-3 m high, single-stemmed at the base but often branching close to the base,
with leaves densely clustered; flowering branchlets usually with 4-32 flower-bearing nodes. Young
stems often somewhat rugose with prominent glands. Petioles 0.1-0.3 mm long. Leaf blades ± linear
in outline, 2.5-6 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, 0.4-0.5 mm thick, entire, not or scarcely mucronate;
abaxial surface deep, with centre often flattened and with a narrow groove along the midvein, with
1 or 2 main rows of minute, inconspicuous oil glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface
fairly flat. Peduncles 0.6-3 mm long, 2-7-flowered; bracts deciduous or persistent, narrowly or very
narrowly ovate to narrowly oblong in outline, 1.7-3.2 mm long, 0.25-0.4 mm wide, the margins
incurved; secondary axes ± absent or up to 0.8 mm long. Bracteoles deciduous or persistent, narrowly
ovate to linear in outline, 1.1-1.8 mm long, 0.2-0.35 mm wide, with sides folded inwards (blade
v-shaped in TS), entire to denticulate; apex acute. Pedicels 1.3-3 mm long. Flowers 5.5-7.5 mm diam.
Hypanthium 1.5-1.8 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, rugose-pitted; free portion c. 0.5 mm long. Sepals
usually depressed-ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, ridged; margin narrow or moderately broad,
continuous around apex or split into two parts, one on each side of the ridged keel. Petals 2.3-3.2 mm
long, white or pale pink, often denticulate. Stamens 8—14(—17), antisepalous in irregular groups of
\-A. Longest filaments 0.6-0.8 mm long. Anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.35-0.4 mm wide, 2-lobed;
connective gland shortly protruding at base, pink or reddish. Ovary 3-locular; placentas distinctly
stalked; ovules 7-13 per loculus. Style 1.3-2 mm long, the base inserted in a central depression.
Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 1.5-2.3 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm diam.; summit convex. Seeds strongly facetted,
1- 1.3 mm long; testa moderately thick, pale to dark brown, smooth on outer facet, deeply colliculate
to shallowly tuberculate on lateral facets, often with a narrow rim protruding at the junction of the
facets. Chaff pieces facetted, mostly 0.5-0.9 mm long, crustaceous.
Diagnostic features. Young stems often somewhat rugose. Leaf blades 2.5-6 mm long. Peduncles
0.6-3 mm long, 2-7-flowered. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, ridged; margin narrow or moderately broad.
Petals 2.3-3.2 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens usually 8-14, in antisepalous groups. Anthers
2- lobed; connective gland shortly protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas distinctly stalked, with
7-13 ovules.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation
reasons] 23Nov. 2001, A.D. Crawford 832 (PERTH);/. Drummonds.n. (MEL76377); 19Nov. 2002,
S.J. Patrick 4527 & G. Paczkowska (AD, BRI, PERTH); 18 Aug. 2003, B.L. Rye 238016, 128017 &
M.E. Trudgen (PERTH); 27 Nov. 2003, M.E. Trudgen 22118 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Arrino south to south-west to the Gairdner Range, south¬
east to Gunyidi and possibly south to Dandaragan (Figure 6A), often on lateritic ridges or hillsides
or in shallow sand over laterite, sometimes in deep sand, sometimes associated with watercourses.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from October to January. Fruits recorded from December to September.
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
237
Figure 6. Distribution maps for four new species of Babingtonia. A - B. erecta (•) and B. triandra (A); B - B. minutifolia
(A) and B. urbana (•).
Conservation status. This species is known from numerous localities over a moderately large range.
Etymology. From the Latin erectus (upright) referring to the plant’s mature habit, a character that
distinguishes this species from B. camphorosmae.
Affinities. Previously confused with B. camphorosmae , differing as indicated in the key and in having
an obviously reticulate-pitted hypanthium. Babingtonia erecta is notable for having long inflorescences,
sometimes occupying about 30 or more consecutive nodes along a branchlet, with usually dense clusters
of flowers at each node, rather than few flowers per node as in most of the other taxa.
Notes. The variation within this taxon needs further study to determine whether any of the variants
warrant recognition. South-eastern specimens tend to have scarious bracteoles that are shed prior to
anthesis whereas north-eastern specimens are more variable and sometimes have relatively persistent
bracteoles. One specimen (J. Young 463A) from the south-western part of the range has more numerous
stamens than usual with 14-17 per flower.
Babingtonia fascifolia Rye, sp. nov.
Typus. Yandanooka-Morawa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
2 December 1999, S.J. Patrick 3356 (holo: PERTH 05590833; iso: AD, NSW, MEL).
Baeckea sp. Yandanooka (R. Soullier 421), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
238
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Shrub 0.3-0.5 m high, with erect slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading, densely clustered
leaves; flowering branchlets usually with 6-18 flower-bearing nodes. Young stems smooth between
the angles. Petioles 0.4-0.6 mm long. Leaf blades linear in outline, 3-5 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide,
0.4-0.5 mm thick, obtuse, entire; abaxial surface deep, either convex along centre or with centre
flattened and with a narrow groove along the midvein, with 1 or 2 main rows of small oil glands on
each side of the midvein; adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands often as conspicuous as on abaxial
surface. Peduncles 0.7-1.4 mm long, 1-3-flowered; secondary axes (when present) up to at least 0.3 mm
long. Bracteoles deciduous or persistent, ovate to linear in outline, 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm
wide, somewhat scarious and tinged yellowish or reddish, with margins somewhat to very incurved;
apex incurved. Pedicels c. 2 mm long. Flowers commonly 7-8.5 mm diam. Hypanthium c. 2 mm
long, 3-3.5 mm wide, smooth or somewhat rugose-pitted; free portion c. 0.6 mm long, often pink-
tinged. Sepals ± depressed-ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, usually deep pink-tinged, acute,
prominently ridged, the ridge reaching the apex of the outer ones and often horn-like but not a true
horn; margin narrow, white, entire. Petals 3-3.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 19-23, in a
circle. Longest filaments 1.3-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide at base. Anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm
wide, somewhat 2-lobed; connective gland protruding slightly, red. Ovary 3-locular; placentas shortly
stalked; ovules usually 6-9 per loculus. Style 2.2-2.5 mm long, with the basal c. 0.7 mm immersed in
a central depression. Fruits over 1/2- to c. 2/3-superior, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm diam. ( c. 4.5 mm
diam. including free hypanthium); summit deeply convex. Seeds not seen at maturity but strongly
facetted, c. 1.1 mm long; testa pale (straw-coloured).
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth. Leaf blades 3-5 mm long. Peduncles 0.7-1.4 mm long,
1- 3-flowered. Sepals 0.5-0.7 mm long; margin narrow. Stamens 19-23, in a circle. Anthers somewhat
2- lobed; connective gland protruding slightly. Ovary 3-locular; placentas shortly stalked, with 6-9 ovules.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
8 Dec. 1992, R.J. Cranfield 8681 & P Spencer (PERTH); Nov. 1997, R. Soullier 421 (PERTH); Nov.
1998, R. Soullier 648 (PERTH); Oct. 1999, R. Soullier 711 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs east of Mingenew (Figure 4B), with several records from yellow
sand and one from red-brown lateritic soil, in woodlands or shrublands.
Phenology. Flowers from October to December. Fruits recorded from November to December.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Yandanooka (R. Soullier 421) (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-). This species is known from one locality on private land and several on road verges.
Its late flowering time may partly explain the paucity of collections. One population sampled recently
was apparently large.
Etymology. From the Latin fascis (bundle) and -folius (-leaved), referring to the densely clustered leaves.
Affinities. Its leaves are densely clustered on very short lateral branchlets like those of B. cherticola ,
a species which also has perhaps the most similar anthers. Babingtonia fascifolia differs from
B. cherticola in its smoother young stems, smoother hypanthium, and narrower scarious to petaloid
margins to the sepals. The anthers in B. fascifolia are shorter than in other taxa, with the connective
gland obviously protruding at the base, and tend to be more divided into the two cells than other taxa
apart from B. camphorosmae and B. erecta.
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
239
Notes. The young stems tend to have prominently ridged margins, almost slightly winged, but are
quite smooth between the margins, i.e. with oil glands not prominent.
Babingtonia grandiflora (Benth.) Rye, comb. nov.
Baeckea grandiflora Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 89 (1867). Type', between Moore and Murchison Rivers
[probably from near Moore River], Western Australia, 1850-1851, J. Drummond coll. 6, n. 60 (holo:
K 000821693; iso: MEL 72751, NSW 139907).
Illustration. W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 3A: 81 (1980) [as Baeckea
grandiflora].
Shrub 0.3-1.2 m high, with erect or arching slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading leaves
that are dense on the young branchlets but not clustered; flowering branchlets with 1—10(—12) flower¬
bearing nodes. Young stems often with prominent oil glands and sometimes pusticulate. Petioles
0.2-0.7 mm long. Leaf blades linear to narrowly obovate or rarely narrowly ovate in outline, 2.5-9 mm
long, 0.5-1.6 mm wide, 0.3-0.6 mm thick, often with pale, tooth-like processes along the margins,
thick and recurved towards the apex, with a somewhat to strongly recurved whitish apical point up to
0.3 mm long; abaxial surface deep, with centre flattened and with a furrow along the midvein, with
1 or 2 main rows of oil glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface indented into a V shape
or fairly flat. Peduncles 3-9 mm long, l(-3)-flowered; secondary axes (when present) 1.5-2.3 mm
long. Bracteoles persistent in flower and usually to the mature fruiting stage, with sides incurved,
1.5^4 mm long, 0.4-1.2 mm wide, usually largely or fully herbaceous but sometimes more scarious,
occasionally toothed; apex sometimes with a minute recurved point. Pedicels 1-4 mm long. Flowers
11-15 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.7-3 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, sometimes with rather large oil glands
but often rather smooth; free portion 0.6-1 mm long, often reddish-tinged. Sepals very depressed-
ovate to depressed-ovate or depressed-hemispheric, 0.2-0.7 mm long, 1.5-3.3 mm wide, entire, often
prominently ridged or slightly horned; margin scarcely developed to broad, often with deep pink
markings. Petals (4-)4.5-6.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 11-25, in a circle or sometimes with
distinct gaps. Longestfilaments 1.5-2.3 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide at base. Anthers 0.7-1.3 mm long,
0.4-0.7(-l) mm wide, entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas ± sessile;
ovules 10-15 per loculus. Style 2.5-3.5 mm long, with the basal 0.7-1 mm immersed in a central
depression. Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 2.5-3 mm long, 3-4 mm diam. (4-5 mm diam. including attached
floral parts); summit convex. Seeds 5-facetted or with dorsal facet reduced to the angle, 1-1.4 mm long,
0.3-0.5 mm wide, 0.6-0.9 mm thick; testa moderately thick, pale brown to golden brown or orange-
brown, sometimes becoming dark brown, with obvious longitudinal rows of prominent colliculae.
Chaff pieces facetted, commonly 0.8-1 mm long, crustaceous. (Figure 2)
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth or with prominent oil glands. Leaf blades 2.5-9 mm long.
Peduncles 3-9 mm long, mostly 1 -flowered. Sepals 0.2-1.1 mm long; margin ± absent to broad. Petals
(4-)4.5-6.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 11-25, in a circle. Anthers entire; connective gland
not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas ± sessile, with 10-15 ovules.
Selected specimens examined of typical variant. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 1.2 miles [1.9 km] from
Badgingarratowards Moora, 25 Sep. 1968, E.M. CanningWA/68 3507 (BRI, CBG); Mogumber, Nov.
1903, W.V. Fitzgeralds.n. (NSW); Boonanarring Reserve, S ofWannamal West Rd, 20 Oct. 1990,
B.J. Keighery 1990/11 (MEL, PERTH); 100 miles [161 km] N of Perth, 22 Sep. 1962, M.E. Philllips
240
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
s.n. (BRI, CBG); 4.1 miles [6.6 km] N of New Norcia, 6 Oct. 1976, M.E. & M.E. Trudgen 1722
(PERTH); S foot of Mt Lesueur, 7 Oct. 1961, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, PERTH).
Selected specimens examined of other variants. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 km N of Boonanarring
Hill, Boonanarring Nature Reserve, 13 Sep. 1993, P. Armstrong s.n. (PERTH); Howatharra, near
Northampton, c. 45 kmN of Geraldton, 26 Sep. 1968, A.M. Ashby 21 SO (AD, PERTH); N of Eneabba,
7 Sep. 1969, A.M. Ashby 3017 (AD); Oakabella hills, 22 miles [36 km] N of Geraldton, 2 Sep.
1947, N.T. Burbidge 2083 (CANB); G. Burrows block, White Peaks, 24 July 1999, J.L. Checker
11 (PERTH); Mogumber, between Perth and Moora on the railway, Mar. 1901, F.L.E. Diels &
E.G. Pritzels.n. (PERTH); south-western Australia, J. Drummonds.n. (MEL76384); ‘Ajana’ [probably
from Howatharra], 15 Sep. 1960, C.A. Gardner 12757 (PERTH); between Champion Bay and Port
Gregory, Oct. 1877, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL); Northern Gully Siding, W of railway crossing, 22 Sep.
1999, S. Patrick 3255 (PERTH); 24 miles [39 km] from Jurien Bay towards Eneabba, 24 Sep. 1968,
M.E. Phillips s.n. (BRI, CBG, MEL); Moore River, Oct. 1901, E.G. Pritzel 731 (AD, PERTH); N of
Nolba, 20 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21633 (PERTH); between Badgingarra and Jurien Bay, 8 Oct.
1969, D.J.E. Whibley 3159 (AD).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Nolba (north-east of Northampton), south to Boonanarring
Nature Reserve (Figure IB), commonly on rocky hillsides or outcrops, mostly with laterite, or in sand
over laterite. There is one specimen (C.A. Gardner 12757) reportedly from north of this range, in
sand heath at Ajana. Since both the habitat and locality look suspicious, it seems likely that Gardner
actually collected the species closer to Howatharra and Chapman River, which were the localities
given for the previous numbers in his collecting sequence.
A significant disjunction occurs between east of Geraldton and the Arrowsmith River area, the
northern area being c. 60 km long and the southern area much larger. In fact, the northern area of
distribution occurs further north than, and is geographically separated from, all other members of the
genus Babingtonia.
The geographical pattern of variation seen within B. grandiflora is similar to that in a number of other
species groups, such as the Petrophile pilostyla group (Rye & Hislop 2005) in the family Proteaceae,
where the geographically isolated, northern members of the group (from north of Geraldton) are
relatively uniform whereas those occurring from the Arrowsmith River region southwards are very
variable. This tendency for disjunct northern variants may be related to the comparative rarity of
laterite in the region of disjunction.
Phenology. Flowering begins earlier in the north. Overall it occurs from late July to December,
especially from August to October. With such a varied flowering period, the species can also be found
in fruit over much of the year.
Conservation status. A relatively widespread taxon, not considered to be at risk. However, the variation
within B. grandiflora needs further study to determine whether any variants are sufficiently distinct
to be named and whether any of them should have conservation priority.
Etymology. Both the scientific epithet and the common names refer to the large size of the flowers,
which are on average the largest of the species described here and also large in comparison with most
other species of Baeckea s. lat.
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
241
Common name. Large-flowered Babingtonia. Previously known as Large-flowered Baeckea.
Affinities. The closest relatives are probably species with the most similar anthers, especially B. maleyae
Rye & Trudgen and B. pelloeae ; see notes under those species.
Notes. Bentham apparently based his description of this species solely on the type material from James
Drummond’s sixth collection, although additional material collected by Drummond may have been
available to him. As there is no indication on the MEL and NSW sheets that Bentham saw either of
them, it is presumed that K 000821693 can be treated as the holotype. Judging from its morphology,
the type was collected in the southern part of the species’ range, probably from near Moore River.
North of the disjunction in the species’ range B. grandiflora is not nearly as variable as it is in the
south; for example, the petioles are always short (0.2-0.4 mm long) in the north but up to 0.7 mm long
in the south. All northern specimens have sepals 0.4-0.6 mm long, with a broad, scarious to petaloid
margin above a much reduced, almost truncate, herbaceous part.
South of the disjunction, two main variants can be distinguished based on sepal morphology. The typical
one, which extends from Cockleshell Gully south-east to Boonanarring Nature Reserve, has sepals
0.2-0.7 mm long and lacking, or with scarcely any, scarious to petaloid margin. The other variant,
extending from near Arrowsmith River south-east to the Bindoon area, has sepals 0.6-1.1 mm long,
with an obvious scarious to petaloid margin.
The typical variant is particularly variable in its stamen numbers, with the majority of flowers having
11-25 stamens. When the stamens are at their fewest they may tend to be arranged opposite the sepals
and petals. The shortest filaments are sometimes fused to form a very broad filament up to 1.4 mm
wide when the stamen number is reduced.
The two main southern variants greatly overlap in distribution and probably co-occur at some localities.
One collection ( S. Patrick 4455,4455A) has material of both variants of B. grandiflora , the typical one
with much narrower leaves than the other, but perhaps from a more shaded area, and also with the oil
glands on the young stems more prominent. Both variants are very variable in leaf morphology, with
specimens from well shaded positions under tree canopies tending to have long, spindly leaves while
those from exposed positions at the same collecting localities have short, thick leaves.
In Boonanarring Nature Reserve, the typical variant (B.J. Keighery 1990/1) has been recorded from
sand over laterite in heath and the other southern variant (P. Armstrong s.n. 13/09/1993) from sand
in open Jarrah-Marri woodland.
Seed ornamentation may vary between the variants but additional collections of good fruiting material
with mature seeds are needed to investigate this possibility. Mature fruits and seeds of the typical variant
were measured from just one specimen ( P.G. Wilson 3894) while no mature seeds were present on
specimens from the disjunct northern area of occurrence of B. grandiflora. Only the atypical southern
variant had several collections with mature seeds.
242
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Babingtonia maleyae Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus. east of Narrogin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
15 February 2001, K. Kershaw 2136 Qiolo. PERTH 06029523; iso. CANB, MEL, PERTH 06021190).
Baeckea sp. Narrogin (R. Hnatiuk 780011), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI:
Descr. Cat. 348 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.
au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Shrub 0.8-1.3 m high, with erect slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading leaves that are dense on
the young branchlets but not clustered, but densely leafy on small, widely spreading branchlets towards
base of plant, these having longer leaves of a different shape from the more elliptic ones on flowering
upper branchlets; flowering branchlets usually with 4-17 flower-bearing nodes. Young stems smooth
or with somewhat prominent oil glands. Petioles 0.2-0.3 mm long. Leaf blades narrowly obovate to
elliptic in outline, 1.7^1 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide, 0.5-0.6 mm thick, herbaceous, with narrow, pale,
tooth-like processes along the margins, thick and recurved towards the apex, often mucronulate; abaxial
surface deep, the centre flattened widely towards the base but more narrowly towards the apex, with
1-3 main rows of small oil glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands
often as conspicuous as on abaxial surface. Peduncles 1.5-5 mm long, l(2)-flowered; secondary axes
(when present) c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles persistent in flower and usually to the mature fruiting stage,
narrowly ovate or ovate, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.25-0.5 mm wide, often somewhat scarious and tinged
reddish, the margins folded inwards (blade v-shaped in T.S.); apex recurved, often with a point up to
0.2 mm long. Pedicels 1.3-2.4 mm long. Flowers 8-9.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.5-1.7 mm long,
c. 2.5 mm wide, with rather large oil glands; free portion 0.6-0.8 mm long, often reddish-tinged.
Sepals depressed-ovate or depressed-hemispheric, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide, usually deep
pink-tinged, broadly obtuse, not horned; margin broad, entire or denticulate. Petals 3-3.5 mm long,
white inside, pink outside in bud. Stamens 17-20, in a circle. Longest filaments 1.1-1.4 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm wide at base. Anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm wide, entire; connective gland
not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas ± sessile; ovules 6-9 per loculus. Style 1.7-2.2 mm long,
with the basal 0.6-0.8 mm immersed in a central depression. Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 1.5-2 mm long,
2.5-3 mm diam.; summit convex. Seeds not seen at maturity but immature ones were c. 0.8 mm long.
Chaff pieces facetted, up to 0.8 mm long, crustaceous.
Diagnostic features. Young stems fairly smooth. Leaf blades 1.7-4 mm long. Peduncles 1.5-5 mm
long, mostly 1-flowered. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long; margin broad. Petals 3-3.5 mm long, white.
Stamens 17-20, in a circle. Anthers entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas
± sessile, with 6-9 ovules.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
5 Sep. 2000, G.S. Durell 248 (NSW, PERTH); 12 Jan. 1978, R.J. Hnatiuk 780011 (PERTH); Feb.
1959, R.T. Lange 40 (PERTH ); 1965, H.B. Shuggs.n. (PERTH 04367146).
Distribution and habitat. Known only from a few locations near Narrogin (Figure 4A). The only
information on herbarium sheets is that it grows on sandy loam with lateritic gravel.
Phenology. Flowers and fruits recorded in January and February, with fruits also recorded in September.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
243
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Narrogin (R. Hnatiuk 780011). This
species is known from only a very small area.
Etymology. Named after Sandra Maley, a science teacher and researcher who prepared draft descriptions
of many new species of Chamelaucieae, including this one.
Common name. Narrogin Babingtonia.
Affinities. Its closest affinities are probably with B. grandiflora , which has larger flowers and more
numerous ovules, and B. pelloeae (see notes under that species). Both of those species are well
separated geographically from B. maleyae.
Notes. It is likely that this species, like most other members of the genus, sometimes produces three
flowers per peduncle, but the maximum number of flowers seen in the little material available was
two flowers.
The transition between the herbaceous base and the thinner margin of the sepals is less abrupt in
B. maleyae than in related species, as the central section is less thickened than usual, although even in
this species there is an abrupt change in colour between the two sections. Good fruiting material with
mature seeds is still needed. Although mature fruits have been seen, their contents were either shed
or all appeared to be sterile, i.e. chaff. Immature, somewhat shrunken seeds were seen in immature
fruits on one specimen ( G.S. Durell 248).
Babingtonia minutifolia Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus. south of Bunjil, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
16 December 1981, B.R. Maslin 5067 (holo: PERTH 03464792; iso. MEL).
Baeckea sp. Bunjil (B.R. Maslin 5067), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr.
Cat. 348 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au
[accessed 11 August 2015],
Shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, erect and widely spreading, sometimes wider than high, intricately branched
(i.e. compact habit), the branchlets very slender, with widely spreading leaves that are dense on the
young branchlets and sometimes densely clustered; flowering branchlets usually with 1-4 flower¬
bearing nodes. Young stems with prominent oil glands forming tubercles. Petioles 0.1-0.2 mm long.
Leaf blades narrowly obovate to elliptic in outline, 0.9-1.6 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, mostly
0.5-0.6 mm thick, many of them thicker than wide, increasing in thickness towards the apex, entire,
often with a minute erect or recurved apical point; abaxial surface deeply convex, with 1 or sometimes
2 main rows of often large oil glands on each side of the midvein but oil glands often inconspicuous;
adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands often as conspicuous as on abaxial surface. Peduncles 1.5-5 mm
long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles persistent in flower and usually to the mature fruiting stage, narrowly
ovate or ovate, 0.6-1.2 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, often somewhat scarious and tinged reddish,
with margins incurved; apex incurved, acute. Pedicels 0.6-2.5 mm long. Flowers 9-10.5 mm diam.
Hypanthium c. 1.5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, with rather large oil glands; free portion c. 0.6 mm
long, often reddish-tinged. Sepals very reduced, very depressed-hemispheric, 0.2-0.5 mm long, pink-
tinged, not horned or ridged; margin narrow or ± absent, entire. Petals 3.5-4 mm long, very pale pink
inside, deeper pink outside in bud. Stamens 16-19, in a circle. Longest filaments 2-2.5 mm long,
244
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
0.6-0.8 mm wide at base. Anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, entire; connective gland not
protruding but its presence evident by the deep pink to red colouring of the base of the anther. Ovary
3-locular; placentas ± sessile; ovules 9-12 per loculus. Style 2.5-3 mm long, with the basal c. 0.8 mm
immersed in a central depression. Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 2.5-3 mm long, 3-3.5 mm diam. (4.5-5 mm
diam. including attached floral parts); summit deeply convex. Seeds facetted but not seen at maturity,
c. 1.1 mm long, 0.45-0.6 mm wide, 0.5-0.6 mm thick; testa moderately thick, golden brown, deeply
colliculate on outer and lateral surfaces. Chaff pieces facetted, 0.4-0.7 mm long, crustaceous.
Diagnostic features. Young stems tuberculate. Leaf blades 0.9-1.6 mm long. Peduncles 1.5-5 mm
long, 1-flowered. Sepals 0.2-0.5 mm long; margin narrow. Petals ?>.5-A mm long, white to pale pink.
Stamens 16-19, in a circle. Anthers entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas
± sessile, with 9-12 ovules.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
5 Nov. 1974, J.S. Beard 7352 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 2013, J. Borger BR 02-1 (PERTH); 29 Nov. 1981,
B. Jack & V. Syme s.n. (PERTH 03464806); 9 Oct. 2002, S. Patrick 4479 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Restricted to a small area between Perenjori, Carnamah and Bunjil (Figure
6B), with most records from rock outcrops.
Phenology. Flowers from late September to December. Fruits recorded in November and December.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Bunjil (B.R. Maslin 5067). This
species is known from an area c. 35 km long.
Etymology. From the Latin minutus (very small) and -folius (-leaved), this species having the smallest
leaves in the genus, less than 2 mm long.
Affinities. This species is readily distinguished from all other species with similar anthers (such as
B. grandiflora) by its minute leaves.
Notes. It appears from the available material that this species does not produce any multi-flowered
peduncles. The young stems are tuberculate, but not as markedly so as in B. cherticola. Good fruiting
material is needed for this species as only immature seeds have been examined.
Babingtonia pelloeae Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov.
Typus\ Carmel, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 21 January
1999, F. Hort 393 (holo: PERTH 05367662; iso. CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Baeckea sp. B, inN.G. Marchant, J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye,E.M. Bennett,N.S. Lander&T.D. Macfarlane,
FI. Perth Region 1: 384 (1987).
Baeckea sp. Darling Range (R. J. Cranfield 1673), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI :
Descr. Cat. 348 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.
au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
245
Shrub 0.3-0.6 m high, usually open, with erect slender stems bearing numerous short lateral branchlets
and with antrorse to widely spreading, sometimes densely clustered leaves; flowering branchlets usually
with 3-15 flower-bearing nodes. Young stems fairly smooth or with prominent oil glands. Petioles
0.2-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades ± narrowly oblong to linear in outline, 3.5-8 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm
wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick, with narrow, pale, tooth-like processes along the margins, with a terminal
point up to 0.2 mm long; abaxial surface deep, with steep sides, the centre flattened widely towards
the base but more narrowly towards the apex and often furrowed along the middle, with 1-3 (usually
1) main rows of small oil glands on each side of the midvein; adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands as
conspicuous as on abaxial surface. Peduncles 1.5^1 mm long, l(2)-flowered; secondary axes (when
present) usually 1-1.3 mm long. Bracteoles usually caducous or deciduous, ± linear or narrowly
oblong in outline, 1.2-1.7 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, scarious, with prominent oil glands, with
margins incurved or folded inwards (blade v-shaped in TS); apex recurved, often with a small point.
Pedicels 0.7-2.5 mm long. Flowers 9-12 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.3-2 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide,
with rather large oil glands; free portion 0.5-0.7 mm long, often reddish-tinged. Sepals triangular to
depressed-ovate, 0.7-1.3 mm long, 1.4-2.2 mm wide, usually deep pink-tinged, acute, the outer ones
strongly ridged and rarely slightly homed; margin broad, denticulate or laciniate. Petals 3.3-5 mm
long, medium-pink inside, deep pink outside in bud. Stamens usually 12-20, in a circle. Longest
filaments 1.2-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide at base. Anthers 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide,
entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 3-locular; placentas shortly stalked; ovules 6-10 per
loculus. Style 1.7-3 mm long, with the basal c. 0.8 mm immersed in a central depression. Fruits
c. 1/2-inferior, c. 2.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm diam. (4-4.5 mm diam. including free hypanthium); summit
convex. Seeds strongly facetted, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, 0.7-0.9 mm thick; testa moderately
thick, pale brown, colliculate on the lateral surfaces. Chaff pieces facetted, mostly 0.6-0.9 mm long,
crustaceous. (Figure 3)
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth or with prominent oil glands. Leaf blades 3.5-8 mm long.
Peduncles 1.5-4 mm long, mostly 1 -flowered. Sepals 0.7-1.3 mm long; margin broad. Petals 3.3-5 mm
long, medium-pink. Stamens 12-20, in a circle. Anthers entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary
3-locular; placentas shortly stalked, with 6-10 ovules.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation
reasons] 22 Dec. 1996, H. Bowler 51 (PERTH); 3 Jan. 1981, R.J. Cranfield 1673 (PERTH); 4 Aug.
1982, R.J. Cranfield 2268 (PERTH); 11 Jan. 1985, R. & M. Hamilton 87 A (PERTH); 3 Jan. 1999,
M. Hislop 1272 (PERTH); 26 Jan. 1999, F. Hort 399 (PERTH); 27 Dec. 2001, A Hort 1672 (AD, BRI,
HO, PERTH); 3 Jan. 2002, F. Hort 1689 (PERTH); 29 Jan. 2006, F. Hort & J. Hort 2778 (PERTH);
2 Apr. 2006, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery 887 (PERTH); Jan. 1925, E.T. Pelloe s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from Moore River south to Roleystone (Figure 4B), growing on the
Darling Scarp and Range in lateritic habitats in Jarrah and Marri open woodlands.
Phenology. Flowers mainly from December to January, also recorded in July and August. Fruits
recorded from December to June.
Conservation status. This species is geographically restricted but has been well surveyed and is not
conservation-listed. Its known range is about 125 km long but very narrow.
Etymology. Named after Emily Harriet Pelloe (1877/8-1941), who helped bring the south-western
Australian wildflowers to public attention in articles and books (see Council of Heads of Australasian
Herbaria2007b-), particularly with the publication ofherwildflowerpaintings and botanical observations
246
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
in Wildflowers of Western Australia (Pelloe 1921). She collected#, pelloeae in Kalamunda in January
1925, and the species was apparently not re-collected until the 1980s.
Common name. Pelloe’s Babingtonia.
Affinities. Babingtonia pelloeae appears to be related to B. grandiflora and B. maleyae , differing from
both in its medium-pink flowers, which are usually smaller than those of B. grandiflora and usually
larger than those of B. maleyae. It has fewer ovules than B. grandiflora and more elongated leaves
than B. maleyae. See also the discussion of affinities under B. urbana.
Notes. This species was described as Baeckea sp. B in Flora of the Perth Region (Rye 1987) and
has since been known as Baeckea sp. Darling Range (R.J. Cranfield 1673). In a few collections (e.g.
F. FLort 397) some flowering stems have the branchlets, leaves and flowers in alternating whorls of
three, and it is not uncommon for the leaves of a pair or triplet to be widely displaced such that some
flowers appear to be singly arranged. One specimen (M Blackwell s.n. Dec. 1978) has relatively few
(maximum of 13, possibly down to 11 or 10) stamens per flower.
One odd specimen (R.J. Cranfield 2268) differs from the description given above in having larger,
more herbaceous sepals, and leaves tending to have oil glands in three main rows rather than the usual
one or two rows on each side of the midvein. It also has herbaceous, persistent bracteoles.
Babingtonia triandra Rye & Hislop, sp. nov.
Typus. Shire of Victoria Plains [Calingiri area], Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation reasons], 16 December 2003, F. Hort 2147 & G. Harders {holo\ PERTH 06692583; iso.
CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Baeckea sp. Calingiri (F. Hort 1710), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Shrub erect at first, low and spreading to almost prostrate at maturity, 0.15-0.5 m high, up to 2.7 m
wide, with leaves densely clustered on short lateral shoots; flowering branchlets usually with 8-15 or
more flower-bearing nodes. Young stems often narrowly 4-winged or 4-ribbed, smooth between the
wings or ribs; epidermis flaky or peeling in long strips on main branches. Petioles 0.3-0.4 mm long.
Leafblades linear orvery narrowly obovate in outline, 3.4-5.5 mmlong, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, 0.3-0.4mm
thick, thickest towards the apex, entire, notmucronate; abaxial surface deep, sometimes flattened along
the midvein, with 1 or 2 main rows of minute oil glands on each side of the inconspicuous midvein;
adaxial surface fairly flat, oil glands similar to those on abaxial surface. Peduncles 1.5-4 mm long,
several-flowered or with up to at least 16 flowers; bracts deciduous, ± narrowly oblong from side
view, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.15-0.25 mm wide, somewhat scarious and tinged reddish or brown, entire,
margins folded (blade v-shaped in TS), apex acute; secondary axes 0.4-1.5 mm long, often with
many smaller, spreading branches above. Bracteoles similar to bracts but smaller. Pedicels absent or
up to 0.5 mm long. Flowers 3-3.5 mm diam. Hypanthium cup-shaped to urceolate, 0.8-1.2 mm long,
0.7-1 mm wide, rather coarsely rugose-pitted, with no obvious free portion. Sepals depressed-ovate,
0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, obtuse, largely green or red, the outer ones somewhat keeled;
margin narrow, pale, entire. Petals 1.3-1.5 mm long, white. Stamens 3, widely spaced, antisepalous.
Filaments 0.25-0.35 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide at base, pale at first, becoming deep pink. Anthers
0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide, entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 1-locular, with a
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
247
concave summit; placenta distinctly stalked; ovules 4-6. Style somewhat displaced from the centre in
flower and very eccentric in fruit, 0.5-0.75 mm long, the basal c. 0.1 mm inserted in a tilted depression.
Fruits indehiscent, inferior, somewhat urceolate, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm diam., very thin-
walled, 1-seeded; summit flat. Seed broadly and very irregularly ovoid or obovoid, 0.7-1.1 mm long,
0.5-0.8 mm wide; testa thin, medium brown, ± smooth with reticulate patterning. Chaff pieces varying
from flattened to thick and more obviously facetted, 0.3-0.7 mm long, crustaceous, medium brown.
Diagnostic features. Young stems smooth. Leaf blades 3.4-5.5 mm long. Peduncles 1.5-4 mm long,
multi-flowered. Sepals 0.3-0.4 mm long; margin broad. Stamens 3, antisepalous. Anthers entire;
connective gland not protruding. Ovary 1-locular; placenta long-stalked, with 4-6 ovules.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [all from type locality]: 17 Mar. 2002, F. Hort
1710 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, PERTH); 14 Mar. 2002, F. Hort 1724-1726 (PERTH); 28 Mar. 2004,
B.L. Rye 240304, 240305, 240307 &F.&J. Hort (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs near Calingiri (F igure 6A) in a low-lying, sandy, winter-wet depression
with a Melaleuca thicket over Babingtonia and sedges.
Phenology. Flowers from December to February, also recorded in March for a plant in a deep roadside
ditch. Fruits mainly from February to April.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Calingiri (F. Hort 1710). This species
is known from a single population in a nature reserve, where it is common.
Etymology. From the Greek tri- (three-) and -andrus (-stamened).
Common name. Triplet Babingtonia.
Affinities. See notes under B. delicata.
Notes. Babingtonia triandra has the lowest regular stamen number in the whole of the tribe
Chamelaucieae. No other taxa are known to have regularly three stamens per flower although a few,
such as Scholtzia parviflora F.Muell., have variable numbers down to a minimum of two per flower.
The seeds are irregular in shape, fitting the shape of the available space other than that taken up by
the pieces of chaff, and depending on their position they may have their broadest part towards the
base or towards the apex of the fruit. They have a thin but still crustaceous testa, suggesting that this
species has only relatively recently evolved an indehiscent fruit.
Babingtonia urbana Rye, sp. nov.
Typus\ west of Mundijong, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
20 January 1992, G.J. Keighery 12705 (holo: PERTH 04099672; iso. AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Baeckea sp. Perth Region (R.J. Cranfield 444), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
248
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Shrub 0.4-0.7 m high, with erect slender stems and antrorse to widely spreading leaves which are
dense on the small branchlets but not clustered; flowering branchlets usually with 5-10 flower-bearing
nodes. Young stems smooth or with scattered prominent oil glands only on the youngest, leafy stems.
Petioles (0.3-)0.5-0.7 mm long. Leaf blades ± linear in outline, (4—)6—13 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide,
0.3-0.5 mm thick, entire or sometimes denticulate, sometimes mucronulate, dotted with scattered
minute oil glands scarcely forming rows; abaxial surface with centre flattened and a furrow along the
midvein depressed; adaxial surface concave, oil glands at least as conspicuous as on abaxial surface.
Peduncles 1.3—3(—5) mm long, l(-3)-flowered; secondary axes (when present) 0.3-1.1 mm long.
Bracteoles usually caducous and rarely seen, rarely present in the fruiting stage, narrowly ovate,
up to 1.8 mm long, scarious and tinged reddish, with margins incurved or folded inwards (blade
v-shaped in TS); apex incurved to recurved, acute. Pedicels 0.7-1.5 mm long or up to 3 mm long on
the central flower of a triad. Flowers 7-8.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 3 mm wide,
rugose-pitted with rather large oil glands (each gland forming a pit); free portion 0.3-0.5 mm long,
often reddish-tinged. Sepals depressed ovate or depressed hemispheric, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm
wide, usually deep pink-tinged, broadly obtuse, strongly ridged and often very shortly horned; margin
broad, entire to deeply denticulate. Petals 2.5-3 mm long, white or pale pink inside, pink outside
in bud. Stamens 16-20, in a circle. Longest filaments 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide at base.
Anthers 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, entire; connective gland not protruding. Ovary 3-locular;
placentas distinctly stalked; ovules 6-11 per loculus. Style 1.5-3 mm long, the basal 0.7-1 mm pale
and immersed in a central depression. Fruits c. 1/2-inferior, 2.2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm diam. (3.5-4
mm diam. including the hypanthium); summit deeply convex. Seeds strongly facetted, 0.9-1.2 mm
long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, 0.6-0.7 mm thick, with irregular or somewhat frilly rims protruding at the
margins of the facets; testa moderately thick, golden brown, smooth on outer facet, the lateral facets
colliculate. Chaff pieces facetted, mostly 0.6-0.8 mm long, crustaceous.
Diagnosticfeatures. Young stems smooth or rapidly becoming smooth. Leaf blades (4—)6—13 mm long.
Peduncles 1.3-5 mm long, 1-3-flowered. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long; margin broad. Petals 2.5-3 mm
long, white or pale pink. Stamens 16-20, in a circle. Anthers entire; connective gland not protruding.
Ovary 3-locular; placentas distinctly stalked, with 6-11 ovules.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA [localities withheld for conservation
reasons]: 24 Feb. 1978, R.J. Cranfield 444 (PERTH); 23 Mar. 1981, R.J. Cranfield 1679 (BRI,
CANB, PERTH); 14 Jan. 1970, H. Demarz 2121 (PERTH); Mar. 1901, F.L.E. Diels & E.G. Pritzel
s.n. (PERTH 03378373); 15 Nov. 1988, E.A. Griffin 5502 (PERTH); 4 Jan. 2005, M. Hislop 3403 &
F. Hort (AD, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 26 June 2004, G.J. & B.J. Keighery 433 (PERTH); 21 Feb.
1899, A. Morrison s.n. (PERTH 03378381); 13 Feb. 2014, A. QuarmbyVJB 35244 (MEL, PERTH);
2 Mar. 1948, N.H. Speck s.n. (PERTH 03377946).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Badgingarra National Park south to Mundijong (Figure
6B), but there is also a record of the species further south from the Mandurah area (Bronwen Keighery
pers. comm.). Babingtonia urbana is associated with wetlands on the Swan Coastal Plain. In the Perth
area the species occurs on the eastern side of the plain. The only spot on the map that is right on the
coast is for the locality given as ‘Lancelin’ on H. Demarz 2121; it might actually have been collected
somewhat further inland.
Phenology. Flowers January to March. Fruits recorded from January to July.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Baeckea sp. Perth Region (R.J. Cranfield 444).
B.L. Rye, A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae)
249
This species is threatened by urbanisation and the depletion of wetlands in Perth suburbs, although
its full range is probably about 220 km long. Some cultivation of B. urbana has been undertaken in
an attempt to conserve the species.
Etymology. From the Latin urbanus (of the city), referring to the occurrence of this species mainly in the
areas of relatively high population density on the Swan Coastal Plain between Lancelin and Mandurah.
Common name. Coastal Plain Babingtonia
Affinities. This species differs from B. cherticola in its smoother stems and longer peduncles, and from
B. pelloeae in flower colour, tending also to have a more coarsely reticulate-patterned hypanthium and
usually longer leaves. It differs from both species in its habitat preference for wetlands.
Notes. The earliest collections of B. urbana were made at Cannington, a suburb of Perth, between
1899 and 1903 by Dr A. Morrison, who misapplied the name Baeckea drummondii Benth. to them.
Baeckea drummondii is actually a synonym of Cyathostemon tenuifolius Turcz., but since Cyathostemon
Turcz. was at that time being treated as a synonym of Baeckea , there followed a long period when the
name Baeckea tenuifolia (Turcz.) Domin was used instead. Consequently, the species was described
under the latter misapplied name in Flora of the Perth Region (Rye 1987); however, the description
followed Blackall and Grieve (1980) in giving the ovule number as ‘probably 3 or 4’ per loculus as
it is in true C. tenuifolius. Babingtonia urbana has 6-11 ovules per loculus.
In 2003, type material of C. tenuifolius was examined and the misapplication of its name realised. An
informal name, Baeckea sp. Perth Region (R. J. Cranfield 444), was then used for B. urbana.
A specimen from north-west of Moora ( E.A. Griffin 5502) is atypical, having shorter leaves (with
a petiole c. 0.3 mm long and blade 4 mm long) than all other specimens cited and also the lowest
stamen number (16) recorded for the species. It occurs further inland than the other known localities,
separated from the closest of them by about 40 km, and might be sufficiently distinct to warrant formal
recognition, but more material is needed to see whether these differences are significant.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful for Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS) funding and to the staff at AD, BRI,
CANB, CBG, MEL andNSW for the loan of specimens. Malcolm Trudgen drew one of the illustrations
and established six of the phrase names; his contribution is acknowledged by joint authorship of the
new names for those taxa, as is Mike Hislop for one further species. I am indebted to Fred and Jean
Hort for assistance with fieldwork, Sandra Maley for preparing preliminary descriptions of several
species in the early 1990s, Peter Wilson for information on his unpublished molecular data, Margaret
Menadue for one of the illustrations, Rob Davis and Jean Hort for images, Steve Dillon for instructions
on mapping and Lisa Rye for arranging the images into the final figures. I also thank the referee and
members of the editorial committee, especially Terry Macfarlane and Juliet Wege, for their contributions.
References
Bean, A.R. (1997). Reinstatement of the genus Babingtonia Lindl. (Myrtaceae). Austrobaileya 4: 627-645.
Bean, A.R. (1999). A revision of the Babingtonia virgata (J.R. Forst. & G. Forst.) F. Muell. complex (Myrtaceae) in Australia.
A ustrobaileya 5: 157-171.
250
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Bentham, G. (1862). Myrtaceae. In. Bentham, G. & Hooker, J.D. (eds) Genera plantarum. Vol. 1. pp. 690-725. (Lovell Reeve
& Co.: London.)
Bentham, G. (1867). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 3. (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London.)
Bindon, R (1996). Useful bush plants. (Western Australian Museum: Perth.)
Blackall, W.E. & Grieve, B.J. (1980). How to know Western Australian wildjlowers. Part 3A. Revised 2 nd edn by B.J. Grieve.
(University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Briggs, B.G. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae - evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales 102: 157-256.
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007a-). Australian plant census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian
National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, https://www.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/ [accessed 26 August 2015],
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007b-). Australian plant collectors and illustrators , IBIS database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, https://www.anbg.gov.au/bot-biog/ [accessed 26 August 2015],
Endlicher, S.L., Fenzl, F., Bentham G. & Schott, H.W. (1837). Enumeratio plantarum qua in Novae Hollandiae oraAustro-
occidentale adFluvium Cygnorum et adSinu Regis Georgii collegit Carolus Liber Baro de Hugel. (Fr. Beck: Vindononae.)
Groves, E., Hollick, P, Hardy, G. & McComb, J. (2009). Native plants resistant to Dieback (Phytophthora cinnamomi).
Unpublished leaflet.
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Lam, N., Wilson, P.G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2002). A phylogenetic analysis of the Chamelaucium alliance
(Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 15: 535-543.
Lindley, J. (1842). Babingtonia Camphorosmae. Camphorwort Babingtonia. Edward’s Botanical Register 28, t. 10.
Mueller, F. (1864). Fragmentaphytographiae Australiae. Vol. 4. pp. 51-77. (Government Printer: Melbourne.)
Niedenzu, F. (1893). Myrtaceae. In. Engler, A. & Prantl, K. (eds) Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Vol. 3(7). pp. 57-105.
(Engelmann: Leipzig.)
Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue. (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia: Nedlands, Western Australia.)
Pelloe, E.H. (1921). Wildjlowers of Western Australia. (Degaris: Melbourne.)
Rye, B.L. (1987). Myrtaceae. In. Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D.
Flora of the Perth region. Vol. 1. pp. 377^129. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)
Rye, B.L. (2006). New combinations and lectotypifications for the Western Australian genus Astartea (Myrtaceae). Nuytsia
16: 149-156.
Rye, B.L. (2009). An interim key to the Western Australian tribes and genera of Myrtaceae. Nuytsia 19: 313-323.
Rye, B.L. (2015). Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 25: 209-218.
Rye, B.L. & Hislop, M. (2005). A taxonomic update of Petrophile sect. Arthrostigma (Proteaceae). Nuytsia 15: 457-483.
Schauer, J.C. (1843). Genera Myrtacearum nova vel denuo recognisa. Linnaea 17: 235-244.
Schauer, J.C. (1844). Myrtaceae R.Br. In: Lehmann, J.G.C. Plantae Preissianae. Vol. 1. pp. 96-158. (J.A. Meissner: Hamburg.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 26 August 2015],
Wilson, P.G., Heslewood, M.M., Lam, N. & Quinn, C.J. (2004). Progress towards a phylogeny of the Chamelaucium alliance
(Myrtaceae). Australian Biologist 17: 28-33.
Wilson, P.G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2007). Re-evaluation of the genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae) in eastern Australia
and New Caledonia. Australian Systematic Botany 20: 302-318.
Wilson, P.G., O’Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a
matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251: 3-19.
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:251-284
Published online 18 September 2015
Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae: Indigofereae) from the
Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia
Peter G. Wilson 1,3 and Ross Rowe 12
'The National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens & Domain Trust,
Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, New South Wales 2000
2 Current address: Department of the Environment, GPO Box 787, Canberra Australian Capital Territory 2601
Corresponding author, email: peter.wilson@rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au
Abstract
Wilson, P.G. & Rowe, R. Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae: Indigofereae) from the Eremaean
Botanical Province, Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 251-284 (2015). Twelve new species of
Indigofera L. are described from the Eremaean Botanical Province: I. chamaeclada Peter G.Wilson &
Rowe, I. cuspidata Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. decipiens Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. eriophylla Peter
G.Wilson & Rowe, I. fractiflexa Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. gilesii Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. kingiana
Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I melanosticta Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. occidentalis Peter G.Wilson &
Rowe, I oraria Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I roseola Peter G.Wilson & Rowe and I. warburtonensis
Peter G.Wilson & Rowe. A lectotype is designated for the name I. boviperda Morrison and three new
subspecies, I. boviperda subsp. eremaea Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. fractiflexa subsp. augustensis
Peter G.Wilson & Rowe and I. chamaeclada subsp. pnbens Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, are recognised.
Introduction
The genus Indigofera L. has a world-wide distribution and is the third largest genus of legumes with
c. 750 species. The majority of the species are in the African region but there are significant numbers
of species in Asia and lesser numbers in both Australia and the Americas. In Australia there are over
50 endemic species, a number of native species that have wide extra-Australian distributions, and at
least ten introduced taxa. Gardner (1930) listed only 13 species of the genus for Western Australia,
and this rose to 18 in the second edition of the state’s census of plant names (Green 1985). Green’s
publication included the first new species described for the state in over 30 years, I. ammobia Maconochie
(Maconochie 1980), and there have subsequently been significant advances in our knowledge of the
genus. Schrire (1992) revived the segregate genus Indigastrum Jaub. & Spach from synonymy and
transferred the native species Indigofera parviflora Wight & Arn. to it, and more recently we (Wilson
& Rowe 2004) described four new species that occur in the state: I ixocarpa Peter G.Wilson & Rowe,
I petraea Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, I. pilifera Peter G.Wilson & Rowe and I rupicola Peter G.Wilson
& Rowe. In the same period of time, there were three newly recorded adventives: I. oblongifolia
Forssk. (first collected in Port Hedland in 1982), I sessiliflora DC. (first collected in Port Hedland in
1991) and I. hochstetteri Bak. (first collected south of Port Hedland in 2004). In this paper, a further
12 species and three subspecies are named from the Eremaean Botanical Province of Beard (1980).
Most of the new taxa are found within the Pilbara, Carnarvon, Gascoyne, and Murchison Interim
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
252
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) bioregions (Department of the Environment
2013) but a few occur in the Yalgoo, Coolgardie, Central Ranges, Little Sandy Desert, Great Sandy
Desert, and Gibson Desert bioregions. The range of one species extends into the northern part of the
Geraldton Sandplains bioregion (Southwest Botanical Province). These new species and subspecies
account for the majority of unnamed taxa from the Eremaean Botanical Province. Chief amongst
the taxa that remain unnamed are a number of segregates from I. monophylla DC. 5. lat. that require
further study and are still not fully resolved.
Terminology
The terminology used here is as in our recent papers (Wilson & Rowe 2004,2008,2010). Hair density
on leaves, in particular, is important in negotiating the key: hairs are described as sparse if they are
well separated and the leaf surface is clearly visible, they are described as dense if the leaf surface is
obscured, and moderately dense if the density falls between these extremes. Since petals are readily
shed, we have attempted to avoid floral features as much as possible in the key. However, staminal
tube length is often used as a surrogate for flower size since the staminal tube virtually always persists
into fruiting.
Bioregion terminology follows IBRA Version 7 (Department of the Environment 2013).
Key to Indigofereae of Western Australia
1. Standard glabrous; keel rostrate, with a narrow, drawn-out tip; pod somewhat
bilaterally flattened; partitions between seeds membranous, endocarp never spotted. Indigastrum
1: Standard with hairs on back; keel only rarely rostrate; pod usually ± round in section
(rarely flat and appearing jointed, or somewhat tetragonal); partitions between seeds
(when present) usually pithy, endocarp often spotted. Indigofera
Key to species of Indigofera in eremaean Western Australia
1. Leaves all unifoliolate or apparently simple. 2
1: Leaves pinnate or trifoliolate.7
2. Leaves apparently simple. 3
2: Leaves unifoliolate, articulate on the petiole. 5
3. Pod at least 10 mm long; flowers pink to purple. 4
3: Pod to 3 mm long; flowers red. I. linifolia
4. Stems covered with small wart-like protuberances; pods viscid. I. ixocarpa
4: Stems lacking wart-like protuberances; pods not viscid. I. ammobia
5. Leaves densely grey- or white-tomentose; inflorescences to c. 45 mm long.6
5: Leaves grey or greenish, hairs sparse to moderately dense, appressed or
spreading; inflorescences often to 120 mm long. I. monophylla s. lat.
6. Leaf with conspicuously impressed veins; calyx lobes 3.5-5.5 mm long;
corolla 6-10 mm long. I. rugosa
6: Leaf lacking conspicuously impressed veins; calyx lobes 1.4-2.3 mm long;
corolla 3-4 mm long. I. petraea
7. Leaves all trifoliolate (rarely some 1- or 5-foliolate).8
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
253
7:
8 .
8:
9.
9:
10 .
10 :
11 .
11 :
12 .
12:
13.
13:
14.
14:
15.
15:
16.
16:
17.
17:
18.
18:
19.
19:
20 .
20:
21 .
21:
22 .
22:
23.
23:
Leaves pinnate (occasional leaves with 3 leaflets may occur).
Leaflets with appressed hairs; pod 4-angled.
Leaflets with spreading hairs; pod terete.
Leaflets alternate.
Leaflets usually regularly opposite.
Pod short, straight, usually <10 mm long; seeds 2^1.
Pod curved, 10-30 mm long; seeds 4-8.
Sepals distinctly fused at base, to 0.5 mm wide; staminal tube
2.5- 3.2 mm long.
Sepals only slightly fused at base, to 0.2 mm wide; staminal tube
1.5- 1.8 mm long.
Pods flattened.
Pods ± terete.
Plants with gland-tipped hairs, at least on the pod.
Plants lacking gland-tipped hairs.
Leaflets mostly 15 or more.
Leaflets usually 5-11.
Inflorescence to 200 mm or more.
Inflorescence <100 mm long.
Upper surface of leaflets glabrous or sparsely hairy.
Upper surface of leaflets moderately to densely hairy.
Stipules persistent and spinescent or thickened at the base.
Stipules sometimes persistent but not markedly thickened at the base or
spinescent.
Stipules persistent and spinescent; bracts caducous.
Stipules with conspicuous, thickened bases; bracts ± persistent.
Young stems flexuose; staminal tube 3-4.5 mm long.
Young stems not flexuose; staminal tube 4.5-6 mm long.
Leaflets usually narrowly elliptical, 3-7 mm wide; calyx lobes usually
< 1 mm long.
Leaflets obovate to elliptical, 5-12 mm wide; calyx lobes usually
1-2.5 mm long.
Staminal tubes > 5 mm long.
Staminal tubes < 5 mm long (if c. 5 mm long, plants decumbent) .
Leaflets 1.5-3.5 mm wide .
Leaflets usually at least 5 mm wide.
Leaflets usually 5-7 (rarely 3 or 9); stipules not thickening .
Leaflets usually 9-13 (rarely 5); stipules becoming thickened .
.9
.I. trita
I. boviperda subsp. eremaea
.10
.12
.11
.I. oblongifolia
.I. linnaei
.I. sessiliflora
.I. hochstetteri
.13
.I. colutea
.14
.15
.16
.I. occidentals
.. I. australis subsp. hesperia
.17
.21
.18
.19
.I. helmsii
.I. warburtonensis
.I. fractiflexa
.20
.I. kingiana
.I. georgei
.22
.27
.I. cuspidata
.23
.24
.26
254 Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
24. Terminal leaflet sessile; flowers pink .I. roseola
24: Terminal leaf not sessile; flowers red.25
25. Mature foliage silvery grey, with dense, appressed hairs; stipules
c. 1 mm long.I. oraria
25: Mature foliage greenish to grey, hairs variably dense, with ends spreading;
stipules 1.5-2.5 mm long.I. georgei
26. Inflorescences mostly 15-50 mm long; flowers pink.I. cornuligera
26: Inflorescences mostly 60-100 mm long when fully expanded; flowers
reddish pink.I. gilesii
27. Stipules linear-subulate, usually >5 mm long; pod deflexed,
densely clothed with spreading hairs c. 1 mm long .I. hirsuta
27: Stipules narrowly triangular to subulate, < 5 mm long; pod ascending to
descending, with hairs <0.5 mm long.28
28. Leaflets with veins impressed above and prominent below.I. boviperda subsp. boviperda
28: Leaflets without such conspicuous veins.29
29. Young stems with scattered, distinctly pigmented hairs giving a
speckled appearance.I. melanosticta
29: Young stems not as above (but if so, inflorescences < 70 mm long).30
30. All vegetative parts very densely tomentose; leaflets 3-5; inflorescences
to 135 mm long.I. eriophylla
30: Branchlets with appressed or sparse to moderately dense, ± spreading
hairs.31
31. Leaflets (3-)5-7; inflorescences to 100 mm long.32
31: Leaflets (5-)7-9(-13); inflorescences 50-180(-280) mm long.I. psammophila
32. Branchlets with dense, ± appressed hairs obscuring the stem surface;
pods often ascending .I. chamaeclada
32: Branchlets with sparse to moderately dense, ± spreading hairs (stem
surface visible); pods descending.I. decipiens
Taxonomy
Indigofera boviperda Morrison, J. Bot. 50: 166 (1912). Type citation. ‘Ashburton River, North-west
Australia.’ Type : Minderoo, Ashburton River, Western Australia, 8 October 1905, A. Morrison s.n.
(lecto : E 00022289, here selected; isolecto. CANB 320124, K 000217439, PERTH 01022695). Residual
syntype . between Globe Hill and Uaro [Uaroo], Ashburton River, Western Australia, 1 October 1905,
A. Morrison s.n. (E 00022290, K 000217440).
Erect, spreading or decumbent subshrub or perennial herb, 0.15-0.7 m high and to 1 m wide, with
woody rootstock; young stems terete, green to grey or yellowish brown, hirsute or tomentose with
very dense, hyaline, white, green, golden or red-brown, appressed to spreading, equally or unequally
biramous hairs and some red-brown, linear, multicellular hairs; older stems grey, green, yellowish or
brown; hairs dense. Leaves pinnate, with (1—)3—9 leaflets, 9—45 mm long; stipules narrowly triangular
or lanceolate, 1.2-3.7 mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent; petiole 2.5-10 mm long;
rachis furrowed often slightly and appearing terete due to dense hairs; multicellular hairs between leaflet
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
255
pairs absent or present and then moderately dense or dense, conspicuous or inconspicuous, orange
to red or brown, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent, inconspicuous or conspicuous, to
1.2 mm long; lamina obovate (some broadly), (2.5-)4-13.5(-20) mm long, 2.5-10 mm wide; upper
surface grey to green; hairs moderately dense to dense, appressed to shortly spreading or spreading;
lower surface grey to green, generally paler than above; hairs dense, appressed to spreading; apex
obtuse and mucronate; veins prominent below, slightly impressed above. Inflorescences 15-150
(-220) mm long, longer than leaves; peduncle 4-26(-36) mm long; bracts ovate, triangular or subulate,
0.8-2.7(-3.5) mm long; flowers pink to purple; pedicel 0.5-1.2 mm long. Calyx 1.6-3.9 mm long,
with unequal or subequal lobes, 0.8-1.9 mm long, equal to longer than the length of the tube, clothed
with moderately dense to dense, white, grey or brown, appressed to shortly spreading hairs. Standard
pink, with a paler spot at base, ovate or broadly elliptical, (4.1-)4.6-6.9 mm high, 3.2-5.6 mm wide;
hairs dense, hyaline, golden or brown; apex obtuse and mucronate, some acute. Wings spathulate
or narrowly obovate, 3.3-6.5 mm long, 1.1-2.5 mm wide. Keel 4.3-7 mm long, 1.3-2.4 mm deep;
apex generally acute; lateral pockets 0.5-1.5 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial
surface with moderately dense to dense, hyaline, golden or brown hairs. Staminal tube 2.1-A.2 mm
long, colourless or free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary glabrous to densely hairy. Pods generally
descending, terete, 15-27 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep, grey to brown, hirsute; hairs dense, shortly
spreading to spreading; apex shortly beaked; endocarp spotted. Seeds cylindrical, laterally compressed,
3-8 per pod, 1.4-2.1 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide.
Notes. This species occurs in the same general area as I. melanosticta and I. chamaeclada but can be
readily distinguished from them by the venation which is prominent below and slightly impressed
above. The pod is cylindrical and not subtorulose.
The species name is a reference to its implication in the death of a large number of cattle that had
apparently grazed on it. In the protologue, Morrison states that a preliminary analysis of the plant
showed the presence of a poisonous alkaloid. As far as we are aware, no more recent analysis of this
plant has been carried out. However, Gardner and Bennetts (1956) express doubt that an Indigofera
could have caused the deaths and suggest that a species of Euphorbia was more likely to have been
responsible.
In a follow-up note, Ewart and Morrison (1913: 156, pi. xiv) attributed specimens of I. georgei and
I roseola to this species. As a result, I. boviperda was at times considered a possible synonym of
I. georgei (e.g. by Maconochie 1981).
Two geographically separated subspecies are recognised.
Key to subspecies
1. Leaves mostly pinnate, leaflets 5-9 (rarely 3).subsp. boviperda
1: Leaves predominantly trifoliolate (rarely 1- or 5-foliolate).subsp. eremaea
Indigofera boviperda Morrison subsp. boviperda
Decumbent, spreading or erect subshrub , 0.15-0.7 m high; young stems hirsute with very dense,
appressed to spreading hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (3-)5-9 leaflets; stipules narrowly triangular
or lanceolate, 1.2-2.3(-3.5) mm long; petiole 2.5-10 mm long; rachis furrowed. Leaflets obovate,
(2.5-)4-13(-20) mm long, 2.5-10 mm wide; upper surface of lamina with appressed to shortly
256
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
spreading hairs, lower surface with appressed to spreading hairs; stipellae absent or inconspicuous
and 0.4-1.2 mm long. Inflorescences (15-)40-150(-220) mm long; peduncle 4-26(-36) mm long;
bracts ovate, triangular or subulate, (1—)1.5—2.7(—3.5) mm long. Calyx 1.7-3.9 mm long. Standard
ovate or broadly elliptical, (4.1-)5-6.9 mm high, 3.2-5.6 mm wide. Wings narrowly obovate or
spathulate, 3.3-6.5 mm long, 1.1-2.5 mm wide. Keel 4.4-7 mm long, 1.3-2 mm deep; lateral
pockets 0.5-1.5 mm long. Staminal tube 2.7-42 mm long. Pods 15-27 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep;
apex shortly beaked. Seeds 3-8 per pod.
Selected specimens examined. WE STERN AUSTRALIA: 12 miles [ c. 19.2 km] S of Onslow, 28 May
1962, T.E.H. Aplin 1611 (PERTH); Vlaming Head, North West Cape, 5 Aug. 1991, B.G. Briggs
8806 & L.A.S. Johnson (MO, NSW, PERTH, PRE); 79 miles \c. 128 km] S of Learmonth, 2 June
1961, A.S. George 2408 (PERTH); Barrow Island, 2 July 1964, D.W. Goodall 1327 (PERTH);
40 km W of Ashburton Downs, 27 June 1976, A.A. Mitchell 76/167 (BRI, PERTH); c. 20 km W
of Yarraloola Homestead near Jungle Bore, 14 Sep. 1995, A.A. Mitchell PRP 810 (NSW, PERTH);
Tom Price-Nanutarra Rd, c. 30 km E of Nanutarra, 2 May 1977, R. Pullen 10945 (CANB); 10 km
E of Minilya River, Middalya Station, 16 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1130 & R. Rowe (CANB, K,
NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: mostly on red sand or sandy loam, of interdunes or
plains. Also recorded from calcareous substrates and braided stream channels. Current records are
from the Carnarvon, Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions (Figure 1).
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Indigofera boviperda subsp. eremaea Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, subsp. nov.
AIndigofera boviperda subsp. boviperda foliis ordinate trifoliolatis differt.
Typus. 1 mile north of Stag Arrow Creek, Western Australia, 16 May 1947, R.D. Royce 1709 ( holo :
PERTH).
Indigofera boviperda subsp. Eremaea (E.M. Goble-Garratt 186), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect, spreading or decumbent, perennial herb or subshrub, 0.25-0.6 m high, to 1 mwide; young stems
tomentose with very dense, spreading hairs. Leaves trifoliolate (rarely unifoliolate or 5-foliolate);
stipules narrowly triangular, 1.5-3.7 mm long; petiole 3-7(-10) mm long; rachis slightly furrowed
and often appearing terete due to dense hairs. Leaflets obovate to broadly obovate, 4.5-13.5 mm
long, 3-9 mm wide, upper and lower surfaces of lamina with dense, spreading hairs; stipellae absent
or small, to 0.4(-0.8) mm long. Inflorescences 15—75(—105) mm long; peduncle 6-17 mm long;
bracts narrowly triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm long. Calyx 1.6-2.6 mm long. Standard ovate, 4.6-6.5 mm
high, 3.5-5.6 mm wide. Wings spathulate, 4-6 mm long, 1.1-1.7 mm wide. Keel 4.3-5.8 mm long,
1.5-2.4 mm deep; lateral pockets 0.8-1.3 mm long. Staminal tube 3.5^1.2 mm long. Pod 15-20 mm
long, c. 2 mm deep (no mature pods available). Seeds 6-8 per pod.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: near Rudall River, 23 May 1971, A.S. George
10820 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); McLarty Hills, Great Sandy Desert, 6 Aug. 1977, A.S. George 14687
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
257
(DNA, PERTH); 33 kmNE of Mt Divide Homestead, 29 June 1996 ,A.A. Mitchell PRP 1244 (NSW,
PERTH); Anketell Ridge, Great Sandy Desert, 14 May 1979, AS. Mitchell 1154 (DNA, PERTH);
Kidson Basin, July 1966, J. Stewart s.n. (PERTH); 6.5 km W of Old Talawana Well, 6 Sep. 1991,
Peter G. Wilson 985 & R. Rowe (AD, CANB, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: found on sand plains in and around the Great Sandy Desert,
in the Pilbara, Little Sandy Desert, Great Sandy Desert and Gibson Desert bioregions (Figure 1).
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Greek eremaios , desolate or deserted, a reference to the
inland habitat of this subspecies.
Affinities. Indigofera boviperda subsp. eremaea can be distinguished from the type subspecies by
the usually trifoliolate leaves.
258
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Indigofera chamaeclada Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae boviperdae et/. melanostictae similis sed inflorescentiis brevioribus, fructibus subtorulosis
plerumque ascendentibus, differt.
Typus\ c. 24 km south of Meekatharra on Great Northern Highway, Western Australia, 19 September
1991, Peter G. Wilson 1162 & R. Rowe ( holo: NSW 249937; iso : CANB, PERTH).
Indigofera sp. Chamaeclada (G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1224), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Prostrate, perennial herb , to 0.2 m high, with woody rootstock or taproot; young stems ridged, yellowish
brown or green-grey (often with numerous dark brown hairs), strigose with dense, appressed, equally
biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (3-)5-7 leaflets, (10-)20-50 mm long; stipules narrowly triangular
or subulate, 1.5-5 mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent; petiole 2-10 mm long; rachis
furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs sparse to moderately dense, inconspicuous to
conspicuous, red, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae inconspicuous, 0.3-1 mm long; lamina
obovate, (2-)4-20 mm long, (1.5—)2—10 mm wide; upper and lower surface grey-green (generally
paler below), with moderately dense to dense, appressed to shortly spreading hairs; apex obtuse and
emarginate or shortly mucronate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences 8-70 mm long, shorter to longer
than leaves; peduncle 3-20 mm long; bracts ovate to triangular, 1-3 mm long; flowers pink to purple;
pedicel 0.3-2 mm long. Calyx 2-4 mm long, with subequal to equal lobes 1-2.5 mm long, less than
to longer than the length of the tube, clothed with moderately dense to dense, grey to almost black,
appressed to spreading hairs. Standard purple to pink, orbicular, obovate or ovate, 5.2-8.8 mm high,
4.2-8 mm wide; hairs moderately dense to dense, hyaline to dark brown; apex obtuse. Wings spathulate
to narrow-obovate, 5-8.7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide. Keel 5-8 mm long, 1.6-2.5 mm deep; apex acute
to rounded; lateral pockets 0.7-1.7 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with
sparse to moderately dense, hyaline to dark brown hairs. Staminal tube 3.3-5 mm long, free ends and
tube pigmented. Ovary moderately to densely hairy. Pod ascending to spreading, rarely descending,
terete and somewhat torulose, (15-)20-28 mm long, 2-3 mm deep, brown, pubescent to tomentose
or strigose; hairs moderately dense, appressed or shortly spreading; apex shortly pointed to shortly
beaked; endocarp spotted. Seeds cuboid to cylindrical, 8-11 per pod, 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5 mm wide.
Etymology. The name is derived from the Greek chamae-, on the ground, and clados, branch or shoot,
with reference to the low-growing habit.
Affinities. This species is distinguished from other species in the area with a similar habit by having pods
that are usually ascending. In addition to this, it differs from I boviperda by the shorter inflorescences,
lack of prominent venation on the undersurface of the leaflets and by the somewhat torulose pods. It
differs from I. melanosticta Peter G.Wilson & Rowe by the shorter inflorescences also, as well as by
the lack of conspicuous ‘speckles’ on the young stems. Two subspecies are recognised; these can be
distinguished using the key below.
Key to subspecies
1. Lower surface of leaflets with appressed hairs; inflorescence 8-35 mm long;
standard 6.5-8.8 mm long, 6-8 mm wide; staminal tube 4-5 mm long.subsp. chamaeclada
1: Lower surface of leaflets with spreading hairs; inflorescence 30-70 mm long;
standard 5.2-6.2 mm long, 4.2-5.5 mm wide; staminal tube 3.3—4 mm long.subsp. pubens
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
259
Indigofera chamaeclada Peter G. Wilson & Rowe subsp. chamaeclada
Prostrate, perennial herb, to 0.05 m high; young stems slightly ridged, green or grey (often with
numerous dark brown hairs), strigose with dense, appressed, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate,
with (3-)5-7 leaflets; stipules subulate, 1.5-3 mm long, pubescent; petiole 2.5-8.5 mm long. Leaflets
4—13(—19) mm long, 2-7(-9.5) mm wide; upper and lower surface of lamina green or grey, with dense,
appressed hairs; apex obtuse and emarginate or shortly mucronate; stipellae 0.5-1 mm long. Inflorescences
8-35 mm long; peduncle 3-11 mm long; bracts ovate or triangular (often narrowly), 1-3 mm long;
pedicel 1-2 mm long. Calyx 2-4 mm long; lobes subequal, less than or equal to the length of the tube;
hairs dense, grey or almost black, appressed. Standard purple, orbicular or broadly ovate, 6.5-8.8 mm
high, 6-8 mm wide. Wings (6-)7-8.7 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Keel 6.5-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep;
apex acute; lateral pockets 0.9-1.7 mm long; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense,
hyaline to dark brown hairs. Staminal tube 4-5 mm long. Ovary densely hairy. Pod ascending to
spreading, (15-)20-28 mm long, 2.5-3 mm deep, brown, strigose; hairs moderately dense, appressed.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: MtAugustus, onflats near homestead, 23 July
1986, MG. Corrick9$70 (MEL); Long Pool, ‘Boolardy’,21 Aug. 1950, A. W. Humphriess.n. (PERTH);
along fence, 10 kmN ofMooloogool Homestead, 29 Aug. 1985, A.A. Mitchell 1398 (PERTH); Mt Clere
Station, Range monitoring site 29, 22 Apr. 1985, J. Stretch 22 (PERTH); 5.1 km E of Chiddle Well,
Sherwood Station, 18 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1158 & R. Rowe (K, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: has been recorded as growing on sand banks, on red clayey
sand in open scrub, and along flow lines in the Gascoyne and Murchison bioregions (Figure 2).
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Indigofera chamaeclada subsp. pubens Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, subsp. nov.
A subsp. chamaeclada foliolis indumento subter patenti, inflorescentia plerumque longiore, vexillo
minori et tubo staminum breviore differt.
Typus\ 20 km north of Carnarvon, Western Australia, 17 October 1991, A. A. Mitchell 1888 (holo\ NSW
252426; iso. PERTH).
Prostrate or spreading, perennial herb, 0.05-0.2 m high; young stems ridged, yellowish brown or green
to grey, pubescent or tomentose with dense to very dense, appressed to spreading, equally biramous
hairs. Leaves pinnate, with 5-7 leaflets; stipules narrowly triangular, 1.5-5 mm long, pubescent;
petiole 2-10 mm long. Leaflets (2-)5-20 mm long, (1.5—)3—10 mm wide; upper surface of lamina
grey to green, with moderately dense, appressed to shortly spreading hairs, lower surface grey to
green (generally paler than above), with moderately dense, shortly spreading hairs; apex obtuse and
mucronate; stipellae 0.3-0.8 mm long. Inflorescences (10-)30-70 mm long; peduncle 3-20 mm long;
bracts ovate to triangular, 1.5-2.5 mm long; pedicel 0.3-0.8 mm long. Calyx 2-3.5 mm long; lobes
subequal to equal, equal to or longer than the length of the tube; hairs moderately dense, grey to brown,
appressed to spreading. Standard purple to pink, obovate to orbicular (rarely ovate), 5.2-6.2 mm high,
4.2-5.5 mm wide. Wings 5-5.5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide. Keel 5-5.5 mm long, 1.6-2 mm deep;
apex acute to rounded; lateral pockets 0.7-1 mm long; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with sparse,
hyaline to brown hairs. Stamina1 tube ?>3-A mm long. Ovary moderately hairy. Pod usually ascending
(sometimes descending), 20-25 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep, brown, pubescent or tomentose; hairs
moderately dense, shortly spreading.
260
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. Distribution of Indigofera chamaeclada subsp. chamaeclada (O) and subsp pubens (•).
Selected specimens examined. Western Australia: 563 miles, Northwest Coastal Hwy, 13 June 1970,
A.M. Ashby 3196 (AD, KRA, PERTH); 548 mile peg W side of North West Coastal Hwy, 25 June
1975, A.M. Ashby 5166 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Fortescue: Barrow Island, 24 Aug. 1973, W.H. Butler
121 (PERTH); Hamersley Range, near Mt Rica, 26 Oct. 1941, C.A. Gardner 6427 (PERTH); Minilya
River, N of Shark Bay, 1882, J. Forrest s.n. (MEL 586686); 1 km W of Wogatti Well, Exmouth Gulf
Station, 15 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1118 & R. Rowe (AD, CANB, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: mostly found in the Carnarvon bioregion, with a few
records from the adjacent Pilbara and Murchison bioregions (Figure 2). Collections were largely
from shrubland on red sand country and dunes; at the only upland site, near Mt Rica in the Hamersley
Range, the vegetation and soil type was not recorded.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin pubens , meaning ‘pubescent’ but also ‘flourishing’,
a reference to the spreading indumentum and more erect habit of this taxon compared to subsp.
chamaeclada.
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
261
Notes. There is some variation; the cited specimens from Barrow Island and Wogatti Well, near
Exmouth, are atypical in having descending pods. Another specimen, collected along the road to
Denham {P.G. Wilson 1210 & R. Rowe), lacks subtorulose pods and may represent an intergrade with
I. boviperda.
Indigofera cuspidata Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
A Indigofera fractiflexa foliolis angustioribus, floribus maioribus, fructibus cuspidatis plus pilosisque
differt.
Typus. Sipa Gold Mining Lease, south of Turee Creek, Western Australia, 8 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson
1776 & E. Toma {holo. NSW 734107; iso. K, PERTH 08028583).
Indigofera sp. Cuspidata (Peter G. Wilson & E. Thoma PGW 1776), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect shrub, 1-2 m high; young stems ridged, reddish brown, strigose with moderately dense,
appressed, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with 7-11 leaflets; stipules narrowly triangular,
(1.5-)2-2.5 mm long, glabrescent, not spinescent, not persistent; petiole 2.5^4.5 mm long; rachis
furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs sparse to dense, conspicuous or inconspicuous,
red, linear to club-shaped. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent; lamina narrowly obovate, 6-17 mm
long, 1.5-3.5 mm wide; upper and lower surfaces grey-green, with moderately dense appressed hairs;
apex obtuse and mucronate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences 60-130(-140) mm long, longer than
leaves; peduncle 6-14 mm long; bracts narrowly triangular, 0.9-1.3 mm long; flowers pink; pedicel
0.8-2.2 mm long. Calyx 2-2.5 mm long, with subequal lobes equal to longer than the length of the
tube, clothed with moderately dense to dense, grey, appressed hairs. Standard pink with pale striations,
ovate, 8-9 mm high, c. 6.5 mm wide. Wings deep pink, narrowly obovate or spathulate, 7-7.5 mm
long, 2.5-3 mm wide. Keel 8-8.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep; apex acute; lateral pockets 0.9-1.2 mm
long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense, coppery brown
hairs. Staminal tube 5.5-6.5 mm long, pigmented at free ends. Ovary appressed-hairy. Pod spreading
to ascending, terete, (17-)20-27 mm long, 2.5-3 mm deep, brown, strigose; hairs moderately dense,
appressed; apex elongated, hardened; endocarp spotted (sometimes very obscurely). Seeds ellipsoidal
to irregularly ellipsoidal, 4-6 per pod, 1.6-2 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm wide. (Figure 3)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 33.9 km N of Pretty Pool, 24 June 2005,
D.J. Edinger 5090 (PERTH); 50 km from Mt Vernon Homestead on the Mt Vernon-Mininer track,
29 June 1976, A.A. MzYc/2e//76/184(PERTH); 10kmWofAshburtonDownsHomestead,22Sep. 1991,
A. A. Mitchell 1872 (NSW); 14.1 km E of Ashburton Downs Station, 12 May 1991, A. A. Mitchell 4726
(NSW, PERTH); Sipa Gold Mining Lease, S of Turee Creek, 7 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson 1775 (NSW);
Sipa Gold Mining Lease, S of Turee Creek, 8 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson Mil & E. Thoma (NSW).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: known from the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions (Figure
4) where it is recorded growing on rocky slopes or along creek lines on red (Ashburton) shale in
Acacia woodland or shrubland.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
262
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 3. Indigofera cuspidata. A- habit; B - pod. Scale bar = 20 mm (A); 15 mm (B). Drawn by David Mackay from/l./I. Mitchell
76/184.
Figure 4. Distribution of Indigofera cuspidata (□), I. gilesii (■), I. kingiana (O) and I. melanosticta (•).
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
263
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin cuspidatus, pointed, in reference to the distinctly
beaked apex of the pod of this species.
Affinities. This species appears to be most closely allied to I. fractiflexa Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, which
it resembles in having zig-zag stems, but differs in the leaflet shape and indumentum (± equally hairy on
both surfaces) and in the pods being distinctly appressed-hairy and having an elongated, hardened apex.
Note. This species was represented in the analysis of Schrire etal. (2009) as ‘7. Australia Gp. sp. nov. 2’.
Indigofera decipiens Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferam hirsutam simulans sed foliis pilis ± aeque biramosis, inflorescentiis brevioribus, floribus
roseis, fructibus tomentosis differt.
Typus\ Barlee Range Nature Reserve, 3.2 km west ofWongida Well. 12.7 km south-west of Mount
Florrie, 9.8 km north-west of Minnie Spring, Western Australia, 11 August 1993, S. vanLeeuwen 1557
(holo: NSW 410069; iso. PERTH 04203755).
Indigofera sp. Decipiens (Peter G. Wilson & J. Palmer PGW 1777), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Low or prostrate shrub 0.1-0.3 m tall, with woody rootstock; young stems terete, reddish brown,
bearing sparse, white to brown, spreading, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (3-)5-7 leaflets;
stipules subulate, 2-3.5 mm long, sometimes bearing coarse, orange hairs as well as biramous hairs;
petiole (2-)3-7 mm long; rachis bearing groups of rather long, coarse, orange hairs between the
leaflet pairs. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent; lamina broadly obovate to cuneate, 4-7.5(-14.5) long
2.5-5(-7) mm wide; upper and lower surfaces with ± equally dense spreading hairs; apex obtuse to
emarginate, mucronate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences 30-100 mm long, longer than leaves;
peduncle 5-17 mm long; bracts narrow-triangular, 2-2.5 mm long; flowers pink to pale purple; pedicel
0.5-1 mm long. Calyx 2.5-4 mm long; lobes subequal, 2-3 mm long, longer than the tube. Standard
6-8 mm long, 3-5.5 mm wide, the outside bearing white to brown hairs, the inside glabrous. Wings
oblong-spathulate, 4.5-6 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Keel 6-7 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep; lateral pockets
1-1.5 mm long; upper margin sparsely hairy; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with sparse hyaline or
golden brown hairs. Staminal tube 3.5-4 mm long. Ovary densely pubescent; style glabrous; stigma
capitate. Pod cylindrical to subtorulose, 16-42 mm long, 2-3 mm diam., pale brown; hairs short,
spreading; endocarp with dark, orange-brown spots. Seeds elongated cuboid, 5-8 per pod, 3-3.8 mm
long, 1.2-2 mm wide. (Figure 5)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N of Gascoyne Junction on Mt Augusta road
c. 2 km S of turn-off to Eudamullah Homestead, 21 July 1986, MG. Corned 9846 (MEL); 3.7 km E of
Christmas Bore, Koonmarra Station, 29 Aug. 1986, R.J. Cranfield 6017 (NSW, PERTH); Pretty Pool,
on Elliot Creek, 28 June 2005, D.J. Edinger 5152 (PERTH); ‘Warrambi’ [Warambie], 14 Oct. 1941,
C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 10 kmW of‘Ashburton Downs’ Homestead, 1 July 1977 ,A.A. Mitchell
428 (NSW, PERTH); Kennedy Range, NE of‘Mooka’, 30 July 1969, Paul G. Wilson 8462 (PERTH);
tributary of Seven Mile Creek, c. 15 km from Paraburdoo on the ‘Mininer’ road, 7 June 2006, Peter
G. Wilson 1770 & J. Palmer (K, NSW, PERTH).
264
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 5. Indigofera decipiens. A - habit; B - standard; C - keel; D - lateral view of calyx and androecium; E - gynoecium;
F - wing; G - pod; H - leaf; I - detail of rachis showing linear multicellular hairs; J - terminal leaflet. Scale bar = 50 mm
(A); 5 mm (B-F); 15 mm (G, H, J); 2 mm (I). Drawn by Catherine Wardrop from PG. Wilson 1084 & J. Palmer (A, G-I),
R.J. Cranfield 6017 (B-F) and S. van Leeuwen 1557 (J).
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
265
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: known from relatively few collections from widely
separated localities west of 118° E and north of 27° S, in the Pilbara, Gascoyne, Carnarvon and
Murchison bioregions (Figure 6). All specimens are from range areas with one collection specifically
stating that the plant was growing on granite.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. The epithet is taken from the Latin decipiens, deceiving, a reference to the deceptive
superficial resemblance of this species to I. hirsuta L.
Affinities. This species is superficially like I. hirsuta due to the spreading indumentum on the vegetative
parts, the rather long calyx lobes, and the subulate stipules. However, there are major differences,
primarily in the hairs being ± equally biramous, the inflorescence much shorter, the flowers pink rather
than red, and the pod tomentose rather than stiffly hairy. This species is likely be most closely related
to I. roseola Peter G.Wilson & Rowe.
Note. This species was represented in the analysis of Schrire etal. (2009) as ‘7. Australia Gp. sp. nov. 1 ’.
Figure 6. Distribution of Indigofera decipiens (O) and I. eriophylla (•).
266
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Indigofera eriophylla Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae leucotrichae caulibus foliisque densissime pubescentibus similis sed foliolis 3-5 vice
7-11, fructibus angustioribus, floribus minoribus differt.
Typus. Bidgemia Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
14 June 1999, J. Stretch s.n. {holo: NSW 436397; iso. PERTH 05406110).
Indigofera sp. Eriophylla (J. Stretch s.n. PERTH 05406110), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed Sep 2014],
Erect subshrub , 0.2-0.3 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems terete, white and grey or yellowish,
hirsute with very dense, spreading, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with 3-5 leaflets; stipules
subulate or narrowly triangular, 2.5-5.5 mm long, densely pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent;
petiole 6-10 mm long; rachis terete to slightly furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs
sparse, inconspicuous, orange to red, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae inconspicuous to
0.5 mm long; lamina obovate, 6-15 mm long, 5-11 mm wide; upper and lower surfaces grey to
white (yellowish when young) with dense, spreading hairs; apex obtuse and shortly mucronate; veins
not prominent. Inflorescences 60-135 mm long, longer than leaves; peduncle 6-27 mm long; bracts
subulate, 2.5—4.2 mm long; flowers pink to purple; pedicel 0.5-1 mm long. Calyx 2.5^1.5 mm long,
with subequal lobes longer than the length of the tube, clothed with dense, white or grey, spreading
hairs. Standard deep pink, obovate to ovate, 4.8-6 mm high, 3.5-4.5 mm wide. Wings spathulate or
narrowly obovate, 4—4.5 mm long, 1.3-1.9 mm wide. Keel 4.8-5.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm deep; apex
rounded; lateral pockets 0.4-0.8 mm long; upper margin sparsely hairy; tip and adjacent abaxial
surface with moderately dense, white to brown hairs. Staminal tube 3^1.5 mm long, pigmented.
Ovary densely hairy. Pods descending, terete to slightly torulose, (7-) 17-28 mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm
deep, white to grey, tomentose; hairs dense, spreading; apex shortly pointed; endocarp spotted. Seeds
(immature) 7-9 per pod. (Figure 7)
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
26 June 1985, R.J. Cranfield 5222 (PERTH); 10 July 1981,A. Holm s.n. (PERTH); 1882, Pollack s.n.
(MEL 586680); 15 Sep. 1999, J. Stretch s.n. (NSW 436398, PERTH 05406129).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: known only from the Carnarvon and Gascoyne bioregions
(Figure 6). It is recorded as growing on sandy rises.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora, as I. sp. Eriophylla (J. Stretch s.n. PERTH 05406110) (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-). The two known localities of this species are hundreds of kilometres
apart, so further investigation of likely sites is required to assess its conservation status.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Greek prefix erio -, woolly-, in reference to the dense,
spreading indumentum of this species.
Affinities. This species resembles I. leucotricha E.Pritz. from Central Australia in having very densely
pubescent stems and leaves but it differs by having leaves with 3-5 leaflets rather than 7-11, and by
the narrower pods and smaller flowers.
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
267
Figure 7. Indigofera eriophylla. A- habit; B - pod; C - flower at early anthesis; D - lateral view of calyx and androecium; E - detail
of leaf hairs. Scale bar = 40 mm (A), 20 mm (B), 7.5 mm (C); 6 mm (D); 2.5 mm €. Drawn by Lesley Elkan from J. Stretch s.n.
(NSW 436397; A, D, E) and J. Stretch s.n. (NSW 436398; B, C).
268
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Notes. This species was first collected by Mr Pollack, an associate of the then Deputy Surveyor
General John Forrest, in 1882, but seems not to have been recognised as a new species by Mueller. It
is presumably uncommon since it was not re-collected for almost 100 years.
Indigofera fractiflexa Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
I. helmsii affinis sed stipulis non spinescentibus distinguitur.
Typus: Mount Lois, Western Australia, 11 September 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1033 & Ross Rowe (holo:
NSW 248838; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL, PERTH).
Indigofera sp. Fractiflexa (S. van Leeuwen 3773), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect or spreading shrub , 0.2-1.2 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems terete, green to brown
(often reddish), strigose with sparse to moderately dense, appressed, equally biramous hairs and
sometimes with scattered, red multicellular hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (5—)7—9(—11) leaflets; stipules
narrowly triangular, 1.5-6 mm long, glabrescent, often recurved, not spinescent, bases sometimes
persistent but never conspicuously thickened; petiole (2-)5-20 mm long; rachis furrowed; multicellular
hairs between leaflet pairs sparse to dense and sometimes extending along the rachis, conspicuous
or inconspicuous, red, club-shaped. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent or to 1.8 mm long; lamina
obovate to elliptical, 5.5-20 mm long, (2.5-)3.2-9(-11.5) mm wide; upper surface green, glabrous
or with sparse to moderately dense appressed hairs; lower surface green, with sparse to moderately
dense appressed hairs; apex obtuse and mucronate or emarginate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences
(20-)25-l 10 mm long, shorter or longer than leaves; peduncle 1-10 mm long; bracts ovate to narrowly
triangular, 0.8-2.5 mm long; flowers pink to deep pink; pedicel 0.5-1.2 mm long. Calyx 1.5-3 mm
long, with unequal to subequal lobes equal to or longer than the length of the tube, clothed with
moderately dense to dense, grey, appressed hairs. Standard pink, with a paler spot at base, ovate to
orbicular, 6.2-7.1 mm high, 4.2-6 mm wide. Wings narrowly obovate or spathulate, 5.5-6.2 mm long,
2-2.5 mm wide. Keel 6-7 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep; apex acute; lateral pockets 1-1.2 mm long; upper
margin sparsely hairy; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense, hyaline to dark brown
hairs. Staminaltube 3-4.5 mm long, colourless. Ovary appressed-hairy. Pods ascending to descending,
terete, 15-35 mm long, 2.5-4.5 mm deep, brown or red-brown, strigose or glabrescent; hairs sparse to
moderately dense, appressed; apex shortly pointed (occasionally elongated); endocarp spotted. Seeds
elongated cuboid to subglobose, 2-6 per pod, 2.1-2.7 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin for ‘zig-zag’ with reference to the characteristic
growth habit.
Affinities. This species appears to be most closely allied to I. helmsii Peter G. Wilson but is distinguished
from that species by the lack of distinctly spinescent stipules. It differs from other species in the area,
except I. cuspidata, by having stems that ‘zig-zag’ to varying degrees.
Note. There is some geographically based variation and we recognise two subspecies.
Key to subspecies
1. Upper surface of leaflets with appressed hairs; pods with sparse, appressed
white hairs .
subsp. fractiflexa
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
269
1: Upper surface of leaflets glabrous; pods with scattered, appressed
dark hairs .subsp. augustensis
Indigofera fractiflexa Peter G. Wilson & Rowe subsp. fractiflexa
Spreading or erect shrub , 0.2-1.2 m high, rarely to 2 m. Leaves with (5-)7-9 leaflets; stipules 2-6 mm
long; petiole 4.5-20 mm long. Leaflets 5.5-20 mm long, (2.5—)3.5—9(—11.5) mm wide; stipellae
inconspicuous or to 1.8 mm long. Inflorescences 30-110 mm long; bracts narrowly triangular, 1.5-
2.5 mm long; pedicel 0.5-1 mm long. Calyx 1.5-3 mm long. Standard ovate, 6-7 mm high, 5-6 mm
wide. Wings 5.1-62 mm long, 2.5 mm wide. Keel 6-6.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep. Staminal tube
3^1.5 mm long. Pods 15-35 mm long, 2.5-4.5 mm deep. Seeds 2-6 per pod. (Figure 8)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wittenoom Gorge, Eastern Creek area,
2 May 1966, J.V. Blockley 182 (CANB, PERTH); base of Drillers Ridge on track leading to radio
masts, 1.4 km N of Mt Hanwright, 7.5 km SSW of Mt Watkins, Hamersley Range, 24 Sep. 1991,
S. van Leeuwen 1062 (NSW, PERTH); Barlee Range Nature Reserve, 5.5 km W of Mt Palgrave,
12 June 1994, S. van Leeuwen 1701 (NSW, PERTH); Barlee Range Nature Reserve, 23.2 km SSE of
Mt Florry, 13 Sep. 1995, S. van Leeuwen 2294 (NSW, PERTH); Joffre Falls Lookout, 12 Sep. 1991,
Peter G. Wilson 1059 & R. Rowe (AD, NSW, PERTH); Bee Gorge, Hamersley Range, 12 Sep. 1991,
Peter G. Wilson 1067 & R. Rowe (NSW); Yampire Gorge, 14.8 km from Wittenoom road, 13 Sep.
1991, Peter G. Wilson 1071 & R. Rowe (NSW, PERTH); N end of Rio Tinto Gorge, 13 Sep. 1991,
Peter G. Wilson 1076 & R. Rowe (K, NSW, PERTH); c. 1 km from summit of Mt Nameless, 14 Sep.
1991 , Peter G. Wilson 1084 & R. Rowe (CANB, K, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: recorded from the Hamersley and Barlee Ranges in the
Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions (Figure 9). This subspecies has been found on rocky mountain tops
and the edges of gorges.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Indigofera fractiflexa subsp. augustensis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, subsp. nov.
A Indigofera fractiflexa subsp. fractiflexa foliolis supra glabris, fructibus pilis fuscis differt.
Typus\ Mount Augustus, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
17 September 1991 , Peter G. Wilson 1132 & Ross Rowe {holo. NSW 249883; iso. PERTH).
Indigofera sp. Mount Augustus (S. Patrick & A. Crawford SP 4737), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Spreading or diffuse shrub , 0.5-1 m high. Leaves with (5—)7—9(—11) leaflets; stipules 1.5-3.5 mm long;
petiole 3.5-11 mm long. Leaflets 5.5-19 mm long, 3.2-8 mm wide; stipellae absent. Inflorescences
(20-)25-50(-l 10)mmlong; bracts narrowly triangular, 0.8-1.2mmlong; pedicel 1-1.2mmlong. Calyx
2-3 mm long. Standard ovate to orbicular, 5.7-7.1 mm high, 4.2-5.7 mm wide. Wings 5.5-6.2 mm
long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Keel 6-7 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep; lateral pockets 1-1.2 mm long. Staminal
tube 5-A mm long. Pods 17-32 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm deep. Seeds 2-6 per pod.
270
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 8. Indigoferafractijlexa sabsp. fractiflexa. A - habit; B - wing; C - standard; D-keel; E-lateral view of calyx and androecium;
F - detail of multicellular hairs on inflorescence axis; G - leaf; H - pod; I - seed ventral and lateral views. Scale bar = 40 mm (A);
5 mm (B-E); 3.3 mm (F); 15 mm (G, H); 4 mm (I). Drawn by Catherine Wardrop from P.G. Wilson 1084 & R. Rowe (A-G) and
RG. Wilson 1033 & R. Rowe (H, I).
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
271
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
2 Aug. 1991, B.G. Briggs 8792 & L.A.S. Johnson (NSW); 22 July 1986, M.G. Cornck 9857 (MEL);
17 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1133, 1134 & R. Rowe (NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: originally thought to be restricted to Mt Augustus, a
relatively isolated monolith in the Gascoyne bioregion, but there are also a number of records of this
taxon from the Robinson Range area, c. 250 km south-east of there (Figure 9), although there are
unresolved questions regarding this population. At the type locality, the species is found on the Mount
Augustus Sandstone formation. On the Robinson Range, specimens referred to this taxon are recorded
from banded ironstone substrates, more commonly the habitat of subsp. fractiflexa.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora, as I. sp. Mount Augustus (S. Patrick & A. Crawford SP 4737)
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). All known individuals at Mt Augustus occur within the reserve.
Etymology. Named for its occurrence on Mt Augustus.
Figure 9. Distribution of Indigofera fractiflexa subsp. jfactiflexa (O) and subsp. augustensis (•).
272
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Indigofera gilesii Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae cornuligerae affinis sed intemodiis inflorescentiisque longioribus differt.
Typus. Hamersley Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 8 May
1995, S. Deluca 46 & M.E. Trudgen (holo. PERTH 04117557).
Indigofera sp. Gilesii (M.E. Trudgen 15869), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Spreading shrub or subshrub , 0.3-0.75 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems terete, green to
yellowish or brown, strigose to tomentose with dense to very dense, appressed to shortly spreading, equally
biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (5—)9—13(—15) leaflets; stipules triangular (thickened), 2-5 mm
long, pubescent or glabrescent (hairs sparse), spinescent (tips often breaking off over time to leave the
thickened base), persistent; petiole 4-13.5 mm long; rachis furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet
pairs sparse to moderately dense, inconspicuous to conspicuous, red to dark brown, club-shaped. Leaflets
opposite; stipellae inconspicuous, (0.2-)0.5-0.9mmlong; laminaobovateto elliptical, (5—)8—15(-23)mm
long, (3—)5—8(—10) mm wide; upper surface green, with moderately dense appressed hairs; lower surface
grey to green (paler than upper), with moderately dense (denser than upper) appressed hairs; apex
obtuse and mucronate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences (45-)80-150(-210) mm long when fully
expanded, longer than leaves; peduncle (10-) 15-28 mm long; bracts triangular (sometimes thickened),
1.2-2.7 mm long; flowers deep pink to purplish; pedicel 0.8-1.5(-2) mm long. Calyx (1,7-)2-4 mm
long, with subequal lobes less than or equal to the length of the tube, clothed with dense, brown to almost
black (very rarely grey), appressed to shortly spreading hairs. Standard purple to pinkish red, ovate to
orbicular, (6.5-)7-8.5 mm high, 6.5-8 mm wide. Wings spathulate or narrowly obovate, 6.5-8 mm long,
2.5-3.5 mm wide. Keel 6.5-8.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm deep; apex rounded to apiculate; lateral pockets
0.8-1.5 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense to dense,
golden to dark brown hairs. Staminal tube 5.5-7 mm long, free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary sparsely
to densely hairy. Pods spreading to descending, terete, 25-35 mm long, 3-3.5 mm deep, brown to dark
brown, strigose; hairs sparse to moderately dense, appressed; apex shortly pointed; endocarp spotted.
Seeds cuboid, 6-9 per pod, 1.7-2.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
20 June 1958, G.M. Chippendale NT4533 (DNA, NSW, PERTH); 6 May 1998, K.F. Kenneally 11989
(NSW, PERTH); 5 Aug. 1958, N.H. Speck 1142 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 Aug. 1962, D.E. Symon
2312 (AD); 1 Oct. 1998, S. van Leeuwen 4235 (NSW, PERTH); 2 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson 1741
(NSW, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 9 Oct. 1966, A.C. Beauglehole 20313 (MEL); 7 Aug.
1967, A. C. Beauglehole 24620 (MEL, NSW); 19 June 1974, G. W. Carr 3032 & A. C. Beauglehole 45811
(MEL, NSW); 20 July 1966, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 586688).
Distribution and habitat. Central Australia: occurs in south-western parts of the Northern Territory and
in a number of apparently disjunct populations in Western Australia, extending to the Pilbara bioregion
(Figure 4). It is mostly found in ranges or on stony ground in red, sandy soil.
Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as I sp. Gilesii (M.E. Trudgen 15869). This indicates
that it is not believed to be under immediate threat but is nevertheless in need of further assessment.
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
273
Etymology. The epithet honours the explorer Ernest Giles, who collected this species in the ranges south
of Haasts Bluff in 1872 (MEL 585701). The name is also appropriate in that this species has often been
collected near the Giles Weather Station in Central Australia.
Affinities. Although this species is similar to I cornuligera Peter G.Wilson & Rowe in its somewhat
thickened stipules, it has a more open habit, with longer intemodes, and usually has much longer
inflorescences with flowers that are more strongly reddish pink. The stipules in I. gilesii are variable;
they are often longer but not as conspicuously thickened at the base as in I. cornuligera. Also, the clusters
of multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs are less well developed in I. gilesii than in I. cornuligera.
Notes. As defined here, this species is rather variable across its extensive range and further study of the
disjunct populations should be undertaken. Species with thickened, ± persistent stipules form something
of a mosaic through central parts of Australia and there is evidence of some intergradation. For example,
a specimen that fits the general description of I gilesii , A.S. George 4831 from Mt Fanny, NE of
Blackstone Range (PERTH), shows in its thickened inflorescence bracts possible evidence of gene flow
from I. warburtonensis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe.
Indigofera kingiana Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae australi subsp. hesperia similis sed foliolis paucioribus, indumento multicellulari ad stipulas
deficienti et carina tenuirostri differt.
Typus. Gabyon Station, 1 km west of Littles Bore, Western Australia, 14 August 1993, S. van Vreeswyk
3767 (holo. PERTH 04535812)
Indigofera sp. Kingiana (S. van Vreeswyk 3767), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect shrub , 0.3-1.5(-2.4) m high, with woody rootstock; young stems terete or slightly ridged, grey
or green to brown, strigose with moderately dense to dense, appressed, equally biramous hairs; older
stems glabrescent, brown. Leaves pinnate, with (3—)7— 11 (— 13) leaflets; stipules triangular, 1-3 mm
long, pubescent or glabrescent, not spinescent, not persistent to persistent; petiole 5-15 mm long; rachis
furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs absent or sparse, inconspicuous, orange to red, club-
shaped. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent or inconspicuous, 0.3-0.5 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptical
to obovate, (5.5-) 10-21 mm long, (2-)3-7(-9) mm wide; upper surface green, glabrous; lower surface
green (generally paler than above), with sparse to moderately dense, appressed hairs; apex obtuse and
mucronate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences (13-)20-70(-100) mm long, shorter to longer than
leaves; peduncle (3-)8-25 mm long; bracts triangular, 0.5-1.2 mm long; flowers pink to purplish; pedicel
1.5-3 mm long. Calyx 1.5-3 mm long, with subequal to equal lobes less than the length of the tube,
clothed with moderately dense, brown, appressed hairs. Standard deep pink to crimson, ovate, elliptical
or obovate, 7-10 mm high, 4.5-7.5 mm wide. Wings oblong to spathulate, 7-9 mm long, 2-2.7 mm
wide, with patch of hairs near base. Keel 7.5-9.5 mm long, 2-3 mm deep; apex distinctly beaked or
acuminate, to 2 mm long; lateral pockets 1-2 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial
surface with sparse to moderately dense, hyaline to white or brown hairs. Staminal tube 4.5-6 mm long,
free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary sparsely to moderately hairy. Pods spreading to descending, terete,
(14-)2CM3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm deep, brown, strigose to glabrescent; hairs sparse to moderately dense;
apex shortly pointed, often with short persistent style; endocarp spotted. Seeds cuboid, (4—)8—10(-l 2) per
pod, 1.5-1.7 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide.
274
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 4L6 miles S of Woolshed Rd junction or
220 miles [c. 350 km] N of Mullewa, 1 July 1973, AM Ashby 4772 (AD); Meekatharra, 20 July 1931,
C.A. Gardner 2356 (PERTH); near Lake Austin, 1886, H.S. King s.n. (MEL 585882); 5 km E of
Meekatharra on S side of Airport road, 23 Aug. 1992, A.A. Mitchell 2681 (NSW, PERTH); 6.3 miles
[c. 10 km] from highway on road to Gaby on, 27 Oct. 1984, B.H. Smith 507 (MEL, NSW, PERTH); near
Bullawadgee, 15 km E of Yuin homestead, Aug. 1995, J.F. Taylor 61 (PERTH); 27 km N of Yalgoo,
23 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1229 & R. Rowe (K, NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: Yalgoo and Murchison bioregions (Figure 4), found on
granitic soils on low rises or in sandy creek beds; often occurring with shrubs of Acacia spp.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. This species is named for the first collector, H.S. [Henry Sanford] King, who was a surveyor
under the direction of Sir John Forrest, the Surveyor-General and Commissioner of Crown Lands at
the time.
Affinities. This species appears to be closely related to/. australisWiWd. and has frequently been misidentified
as that species. However, it differs from Western Australian specimens of I. australis subsp. hesperia
Peter G.Wilson & Rowe in having fewer leaflets, stipules that lack multicellular hairs in their axils, and
a more compact inflorescence with generally larger, crimson flowers that have distinctly beaked keels.
Indigofera melanosticta Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Ab Indigofera chamaeclada inflorescentia multo longiore et ab I. psammophila surculis pilis fuscatis
pallidisque valde punctatis differt.
Typus: Denham Lookout, c. 3 km east-south-east of Denham, Western Australia, 11 August 1991,
B.G. Briggs 8841 & L.A.S. Johnson (holo. NSW; iso. CANB, K, PERTH).
Decumbent, perennial herb, 0.2-0.3 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems slightly ridged, grey to
green or dark brown (stems generally greyish with dark brown speckles), strigose with dense, appressed
and some shortly spreading, equally or unequally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with 5-9 leaflets; stipules
subulate, 1.5-5 mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent; petiole 3-10 mm long; rachis furrowed
(some slightly or very narrowly so); multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs sparse, inconspicuous,
orange to red, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent; lamina obovate to elliptical, 4-17 mm
long, 3-9 mm wide; upper surface grey or green, with moderately dense to dense, appressed hairs; lower
surface grey or green, with dense, appressed hairs; apex obtuse and mucronate; veins not prominent.
Inflorescences (75-)90-150(-175) mm long, longer than leaves; peduncle (15—)20—35(—45) mm long;
bracts ovate to subulate, 1.3-2.5 mm long; flowers pink to purple; pedicel l-1.5mmlong. Calyx 3-5.5 mm
long, with unequal lobes equal to or longer than the length of the tube, bearing dense, grey to almost
black appressed hairs. Standard pink to red, broadly ovate to orbicular, 6.5-8.5 mm high, 6-7.5 mm
wide. Wings spathulate, 7-8 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Keel 7-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm deep; apex acute;
lateral pockets 1-1.6 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately
dense, hyaline to grey hairs. Staminal tube 4.3-5.2 mm long, free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary
densely hairy. Pods descending, slightly torulose, 23-27 mm long, 1.75-2.5 mm deep, brown (immature
pods often with grey and dark brown hairs), strigose; hairs moderately dense to dense, appressed; apex
shortly beaked; endocarp spotted. Seeds compressed-cylindrical, (8-) 10-11 per pod, 1.4-2.1 mm long,
1.2-1.5 mm wide. (Figure 10)
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
275
Figure 10. Indigofera melanosticta. A - habit; B - keel; C - wing; D - standard; E - lateral view of calyx and androecium;
F - pod. Scale bar = 75 mm (A); 7.5 mm (B-E); 20 mm (F). Drawn by Lesley Elkan from P.G. Wilson 1212 & R. Rowe
(A-E) and P.G. Wilson 1201 & R. Rowe (F).
276
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Baudin Island, Freycinet Estuary, 14 Sep.
1989, J.J. Alford 1371 (PERTH); 1.2 km N of Cape Ransonnet, Dirk Hartog Island, 2 Sep. 1972,
A.S. George 11388 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Dorre Island, Shark Bay, 15 July 1959, R.D. Royce 5908
(PERTH); c. 10 km N of Point Quobba, 18 Aug. 1986, RS. Short 2506, N.S. Lander & B.A. Fuhrer
(MEL); 30 km S of Denham, 21 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1212 & R. Rowe (NSW).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: recorded from a relatively restricted area in the Carnarvon
bioregion, extending from Shark Bay north to Quobba (Figure 4). The plant occurs in open, heathy
vegetation on sandy soil or dunes.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Greek melano -, dark, and stictos, spotted, in reference to
the speckled indumentum.
Affinities. Readily distinguished from other species by the marked speckled appearance of the young
stems resulting from the mixture of dark and light hairs. In its habit and long inflorescences, this
species most nearly approaches I. psammophila Peter G.Wilson but may also be closely related to
I. chamaeclada , which it resembles in having subtorulose pods, but differs in having a much longer
inflorescence. Indigofera chamaeclada subsp. chamaeclada also has hairs of mixed colours on its
young stems but these are paler and the contrasting colours are barely discernible. There is also a
possibility that I. melanosticta intergrades with I. chamaeclada subsp. pubens where their ranges
overlap in the Shark Bay area.
Indigofera occidentalis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigofera australi interdum confusa sed distinguitur stipulis longioribus, foliolis discoloribus supra
glabris vel subglabris flavovirentibusque, lobis calycis longioribus, indumento patenti; a I. georgei
facile distinguitur foliolis plus numerosis et indumento brunneolo.
Typus. 3.3 km south of Mount Narryer Homestead, Western Australia, 20 September 1991, Peter G.
Wilson 1186 & R. Rowe {holo: NSW 249974; iso. K, PERTH).
Indigofera sp. Occidentalis (D.J. Edinger 1259), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect shrub ox subshrub, 0.2-1 m high, with a woody rootstock; young stems terete or slightly ridged, grey
or green to brown, strigose or tomentose with moderately dense to very dense, appressed to spreading,
equally or unequally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with (9-) 15-21 (-31) leaflets; stipules triangular
to subulate, 3-5(-6.5) mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent; petiole (4—)5—10(—18) mm
long; rachis furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs absent or sparse, conspicuous, orange
to red or brown, club-shaped. Stipellae absent or very rarely small and inconspicuous, to 0.5 mm long;
lamina ovate, elliptical or obovate, 5—16(—21) mm long, 2.5-6(-10) mm wide; upper surface green to
greyish, glabrous to sparsely hairy with appressed hairs (rarely with moderately dense spreading hairs);
lower surface green to grey (generally paler than above), glabrescent or with sparse to dense, appressed
to spreading hairs; apex obtuse and mucronate; veins notprominent. Inflorescences (40-)80-200(-290)
mm long, longer than leaves; peduncle (5—)15—35 mm long; bracts triangular, 1—3.5(—5) mm long;
flowers pink to purple; pedicel l-2(-2.5) mm long. Calyx 1.5-4 mm long, with subequal lobes equal
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
277
to longer than the length of the tube, clothed with moderately dense to dense, grey to almost black,
appressed to spreading hairs. Standard purple to pink, ovate to obovate, 6-10 mm high, 4.5-8.5 mm
wide. Wings narrowly obovate to spathulate, 5.5-9 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Keel 6.5-10 mm long,
2-3.5 mm deep; apex rounded to acute; lateral pockets 1-2.5 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and
adjacent abaxial surface with sparse to dense, hyaline to dark brown hairs. Stamina! tube 4-8.5 mm
long, colourless to free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary glabrous to densely hairy. Pods spreading to
descending, terete, 20-40 mm long, 2-3 mm deep, brown, sometimes greyish due to hairs or green
when immature, tomentose or glabrescent; hairs sparse to moderately dense, appressed to spreading;
apex shortly pointed; endocarp spotted. Seeds cuboid, 9-13 per pod, 1.4-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm
wide. (Figure 11)
Selected specimens examined. WE STERN AUSTRALIA: N ofPaynes Find, 26 Aug. 1963, T.E.H. Aplin
2557 (AD, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 11.9 km E of Norseman Post Office, Eyre Hwy, 10 June 2001,
B. Archer 1883 (MEL n.v. , PERTH); Kennedy Range 80 miles [124 km] NE of Carnarvon, 4 miles
[6.4 km] W of Merlinleigh Homestead, 23 Aug. 1965, J.S. Beard 4399 (PERTH); 9 mile [14.4 km]
post onAjana-Kalbarri road, just S of Murchison River, 25 Aug. 1968, A. C. Burns 42 (PERTH); 48 km
N of Southern Cross on the Koolyanobbing road, 6 Sep. 1980, R.J. Cranfield 1618 (PERTH); Byro
Station, 8.5 km W of Mt Rebecca, 21 June 1985, R.J. Cranfield 5164 (CANB, PERTH); 27 km S of
Youanmi,22 Sep. 1980,77. Demarz 8262(PERTH);Kununoppin, 18Nov. 1912, W. Grasbys.n. (NSW
256938); 20 miles (32 km) W of Red Kangaroo Hill, 13 Nov. 1891,7?. Helms s.n. (MEL 585883, NSW
256933); Coolgardie, Mar. 1899, R. Helms s.n. (CANB 320125, E); 1.5 km S of Carnarvon on the
Northwest Coastal Hwy, 21 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1203 & R. Rowe (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
junction of Yuna-Tenindewa Rd with Byrons North Rd, 23 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1222, 1223
6 R. Rowe (NSW); 9.1 km W of Coonana airstrip, Trans Access Rd, 3 Aug. 2003, Peter G. Wilson
1603 & G. Towler (NSW).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: widely distributed along the boundary between the
Eremaean and Southwest Botanical Provinces, occurring in the Carnarvon, Geraldton Sandplains,
Yalgoo, Murchison and Coolgardie bioregions (Figure 12). Collectors’ notes on specimens indicate
that they were usually found growing on red sand with one record from grey-brown sandy soil and
another from white clay soil.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin occidentalis, pertaining to the west. We have chosen
this name since the species is restricted to Western Australia and also because there is a specimen of it
at PERTH ( Oldfield s.n.) annotated ‘I. brevidens var. occidentalis Meissn.’. As far as we can ascertain,
this varietal name was never published by Meisner.
Affinities. Although this species has often been misidentified as 7 australis , its affinities lie with
7 georgei E.Pritz. and 7 psammophila , which it resembles in the long inflorescence, the calyx with
well-developed lobes, and the habit. The species differs from 7 australis in its longer stipules,
discolorous yellowish green leaflets, longer sepals and spreading indumentum; it can be readily
distinguished from 7 georgei by the number of leaflets per leaf and the colour of the indumentum,
and from 7 psammophila by the larger flowers.
Notes. There are considerable differences between populations, especially in inflorescence length
(although the inflorescence always exceeds the leaf) and in the size of the floral parts. One specimen,
278
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 11. Indigofera occidental is. A- habit; B - pod; C - standard; D - wing; E - keel; F - lateral view of calyx and androecium.
Scale bar = 100 mm (A); 20 mm (B); 10 mm (C-F). Drawn by Lesley Elkan from P.G. Wilson 1185 & R. Rowe (A, C-F) and
RG. Wilson 1196 & R. Rowe (B).
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
279
Figure 12. Distribution of Indigofera occidentalis (O), I. oraria (•), I. roseola (□) and I. warburtonensis (■).
R.J. Cranfield 1618 from north of Southern Cross, is particularly anomalous: its leaves have a much
higher number of leaflets (15-31), the inflorescence is barely longer than the leaves, the floral parts
are up to half the size of those on some other specimens, and it was the only specimen recorded as
growing on a clay soil. It is possible that this specimen may have come from a hybrid individual.
Despite this variation, the species is readily identifiable by the form, colour and distribution of the
indumentum on both the vegetative parts and the flowers.
Indigofera oraria Peter G. Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae melanostictae et/. georgei propter inflorescentias elongatas similis sed indumento densiore
argenteo differt.
Typus\ Coral Bay, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 16 September
1991 , Peter G. Wilson 1122 & R. Rowe (holo: NSW 249866; iso. CANB, PERTH).
Spreading subshrub , 0.2-0.3 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems ridged, silvery white to grey
or greenish, strigose with dense to very dense, appressed, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with
(3-)5-7 leaflets; stipules narrowly triangular, c. 1 mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent;
petiole 3-11 mm long; rachis furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs sparse to moderately
280
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
dense, inconspicuous, red, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent; lamina narrowly obovate,
5.5- 15(-20) mm long, 3-7(-12) mm wide; upper and lower surface grey, with dense, appressed hairs;
apex obtuse and mucronate or emarginate; veins not prominent. Inflorescences 60-170 mm long,
longer than leaves; peduncle 10-32 mm long; bracts triangular, 1-2 mm long; flowers red or orange-
red; pedicel 1-2 mm long. Calyx 1.5-3.5 mm long, with subequal to equal lobes less than the length
of the tube, clothed with dense, white or grey, appressed hairs. Standard red, broadly ovate, 7-9 mm
high, 6.5-8 mm wide. Wings narrowly obovate, 6.5-8.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide. Keel 7-8.5 mm
long, 2.5-3 mm deep; apex acute or rounded; lateral pockets 1-1.5 mm long; upper margin glabrous;
tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense, white hairs. Staminal tube 5-6 mm long, free
ends and tube pigmented. Ovaiy densely hairy. Pods spreading to descending, terete, 15-32 mm long,
2.5- 3 mm deep, grey to brown; hairs dense, appressed; apex shortly pointed; endocarp spotted. Seeds
cuboid, 7-9 per pod, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide. (Figure 13)
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
10 Aug. 1985, M.E. Ballingall 1861 (PERTH); 28 July 2003, M.E. Trudgen 21949 et al. (PERTH);
15 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1121 & R. Rowe (CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, UPS).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: known, so far, only from sand dunes immediately adjacent
to coastline in the vicinity of Coral Bay and Ningaloo, in the Carnarvon bioregion (Figure 12).
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Apparently a species of limited range and
narrow habitat preference which might be vulnerable if there were, for example, changes in land-use
along this stretch of coast. This species is known from few collections, on lands that do not appear
to be adequately conserved.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin orarius, pertaining to the coast, in reference to the
habitat of this species.
Affinities. Readily distinguished by the very dense, appressed, silvery indumentum that completely
obscures the surface of the leaflets. The rather long inflorescence probably indicates a relationship
with I. melanosticta and I. georgei (and other similar species).
Indigofera roseola Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae georgei similis sed habitu gracile erectaque, foliolis terminalibus sessilibus, floribus
roseolis vice rubris differt.
Typus. south of the Ashburton River, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 13 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson 1805 (holo: NSW 868891; iso. K, PERTH).
Erect shrub , 0.6-1.3 m high, with woody rootstock; young stems terete, white or grey, tomentose with
dense to very dense, spreading, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, or palmately trifoliolate, with
3-5(-7) leaflets; stipules narrowly triangular, 1.5-3 mm long, pubescent, not spinescent, not persistent;
petiole (1.5—)3—9 mm long; rachis furrowed; multicellular hairs between leaflet pairs sparse to dense,
conspicuous or inconspicuous, red, pointed-linear. Leaflets opposite; stipellae absent or inconspicuous,
0.3-0.6 mm long; lamina obovate, (3.5—)5—17 mm long, (2.5-)3.5-l 1 mm wide, terminal leaflet sessile,
larger than laterals; upper surface grey to green, with dense, spreading hairs; lower surface grey (paler
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
281
Figure 13. Indigofera oraria. A - habit; B - pod; C - keel; D - wing; E - standard; F - lateral view of calyx and androecium. Scale
bar = 100 mm (A); 20 mm (B); 10 mm (C-F). Drawn by Lesley Elkan from P.G. Wilson 1121 & R. Rowe.
282
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
than above), with dense, spreading hairs; apex obtuse and mucronate or emarginate; veins prominent
to not prominent. Inflorescences (25-)40-160 mm long, longer than leaves; peduncle (2-)5-20 mm
long; bracts triangular, 1-2 mm long; flowers pink; pedicel (0.2-)0.5-l mm long. Calyx 2.5-3.5 mm
long, with subequal to equal lobes equal to longer than the length of the tube, clothed with moderately
dense to dense, white to grey, shortly spreading to spreading (some red, multicellular) hairs. Standard
pink, broadly ovate, 7-8 mm high, 6 mm wide. Wings spathulate to narrowly obovate, 6.5-7.5 mm
long, 1.8-2.3 mm wide. Keel 7-8.5 mm long, 2.5 mm deep; apex acute; lateral pockets 1.3-1.7 mm
long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with moderately dense, hyaline to brown
hairs. Stamina] tube 5-5.5 mm long, apparently colourless. Ovary densely hairy. Pods spreading to
descending, terete, 20-34 mm long, 2.5-3 mm deep, grey to pale brown, tomentose; hairs moderately
dense to dense, shortly spreading to spreading; apex shortly beaked; endocarp spotted. Seeds elongated
cuboid, sometimes constricted in the middle, 8-10 per pod, 2.2-3.1 mm long, 1—1.5 mm wide.
Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
1883, S. Carey s.n. (MEL 585902); 15 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1107 & R. Rowe (NSW); 15 Sep.
1991, Peter G. Wilson 1108 & R. Rowe (K, NSW, PERTH); 15 Sep. 1991, Peter G. Wilson 1114 &
R. Rowe (NSW, PERTH); 13 June 2006, Peter G. Wilson 1808 (NSW, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: known only from a few collections from around Nanutarra
where it occurs on red sandy loams of the upper parts of sand dunes. The area of occurrence is near
the junction of the Carnarvon, Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions (Figure 12).
Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). The species could occur throughout the
extensive dune field between the North West Coastal Highway and the Exmouth Gulf. However, it is
currently only known from four locations and warrants further survey.
Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin roseolus, pink or pale rose, in reference to the pink
flowers of this species in contrast to the red flowers of I. georgei.
Affinities. This taxon is superficially quite similar to I. georgei but differs by the slender, erect habit,
the pink flowers and the sessile terminal leaflets. Furthermore, the linear form of the multicellular
hairs between leaflet pairs indicates a possible relationship between this species and I. decipiens.
Indigofera warburtonensis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe, sp. nov.
Indigoferae helmsii habitu similis sed stipulis basi incrassatis, bracteis in axe inflorescentiae saepe
persistentibus differt.
Typus\ east of Warburton Mission, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
reasons], 29 August 1973, A.A. Munir 5209 ( holo : AD; iso. PERTH 01960334, NT n.v .).
Indigofera sp. Warburton (A.A. Munir 5209), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2014],
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.35-1 mhigh, with woody rootstock; young stems somewhat flexuose, terete,
green to brown, strigose with moderately dense, appressed, equally biramous hairs. Leaves pinnate, with
(3-)5-7(-9) leaflets; stipules triangular, generally strongly thickened and tip often recurved, 1-3 mm
P.G. Wilson & R. Rowe, Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae)
283
long, glabrescent, spinescent, persistent; petiole 3-5(-8) mm long; rachis furrowed; multicellular
hairs between leaflet pairs sparse, inconspicuous, red to dark brown, club-shaped. Stipellae absent or
inconspicuous, 0.2-0.4(-l) mm long; lamina elliptical to obovate, 5—12(—17) mm long, 1.5-5 mm
wide; upper surface green, with sparse, appressed hairs; lower surface grey to green (paler than above),
with sparse to moderately dense, appressed hairs; apex obtuse and mucronate; veins not prominent.
Inflorescences 20-60(-85) mm long, equal to or longer than leaves; peduncle 3.5—8(—15) mm long;
bracts triangular to ovate, 1-2 mm long, thickened and often persistent; flowers deep pink to purple
to red; pedicel 0.5-1.3 mm long. Calyx 1.5—3(—3.5) mm long, with subequal to unequal lobes equal
to the length of the tube, clothed with sparse to moderately dense, grey to brown, appressed hairs.
Standard deep pink to red, orbicular, 6-7 mm high, 6-7 mm wide. Wings narrowly obovate, 6.5-7 mm
long, 2-3 mm wide. Keel 6.5-12 mm long, 2.2-3 mm deep; apex rounded to acute; lateral pockets
0.8-1.2 mm long; upper margin ciliate; tip and adjacent abaxial surface with hairs moderately dense,
hyaline to brown, . Staminal tube 5.5-6 mm long, free ends and tube pigmented. Ovary sparsely to
moderately hairy. Pods spreading to descending, terete (not seen mature). Seeds perhaps 8-9 per pod
(estimated from ovule count).
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation
reasons] 28 July 1967, R.C. Carolin 5961 (NSW); 1874, J. Forrests.n. (MEL 586506); 22 Aug. 1962,
A.S. George 3856 (PERTH); 7 July 1963, A.S. George 4736 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Western Australia: apparently restricted to an area east of Warburton, in the
Central Ranges bioregion (Figure 12) where it is recorded as growing in stony soils on rocky hills.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as I. sp. Warburton (A.A. Munir 5209) (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-).
Etymology. The epithet is a reference to the settlement of Warburton since this species appears to be
restricted to the nearby area.
Affinities. This species shows an interesting combination of characters. It is reminiscent of I. sp.
Areyonga (D. J. Parsons 30) and I. helmsii in its habit and the appearance of its leaflets but the stipules
are much more like those of I. cornuligera and I. gilesii , with thickened bases, and the clusters of
clavate hairs between leaflet pairs are inconspicuous. It is also distinctive in having rather persistent
inflorescence bracts, thickened similarly to the stipules.
Acknowledgements
Funding for revisionary work on Indigofera was provided by the Australian Biological Resources
Study. Our thanks to the illustrators David Mackay, Catherine Wardrop and Lesley Elkan for their
excellent work. Thanks, also, to the Directors of the various herbaria cited for loans of specimens or
access to collections. For facilitating fieldwork and providing specimens we thank Andrew Mitchell
and Stephen van Leeuwen. Particular thanks go to Steve Dillon for invaluable assistance with the
production of the maps.
284
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
References
Beard, J.S. (1980). Anew phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58.
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
17 June 2015],
Ewart, A.J. & Morrison, A. (1913). Contribution to the Flora of Australia, No. 21. The Flora of the Northern Territory
(Leguminosae). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria n.s. 26: 152-164.
Gardner, C.A. (1930). Enumeratio plantarum Australiae Occidental is. Fasc. 2. (Govt. Printer: Perth.)
Gardner, C.A. & Bennetts, H.W. (1956). The toxic plants of Western Australia. (West Australian Newspapers Ltd.: Perth.)
Green, J.W. (1985). Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia. 2 nd edn. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Maconochie, J.R. (1980). Three new species of Fabaceae for the Flora of Central Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic
Gardens 2: 323-328.
Maconochie, J.R. (1981). Indigofera. In: Jessop, J. (ed.) Flora of Central Australia, pp. 157-158. (Reed: Sydney.)
Schrire, B.D. (1992). New combinations and resurrected names in Microcharis and Indigastrum (Fabaceae-Papilionoideae).
Bothalia 22: 165-170.
Schrire, B.D., Lavin, M., Barker, N.P, Forest, F. (2009). Phylogeny of the tribe Indigofereae (Leguminosae-Papilionoideae):
Geographically structured more in succulent-rich and temperate settings than in grass-rich environments. American Journal
of Botany 96: 816-852.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed September 2015],
Wilson, PG. & Rowe, R. (2004). A revision of the Indigofereae (Fabaceae) in Australia. 1. Indigastrum and the simple or
unifoliolate species of Indigofera. Telopea 10: 651-682.
Wilson, PG. & Rowe, R. (2008). A revision of the Indigofereae (Fabaceae) in Australia. 2. Indigofera species with trifoliolate
and alternately pinnate leaves. Telopea 12: 293-307.
Wilson, PG. & Rowe, R. (2010). New taxa and typifications in Indigofera (Fabaceae) for South Australia. Journal of the
Adelaide Botanic Gardens 24: 67-73.
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:285-300
Published online 9 October 2015
A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group (Dilleniaceae)
Kevin R. Thiele 1 and Geoff Cockerton 2
‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
2 Westem Botanical, PO Box 3608, Midland, Western Australia 6056
‘Corresponding author, email: kevin.thiele@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Abstract
Thiele, K.R. & Cockerton, G. A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group (Dilleniaceae).
Nuytsia 25: 285-300 (2015). The Hibbertia hypericoides (DC.) Benth. species group comprises
four species endemic in Western Australia. Hibbertia hypericoides is the most widespread species
of Hibbertia Andrews in Western Australia, and exhibits significant and complex variation. The new
subspecies H. hypericoides subsp. septentrionalisK.R.Th\dQ & Cockerton is described to accommodate
a long-recognised form that occurs in the northern part of its range. The new species H. cockertoniana
K.R.Thiele, previously included in H. hypericoides , is described. Descriptions are also provided for
H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides , H. silvestris Diels and H. furfuracea (R.Br. ex DC.) Benth., the
other taxa in the group.
Introduction
The Hibbertia hypericoides (DC.) Benth. species group comprises a small number of closely related
taxa in south-west Western Australia, mostly in moderately high-rainfall areas, characterised by linear to
obovate, obtuse leaves with margins that vary from slightly recurved with the densely stellate-pubescent
abaxial surface more or less exposed to strongly recurved and obscuring the abaxial lamina and midrib,
pedicellate flowers with a single, herbaceous primary bract at the apex of the pedicel and no secondary
bracts, stamens all on one side of two densely pubescent carpels, and staminodes in bundles lateral to and
opposite the stamens (Figure 1). Hibbertia diamesogenos (Steud.) J.R.Wheeler is superficially similar
but lacks the staminodes opposite the stamens and the stellate-hairy leaf undersurface, and is here not
considered to be related. Most species of the group are also characterised by an unusual leaf indumentum,
with simple and/or stellate hairs borne on prominenttubercles formed from several large, radially arranged
epidermal cells (Figure 2A). Two species in the group, H. hypericoides and H. furfuracea (R.Br. ex DC.)
Benth., were included in a molecular phylogeny of Hibbertia Andrews by Horn (2005), where they
formed a clade with 100% bootstrap support in subgen. Hemistemma (DC.) J.W.Hom.
The group comprises (in addition to H. hypericoides) H furfuracea , H. silvestris Diels and the new
species H. cockertoniana K.R.Thiele described here. Hibbertia hypericoides and H. furfuracea were
described in Pleurandra Labill. by de Candolle (1817), and transferred to Hibbertia by Bentham (1863)
when the genera Pleurandra , Hemistemma Juss. ex Thouars and Hibbertia were merged. Bentham
placed the species in sect. Hemipleurandra Benth. on the basis of a combination of stamens all on one
side of the two carpels (shared with sect. Pleurandra (Labill.) Benth.) and staminodes present (absent
in sect. Pleurandra).
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
286
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Staminode patterns in the Hibbertia hypericoides group. Above: two views of H. cockertoniana androecium and
gynoecium from opposite sides, showing staminode cluster opposite the stamens (left) and a row of staminodes behind the
stamens (right); sty - styles; anth - fertile anthers; cp - carpels; stam - staminodes; lstam - lateral staminodes (from PERTH
03036588). Below: staminode pattern in H. cockertoniana (left) and other members of the H. hypericoides group (right); open
circles - carpels; open ellipses - fertile stamens; closed circles - staminodes.
Hibbertia hypericoides , the most common member of the group, is widespread in south-west Western
Australia from Kalbarri to Augusta. Wheeler (1987) first noted that plants from the northern part of
its range are often densely stellate-hairy, and that specimens from the Eneabba, Three Springs and
Mt Lesueur areas have wider leaves than is typical in other parts of the range. A ‘northern variant’ of
H. hypericoides was segregated at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) to accommodate these
atypical specimens, and included in the key to species provided by Wheeler (2004) although it was
never formally phrase-named. Assessment of all material held at PERTH shows that the northern variant
can, with few exceptions, be consistently discriminated from typical H. hypericoides ; accordingly, it
is here described as H. hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis K.R.Thiele & Cockerton.
The second new taxon described here was first recognised as distinct from both typical H. hypericoides
and the ‘northern variant’ by the second author following botanical surveys associated with a mine
development at Mt Gibson in the Yalgoo IBRA bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013).
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
287
Figure 2. Adaxial leaf indumentum in members of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group. A - tubercle-based, simple hairs
in H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides , showing the characteristic tubercle formed from several, radially arranged cells; B -
forward-directed, tubercle-based stellate hair in H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides ; C - twinned or few-armed, erect hairs
characteristic of H. furfuracea, D — H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides, with a mix of tubercle-based, simple and forward-
directed, stellate hairs intermixed with sparse, radiately stellate hairs; E — H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides , an individual
with more densely stellate hairs; E — H. hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis , with dense, stellate indumentum. Images from
PERTH 06315658 (A, B), PERTH 03072118 (C), PERTH 07544138 (D), PERTH 05134021 (E) and PERTH 03035360 (F).
288
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Assessment of specimens at PERTH revealed that, in addition to a number of collections made from
ridgelines and hilltops immediately adjacent to Mt Gibson, the taxon had been previously collected
from other hilltop sites in the vicinity as well as from the Billeranga Hills west of Morawa and from
near Canna; these localities are all inland of and disjunct from the distribution of H. hypericoides , as
first noted by Meissner and Caruso (2008). The plants are morphologically distinctive, and are here
described as H. cockertoniana.
Key to taxa in the Hibbertia hypericoides species group
A complete key to all Western Australian species of Hibbertia at rbg.vic.gov.au/keybase has been
updated to include the new taxa.
1. Leaves and stems abundantly pilose with long, soft, tubercle-based,
simple hairs over very small, stellate ones; leaves elliptic to
obovate, (5—)8— 1 5 mm long. H. silvestris
1: Leaves and stems stellate-pubescent with or without sparse, short,
straight or hooked simple hairs, or (in H furfuracea ) the leaf adaxial
surface with short, stiff, simple or twinned hairs; leaves linear to
elliptic or obovate, (7—)12—40(—55) mm long.2
2. Leaves narrowly obovate to elliptic, (15—)25—40(—55) mm long,
usually ±flat with scarcely recurved margins (margins occasionally
revolute and then the leaves ±linear), the adaxial surface coarsely
hairy with stiff, erect, tubercle-based, few-armed (often twinned)
hairs; ovules 4 per carpel. H. furfuracea
2: Leaves linear, elliptic or obovate, (7—)12—18(—35) mm long, the
margins usually strongly revolute, the adaxial surface glabrous or
sparsely to densely hairy with stellate and/or simple hairs which
are rarely twinned; ovules 2 per carpel.3
3. Plants erect, sparingly branched, without a woody rootstock and
usually single-stemmed at ground level; young branches sparsely to
(rarely) moderately pubescent, soon glabrous; staminodes lateral to,
opposite, and behind the row of stamens. H. cockertoniana
3: Plants spreading (rarely erect), much-branched, multi-stemmed from
a fire-resistant woody rootstock; young branches ±densely and
persistently stellate-hairy; staminodes lateral to and opposite the row
of stamens.4
4. Leaves glossy dark green, linear to narrowly elliptic, the margins
usually strongly recurved, with widely scattered, simple, hooked or
stellate tubercle-based hairs; outer sepals sparsely to moderately
stellate-hairy usually with at least some long, overtopping simple
hairs. H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides
4: Leaves dull grey-green, linear and with recurved margins to
elliptic with ±flat margins, densely stellate-hairy, the hairs
without or with obscure tubercles; outer sepals densely stellate-
hairy usually without long, overtopping simple hairs. H. hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
289
Taxonomy
Hibbertia cockertoniana K.R.Thiele, sp. nov.
Type. Mount Gibson Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
5 August 2015, G. Cockerton & S. CockertonWB 37642 (holo: PERTH 08618410; iso. AD, CANB).
Hibbertia sp. Mt Gibson (R.D. Hoogland 12002), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 15 June 2015],
Erect shrubs 0.4-1 (-1.3) m high, single- or few-stemmed at the base; young branchlets reddish,
sparsely to moderately pubescent with pale, few- and finely-branched, stellate hairs, soon glabrous;
older stems with smooth, pale grey bark decorticating in strips and flakes. Leaves spreading-erect,
scattered, linear, (7—)12—18(-35) mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, the margins strongly recurved and often
meeting the midrib below, thus completely or largely obscuring the abaxial lamina; adaxial surface
finely to coarsely tuberculate, glabrous to sparsely pubescent when young with forward-directed,
simple or few-branched stellate hairs, sometimes also with spreading, hooked hairs; abaxial midrib
not prominent, with indumentum as for adaxial lamina; abaxial lamina (when visible) densely stellate-
hairy; apex obtuse, ±straight. Flowers pedicellate, single in upper leaf axils; pedicels 7-22 mm long,
±erect at and after anthesis, glabrous to sparsely stellate-hairy; primary bract at apex of the pedicel,
green and herbaceous, linear to very narrowly triangular, 2.5^1.2 mm long, acute, with indumentum
as for leaves; secondary bracts absent. Sepals broadly ovate to almost orbicular, 5.2-6.5 mm long,
moderately pubescent abaxially with tubercle-based stellate hairs mixed with short, ±straight or
hooked, simple hairs, adaxially densely and finely stellate-pubescent; midribs not prominent; outer
sepals obtuse; inner sepals broadly similar in size, apex shape and indumentum to the outer sepals
but broader, less tuberculate and often lacking the simple hairs. Petals yellow, obovate, 8-14 mm
long, emarginate. Stamens (7—)10(—16), all on one side of the gynoecium; filaments 0.8-1.5 mm long,
shortly fused at the base; anthers rectangular, 1.5-2.2 mm long, dehiscing by introrse, longitudinal
slits. Staminodes 14-28, in bundles lateral to, opposite, and behind the fertile stamens, the lateral group
and those behind the stamens often merging into a continuous band. Carpels 2; ovaries compressed-
globular, densely pubescent; styles erect, curved excentrically from the carpel apex, c. 1.5 mm long.
Ovules 2 per carpel. Fruiting carpels and seeds not seen. (Figure 3)
Diagnostic features. Hibbertia cockertoniana may be distinguished from all other Hibbertia species
in Western Australia by its unique pattern of staminodes, comprising a small number lateral to the
row of stamens, a cluster opposite the stamens between the carpels, and a cluster or palisade-like row
behind the stamens. It may also be readily separated from other taxa in the H. hypericoides complex
by its sparsely pubescent and glabrescent young stems.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation
reasons] 18 Oct. 2003, G. Byrne 599 (PERTH); 5 Aug. 2015, G. Cockerton & S. Cockerton WB
37640 (PERTH); 5 Aug. 2015, G. Cockerton & S. Cockerton WB 37641 (PERTH); 5 Aug. 2015,
G. Cockerton & S. Cockerton WB 37643 (PERTH); 10 Sep. 2007, R. Davis 11240 (PERTH); 24 July
2005, J. Docherty 326 (PERTH); 1952, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 3 Aug. 2000, M. Hislop 2089
(PERTH); 21 Sep. 1971, R.D. Hoogland 12002 (CANB, K, L, PERTH); 28 July 1986, S.D. Hopper
4937 (PERTH); 26 Aug. 2001 ,J.W. Horn 4016 (PERTH); 17 Aug. 1997, F. Keast opp Ml A (PERTH);
22Apr. 1997, A KeastMXB 023 (PERTH); 7 Aug. 2005, R. Meissner &Y. Caruso25 (PERTH); 15 Sep.
2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 22 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 23 (PERTH);
3 Sep. 1994, Morawa Tree Society 1500 (PERTH).
290
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 3. Hibbertia cockertoniana. A - habit and habitat (flowering shrubs amongst banded ironstone, Extension Hill); B -
flowering shoot. Photos: G. Cockerton.
Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected from July to September.
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in three small, disjunct areas in the Geraldton Sandplains and adjacent
Yalgoo IBRA bioregions, in the vicinity of Mt Gibson, the Billeranga Hills, and Canna (Figure 4A),
growing on banded ironstone, laterite, at the edge of granite outcrops and (near Canna) on sand
over laterite, in shrublands dominated by Calycopeplus paucifolius , Acacia spp., Melaleuca spp.,
Thryptomene spp. mdAllocasuarina spp.
Conservation status. Hibbertia cockertoniana is listed by Jones (2014) as Priority Three under
Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name
H. sp. Mt Gibson (R.D. Hoogland 12002). It occurs in nature reserves, on private land, and on mining
tenements and areas of active mining.
Etymology. Named in honour of Mr Geoff Cockerton, who first recognised the species as distinct and
brought it to the attention of the senior author. Geoff has worked for many years as a seed collector
and consultant botanist including with the company Western Botanical, which he founded. He has
contributed significantly to the Western Australian Herbarium’s collection, and has brought to our
attention many taxonomic novelties (and difficulties).
Notes. When present, the arrangement of staminodes in Hibbertia species provides useful diagnostic
features; indeed, Bentham (1863) regarded the presence or absence of staminodes as a sectional
character. In Western Australia, staminodes are principally found in species in subgen. Hemistemma
that have stamens arranged in two rows on one side of the two carpels. In most of these (e.g. H. aurea
Steud., H. crassifolia (Turcz.) Benth.) the staminodes are few in number and only occur lateral to
the stamens, apparently developing from stamen initials in the same general position as the stamens
but with arrested development. In the H. hypericoides species group there is also a distinct cluster
of staminodes opposite the stamens (on the midline between the two carpels; Figure 1). Hibbertia
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
291
Figure 4. Distribution of members of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group. A -H. cockertoniana (triangles),
H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides (circles); B — H. hypericoides subsp. septentrional is. C - H. furfuracea,
D —H. silvestris. Pale grey lines are boundaries of IBRA bioregions (Department of the Environment 2013).
292
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
cockertoniana has both these clusters and, in addition, a more or less complete, palisade-like row of
staminodes behind the row of stamens, as though formed by arrested development of a third staminal
row. This pattern of staminodes is unique in the genus; species in the H. lineata Steud. species group
sometimes have staminodes behind as well as lateral to the stamens, but these lack the cluster of
staminodes opposite the stamens.
Hibbertia cockertoniana also differs from H. hypericoides in being a more upright, sparingly branched
plant with one or few stems from ground level. Hibbertia hypericoides is usually lower and more
spreading in stature, is abundantly branched at the base, and is known to resprout following fire from
a woody rootstock that may also divide or fissure with age, potentially forming clonal clumps (Bell et
al. 1984). While the fire response of H. cockertoniana is unknown, its habit and growth form suggest
that it is a fire-killed, obligate seeder.
Hibbertia furfuracea (R.Br. ex DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 23 (1863). Pleurandrafurfuracea R.Br.
ex DC., Syst. Nat. 1: 417 (1817). Type citation : ‘Hab. inNova-Hollandia loco King’s Georges Sound
anglice dicto. R. Brown, Lechenault (v.s. sp.).’ ( syn : BM 00055136 image!, G 00201267 image!,
K 000687445 image!, MEL 666908!, MEL 666909!, NY00428759 image!).
Hibbertia astrophylla Steud., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 270 (1845). Type citation. ‘In rupestribus
ad latus occidentale montis Clarence, districtus Plantagenet, 28 Sep. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2167.’
(syn\ HBG 507149 image!, LD 1242913 image!, M 0212905 image!, MEL 666848!, MEL 666849!,
MO 279489 image!, S 08-19978 image!).
Hemistemmaasperifolium¥.MuQ\\.,Fragm. 1(7): 161 (1859). Type citation. ‘In tractu Stirling’s terrace,
Novae Hollandiae austro-occidentalis Maxw.’ (syn MEL 666850!).
Erect shrubs usually 1-2.5 m high, single- or multi-stemmed at base; young branchlets coarsely
stellate-hairy with dull brownish to pale hairs; older stems with rough, flaky, fissured brown bark.
Leaves spreading, scattered, narrowly obovate (rarely ±elliptic, or appearing linear through loose
recurvation of the margins), (15-)25^10(-55) mm long, (2-)4-8(-12) mm wide, the margins usually
scarcely and narrowly recurved (sometimes more strongly revolute, the leaves then appearing linear);
adaxial surface hispid with few- and erect-branched, tubercle-based stellate hairs (often with two
arms, sometimes 1-armed and appearing simple), overlying very short stellate hairs, the indumentum
persistent to older leaves; abaxial surface coarsely stellate-hairy with dull brownish to pale hairs; apex
obtuse, ±straight. Flowers pedicellate, borne singly in upper leaf axils; pedicels 8-20 mm long, stellate-
hairy, not reflexed after anthesis; primary bract at apex of the pedicel, green and herbaceous, linear to
narrow-lanceolate, (3-)5-9 mm long, acute, with indumentum as for leaves; secondary bracts absent.
Sepals ovate, 6.5-9 mm long, coarsely and densely brownish stellate-hairy, with distinct midribs;
outer sepals acute, often somewhat leaf-like; inner sepals similar in size, shape and indumentum to
the outer but broader and less acute. Petals yellow, obovate, 10-12 mm long, emarginate. Stamens
10-12, all on one side of the gynoecium; filaments 1.2-1.5 mm long, shortly fused at the base; anthers
rectangular, 1.8-2.5 mm long, dehiscing by introrse, longitudinal slits. Staminodes 9-18, in bundles
lateral to and opposite the fertile stamens. Carpels 2; ovaries compressed-globular, densely pubescent;
styles erect, curved excentrically from the carpel apex, c. 2 mm long. Ovules 4 per carpel. Fruiting
carpels globular, densely pubescent; seeds globose-reniform, 3.2-3.5 mm diam., glossy, dark reddish
brown, loosely covered at base by a translucent, lacerate aril.
Diagnostic features. Hibbertia furfuracea may be distinguished from other members of the
H. hypericoides species group by its tall stature, usually large, obovate leaves with scarcely recurved
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
293
margins, an adaxial indumentum of erect, tubercle-based, few-armed (often twinned) stellate hairs
(Figure 2C), and an abaxial indumentum of large, coarse, dull-coloured stellate hairs.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Boulder Hill, Two Peoples Bay, 6 Oct.
1992, A.R. Annels ARA 2609 (PERTH); 7 km ENE of Mount Hopkins (Sandy Beach), 8 Sep. 1995,
R.J. Cranfield 10384 (PERTH); S boundary of Reserve A8430, 1.6 km from the coast, between two
firebreaks, Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, 13 Jan. 1990, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 326 (PERTH);
along South Coast Highway, c. 1 mile E of Kenton, 24 Oct. 1971, R.D. Hoogland 12192 (PERTH); both
sides of Tanah Marah Road, 0.5-1 km E of junction with the Bussell Highway, 6 Oct. 1999, J. W Horn
2748 (PERTH); both sides of Rainbow Cave Road, 0.9-1.2 km W of junction with Caves Road, Shire
of Augusta-Margaret River, 6 Oct. 1999, J.W. Horn 2770 (PERTH); both sides of Milyeannup Coast
Road, 0.55 km SW of Scott River crossing and 7.3 km SW of its junction with Governor Broome
Road, Shire of Nannup, 8 Oct. 2001, J.W. Horn 4159 (PERTH); 25 km E of Augusta, 16 Sep. 1976,
R. Story 8249 (PERTH); on S side of track in NE comer of private property loc. 928, 400 m S along
Judd Road from junction with Cullen Road, 13 Sep. 2002, A. Webb 2075 (PERTH); Margaret River,
Carters Road, 1.8 km from Bussell Highway, 8 Sep. 1983, J.R. Wheeler 2157 (PERTH); Mount
Clarence, Albany, 25 Sep. 1986, J.R. Wheeler 2454 (PERTH); between Peaceful Bay and Bow
Bridge, 16 Oct. 1991, J.R. Wheeler 2808 (PERTH); Walpole-Nornalup National Park, Bow bridge,
track between Peaceful Bay Road and South West Highway, to the W of Peaceful Bay Road, 11 Aug.
1992, J.R. Wheeler 3123 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowers between July and December with a peak in October.
Distribution and habitat. Widely distributed and common in near-coastal areas, in two apparently
disjunct areas from Cape Naturaliste to the mouth of the Donnelly River, and between Broke Inlet and
the Waychinicup River, with two outlying occurrences further inland near Nannup and Bridgetown
(Figure 4C). Occurs in coastal heaths and near-coastal Jarrah, Marri, Bullich and Karri forests,
often associated with Agonis flexuosa, Hibbertia cuneiformis, Trymalium odoratissimum , Spyridium
globulosum, Leucopogon verticillatus and Pteridium esculentum.
Conservation status. Common and widespread, including in many nature reserves, and not considered
to be under threat.
Notes. Some specimens (e.g. N. Gibson & M. Lyons 340, C.A. Hortin 1024, A. Webb AW 2075),
particularly when growing in exposed positions, have small, relatively narrow leaves with loosely
recurved margins, thus appearing almost linear. These could be mistaken for large-leaved specimens
of H. hypericoides ; they can always be discriminated by the adaxial leaf indumentum of erect, stiff,
few-armed (often twinned) stellate hairs and the abaxial leaf indumentum which is coarser and dull-
coloured, the leaves hence not distinctly discolorous.
Hibbertia hypericoides (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 23 (1863). Pleurandra hypericoides DC., Syst.
Nat. [Candolle] 1: 421 (1817). Type citation. ‘Hab. in Novae-Hollandiae ora orientali, ad rivum
Cygnorum. Lechenault. (v.s. sp. in h. Mus. Par.).’ (syn. P 00337373 image!, P 00337374 image!,
P 00337375 image!).
Spreading to (rarely) erect shrubs 0.3-0.8(-2) m high, resprouting from the rootstock after fire;
young branchlets densely stellate-hairy; older stems with fissured, grey bark. Leaves spreading-erect,
scattered or somewhat fascicled, linear to elliptic or obovate, (6-)15-25 mm long, 1-8 mm wide, the
294
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
margins varying from scarcely and narrowly recurved to strongly revolute and obscuring the abaxial
lamina and midrib; adaxial surface smooth or tuberculate, pubescent when young with a sparse to
dense indumentum of radiately stellate hairs and/or short, forward-directed, tubercle-based, simple
or few-branched stellate hairs, sometimes also with long, flexuose simple hairs or shorter, hooked
hairs, the indumentum persistent to older leaves or soon glabrescent; abaxial midrib glabrous or with
indumentum as for adaxial lamina; abaxial lamina densely and closely whitish stellate-pubescent
sometimes with sparse, longer, spreading, simple hairs; apex obtuse, ±straight. Flowers pedicellate,
borne singly in leaf axils or terminating short shoots; pedicels 4—12(—18) mm long, ±erect at anthesis,
reflexed after anthesis; primary bract at apex of the pedicel, green and herbaceous, linear to very
narrowly triangular or obovate, 4.5-6 mm long, acute, with indumentum as for leaves; secondary
bracts absent. Sepals ovate, 5.5-6.8 mm long, sparsely to densely hairy with stellate and/or straight
or hooked hairs; midribs not prominent; outer sepals acute; inner sepals broadly similar in size, apex
shape and indumentum to the outer but usually broader and more obtuse. Petals yellow, obovate,
10—13(—15) mm long, emarginate. Stamens (9-) 10-15(-l 8), all on one side of the gynoecium; filaments
1.2-1.6 mm long, shortly fused at the base; anthers rectangular, 1.8-2.2 mm long, dehiscing by introrse,
longitudinal slits. Staminodes 7-20, in bundles lateral to and opposite the fertile stamens. Carpels 2;
ovaries compressed-globular, densely pubescent; styles erect, curved excentrically from the carpel
apex, c. 2 mm long. Ovules 2 per carpel. Seeds globular, red-brown, glossy, c. 4 mm long, covered at
base by a thin, translucent, lacerate-margined aril c. half the length of the seed.
Diagnostic features. Hibbertia hypericoides may be distinguished from other members of the
H. hypericoides species group by its usually low, spreading habit, densely stellate-hairy young stems,
and leaves that are either glossy dark green or grey-green adaxially with a prominent indumentum of
whitish, stellate hairs beneath.
Phenology. Flowers usually between June and October, with occasional flowering as early as May in
the north of its range and as late as January in the south.
Distribution and habitat. Widely distributed and common between Kalbarri and Augusta, extending
inland to Wongan Hills and near Arthur River, mostly in the Geraldton Sandplains, Swan Coastal
Plain and Jarrah Forest IBRA bioregions and adjacent western-most parts of the Avon Wheatbelt and
Warren bioregions. Occurs in a range of habitats including Jarrah-Marri forest and Wandoo woodlands
on laterites and granite, Banksia woodlands on acid coastal sands, and Acacia shrublands on coastal
limestone.
Notes. There are three type specimens at P collected in New Holland during the French expedition led
by Baudin, on which J. -B. Leschenault de la Tour was a botanist. All are labelled as collected by Baudin.
Both Baudin and Leschenault collected specimens during the voyage, and some specimens collected by
others were attributed to Baudin (George 2009). The specimens are labelled ‘Hawkesburg’ (P00337373;
2 branchlets), ‘Riviere des Cygnes’ (P 00337374; 3 branchlets) and ‘Baie du Geographe et riviere des
Cygnes’ (P 00337375; 2 branchlets). I have seen only low-resolution images of these specimens, and
while not all features could be seen there is no reason to doubt that they are H. hypericoides.
Hibbertia hypericoides is one of the most widespread, and probably the most common, Hibbertia
species in Western Australia.
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
295
Hibbertia hypericoides subsp. hypericoides
Hibbertia cinerascens Steud., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 271 (1845). Type citation'. ‘In limosis ad
praeruptavallisCataractae, ditionis Perth, 25 Jul. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 2140.’ {syn: MEL2283110!).
Hibbertia hypericoides var. typica Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk. Tf. Mat.-Pfir 2:
67 (1923), nom. inval.
Hibbertia hypericoides var. pilifera Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk. Tf. Mat.-Pfir. 2:
67 (1923). Type citation'. ‘Mallet, A.A. DORRIEN-SMITH.’ (? holo: K 000686996 image!).
Hibbertia proximo Steud., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 271 (1845). Type citation'. ‘Insublimoso-glareosis
umbrosis jugi montium Darling’s range, ditionis Perth, 9. Aug. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 2147.’ {syn.
LD 1243093 image!, MEL 2283150!, MEL 2283151!).
Hibbertia trachyphylla Steud., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(2): 271 (1845). Type citation. ‘In arenosi prope
oppidulum Perth, 31. Mart. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 2132.’ {syn: BR 0000013462536 image!, HBG
507146 image!, LD 1243213 image!, M 0212900 image!, MEL 2283153!, MEL 2283154!, MEL
2283155!, MEL 2283156!, MEL 2283157!, S 08-20948 image!).
[IHibbertia aspera auct. non DC.: E.G. Steudel, in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1(2): 270 (1845)].
Leaves adaxially glossy dark green, linear to narrowly oblong, sometimes elliptic or obovate, (6—) 10—
15(—25) mm long, 0.8-2(-3) mm wide; adaxial surface usually distinctly tuberculate, pubescent when
young with a sparse to moderate indumentum usually of short, forward-directed, tubercle-based,
simple or few-branched stellate hairs, sometimes also with sparse to moderate radiately stellate hairs,
long, flexuose simple hairs or shorter, hooked hairs, the indumentum not usually persistent to older
leaves. Outer sepals abaxially usually with a mix of sparse to moderately dense stellate hairs and at
least some long, simple hairs overtopping the stellate ones.
Diagnostic features. May be distinguished from subsp. septentrionalis by its dark green, glossy and
glabrescent leaves, and outer sepals almost always with at least some long, simple hairs overtopping
the stellate ones.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: CapeNaturaliste, 18 Oct. 1978, T.E.H.Aplin
6552 (PERTH); Jandakot Road (Perth), Aug. 1939, WE. Blackalls. n. (PERTH); 8 km SE of Mingenew,
15 July 1998, A. Carr 520 (PERTH); Sues Road 1.5 km S of junction of Blackwood Road, 21 Oct.
1998, R. Davis 7787 (PERTH); old seismic track to N of shire boundary, c. 5 km E of Cockleshell Gully
road, 8 Sep. 1994, B. Evans WE 854 (PERTH); 6 km W of junction of Eneabba-Three Springs Road
with Kangaroo Road, 7 Sep. 1979, E.A. Griffin 2180 (PERTH); Bibby Road 7.3 km E of Munbinea
Roadjunction [SW of Badgingarra], 30 July 2004, M. Hayes BRTA 145 (PERTH); along road to Burns
Beach (NW of Wanneroo), 11 Sep. 1971, R.D. Hoogland 11929 (PERTH); along main road from
Gingin to Dongara at crossing with Mullering Brook, 15 Sep. 1971, R.D. Hoogland 11970 (PERTH);
near Piawaning (SE of Moora), 27 Sep. 1971, R.D. Hoogland 12027 (PERTH); Mount Lesueur
Reserve, 20 Aug. 1985, A. Hoyle 7 (PERTH); 8 km S ofWitchcliffe, 21 Aug. 1997, PA. Jurjevich 348
(PERTH); Mount Adam Road, 1 km W of tower, 22 July 1994, E.D. Kabay 227 B (PERTH); Elliott
Road, Keysbrook, 3 Oct. 1998, J. Milner, J. Neiman, D. Betts & B. Moyle MET 20729 (PERTH);
3 km S of Reagans Ford at Moore River, 26 Sep. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 38 (PERTH);
296
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Star Swamp Bushland Reserve, North Beach, 25 July 1987, J.P. Pigott s.n. (PERTH); Ellenbrook,
16 Aug. 1999, M. Trudgen & M. Trudgen MET 20356 (PERTH); 1 km N of Kirup, 10 Sep. 1999,
J.E. Wajon 80 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowers mainly from June to October, with a few flowering collections as early as April
and as late as January.
Distribution and habitat. Occurs from the vicinity of Dongara and Mingenew south to Augusta and
east to the Wongan Hills and near Arthur River (Figure 4A). A specimen labelled ‘Stirling Sandplain’
(M. Cambridge 7, 5 Aug. 1968, PERTH 03036308) would be substantially disjunct if correct. As
no other collections have been made in or near the Stirling Range, the location may be in error. The
collector believes that the specimen was probably collected as part of a student herbarium project
(M. Cambridge pers. comm.). The possibility that it was collected in the Perth suburb of Stirling appears
to be unlikely. The specimen is morphologically typical for H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides.
Between Dongara, Jurien Bay and Big Soak Plains, subsp. hypericoides and subsp. septentrionalis
are broadly sympatric. This overlap, with relatively little evidence of hybridisation, could be taken as
evidence that the taxa should be recognised at species rank. However, a small number of specimens
(e.g. R.D. Hoogland 12027, R.D. Hoogland 11970, B. Evans WE 854) are difficult to determine, and
subspecies rank is preferred for this reason.
Found in a range of habitats from Jarrah-Marri and Wandoo forests and woodlands on laterite and
Banksia woodlands on acid sands to near-coastal heaths and Acacia shrublands on limestone.
Conservation status. Common and widespread, including in many nature reserves, and not considered
to be under threat.
Notes. While most specimens of H. hypericoides subsp. hypericoides have narrow, more or less linear
leaves with strongly revolute margins obscuring all or most of the abaxial surface, some specimens
(e.g. R. Helms s.n. PERTH 03036669, M. G. Allen 323) have broader leaves with only narrowly revolute
margins, the densely stellate-pubescent abaxial surface then contrasting with the dark green and glossy
adaxial surface. Unlike in subsp. septentrionalis (see below), these specimens are geographically scattered
throughout the range of the subspecies; they may represent strongly suckering, post-fire regrowth.
In general, leaves of subsp. hypericoides are sparsely hairy, mostly with short, forward-directed,
tubercle-based, simple or few-armed stellate hairs intermixed with sparse, smaller, radiately stellate
hairs (Figure 2D). Some specimens have a somewhat denser indumentum of radiately stellate hairs
(Figure 2E); however, these never approach the density of subsp. septentrionalis (Figure 2F), and do
not obscure the glossy leaf surface.
Hibbertia hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis K.R. Thiele & Cockerton, subsp. nov.
Type : Well Road, 3.2 km west of Nabawa-Northampton Road, c. 12 km direct line south-east of
Northampton, Western Australia, 12 August 2014, K.R. Thiele 5093 ( holo : PERTH 08641692; iso.
AD, CANB, K).
Leaves dull greyish green, linear to elliptic or obovate, (6-)10-20(-25) mm long, 0.8-8 mm wide;
adaxial surface ±smooth, densely stellate-hairy with fine, evenly distributed stellate hairs that usually
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
297
±obscure the surface. Outer sepals abaxially densely and closely stellate-pubescent, usually without
(rarely with a few) long, simple hairs overtopping the stellate ones.
Diagnostic features. May be distinguished from subsp. hypericoides by its dull greyish green, persistently
densely stellate-hairy leaves and outer sepals that usually lack long, simple hairs overtopping the
stellate ones.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: Spalding Park N of Geraldton, 30 Aug.
1965, A.C. Burns 9 (PERTH); South Eneabba Road, 15 July 1980, R.J. Cranfield 1472 (PERTH);
Eneabba, adjacent S.E.C. switchyard, 19 July 1988, B. Dixon D 20/88 (PERTH); Cliff Head-Dongara,
20 Sep. 1973, R. Edmiston E 420 (PERTH); White Peak, 2 Sep. 1947, C.A. Gardner 8554 (PERTH);
Alexander Morrison National Park, W of Coorow, 7 Sep. 1979, E.A. Griffin 2197 (PERTH); E side
of Great Northern Highway immediately S of junction with Sounness Drive, 7 Sep. 1999, J. W. Horn
2262 (PERTH); both sides of the North West Coastal Highway, 8 km S of junction with Ogilvie East
Road and 9.5 km S of crossing of the Hutt River, 11 Sep. 1999, J.W. Horn 2394 (PERTH); Burma
Road Nature Reserve, c. 45 km NW of Mingenew, 13 Aug. 1999, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 4602
(PERTH); Big Soak Plains, Shire of Coorow, 21 Sep. 2005, K. Pearce KP 7 (PERTH); 0.5 km from
Yerina Springs road andWestBinnu crossroads on western link to Kalbarri, 15Aug. 1985, A. Sammy s.n.
(PERTH); c. 36 km N of Galena Bridge on Northwest Coastal Highway, 20 July 1967, E.B.J. Smith
s.n. (PERTH); 16 km S of Northampton along highway to Geraldton, 30 Aug. 1974, G.L. Stebbins &
G. Keighery A-16 (PERTH); 5.1 km along track to Mount Lesueur from Jurien Road, 4 Sep. 1984,
J.R. Wheeler 2352 (PERTH).
Phenology. Flowers between late May and early November, with a peak in September.
Distribution and habitat. Occurs primarily in two disjunct areas in the Geraldton Sandplains IBRA
bioregion, the northern area between Kalbarri and inland of Dongara (in the Geraldton Hills IBRA
subregion), and the southern area from the Arrowsmith River to Coomallo Creek and inland to the
Big Soak Plains (in the Lesueur Sandplain subregion; Figure 4B). The disjunction, while relatively
narrow, appears to be real rather than being a collecting gap, and is occupied by H. hypericoides
subsp. hypericoides. A northern disjunct population is represented by two collections (R. Blake S.2236,
E.B.J. Smith s.n.) from c. 35 km north of the Galena Bridge on the North West Coastal Highway; a
second possibly disjunct inland record (WE. Blackall & C.A. Gardner 697) from the ‘Mullewa Plains’
cannot be accurately georeferenced.
A single specimen collected from near Bullsbrook (J. W. Horn 2262) is well south of the range of
the subspecies, but appears typical for plants from the Eneabba-Coomallo Creek area, with broadly
elliptic leaves and scarcely recurved margins contrasting with the narrow and strongly revolute leaves
of most plants from the vicinity. It was collected from the edge of the Great Northern Highway, and
may represent an introduction from the main range of the subspecies.
Typically occurs on laterite breakaways and ironstone hills, and in sandplains associated with or
adjacent to laterite, in kwongan and Banksia woodlands. Near Geraldton it is common on Tamala
Limestone formations, indicating a wide tolerance for soil acidity.
Conservation status. Common and widespread, including in a number of nature reserves, and not
considered to be under threat.
298
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Etymology. From the Latin septentrionalis (north, northern), in reference to the northerly distribution
of the subspecies.
Notes. See under//, hypericoides subsp. hypericoides for differences between the subspecies. There is
some morphological differentiation between the northern and southern disjunct areas of distribution (Figure
5). In the northern area, leaves are consistently very narrow (length:width ratio (4.4—)6—l 0(—l 7.0)) with
strongly revolute margins, while in the southern area, many specimens have substantially broader
leaves (length:width ratio (2.1-)3^1(-12.0)) with more or less flat margins. However, some plants
in the southern area are morphologically identical to plants from the north, and leaf shapes vary
continuously between the extremes. No other observable differences between plants in the two areas
have been noted.
Hibbertia silvestris Diels, in L. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35(2-3): 386 (1904). Type
citation, ‘in distr. Darling in montibus Darling-Range pr. Collie River juxta Lunenberg in silvarum
subumbrosis fruticulosis solo glareoso subhumoso flor. et fructif. m. Jan. (E. PRITZEL Plant. Austr.
occ. 195, D. 2160 in hb. Berk).’ Type specimens'. L. Diels 2160 {syn\ PERTH 04430670!, PERTH
04430654!, PERTH 04430662!); E. Pritzel 195 (syn: GH 00348733 image!, K 000700342 image!,
M 0212918 image!, NSW 500085 image!, S G-3195 image!).
Prostrate to ±erect or spreading shrubs 0.2-0.5(-l) m high; young branchlets pilose with long, soft,
spreading, greyish, simple hairs over short, stellate ones, the indumentum persisting to older stems
until the development of smooth, reddish, flaky bark. Leaves spreading, scattered, elliptic to obovate,
(5—)8—10(—15) mm long, 3-5 mm wide, the margins scarcely and narrowly recurved; adaxial surface
pilose with long, soft, tubercle-based, simple hairs over very small, stellate hairs, the indumentum
persistent to mature leaves; abaxial lamina densely and closely greyish stellate-pubescent overtopped
by long, soft, simple hairs; apex obtuse, straight to slightly retrorse. Flowers pedicellate, borne singly
in leaf axils; pedicels 7-15 mm long, with indumentum as for young stems, reflexed after anthesis;
primary bract at apex of the pedicel, green and herbaceous, narrowly lanceolate, 5-7 mm long, acute,
with indumentum as for leaves; secondary bracts absent. Sepals ovate, 4.5-5.5 mm long, with abaxial
indumentum as for leaves, adaxially finely and minutely stellate-hairy; midribs not prominent; outer
sepals acute to ±acuminate; inner sepals broader and more obtuse. Petals yellow, obovate, 6-8 mm
long, emarginate. Stamens (6-)7-10, all on one side of the gynoecium; filaments c. 1 mm long, shortly
fused at the base; anthers rectangular, 1.4-1.6 mm long, dehiscing by introrse, longitudinal slits.
Staminodes 5-12, in bundles lateral to and opposite the fertile stamens. Carpels 2; ovaries globular,
densely pubescent; styles spreading excentrically from the carpel apex, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Ovules 2 per
carpel. Fruiting carpels globose, densely pubescent; mature seeds not seen.
Diagnostic features. Hibbertia silvestris may be distinguished from all other members of the
H. hypericoides species group by its small, elliptic to obovate leaves and the indumentum on all parts
of long, soft, spreading, simple hairs over small, stellate ones.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Strickland Fire Plots, 29 Nov. 1985,
A.R. Annels STR 80 (PERTH); Pemberton, 27 Aug. 1997, S. May 702 (PERTH); Bibbulman Track,
8 Nov. 1998, M. Hislop 1180 (PERTH); Dwellingup, 13 Nov. 1974, R.D. Hoogland& G.L. Stebbins
12510 (PERTH); near Wagerup, 5 Sep. 1979, P. van derMoezel 10 (CANB, PERTH); Donnelly River
Valley, 8 Dec 1999, V.L. Tunsell, R. Cranfield & R. Hearn 118 (PERTH); Carey Brook, 4 Sep. 1983,
J.R. Wheeler 2107 (PERTH); Momington Mills, 1932, R.F. Williams 75 (PERTH).
K.R. Thiele & G. Cockerton, A revision of the Hibbertia hypericoides group (Dilleniaceae)
299
Figure 5. Leaf length and width of all PERTH specimens of Hibbertia hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis. Map symbols are
sized in proportion to the leaf length: width ratio. IBRA 7 subregions are named. Inset scatter plot shows leaf lengths and widths.
Open symbols - specimens from Geraldton Hills subregion; filled symbols - specimens from Lesueur Sandplain subregion.
Phenology. Flowers from September to December.
Distribution and habitat. Occurs on the southern Darling Range in two apparently disjunct areas,
between Dwell ingup and Grimwade, and around the lower Donnelly River, with an outlying occurrence
near Denmark (Figure 4D), in moist Jarrah-Marri and Karri forest on loamy soils.
Conservation status. Relatively common and widespread, including in a number of nature reserves,
and not considered to be under threat.
Notes. The only known sheets of Diels 2160 are at PERTH; the specimen at B was presumably destroyed
during World War II. PERTH 04430670 bears a relatively large branch with a single old flower, and
a label indicating that it belonged in W.E. BlackalFs collection. The two other sheets bear fragments
only; PERTH 04430654 has two sterile fragments, while PERTH 04430662 bears two packets each
with a small flowering sprig and a determinavit slip signed by C.A. Gardner. A number of broken
300
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
branches on PERTH 04430670 indicate that these fragments may well have been removed from that
specimen. The labels indicate that the specimens were collected at Collie (‘Lunenberg’). All sheets of
Pritzel 195 are larger and have more and younger flowers. They bear labels indicating that they were
collected ‘in silvis umbrosis montium Darling Range’.
Hibbertia silvestris is relatively morphologically uniform throughout its range.
Acknowledgements
We thank the staff and Director of MEL for providing access to type material, and Juliet Wege for
helpful comments on the manuscript. Geoff Cockerton would like to thank Ms Jessica Sackman and
Mt Gibson Mining Ltd, Extension Hill Operations, for their support in providing access, meals and
accommodation to facilitate collection of type material of H. cockertoniana , and Mr Ashley Bell,
Traditional Owner and elder of the Badimaya people, without whose help it would not have been
possible to collect the types.
References
Bentham, G. (1863). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 1. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Bell, D.T., Hopkins, A.J.M. & Pate, J.S (1984). Fire in the Kwongan. In. Pate, J.S. & Beard, J.S. (eds) Kwongan—plant life of
the sandplain: biology of a south-west Australian shrubland ecosystem, pp. 1-26. (University of Western Australia Press:
Nedlands, Western Australia.)
de Candolle, A-P. (1817). Regni vegetabilis systema naturale. (Paris.)
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA ), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
30 August 2014],
George, A.S. (2009). Australian botanist’s companion. (Four Gables Press: Kardinya, Western Australia.)
Horn, J.W. (2005). The phylogenetics and structural botany of Dilleniaceae and Hibbertia Andrews. PhD thesis: Department
of Biology, Graduate School, Duke University.
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
Meissner, R.A. & Caruso, Y. (2008). Flora and vegetation of banded iron formations of the Yilgarn Craton: Mount Gibson and
surrounding area. Conservation Science Western Australia 7: 105-120.
Wheeler, J.R. (1987). Hibbertia. In. Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D.
Flora of the Perth region. Part 1. (Western Australian Herbarium: Como, Western Australia.)
Wheeler, J.R. (2004). An interim key to the Western Australian species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). Nuytsia 15(2): 311-320.
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:301-306
Published online 9 October 2015
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Typification and reinstatement of Isopogon spathulatus
(Proteaceae: Leucadendreae)
Isopogon spathulatus R.Br. was named by Brown (1830) who recognised two varieties, var. linearis
R.Br. and var. obovatus R.Br. Under Article 26.2 of the International Code of Nomenclature (McNeill
etal. 2012), one of these varieties is required to be the typical one, i.e. to be known as var. spathulatus.
A lectotype is needed to resolve this issue.
Bentham (1870) subsequently transferred Brown’s two varieties of I. spathulatus to I. buxifolius
R.Br., effectively reducing I. spathulatus to synonymy under that species, and further confusing the
subject by recognising var. spathulatus (R.Br.) Benth. as a fourth variety of I. buxifolius. The four
varieties were distinguished by Bentham primarily by their leaf shapes: I. buxifolius var. buxifolius
[as var. typicus Benth., nom. inval] with ovate leaves, I. buxifolius var. linearis (R.Br.) Benth. with
narrow, oblong or linear leaves, I. buxifolius var. obovatus (R.Br.) Benth. with broad, obovate or
oblong leaves, and 7. buxifolius var. spathulatus with leaves more or less intermediate between var.
linearis and var. obovatus.
Foreman (1995) retained Bentham’s infraspecific taxonomy for I. buxifolius but expanded the
circumscription of var. spathulatus so as to include populations with longer leaves and a larger,
differently shaped pollen presenter. These populations constitute a distinct taxon more recently known
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) as I. sp. Fitzgerald River (D.B. Foreman 813) which we will
describe in a later paper; its affinities appear to be closer to the recently described I. panduratus Hislop
& Rye and I. pruinosus Hislop & Rye (Hislop & Rye 2010) than to 7. buxifolius.
The main purpose of this paper is to designate a lectotype for I. spathulatus and reinstate the species.
A lectotype is also selected for I. buxifolius.
Distribution and characteristics of the I. spathulatus group
Isopogon spathulatus and other members of the genus that have a similar type of pollen presenter are
referred to here as the I. spathulatus group. The species group comprises all of the taxa that Bentham
treated as I. buxifolius s. lat. and also a new species, currently known as I. sp. Canning Reservoir
(M.D. Tindale 121 & B.R. Maslin), which will be described in a later paper. It excludes related species
with a larger pollen presenter, such as I. panduratus , which were included by Hislop and Rye (2010:
170) in the group they loosely referred to as the ‘7. buxifolius group’.
The 7 spathulatus group extends from the Darling Range near Canning River south to Collie and
from there south-east to Cape Riche. The northern-most specimens from the Darling Range belong
to 7 sp. Canning Reservoir.
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
302
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
All members of the group have simple, entire leaves and few involucral bracts. Their tepals have a
more or less glabrous claw and a pink or pinkish grey limb with marginal hairs and a terminal tuft of
hairs. They have a simple pollen presenter, usually 1-1.8 mm long, consisting of a densely papillate
bulge at the base and a more slender section above (referred to here as the receptor as it is where
the pollen is mostly deposited). The pollen presenter is densely papillate for some distance above
the bulge and usually completely smooth below, but occasionally it is much less obviously papillate
for a short distance below the bulge, in which case its length may be up to 2.3 mm. Most Isopogon
species have larger pollen presenters, 2-6.5 mm long, with a more complex morphology that includes
a constriction as well as a bulge.
Key and descriptions
1. Largest leaves mostly ± ovate, 8-14 x 6-9 mm. Involucral bracts
1-1.5 mm wide, about 1.5-2.5 x as wide as the floral bracts.
(Denmark-West Cape Howe). I. buxifolius var. buxifolius
1: Largest leaves linear to obovate, 10-52 x 1.5-16 mm, usually either
longer than or narrower than the above choice. Involucral bracts
1-4 mm wide, 2-6 x as wide as the floral bracts, if as narrow as above
choice then at least 3 x as wide as the floral bracts.2
2. Stems directly below each inflorescence moderately to very densely hairy
with spreading hairs as well as appressed ones. Largest leaves
1.5-7 mm wide. (Ruabon-Collie-Stirling Ra. area). I. spathulatus
2: Stems directly below each inflorescence glabrous or with a matted,
appressed indumentum, without spreading hairs. Largest leaves
8-16 mm wide.3
3. Largest leaves 20-52 mm long, greatly narrowed to a petiole-like base.
Involucral bracts 3-4 mm wide. Floral bracts 1.3-1.5 mm wide.
Longest hairs at the apex of the tepals 0.5-0.8 mm long.
(Canning River-Boddington). I. sp. Canning River
3: Largest leaves 12-33 mm long, broad-based. Involucral bracts
1.4-2 mm wide. Floral bracts c. 0.4 mm wide. Longest hairs at the apex
of the tepals 1.3-2 mm long. (Manypeaks area-Cape Riche area). I. buxifolius var. obovatus
Isopogon buxifolius R.Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 10: 73 (1810). Isopogon buxifolius var. typicus
Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 341 (1870), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Atylus buxifolius (R.Br.) Kuntze, Rev is.
Gen. PI. 2:577(1891). Type citation, ‘in Novae Austral iae ora australi, Lewin’s Land’. Type specimens :
between Princess Royal Harbour and Cape How [West Cape Howe, Western Australia], 24 December
1801,7?. Brown s. n., Bennett No. 3254 ( lecto : BM 000759015, here selected; isolecto\ BM 000759011,
000759014 & 000759016).
Lectotypification. The type material at BM comprises four similar pieces mounted on two sheets.
The piece selected here as the lectotype (BM 000759015) is the only one giving the location as ‘Inter
Princess Royal Harbour & Cape How’ and other details on a label hand-written by Robert Brown.
Notes. With the removal of the varieties treated here as I. spathulatus , there remain two named varieties
housed under I. buxifolius , var. buxifolius and var. obovatus. A full description is given below for the
former, i.e. I. buxifolius s. str., but only a diagnostic description of the poorly known var. obovatus is
provided. Variety obovatus has been recognised since 1867 as a variety of I. buxifolius and is retained
B.L. Rye & M. Hislop, Typification and reinstatement of Isopogon spathulatus (Proteaceae)
303
as such for now to avoid taxonomic instability, although we do not consider it to be conspecific. It
appears to show greater morphological similarity to I. spathulatus than to I. buxifolius , and may
warrant recognition as a distinct species.
Isopogon buxifolius var. buxifolius
Illustrations. W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 1: 145 (1988); J.R. Wheeler,
N.G. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 837 (2002) [both as I. buxifolius var. buxifolius ].
Shrubs 0.3-1 m high, single-stemmed at base. Young stems red-brown, with glabrous strips below
each leaf but densely hairy elsewhere at first, becoming glabrous, usually with a dense, appressed
indumentum and spreading hairs up to 0.8 mm long directly below each inflorescence. Leaves usually
broadly ovate or ovate, occasionally elliptic, 8-14 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, broad-based or with a
narrow base up to 1 mm long, acute to broadly obtuse at apex, glabrous; mucro triangular, 0.12-0.2 mm
long, dark, pungent. Inflorescence axillary, sessile, broadly ovoid, 12-20 mm diam. Involucral bracts
narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, 6-6.6 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, acute, margins ciliate to villous;
outer surface glabrous with scattered hairs in the lower 1/3, glabrous above; inner surface glabrous.
Floral bracts narrowly ovate, 5-5.5 mm long, 0.45-0.9 mm wide, acute, margins ciliate to villous;
outer surface with a moderately dense indumentum on the basal 1/2, glabrous or less densely hairy
above, the hairs 0.8-0.9 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Tepals 13-16 mm long; claw glabrous,
paler than the limb; limb 1.9-2.2 mm long, pink, with a dense terminal tuft of hairs 0.4-0.5 mm long
and with hairs extending down the margins but glabrous elsewhere. Anthers 1.3-1.5 mm long. Pollen
presenter 1-1.5 mm long, without any clear constriction and pedestal, densely papillate on the bulge
and with papillae extending in 8 rows up the receptor except for a short, glabrous, apical tip, the largest
papillae shortly finger-like and 0.05-0.15 mm long; bulge 0.2-0.3 mm wide; receptor 0.8-1.3 mm
long. Cones depressed-ovoid, 6-8 mm long, 6-13 mm wide; scales similar to floral bracts. Diaspores
ovoid, c. 2.3 mm long, c. 1.45 mm diam.; largest hairs of coma widely spreading (with some directed
downwards), c. 4 mm long; seed c. 1.6 mm long, c. 1.3 mm diam.
Diagnostic features. Leaves broadly ovate or ovate, occasionally elliptic, 8-14 x 6-9 mm. Involucral
bracts 6-6.6 x 1-1.5 mm. Tepals 13-16 mm long; limb 1.9-2.2 mm long, with apical hairs 0.4-0.5 mm
long. Anthers 1.3-1.5 mm long. Pollen presenter 1-1.5 mm long; receptor 0.8-1.3 mm long.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
21 Aug. 1994, E.J. Croxford 7293 (PERTH); 18 Sep. 1964, A.R. Fairall 1536 (PERTH); 25 km W
Albany, 5 Nov. 1986, G.J. Keighery 8583 (PERTH); 20 Aug. 1994, K.F. Kenneally 11534 (NSW,
PERTH); 31 July 1953, R. Melville 4452 & R.D. Royce (PERTH); 26 Aug. 1994, J. Raudino 7 (CANB,
MEL, PERTH); 31 July 1953, R.D. Royce 4282 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 1982, A. Strid 20419 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Denmark to near West Cape Howe on the south coast of
Western Australia. Occurs on grey loamy clay in swampy heath, associated with Melaleuca and sedges.
Phenology. Flowers from July to December.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). This taxon
has a very restricted distribution extending along the south coast for c. 25 km. It occurs in West Cape
Howe National Park.
304
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Notes. Apart from the differences noted in the introduction and key above, this taxon appears to have
shorter anthers (1.3-1.5 mm long) than var. obovatus and I. spathulatus (both 1.5-1.8 mm long) and
shorterhairs(0.5-0.6mmlong) onthetepalsthanin/. spathulatus {0. 6-1.1 mm long) and var. obovatus
(1.3-2 mm long). The little fruiting material available for var. obovatus suggests that its diaspores are
longer, although they have not been seen with a mature seed enclosed. More extensive mature fruiting
material is needed for all three taxa. Isopogon buxifolius var. buxifolius and I. spathulatus may also
differ from var. obovatus in having a greater preference for damp habitats.
Isopogon buxifolius var. obovatus (R.Br.) Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 341 (1870). Isopogon spathulatus
var. obovatus R.Br., Suppl. Prod. FI. Nov. Holl. 9 (1830). Type: south-west coast of New Holland
[Stirling Range to south coast, Western Australia], 1828-1829, W. Baxter s.n. (holo : BM 000759009).
Illustrations. W.E. Blackall&B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. WildfL 1:145 (1988); D.B. Foreman,
FI. Australia 16: 211, Figure 101C (1995a) [both as I. buxifolius var. obovatus].
Diagnostic features. Leaves obovate to elliptic, 12-33 x 9-13.5 mm. Involucral bracts 3.5-5.5 x
1.4-2 mm. Tepals 10-15 mm long; limb 2-2.5 mm long, with apical hairs 1.3-2 mm long. Anthers
c. 1.75 mm long. Pollen presenter 1.3-2.3 mm long; receptor 1.1-1.25 mm long.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]
2 Dec. 1985, D.B. Foreman 1424 (PERTH); 25 Oct. 1968, J.W. Wrigley WA/68 4953 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Most specimens were collected from coastal heath on ridges, cliffs or
dunes in the Cape Riche area. There are also two atypical records to the west (and further inland)
in the Manypeaks area. The habitat of the two inland records is unclear but both were recorded in
Eucalyptus-dom inated vegetation.
Phenology. Flowers recorded all or most of the year.
Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). This
geographically restricted taxon occurs in at least one nature reserve. It has been in cultivation at
Mt Annan Botanic Garden nursery, as indicated on the specimen PH. Weston 1983 & N.P. Barker
(NSW).
Notes. The PERTH specimen showing closest similarity in its leaves to the type specimen of var.
obovatus is the left piece on D.B. Foreman 1424 (PERTH 01901613), collected from Cheyne Inlet.
Typical specimens have broad-based, more or less obovate leaves. Specimens from the Manypeaks
area (e.g. E.J. Croxford 8285) are atypical, having larger papillae on the pollen presenter and leaves
that are either narrower or more ovate than usual. Further study is needed to determine their habitat
and whether they belong to the same taxon.
Isopogon spathulatus R. Br., Suppl. Prod. FI. Nov. Holl. 8-9 (1830). Isopogon spathulatus var. linearis
R.Br., Suppl. Prod. FI. Nov. Holl. 9 (1830). Isopogon buxifolius var. spathulatus (R.Br.) Benth.,
FI. Austral. 5: 341 (1870). Type citation : ‘Oraoccid.-merid., King George’s Sound, 1829, D. Baxter .’
Type specimen , south-west coast of New Holland [Stirling Range to south coast, Western Australia],
1828-1829, W. Baxter s.n. (lecto : BM 000759010, here selected).
B.L. Rye & M. Hislop, Typification and reinstatement of Isopogon spathulatus (Proteaceae)
305
Illustrations.WE. Blackall&B.J. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 1:145 (1988); D.B. Foreman,
FI. Australia. 16: 211, Figure 101 A,B (1995a) [as both Isopogon buxifolius var. linearis and var.
spathulatus].
Shrubs 0.3-1.6(-2) m high, commonly 0.7-2 m wide, with a single basal stem or sometimes (in old
plants) multi-branched at base. Young stems moderately to very densely hairy directly below each
inflorescence with long, spreading hairs and also appressed hairs. Leaves simple, linear to obovate,
antrorse, 10-23 mm long, 1.5-7 mm wide, glabrous, broad-based or somewhat narrowed at the base;
apex obtuse; mucro triangular, 1-2 mm long, dark. Inflorescence terminal, erect, globose, 15-25 mm
diam., with white or ferruginous hairs on the axis and bracts. Involucral bracts ± narrowly ovate,
5-7 mm long, 1-3.5 mm wide, acute, densely hairy on the margins except for a glabrous apex,
outer surface glabrous or with hairs restricted to central lower part, inner surface glabrous. Floral
bracts usually linear, sometimes very narrowly elliptic to very narrowly spathulate, 5-7 mm long,
0.35-0.6 mm wide, with a glabrous base and sparsely hairy apex, very densely hairy in between
on margins and outer surface, the longest hairs 1-2 mm long, inner surface glabrous in basal 2/3,
very densely hairy above. Tepals 14-20 mm long; claw white or pale pink, glabrous or with a few
hairs in the distal part; limb 2-2.5 mm long, pink, with a dense terminal tuft of white or ferruginous
hairs and also with hairs extending along the margins below, glabrous elsewhere, the longest hairs
0.6-1.1 mm long. Anthers 1.5-1.8 mm long. Pollen presenter 1.3-1.8 mm long, without any clear
constriction and pedestal, densely papillate on and for some distance above the bulge but smooth or
much less obviously papillate for a short distance below, glabrous on distal 1/4—1/3 of receptor, the
largest papillae 0.05-0.1 (-0.15) mm long; bulge 0.2-0.25 mm wide; receptor 1-1.5 mm long. Cones
depressed-ovoid, 15-20 mm wide; scales similar to floral bracts. Diaspores ovoid, c. 3 mm long,
1.2-1.5 mm wide; largest hairs of coma widely spreading (with some directed downwards), 4.5-7 mm
long; seed 1.7-1.8 mm long, 1-1.2 mm diam.
Diagnostic features. Leaves linear to obovate, 10-23 x 1.5-7 mm. Involucral bracts 5-7 x 1-3.5 mm.
Tepals 14-20 mm long; limb 2-2.5 mm long, with apical hairs 0.6-1.1 mm long. Anthers 1.5-1.8 mm
long. Pollen presenter 1.3-1.8 mm long; receptor 1-1.5 mm long.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: beside railway line 1.5 km S of railway
crossing on Red Hill Rd [near Woodanilling], 11 June 1980, D. Davidson 10 A (PERTH); Duranillin-
Bowelling road, 1 km W of Duranillin, 18 Nov. 1997, R. Davis 4543 (PERTH); SW outskirts of
Cranbrook, 4 June 2001, M. Hislop 2221 (PERTH); Mission Rd, 20 km NNE of Kojonup, 14 Aug.
1997, C.M. Lewis 250 (PERTH); Arthur River flats, S of Wolwolling Pool along Great Southern
Railway, 20 Mar. 1999, G. Warren 148 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Extends from Ruabon and Collie south-east to the Stirling Range area,
recorded mainly in winter-wet depressions, on river banks and in other seasonally damp locations.
Phenology. Flowers and fruits recorded all year.
Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk.
Lectotypification. The type specimen of var. linearis (BM 000759010) is here selected as the lectotype
for/, spathulatus as it has spathulate leaves, some of which are almost linear, and is labelled as Isopogon
spathulatus by Brown. Brown labelled the type specimen of var. obovatus , which has obovate leaves,
as Isopogon obovatus , suggesting that he had originally considered it to be a distinct species. Choice
306
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
of the type of var. linearis as the lectotype means that the name I. spathulatus now applies to the bulk
of the material that has been placed under I. buxifolius var. spathulatus since Bentham (1870) reduced
I. spathulatus to a synonym of I. buxifolius.
Notes. The lectotype of I. spathulatus has mostly narrow leaves that only slightly expand towards the
apex, but also has some broader leaves; it was probably collected in the Cranbrook-Stirling Range
area, where similar specimens are common. The narrow-leaved variant extends north-west to Collie.
However, most specimens have somewhat broader, more obviously spathulate leaves, i.e. with the
base much narrower than the apex, and this was the variant known as I. buxifolius var. spathulatus
sensu Bentham (1870). That variant intergrades completely with the narrow-leaved variant. As some
specimens have both types of leaves, for example B. Bourke MSG 306 and R.D. Royce 1192, it would
certainly not be practical to recognise both as formal varieties of I. spathulatus.
Isopogon spathulatus is reinstated because it differs in its leaf, bract, tepal and anther morphology from
I. buxifolius s. str. as indicated under var. buxifolius above. It also differs in its geographic distribution,
which is further inland. It differs from var. obovatus (see key) in its distribution, in its stem and leaf
morphology, and in having shorter hairs on its tepals.
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank the staff of BM for the loan of type specimens, and the referee and members
of the editorial committee for their helpful comments.
References
Bentham, G. (1870). Proteaceae. Flora Australiensis. Vol. 5. pp. 315-584. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Brown, R. (1830). Supplementum primum prodromi florae Novae Hollandiae: exhibens Proteaceas novas quas in Australasia
legerunt DD. Baxter, Caley, Cunningham, Fraser et Sieber; et quarum e siccis exemplaribus characteres elaboravit
Robertus Brown. (R. Taylor: London.)
Foreman, D.B. (1995). Isopogon. In. A.E. Orchard (e±) Flora of Australia. Vol. 16. pp. 194-223,450-453,479-481. (Australian
Biological Resources Study: Canberra.)
Hislop, M. & Rye, B.L. (2010). Two new, glaucous-leaved species of Isopogon (Proteaceae: Proteoideae: Leucadendreae) from
south-western Australia. Nuytsia 20: 169-181.
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buch, W.R., Demoulin, V., Greuter, W., Hawkesworth, D.L., Henendeen, PS., Knapp, S., Marhold,
K., Prado, J., Prud’Homme van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F. & Wiersema, J.H. (2012). International Code of Nomenclature
for algae, fungi, and plants. (Koeltz Scientific Books: Konigstein, Germany.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florbase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 11 August 2015],
Barbara L. Rye 1 & Michael Hislop
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
'Corresponding author, email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:307-312
Published online 9 October 2015
Hibbertiaparanthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species from the
Prince Regent River in Western Australia
Kevin R. Thiele
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Abstract
Thiele, K.R. Hibbertia paranthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species from the Prince Regent
River in Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 307-312 (2015). A distinctive and remarkable new species
in Hibbertia Andrew subgen. Pachynema (R.Br. ex DC.) J.W.Hom is described and illustrated.
Hibbertia paranthera K.R.Thiele sp. nov. differs from all other species in subgen. Pachynema (and
in the whole of Hibbertia ) in having an androecium reduced to two large stamens, and a corolla of
three petals. The new species is currently known from two populations c. 30 km apart in sandstone
habitats in a remote area in Prince Regent National Park, between the Prince Regent River and
Prince Frederick Harbour.
Introduction
Hibbertia Andrew subgen. Pachynema (R.Br. ex DC.) J.W.Horn is a small, highly distinctive group
of subshrubs with a centre of diversity in the Top End monsoonal tropics of the Northern Territory.
The last revision of the group (as Pachynema R.Br. ex DC.) by Craven and Dunlop (1992) recognised
seven species, with six endemic in the Northern Territory and one, H. sphenandra (F.Muell. & Tate)
J.W.Horn (as P. sphenandrum F.Muell. & Tate), occurring also in the Kimberley region of Western
Australia. Another species, H. conspicua (J.Drumm. ex Harv.) Gilg from south-west Western
Australia, was described originally in the monotypic genus Huttia J.Drumm. ex Harv., transferred
to Pachynema by Bentham (1863) and to Hibbertia (as H. huttii F.Muell. nom. illeg.) by Mueller
(1871). It clearly belongs in subgen. Pachynema based on morphological and molecular evidence
(Horn 2009), along with a further Northern Territory species, the very rare H. goyderi F.Muell. The
new species described here is thus the tenth in the subgenus.
Species of subgen. Pachynema are morphologically highly distinctive, with a very different
vegetative architecture and floral morphology from other members of Hibbertia. Above-ground
parts of all species comprise leafless, photosynthetic, sometimes flattened, often annually produced
phylloclades bearing tiny, deciduous scales (bracts and sylleptic prophylls); true leaves, when
present, are few in number and found only in the seedling stage or at the base of strong regrowth.
Craven and Dunlop (1992) and Horn (2005,2009) speculated that the whole above-ground flowering
plant may be an inflorescence. All but two species ( H. conspicua , H. goyderi ) have white to pink
or red flowers, in contrast to the yellow (rarely orange) flowers that are universal elsewhere in the
genus. The androecium in subgen. Pachynema is also highly distinctive, with (in most species)
an outer whorl typically of seven (rarely more) stamens and an inner whorl of two androecial
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
308
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
elements (stamens or staminodes) oriented in the transverse plane of the flower and often differing
markedly from the outer whorl in size and shape. Stamens in all species are flattened or gibbous
with poorly differentiated anther thecae, rather than filamentous with well-developed anthers as in
other taxa in the genus. There may or may not be an additional whorl of staminodes external to the
outer stamen whorl; in H. sphenandra these are confluent as a corona. The androecial arrangement
in subgen. Pachynema is unique in Dilleniaceae, and perhaps amongst angiosperms (Horn 2009).
Two species ( H. haplostemona J.W.Horn and H. praestans (Craven & Dunlop) J.W.Horn) have a
reduced androecium with only four or five stamens.
In this context, the new species described here as H. par anther a K.R. Thiele is significant. It has
been collected only three times from two populations, in a remote part of the north-west Kimberley
region of Western Australia, and is clearly distinct from all other known taxa. It exhibits the most
extreme floral reduction described to date in the genus, with an androecium comprising only two
stamens and a corolla of three petals.
Key to species of Hibbertia subgen. Pachynema, amended from Craven and Dunlop (1992)
1. Petals yellow
2. Sepals glabrous; stamens surrounded by a whorl of staminodes
(Northern Territory).H. goyderi
2: Sepals pubescent (the outer ones rarely glabrous); staminodes absent
(south-west Western Australia).H. conspicua
1: Petals white to pink or red
3. Petals white to pink, deciduous (except in H. paranthera ); corona absent
4. Stamens smooth to sub-papillate; anther thecae (0.8-) 1-2.5 mm long
5. Stamens 9-11; petals 4 or 5; style shorter than ovary; stems terete to flattened.H. cravenii
5: Stamens 2; petals 3; style much longer than ovary; stems triquetrous.H. paranthera
4: Stamens papillate; anther thecae 0.3-0.5 mm long
6. All branchlets terete to compressed; stems dimorphic.H. juncea
6: All branchlets flattened, or if stems dimorphic then branchlets of the shorter
stems flattened and branchlets of the taller stems terete to flattened
7. Stems dimorphic, the shorter stems with branchlets 3—10(—15) mm wide and
the taller stems with terete to flattened branchlets distinctly narrower than
those of the shorter stems.H. complanata
7: Stems not dimorphic, the branchlets 5-10(-35) mm wide.H. dilatata
3: Petals red, persistent, or if deciduous then corona present
8. Corona present.H. sphenandra
8: Corona absent
9. Stamens 5, gibbous.H. haplostemona
9: Stamens 4(5), flat.H. praestans
K.R. Thiele, Hibbertiaparanthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species
309
Taxonomy
Hibbertia paranthera K.R.Thiele, sp. nov.
Type. Prince Regent River, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons],
20 January 2004, M.D. Barrrett & R.L. Barrett 1342 (ho/o: PERTH 07007604; iso: CANB, MEL).
Hibbertia sp. Prince Regent (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett 1342), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 18 January 2015],
Pachynema sp. Prince Regent (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett 1342), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase , http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 18 January 2015],
Glabrous, lignotuberous shrubs to 1.2 m high; stems and branchlets green becoming glaucous with
age, not dimorphic, acutely triquetrous, the faces to 10 mm broad, at base becoming rounded through
secondary thickening and with pale grey, flaky bark; flowering portions of stems c. 1 mm broad.
Leaves on adult plants reduced to small, deciduous, scarious, ovate to triangular scales 0.8-3 mm long;
seedling and resprout leaves not seen. Flowers pedicellate, widely spaced and single at the nodes of
distal branchlets; floral bract 1, similar in size and shape to the scale leaves, sometimes displaced below
the apparent insertion of the pedicel by partial fusion of the pedicel with the intemode above; free
portion of pedicels 1-3 mm long, gently recurved so the flowers are ± pendent. Sepals 5, 3.5-5.5 mm
long, obovate-oblong, acute to obtuse, sometimes apiculate, glabrous, rose-pink with a narrow, thinner-
textured, whitish margin, the inner ones longer, broader and more obtuse than the outer. Petals 3,
c. 4.5 mm long, obovate, narrower and paler than the sepals, erose-denticulate especially towards the
apex. Stamens 2, 4.5-5.5 mm long (subequal to the inner sepals at anthesis), on opposite sides of the
gynoecium and transverse to it, robust and flattened; anther thecae introrse, 2-2.5 mm long, dehiscing
longitudinally. Staminodes absent. Carpels 2; ovaries ovoid, glabrous, c. 1 mm long; ovules 2, basal;
styles erect, at first connivent then curved and diverging but approaching each other distally, c. 4 mm
long. Fruiting carpels (immature only seen) globular, glabrous; mature seeds not seen. (Figure 1)
Diagnostic features. Uniquely diagnosed from all other species in the genus in having triquetrous
stems with leaves reduced to scales, an androecium of two large stamens opposing each other on either
side of the gynoecium, and 3 petals.
Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons]
19 Jan. 2010, R.L. Barrett, M. Maier & P. Kendrick RLB 6287 (PERTH).
Phenology. The only known flowering specimens were collected in January.
Distribution and habitat. Known from two populations in Prince Regent National Park in the North
Kimberley IBRA bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), where it grows amongst sandstone
boulders and broken sandstone on river slopes and above deep gorges, in dense shrublands below
widely spaced Eucalyptus miniata and Livistona lorophylla.
Conservation status. Hibbertia paranthera is listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and
Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-),
under the name H. sp. Prince Regent (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett 1342) (Jones 2014). Both known
populations are in a national park. They had 15 and 20 plants respectively at the time of collecting,
310
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 1. Hibbertia paranthera. A - flowering plant showing the tangled habit; B - flowering branches; C - flower, the petals
somewhat opened, showing the characteristic pair of stamens and three petals shorter than the inner sepals; D - fruit; E - base
of branch. Images from the location of R.L. Barrett 6287. Photographs by R.L. Barrett.
and searches in similar habitat elsewhere in the vicinity failed to locate other populations. The region
where it has been collected is remote, rugged and botanically under-explored, and other populations
are likely to exist; however, the absence of further records from other surveys in the general area
indicate that the species is likely to be naturally rare.
Both specimens were collected from relatively long-unbumt, dense shrub patches in fire-sheltered
sites. The lignotubers of H. paranthera sit close to the soil surface (R. Barrett pers. comm.) and may
K.R. Thiele, Hibbertiaparanthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species
311
be damaged by hot fires; accordingly, frequent and intense fires, which are widespread in the area,
may be a threat to the species.
Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin par (a pair) and anther a (the pollen-bearing part of a stamen).
Notes. Hibbertia paranthera was first collected, with few, withered flowers, by Bob Makinson in June
1998 (specimen at CANB, n.v.). It was recognised as a potentially new species of Pachynema by the
late Lyn Craven (CANB), who encouraged further searches of the area by Russell and Matt Barrett,
resulting in the relocation in 2003 of the original population and collection of flowering specimens.
The second population was discovered by chance in 2010 during flora surveys of the Prince Regent
River area.
The family Dilleniaceae is unusual amongst eudicots for its wide range of floral morphology and patterns
of symmetry, particularly involving the androecium, and has been the subject of extensive studies
(Weberling 1988; Horn 2005,2009). Its position at the base of the core eudicots makes it particularly
important in studies of evolutionary and genetic controls on morphology and floral symmetry (Horn
2005). Within the family, Hibbertia exhibits the widest variation in floral form (Stebbins & Hoogland
1976; Tucker & Bernhardt 2000; Horn 2009).
Hibbertia paranthera substantially increases the range of variation in Hibbertia species. It is the only
known species with an androecium reduced to two stamens. The position of the stamens transverse to
the carpels indicates that they represent the inner pair of androecial elements (stamens or staminodes)
found in other taxa in subgen. Pachynema , the outer whorl in this case being completely suppressed.
In the other two species with a reduced androecium ( H. haplostemona and H praestans ), the inner
androecial whorl is suppressed and the outer reduced in number. In other species of subgen. Pachynema
the corolla comprises four or five petals, while all flowers of H. paranthera examined have three petals.
It is also highly distinctive within the pink- and red-flowered members of subgen. Pachynema (that
is, excluding H conspicua and H. goyderi ) in having the ovaries much shorter than the styles; in the
other pink- and red-flowered species the styles are short to very short relative to the ovaries. The long-
styled carpels of H. paranthera are very similar to those in the yellow-flowered H. conspicua , and to
those in many species of subgen. Hibbertia and subgen. Hemistemma (Touars) Horn.
Craven and Dunlop (1992) recognised two sections within Pachynema, sect. Stemmatanthus F.Muell &
Tate and sect. Pachynema. The new species does not fit readily within either section, as the persistent
petals, non-dimorphic stems and introrse anthers would suggest that it belongs in sect. Stemmatanthus ,
while the pink petals and relatively large, well-displayed flowers with distinct anther thecae suggest
it belongs in sect. Pachynema (perhaps most closely related to H. cravenii J.W.Horn, the only other
species with two large anthers rather than staminodes or small stamens in the inner androecial whorl).
Current phylogenies have insufficient sampling to assess the sections further; however, the inclusion
by Horn (2009) of H. conspicua and H. goyderi in subgen. Pachynema , both of which were excluded
from Pachynema by Craven and Dunlop (1992), and the similarity in gynoecium morphology between
the pink-flowered H. paranthera and the yellow-flowered H. conspicua , means that these sections are
problematic anyway, and they should probably be abandoned.
Acknowledgements
I thank Russell Barrett for detailed notes on the collections and for generously providing field
photographs, Russell and Matt Barrett, Terry Macfarlane and Barbara Rye for helpful comments on a
312
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
draft of the paper, Brendan Lepschi for advice regarding Lyn Craven’s previous work on this species,
and Peter Wilson for nomenclatural advice. Fieldwork associated with the collection of specimens
of H. paranthera was supported in part by a grant to the Western Australian Museum from Alcoa
Australia, and a personal donation from Harry Butler (R. Barrett pers. comm.).
References
Bentham, G. (1863). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 1. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Craven, L A. & Dunlop, C.R. (1992). A taxonomic revision of Pachynema (Dilleniaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 5:
477-500.
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
15 January 2015],
Horn, J.W. (2005). The phylogenetics and structural botany of Dilleniaceae and Hibbertia Andrews. PhD thesis. (Duke
University: Durham, North Carolina).
Horn, J.W. (2009). Phylogenetics of Dilleniaceae using sequence data from four plastid loci ( rbcL , inf A, rps4 , rpll6 intron).
International Journal of Plant Sciences 170: 794-813.
Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington,
Western Australia.)
von Mueller, F. (1871). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 7(56): 123.
Stebbins, G.L. & Hoogland, R.D (1976). Species diversity, ecology and evolution in a primitive angiosperm genus : Hibbertia
(Dilleniaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 125:139-154.
Tucker, S.C. & Bernhardt, P. (2000). Floral ontogeny, pattern formation and evolution in Hibbertia and Adrastaea (Dilleniaceae).
American Journal of Botany 87: 1915-1936.
Weberling, F. (1988). Inflorescence structure in primitive angiosperms. Taxon 37: 657-690.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 15 January 2015],
Nuytsia
The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium
25:313-342
Published online 9 October 2015
A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance
(sect. Saxifragoidea : Stylidiaceae)
Juliet A. Wege
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife,
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
Email: Juliet.Wege@dpaw.wa. gov. au
Abstract
Wege, J.A. A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (sect. Saxifragoidea.
Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 25: 313-342 (2015). A morphological assessment of Stylidium brunonianum
Benth. and its allies recognises eight taxa, all of which are endemic to the south-west of Western
Australia. Following examination of type material and field work, a narrower circumscription of
S. brunonianum is presented, S. tenue Sond. is reinstated and the following five taxa are newly described:
S. araeophyllum Wege, S. neurophyllum Wege, S. purpureum Wege, S. spiciforme Wege and S. tenue
subsp. majusculum Wege. A revised description is provided for S. lowrieanum Carlquist, a conservation-
listed species from the Leeuwen-Naturaliste Ridge. Lectotypes are selected for S. brunonianum ,
S. tenue and S. brunonianum var. minor Benth., with the varietal name newly placed into synonymy
under S. tenue. A lectotype is also designated for the name S. striatum Lindl. var. glaucum Benth.
(based on collections of S. lowrieanum , S. neurophyllum , S. bellum Wege and S. rosulatum Wege) to
fix its application as a synonym of S. rosulatum. A dichotomous key to the S. brunonianum alliance
is provided along with photographs of key features and distribution maps.
Introduction
The Stylidium brunonianum Benth. alliance forms a cohesive group within sect. Saxifragoidea Mildbr.
(Stylidiaceae), a large and variable section of perennial triggerplants from the south-west of Western
Australia characterised by non-fibrous leaves and glandular hairs with discoid (or more rarely turbinate
or subglobular) heads. Members of this alliance are distinctive within this section on account of their
flowers, which have pink, purple or white, vertically-paired corolla lobes that are orientated so that
the anterior pair are in the upper position and the column operates dorsally. Other characteristics of
this alliance (albeit ones that are shared with some other members of sect. Saxifragoidea ) include
scapes with whorls of sterile bracts, glaucous or glaucescent, racemose inflorescences with a sparse
indumentum of glandular hairs, ellipsoid to obloid hypanthia and capsules, and flowers with six or
eight throat appendages.
Stylidium brunonianum was described by Bentham (1837) some 31 years prior to his account of the
genus for Flora Australiensis (Bentham 1868) and has since been broadly circumscribed to include a
suite of morphologically variable populations extending from near Kalbarri to Albany (Bentham 1868;
Mildbraed 1908; Erickson 1958; Wheeler 1987; Wheeler etal. 2002). Amuch narrower circumscription
of S. brunonianum is presented herein, with the name applied to a distinctive, linear-leaved species
© Department of Parks and Wildlife 2015
http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/
ISSN 2200-2790 (Online)
ISSN 0085-4417 (Print)
314
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
restricted to seasonally wet habitats mostly on the Swan Coastal Plain. The present study also includes
taxonomic assessment of specimens previously misapplied against S. striatum Lindl. (e.g. Mildbraed
1908; Erickson 1958; Wheeler et al. 2002,/?./?.); this name is now known to apply to a species from
sect. Saxifragoidea with yellow, laterally-paired corolla lobes (see Wege 2007). Eight taxa are now
recognised in the S. brunonianum alliance, of which five are newly described.
Methods
This study is based primarily on examination of herbarium specimens and associated spirit collections
housed at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) and field observations, with supplementary
data obtained from additional specimens housed at a range of institutions. Distribution statements and
maps are based on taxonomically validated PERTH specimen data and refer to Interim Biogeographic
Regionalisation for Australia Version 7 bioregions and subregions (Department of the Environment
2013).
The descriptions are not exhaustive but encompass the key diagnostic features for species in the genus.
Leaf measurements are from mature leaves rather than the dense, inner cluster of smaller, bract-like
leaves present at the base of the scape (and often scarcely visible on herbarium specimens). Spirit
collections from the following populations were used to measure floral features ( J.A. Wege numbers
unless indicated): S. araeophyllum Wege-1128,1332,1335,1340,1343,1447,1954;5. brunonianum
- 1113, 1381, 1400, 1453, 1801; S. lowrieanum Carlquist-438, 1484, 1972; S. neurophyllumWQgQ
- 709, 779, 1134, 1363, 1393, 1395, 1401, 1468, 1473, 1537, 1942, 1944, 1970, 1971, Wildflower
Society ofWA KOJE 7/74; S. purpureum Wege - 203, 613, 735, 742, 923, 1355, 1356, 1384, 1793;
S. spiciforme Wege - 1338, 1341, 1344, 1345, 1352; S. tenue Sond. subsp. tenue- 830, 1063, 1364,
1448,1481,1555; S. tenue subsp. majusculumWege-661, 1091,1367,1371,1380,1388,1788,1961.
Key to taxa in the Stylidium brunonianum alliance
1. Hypanthium glandular-hairy throughout or at least near the apex
2. Hypanthium glandular-hairy near the apex; leaf margin crispate; stems elongated
and with intemodes clearly visible between the swollen growth nodes; roots
forming at the nodes when they are buried (i.e. stilt roots absent) [western Warren,
Southern Jarrah Forest].S. lowrieanum
2: Hypanthium sparsely glandular-hairy throughout; leaf margin entire; stems
contracted or if shortly elongated then with internodes obscured by crowded leaf
bases; stilt roots usually clearly evident
3. Mature leaves linear; pedicels 3-25 mm long, decreasing in length from
inflorescence base to apex; prophylls inserted well above the base of the pedicels;
capsules ellipsoid to globose [Swan Coastal Plain, Jarrah Forest].S. araeophyllum
3: Mature leaves narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate (rarely almost linear);
pedicels 1.5-4 mm long, more or less equal in length; prophylls inserted at or
near the base of the pedicels (adjacent to or just above the bract); capsules obloid
[northern Swan Coastal Plain, southern Lesueur Sandplain].S. spiciforme
1: Hypanthium glabrous (rarely with hairs near the base)
4. Corolla lobes purple [northern Swan Coastal Plain, Geraldton Sandplains,
Avon Wheatbelt].S. purpureum
4: Corolla lobes mauve-pink, pink or white
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
315
5. Mature leaves linear, without striations, usually rugose and crumpled in
dried material [on or adjacent to winter-wet habitats; Swan Coastal Plain,
Jarrah Forest].S. brunonianum
5: Mature leaves narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate or spathulate
(rarely somewhat linear), smooth or striate, never rugose or crumpled
[sandplain or upland habitats]
6. Mature leaves distinctly striate, the apex subacute to shortly acuminate
(but not strongly tapered); corolla often white to pale pink, sometimes
mauve-pink to medium pink [sandy habitats; Swan Coastal Plain,
western margin of Jarrah Forest, western Warren].S. neurophyllum
6: Mature leaves without striations (rarely scarcely striate), the apex
acute to long-acuminate (usually strongly tapered); corolla
mauve-pink to medium pink
7. Mature leaves in a compact rosette, 0.5-2 cm long; stems usually
contracted, occasionally shortly elongated; scapes with sterile
bracts in 1 or 2(3) whorls [Jarrah Forest, southern Avon
Wheatbelt, Fitzgerald].S. tenue subsp. tenue
7: Mature leaves in a spreading basal rosette, (1.2-)2-5 cm long;
stems usually elongated and with distinct nodes, occasionally
contracted; scapes with sterile bracts in (1)2-5 whorls [Northern
Jarrah Forest and adjacent eastern Swan Coastal Plain, Avon
Wheatbelt and SouthernJarrah Forest].S. tenue subsp. majusculum
Taxonomy
Stylidium araeophyllum Wege, sp. nov.
Type : 2.6 km south of Brookton Highway on Metro Road, south-east of Perth, Western Australia,
14 October 2014, J.A. Wege 1954 (J holotype : PERTH 08542147; isotypes : CANB, K, MEL).
Illustrations. B.J. Grieve & W.E. Blackall, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 732, ?No. 8 (1982), as
S. brunonianum.
[Stylidium brunonianum auct. non Benth.: G. Paczkowska&A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr.
Cat. 548 (2000), p.p.]
Perennial herb (12-)20-75 cm high; stems contracted or shortly elongated to 5 cm long and elevated
above the soil surface, unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed with persistent leaf bases; stilt roots
present. Glandular trichomesO. 1-0.2 mm long, with a translucent to yellowish stalk and black, discoid
head. Leaves in an erect basal tuft, linear, 1-6 cm long, 0.4-2.5 mm wide, acute and bearing a small blunt
apical callus, entire, sometimes scarcely rugose and crumpled, without striations, glaucous (especially
the undersurface), glabrous. Scapes (10-) 18-70 cm long, 1—3(—5) mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy
above the lowest flower and sometimes in the axils of the sterile bracts; sterile bracts in 1 or 2 whorls
and also scattered below the inflorescence, subulate to linear, 5-18 mm long, often crumpled like the
leaves, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, 1 2-c. 100-flowered, glaucescent; bracts subulate to linear,
2-7 mm long, subacute to acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted well above the pedicel base, similar
to the bracts but smaller; pedicels 3-25 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy. Hypanthium
elliptic to ovate in outline, subglobose in TS, 1.7-2.5 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, faintly longitudinally
316
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
ridged, sparsely glandular-hairy. Calyx lobes free, with 2 a little longer and broader than the remaining
3,1.8-3.2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, subacute to acute, entire, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy.
Corolla mauve-pink to medium pink with a white throat, glabrous, with the lobes paired vertically and
rotated through 180°; tube 1.5-2.5 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes oblong to narrowly obovate, slightly
narrower than the posterior (lower) pair, 3.5-5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide; posterior lobes oblong
to obovate, 3.7-5 mm long, 2.3-3 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate to
elliptic, 0.7-1 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.2-0.9 mm long, glabrous;
lateral appendages to 0.4 mm long or absent. Throat appendages 8 (2 on each corolla lobe), with each
lower pair partially fused, white at base with a mauve-pink or reddish pink centre and creamy white
or yellowish tip, oblong and somewhat capitate, 0.8-1.2 mm long, glabrous. Column sigmoid when
poised, straight when extended, 9-13.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending hairs
absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules ellipsoid to globose, 2-3.5 mm long excluding calyx lobes.
Seeds brown, obloid, c. 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm wide, surface wrinkled. (Figure 1)
Diagnostic features. The following features distinguish S. araeophyllum from all other species in the
genus: a stilted, perennial habit; a basal tuft of linear, glaucous and glabrous leaves; scapes with 1 or
2 whorls of sterile bracts below the inflorescence; prophylls that are inserted well above the pedicel
base; a glandular-hairy hypanthium; mauve-pink or pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes; ellipsoid to
globose capsules.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 7.5 km NNE of Muchea, 3 km N along Reserve Rd
from junction of Great Northern Hwy, 19 Oct. 2006, R. Davis 11130 (PERTH); Lot 505, Hungerford
Ave, Halls Head, Nov. 2001, P. Foreman 342 (PERTH); Tea Tree Rd, Bindoon, c. 7.7 km W from
Great Northern Hwy, 23 Oct. 2006, F. Hort 2909 (CANB, PERTH); 0.6 km E of Great Northern Hwy
Reserve 27583/7867, Morrissey Rd, Bullsbrook, 21 Oct. 2006, F. & B. Hort 2916 (PERTH); 1 km
5 of Deefor Rd, Wandoo National Park, Kent Rd, 14 Oct. 2006, F.&J. Hort 2923 (CANB, PERTH);
Kinsella Rd, Armadale, 2.2 km S of Brookton Hwy, 8 Nov. 2006, F. HortJ. Hort & L.E. Boyle 2935
(PERTH); W of Brand Hwy c. 5 km N Red Gully Rd, 12 Oct. 1988, B.J. Keighery 290 B (PERTH);
Lowlands, Serpentine River, 30 Oct. 1999, G.J. Keighery 15703 (PERTH); Modong Nature Reserve,
16 Oct. 1994, G.J. Keighery 13212 (PERTH); Harvey River Reserve 13987, 4 km E of Lake Clifton
townsite, 4 Nov. 2005, G.J. Keighery 16851 (PERTH); ?reserve at corner of South West Hwy and
Dardanup West Rd, J.A. Wege 1128, 14 Nov. 2003 (MEL, PERTH); 6.3 km from Brand Hwy along
Airfield Rd then Duffy Rd, Yeal Swamp Nature Reserve, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1332 (CANB,
MEL, PERTH); S along Sandringham Rd from Gingin Brook Rd, Yeal Swamp Nature Reserve,
10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1335 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH); Brand Hwy, 600 m N of Red Gully Rd,
Moore River National Park, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1337 (PERTH); 9.6 km W along Orange Springs
Rd from Brand Hwy, Moore River National Park, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1340 (MEL, PERTH);
Wongonderrah Rd, 9.4 km W of Brand Hwy, Wongonderrah Nature Reserve, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege
1343 b (PERTH); c. 500 m S on Munbinea Rd from Hill River Bridge, Hill River Nature Reserve,
11 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1354 (PERTH); W boundary of Buller Road Nature Reserve, W of Waroona,
6 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1461 (MEL, PERTH); Crawler Rd, SW of Kent Rd, SE of
Chidlow, 1 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & K. Hufford JAW 1447 (PERTH); 2.35 km W of Christmas Tree
Well turnoff on Brookton Hwy, Shire of Beverley, 28 Oct. 2004, J.A. Wege & D. Wege JAW 1239
(CANB, MEL, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium araeophyllum is widespread in the Swan Coastal Plain and Jarrah
Forest bioregions, from east of Jurien Bay to near Boyanup and from south of Toodyay to near Collie,
with an outlying record in the Avon Wheatbelt near Highbury (Figure 2A). It grows on plains, gentle
hillslopes, dune slopes and flat hill crests in deep sand over limestone and in sand or sandy loam over
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
317
Figure 1. Stylidium araeophyllum. A - stilted habit with narrow, tufted basal leaves; B - mauve-pink, vertically-paired corolla
lobes bearing eight throat appendages; C - side view of flower showing the sparsely glandular-hairy hypanthium, one of the
prophylls on the pedicel, and throat appendages with a dark pinkish band of colour below the creamy yellow tip. Photographs
© J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege & K. Hufford JAW 1447 (A) and J.A. Wege 1954 (B, C).
laterite. It is commonly found in Banksia menziesii and B. attenuata low woodland, sometimes with
scattered B. ilicifolia or Nuytsia floribunda or with emergent Eucalyptus marginata or E. todtiana ,
and in E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla woodland. There is a single record from ‘salt marsh
vegetation with fringing estuarine forest’ (PERTH 06085393) which is a mixed collection with
S. brunonianum (PERTH 06796885). Field observations are required to confirm whether the two
species actually grow intermixed or in close proximity but in different habitats (the latter is most
likely; see affinities section below).
Phenology. Flowering from October to mid-November.
Conservation status. A common and widespread species that does not require a conservation listing.
Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n = 9 from a population east of Jurien Bay
(PERTH 02915995), under S. brunonianum subsp. brunonianum. A second, unpublished voucher
specimen from near North Bannister (PERTH 08542058) that is annotated with n = 9 was uncovered
several years ago amongst Sid James’ personal effects at the University of Western Australia (UWA)
and transferred to PERTH.
318
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 2. The distribution of four members of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance in the south-west of Western Australia
based onPERTH specimen data, with IBRA regions (Department of the Environment 2013) in pale grey. A —S. araeophyllum ;
B - S. brunonianum ; C - S. lowrieanum ; D - S. neurophyllum.
Etymology. From the Greek araios (thin, narrow) and -phyllus (-leaved).
Common name. Stilt Walker (here designated).
Affinities. Stylidium araeophyllum is morphologically similar to S. spiciforme , a species which also
occurs on the sandplains north of Perth. Both taxa have glandular-hairy hypanthia, eight throat
appendages (usually with a distinctive dark colouration below the tip; e.g. Figure 1C), and a similar
habit, although the stems of S. araeophyllum tend to be more conspicuously propped above the soil,
with those of S. spiciforme becoming partially buried as the plant ages. A key difference between the
two species can be found in the inflorescence morphology: S. spiciforme has a spike-like raceme in
which the pedicels are fairly short (to 4 mm) and relatively uniform in length, and the prophylls are
inserted at the pedicel base (just above the floral bract); S. araeophyllum tends to have longer pedicels
(3-25 mm) which decrease in length from base to apex, and the prophylls are inserted well above
the pedicel base. Stylidium spiciforme usually has narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate rather than
linear leaves like S. araeophyllum , although some more or less linear leaves are occasionally evident.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
319
The shape of the capsules (ellipsoid to globular in S. araeophyllum, obloid in S. spiciforme ) and seed
(obloid in S. araeophyllum ; ovoid to ellipsoid in S. spiciforme ) appear taxonomically informative,
although I have seen relatively few mature capsules and seed. The distributions of the two species
slightly overlap although they are not known to co-occur.
Stylidium araeophyllum grows with S. neurophyllum at a number of sites on the Swan Coastal Plain (e.g.
PERTH 05478774 and 05478782, PERTH 02915499 and 02915421, PERTH 07855567 and PERTH
08542325). Stylidium neurophyllum can be most readily distinguished by its narrowly oblanceolate
to oblanceolate, striate and more spreading basal leaves, glabrous hypanthia and throat appendage
morphology (usually six rather than eight appendages and lacking the bands of colour found in
S. araeophyllum). Stylidiumpurpureum also grows in close proximity to S. araeophyllum (e.g. PERTH
07855621 and 07855230) but differs in having more spreading basal leaves, glabrous hypanthia, and
purple corolla lobes. A comparison between S. araeophyllum and S. brunonianum is provided below.
Stylidium brunonianum Benth., in Endl., Fenzl, Benth. & Schott, Enum. PI. 72 (1837). Candollea
brunoniana (Benth.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. : 86 (1882). Stylidium brunonianum var. typicum
Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk. Tf. Mat.-Pfir. 2 (2): 115 (1923), nom. illeg. nom. superfl.
Type\ Swan River [Western Australia, 27 November 1833-11 January 1834], AC Hiigels.n. ( lectotype ,
here designated W!; isolectotypes'. BM 00894109!, MEL2295758!).
Stylidium compressum Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R. : xxix (1839). Type', not cited [Swan River, Western
Australia, 1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummond s.n.] ( holotype : CGE!; isotypes : BR 0000013333232
imageseen, BR0000013332631 image seen, FI006812!, G00358752!,?G00358751!,K000355046!,
?K 000355044!, MEL 2254115!, TCD!).
Stylidium brunonianum (3 [var.] depauperatum Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 380 (1845). Type
citation. ‘Inarenosis silvae prope oppidulumPerth, d. 4. Febr. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 2280 et inasperis
montium continuorum Darling’s-range, Perth d. 5. Dec. 1839. (Drummond!).’ Type specimens'. In
arenosis silvae prope oppidulum Perth [Western Australia], 4 February 1839, L. Preiss 2280 ( lectotype ,
here designated: MEL 2258643 [fruiting specimen and capsule fragments in packet]; isolectotypes.
?G(2 sheets)!, LD 1097796!. Paralectotypes (syntypes ): ‘In asperis montium continuorum Darling’s-
range, Perth’ [Western Australia], 5 December 1839, L. Preiss [?]2280 (MEL 2258643 [flowering
material in packet]!, MEL 2258644!, MEL 2258646!); Swan River [Western Australia], 1839 [1835-
1838], J. Drummond s.n. (BR 0000013332631 image seen, BR 0000013333232 image seen, CGE!,
FI 006812!, G 00358752!, ?G 00358751!, K 000355046!, ?K 000355044!, MEL 2254115!, TCD!).
Perennial herb (7-)20-70 cm high; stems contracted (rarely shortly elongated to 2 cm), shallowly buried
or positioned just above ground level, unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed with persistent leaf
bases; stilt roots absent or inconspicuous. Glandular trichomes 0.1-0.2 mm long, with a translucent or
yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in a spreading, basal rosette or tuft, linear, (1—)2—8 cm
long, 0.5-2 mm wide, acute and bearing an inconspicuous blunt apical callus, entire, usually rugose
and crumpled in pressed material, without striations, glaucous, glabrous. Scapes (7-)20-70 cm long,
(0.5—)1—3 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy above the lowest flower and sometimes near the sterile
bracts; sterile bracts in 2-4 whorls and sometimes also scattered below the inflorescence, linear,
5—40 mm long, often crumpled like the leaves, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, 8-c. 65-flowered,
glaucescent; bracts subulate to linear, 2-9 mm long, acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted well
above the pedicel base, similar to the bracts but smaller; pedicels 2-20(-30) mm long, sparsely
glandular-hairy. Hypanthium elliptic in outline, subglobose in TS, 1.5-2.3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide,
faintly longitudinally ridged, glabrous. Calyx lobes free (rarely with 2 basally fused), with 2 a little
320
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
longer and broader than the remaining 3,2-3.2 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, subacute to acute, entire,
glabrous. Corolla mauve-pink to pink with a white throat, glabrous, with the lobes paired vertically and
rotated through 180°; tube 1-2 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes slightly shorter and narrower than the
posterior pair, elliptic to narrowly obovate, 4-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; posterior (lower) lobes
elliptic to obovate, 4.5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx,
elliptic, 0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.6-1.8 mm long, glabrous;
lateral appendages 0.1-0.7 mm long. Throat appendages 6 (1 on each upper corolla lobe, 2 on each
lower lobe), with each lower pair partially fused, pink to purplish at base with a creamy white (rarely
pinkish) tip, oblong, capitate, 0.8-1.8 mm long, glabrous. Column sigmoid when poised, straight when
extended, 10-14 mm long, glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile,
entire. Capsules broadly ellipsoid to subglobular, 2.5-3 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Mature seeds
not viewed. (Figure 3)
Diagnostic features. The following features distinguish S. brunonianum from all other species in the
genus: a perennial habit with the stems shallowly buried or positioned just above ground level (not or
scarcely stilted); a spreading, rosette of linear leaves that are usually rugose and crumpled in pressed
material; scapes with whorls of sterile bracts belowthe inflorescence; an elliptic, glabrous hypanthium;
bright to medium pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes bearing 6 throat appendages.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 100 m S of Cloister Ave, Canning River foreshore,
16 Oct. 1974, M.L. Clark 151 (PERTH); Hardy Rd, Forrestfield, 20 Oct. 1977, R.J. Cranfield 76/77
(PERTH); Yourdamung Lake, location 935 adjacent to Reserve 39821, N of Collie, 20 Nov. 2002,
R.J. Cranfield & B.G. Ward 18637 (PERTH); 4.3 km SW along Bowelling McAlinden Rd from
Trigwell Bridge Rd, SW of Bowelling, 22 Nov. 1998, V. Crowley 932 (PERTH); 2 km SE Ruabon on
Wonnerup Rd, 9 Nov. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9276 (PERTH); Simmonds Block, Tuart Forest, 30 Nov.
1995, G.J. Keighery 14006 (PERTH); Forrestdale, c. 15 miles SSE ofPerth, 7Nov. 1969, V. Mann &
A.S. George 1 (K, PERTH); Orchid Park Reserve, Beechboro, 31 Oct. 2010, K.R. Thiele 4082 (CANB,
PERTH); 1.18 km SSE on Tallanalla Rd from Harvey-Quindanning Rd, N of Collie, 13 Nov. 2003,
J.A. Wege 1113 (PERTH); Lightning Swamp, track off Maxwell Rd, Malaga, 24 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege
1381 (MEL, PERTH); 12.5 km E of Kinsella Rd on Brookton Hwy, 1 Nov. 2010, J.A. Wege 1801
(CANB, MEL, PERTH); reserve at corner of Moores Rd and Phillips Rd, Pinjarra, 6 Nov. 2007,
J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1453 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); Riverdale Road Nature Reserve, 2 Nov.
2006, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1400 (MEL, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium brunonianum is mostly found on the Swan Coastal Plain, from
Perth’s northern suburbs to near Busselton, with occurrences in the Jarrah Forest bioregion at sites
south-east of Armadale and in the greater Collie region (Figure 2B). It is usually associated with
seasonal wetlands and depressions, or estuarine and lake-side habitats, growing in clay-based soils or
sand. The associated vegetation is varied and includes open Melaleucapreissiana or M. rhaphiophylla
woodland, Corymbia calophylla or Eucalyptus rudis (more rarely E. marginata ) woodland, Banksia
squarrosa heath, and herb-rich shrublands.
Phenology. Flowering from October to early December.
Conservation status. Stylidium brunonianum has a reasonably wide distribution, with many populations
occurring within nature reserves. As such a conservation listing does not appear to be warranted;
however, many of the populations appear small, occurring in small bushland fragments in a region
heavily impacted by land clearing and weed invasion.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
321
Figure 3. Stylidium brunonianum. A - spreading, external basal leaves contrasting with the conspicuous inner cluster of small
bract-like leaves; B - fragment of a pressed specimen, showing the compact, partially buried stem (the arrow indicates the
approximate level of the soil), and the crumpled external basal leaves and sterile scape bracts, scale bar = 1 cm; C - mauve-
pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes with six throat appendages; D - side view of a flower showing the glabrous hypanthium
and white-tipped throat appendages. Photographs © J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1453.
Chromosome number. A voucher specimen from Pinjarra (PERTH 08542066) annotated with an
unpublished chromosome count of n = 9 was found amongst Sid James’ personal effects at UWA.
The populations from east of Jurien Bay and south of Lancelin referred to S. brunonianum subsp.
brunonianum by James (1979) correspond to S. araeophyllum and S. neurophyllum respectively.
322
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Common name. Pink Fountain Triggerplant (Erickson 1958). This imaginative common name, in
which the whorls of scape bracts are likened to a fountain, is retained for this species despite the
fact that Erickson is not known to have seen it. She did collect both subspecies of S. tenue as well as
S. purpureum and so this common name is referenced in the proposed common names for these taxa.
Typification. Bentham’s description is based on a gathering by Baron Karl von Hiigel, duplicates of
which have been located at BM, MEL and W. All specimens have been annotated by Bentham, with
the MEL and BM sheets indicated as ex Herbario Vindobonnensis (Vienna). The MEL specimen is
fragmentary and the BM material poor quality (some flowers are missing from the sheet). The sheet at
W is the best quality material and is selected herein as an appropriate lectotype. Note I have previously
(and inexplicably) annotated the BM sheet as the holotype, the MEL sheet as an isotype and the
W sheet as an isolectotype. Stylidium compressum Lindl. is clearly comparable to S. brunonianum.
Sonder (1845) based S. brunonianum var. depauperatum on three gatherings: two by Preiss (a flowering
collection from December and a fruiting collection from February) and one by Drummond. Sonder
viewed and annotated the Preiss material at MEL and LD, and the Drummond specimen at MEL. All
of these specimens conform to the brief protologue (‘foliis angustioribus, racemo abbreviate’). The
designated lectotype is a fruiting collection from Sonder’s personal herbarium and includes the mounted
individual and the capsule fragments in the attached packet. The packet also contains dissected flower
fragments, which have presumably been taken from Preiss’ December collection since this species is
not known to flower in January or February.
Affinities. Stylidium brunonianum and S. araeophyllum are narrow-leaved taxa that have broadly
overlapping distributions, although the former is associated with winter-wet habitats and the latter
upland habitats. Stylidium brunonianum can be distinguished from S. araeophyllum by the absence of
glandular hairs on the hypanthia and the presence of six (rather than eight) throat appendages. Stylidium
brunonianum has a distinctive basal leaf rosette in which the external, mature leaves are spreading,
usually rugose and crumpled (particularly in dried material), and in marked contrast to the smaller,
bract-like leaves clustered at the base of the scape (Figure 3A). These bract-like leaves are common
in perennial triggerplants (although often much less conspicuous) and remain green in summer while
the external leaves senesce, presumably functioning to protect the meristem. In S. araeophyllum the
basal leaves are conspicuously stilted and arranged in a dense, erect to suberect tuft (Figure 1 A) and
while they also surround a cluster of bract-like leaves, their upright stature obscures this dimorphism.
Stylidium brunonianum has stems that are usually shallowly or partially buried (Figure 3B), although
they are sometimes positioned just above the soil level; this appears to be related to the age of the
individuals and the microhabitat (individuals in wetter habitats tend to have buried stems whereas
those in sandier, ecotonal habitats are often inconspicuously stilted).
The name S. brunonianum has been widely misapplied against material of S. tenue subsp. majusculum ,
including by Lindley (1839) who was the first to recognise the difference between these two taxa. The
stems of S. brunonianum are usually contracted (rarely shortly elongated) and shallowly or partially
buried (occasionally positioned just above the soil level and inconspicuously stilted), and its leaves
basal, linear and usually rugose and crumpled. In contrast, the stems of S. tenue subsp. majusculum
are usually elongated (occasionally contracted) and prominently stilted, with the leaves in a rosette
as well as scattered on the stem and narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate (occasionally somewhat
linear), and smooth or scarcely striate. Their distribution overlaps in the Northern Jarrah Forest and
abuts on the eastern Swan Coastal Plain, with S. brunonianum occurring in or adjacent to winter-wet
habitats and S. tenue subsp. majusculum favouring upland habitats.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
323
Stylidium lowrieanum Carlquist, in Carlquist & Lowrie, Phytologia 67(5): 370 (1989). Type : west of
Caves Rd, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 4 November 1988,
A. Lowrie s.n. (holotype : RSA!).
Illustrations. S. Carlquist & A. Lowrie, op. cit. 374, Figure 4; J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington,
FI. South West 2:918 (2002).
Perennial herb 15-65 cm high; stems trailing to 11 cm long, shallowly buried or positioned near
the soil surface, unbranched or branching at swollen nodes, glabrous, nodes usually clothed with
persistent leaf bases; stilt roots absent, but nodes rooting when shallowly buried. Glandular trichomes
0.1-0.2 mm long, with a translucent or yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in a loose,
spreading rosette, sometimes scattered on stem below, oblanceolate to spathulate, (1 —)2—5 cm long,
(2—)3—12 mm wide, subacute to acuminate and bearing a small blunt apical callus, finely hyaline and
crispate, without striations, glaucous (especially the undersurface), glabrous. Scapes 15-65 cm long,
0.8-3 mm wide, glabrous below the inflorescence, sparsely glandular-hairy above the lowest flower;
sterile bracts in 1-3(4) whorls and ± scattered below the inflorescence, narrowly oblanceolate to subulate,
4-11 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, (6-)10-70-flowered, glaucescent; bracts subulate,
1.5-5 mm long, acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted at or near the pedicel base, similar to the
bracts but smaller; pedicels 2-4 mm long, sparsely glandular-hairy. Hypanthium elliptic to oblong in
outline, ellipsoid in TS, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide, faintly longitudinally ridged, sparsely
glandular-hairy near the apex. Calyx lobes free, with 2 a little longer and broader than the remaining
3, 1.5-2.8 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, subacute, entire, glabrous or with a few hairs near the base.
Corolla pale pink with a creamy white throat, darker on the reverse, glabrous, with the lobes paired
vertically and rotated through 180°; tube 1.5-3 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes elliptic to obovate,
c. equal in length to but narrower than the posterior (lower) pair, 4-6 mm long, 2.7-3.5 mm wide;
posterior lobes obovate, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and angled across the
calyx, ovate to elliptic, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 1-1.5 mm
long, glabrous; lateral appendages 0.4-0.8 mm long. Throat appendages 6 or 8 (1 or 2 on each upper
corolla lobe, 2 on each lower lobe), with each lower pair partially fused, pinkish maroon with a pale
yellow or cream tip, oblong or linear to subulate, ± faintly capitate, 0.1-1.5 mm long, glabrous.
Column sigmoid when poised, straight when extended, 10-12.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers reddish
black, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules ellipsoid to obloid, c. 2.5-A mm long
excluding calyx lobes. Mature seeds not viewed. (Figure 4)
Diagnostic features. The following features distinguish S. lowrieanum from all other species in the
genus: a perennial, rosetted habit with a thin, trailing stem bearing distinct swollen growth nodes
which root when shallowly buried; oblanceolate to spathulate, glaucous leaves with crispate margins;
hypanthia with glandular hairs near the apex only. Other useful spotting features include scapes with
whorls of sterile bracts below the inflorescence, prophylls inserted at or near the base of the pedicels,
pale pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes, and a column 10-12.5 mm long.
Selected specimens. WE STERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 12 Nov.
1996, N. Casson & C. McChesney SC 7.7 (PERTH); 13 Nov. 1993, K.H. Coate 351 (PERTH); 5 Oct.
1999, H. Cole 222 A (PERTH); 25 Nov. 1989, N. Gibson & M. Lyons ISA (PERTH); 9 Oct. 1987,
G.J. Keighery 9215 (PERTH); 5Nov. 1989,A. Lowries.n. (PERTH03122174); 29Oct. 1997, J.A. Wege
438 (K, PERTH); 4 Nov. 2014, J.A. Wege 1972 (MEL, PERTH); 9 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher
JAW 1484 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).
324
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 4. Stylidium lowrieanum. A - leaf rosette, showing the trailing stem with distinct growth nodes (indicated by the white
arrows); B - pale pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes; C - side view of a flower showing the hypanthium with glandular hairs
restricted to near the apex, and the long column. Photographs © J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege 1972.
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium lowrieanum is endemic to the Leeuwin-Naturaliste Ridge in the
western-most portion of the Warren and Jarrah Forest bioregions, extending from near Eagle Bay to
west of Margaret River (Figure 2C). It grows in sand or loamy sand over limestone, on hillslopes
or low rises, in Corymbia calophylla and Eucalyptus marginata woodland with Agonis flexuosa ,
Banksia attenuata or Allocasuarina fraseriana , and Agonis flexuosa woodland or scrub, sometimes
in association with E. megacarpa. There is a single record from E. diversicolor forest, and another
from low scrub with Stirlingia latifolia and Phlebocarya ciliata. It co-occurs with S. neurophyllum
within Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park.
Phenology. Flowering in October and November.
Conservation status. This species has recently been listed as Priority Three under Department of
Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium
1998-). Stylidium lowrieanum is geographically restricted and occurs in an area subject to ongoing
development pressures. While there are occurrences in Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, detailed
population data are lacking. Further survey is recommended and should proceed with the knowledge
that the morphologically similar taxon S. neurophyllum is common in sandy habitats in the region and
may grow in sympatry with S. lowrieanum (see affinities below).
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
325
Chromosome number. A voucher specimen collected west of Margaret River in 1991, and uncovered
several years ago among Sid James’ personal effects at UWA, is annotated with a chromosome count
of n = 10 (PERTH 08542082). The same chromosome number was published by James (1979) under
S. striatum from a population south of Yallingup from work done by Grant Stone as part of an honours
dissertation at UWA (Stone 1972). Stylidium striatum is now known to be restricted to the Darling
Range east of Perth (Wege 2007), although the name has previously been misapplied to specimens
of both S. neurophyllum and S. lowrieanum. While a voucher specimen for the 1979 study cannot be
located, it most likely corresponds to S. lowrieanum. This species may be the only member of the
S. brunonianum alliance to have ten rather than nine chromosomes.
Common name. Lowrie’s Triggerplant (here designated).
Affinities. Although S. lowrieanum is distinctive it is likely to be confused with S. neurophyllum , a
species which is common on the Leeuwin-Naturaliste ridge and has been observed growing with
S. lowrieanum at a site south ofYallingup (PERTH 08542104 and 08542112). Stylidium lowrieanum can
be differentiated by its trailing and nodose stems (Figure 4 A), crisped leaf margins, and the presence of
glandular hairs on the upper portion of the hypanthium (F igure 4C). Stylidium lowrieanum can be further
distinguished from nearby populations of S. neurophyllum by its longer column (10-12.5 mm versus
5-7.5 mm), and its broader anterior (upper) corolla lobes (2.7-3.5 mm wide versus 1.2-2.5 mm wide).
Notes. Augustus Oldfield first collected S. lowrieanum from the Vasse region in the mid-1800s (MEL
2259120A, K 000355085). This gathering is amongst several collections used by Bentham (1868)
to describe S. striatum var. glaucum Benth. (refer to the typification notes at the end of the present
paper). Additional historical collections were made during the early 1900s by both Arthur Dorrien
Smith (K 000060887) and Cecil Andrews (PERTH 02955792).
Stylidium neurophyllum Wege, sp. nov.
Type. Ashworth Road, c. 200 m from Cullalla Road, Mooliabeenee, east of Gingin, Western Australia,
7 October 2014, J.A. Wege 1945 (iholotype : PERTH 08542155; isotypes. CANB, K, MEL).
Stylidium sp. Chittering (J.A. Wege 709), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 10 January 2015],
[Stylidium striatum auct. non Lindl.: O. Sonder, in C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1(3): 379 (1845 ),p.p.;
L. Diels. & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 593 (1905); J. Mildbraed, in A. Engler, Planzenr. IV. 278
(Heft 35): 64 (1908); R. Erickson, Triggerplants p. 109 (1958); S. Carlquist & A. Lowrie, Phytologia
67(5): 373 (1989); G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. 556 (2000), p.p.,
J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 918 (2002), p.p.]
Illustrations. B.J. Grieve & W.E. Blackall, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 731, No. 5 (1982), as
S. striatum ; R. Barrett & E.P Tay, Perth Plants p. 168 (2005), as S. striatum.
Perennial herb (10-)l 5-65 cm high; stems contracted or shortly elongated to c. 2 cm, usually partially
buried or sometimes positioned just above the soil surface, unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed
with persistent leaf bases; stilt roots present (sometimes becoming buried in older plants). Glandular
trichomes 0.1-0.2 mm long, with a translucent or yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in a
somewhat spreading basal rosette, narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate or spathulate, (0.7-)l-5 cm
326
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
long, (1,5-)2-9 mm wide, subacute to acute or acuminate and with a small blunt apical callus, entire
or with a very fine hyaline and scarcely minutely erose border, striate (especially in the upper third
near the margins), glaucous (especially on the lower surface), glabrous. Scapes (10-) 15-60 cm long,
(0.5—)1—3 mm wide, very sparsely glandular-hairy above the lowest flower and often in the axils of
the sterile bracts; sterile bracts in (1)2 or 3 whorls and ± scattered below the inflorescence, subulate
to oblanceolate, 3-15(-20) mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, (6-)15-c. 95-flowered,
glaucescent; bracts linear or subulate, 2-6 mm long, subacute to acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls
inserted well above the pedicel base, similar to the bracts but smaller; pedicels (3—)4—12 mm long,
sparsely glandular-hairy. Hypanthium elliptic in outline, subglobose inTS, 1.5-2.8 mm long, 1-1.8 mm
wide, faintly longitudinally ridged, glabrous. Calyx lobes free, with 2 a little longer and broader than
the remaining 3, 1.5-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, subacute or obtuse, entire, glabrous. Corolla
pale to medium pink, mauve-pink or white with a whitish throat, often with darker pink or reddish
pink markings at the base of the throat appendages, glabrous, with the lobes paired vertically and
rotated through 180°; tube 1-2.5 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes elliptic to oblong or very narrowly
obovate, often somewhat falcate, narrower than the posterior pair, 3.2-6.2 mm long, 1.2-2.5 mm wide;
posterior lobes obovate or elliptic, 3.5-7 mm long, 2^1.7 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and angled
across the calyx, elliptic, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.5-1.2 mm
long, glabrous; lateral appendages absent or to 0.4 mm long. Throat appendages 6 or rarely 8 (1 or
2 on each upper corolla lobe, 2 on each lower lobe), with each lower pair partially fused, creamy
white or yellowish throughout, sometimes pinkish near the base, oblong and somewhat capitate (rarely
rudimentary), (0.1—)0.5—1.5 mm long. Column sigmoid when poised, straight when extended, 5-15 mm
long, glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules ellipsoid
to somewhat obovoid, (1.5-)2.5^4 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Seeds brown, ellipsoid to ovoid,
c. 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide, surface wrinkled. (Figure 5)
Diagnostic features. The following features distinguish S. neurophyllum from all other species in the
genus: a perennial, rosetted habit; narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate or spathulate leaves that are
glaucous (especially on the lower surface) and striate (especially in the upper 1/3 near the margins);
scapes with whorls of sterile bracts; an elliptic and glabrous hypanthium; pink, mauve-pink or white,
vertically-paired corolla lobes.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: across from Department of Agriculture, Baron Hay
Court, Kensington, 6 Oct. 2005, R. Davis 10932 (PERTH); King’s Park, Perth, 4 Oct. 1954, R. Erickson
s.n. (PERTH); Capel Nature Reserve, near Busselton, 8 Nov. 1992, B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1080
(PERTH); 2 km NE Gracetown, 9 Nov. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9472 (PERTH); 5 km S Carbanup River,
Busselton to Margaret River, 9 Nov. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9475 (PERTH); Yelverton Forest, Blythe
Rd, 24 km NW Margaret River, 9 Nov. 1989, G.J. Keighery 11123 (PERTH); Cardup Nature Reserve,
Serpentine Shire, 20 Oct. 1992, G.J. Keighery 13284 (PERTH); Smokebush Rd, at the intersection
with Tringa Rd, Two Rocks, 17 Sep. 2002, K. C. Richardson 94 (PERTH); 6.3 km from Brand Hwy on
Airfield Rd then Duffy Rd, Yeal Swamp Nature Reserve, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1333 (MEL, PERTH);
NW of gate at E end of O’Connor Rd, Talbot Road Nature Reserve, Stratton, 24 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege
1363 (PERTH); 4.7 km E of Brand Hwy onWannamal WestRd, Boonanarring Nature Reserve, 14 Oct.
2008, J.A. Wege 1537 (AD, CANB, PERTH); N boundary of BarraccaNature Reserve, NE of Muchea,
7 Oct. 2014, J.A. Wege 1942 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH); 100 m on Hemsley Dr from Caves Rd,
Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, 5 Nov. 2014 ,J.A. Wege 1970 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH); 1.3 km
along Camp Gully Rd from North Goodwood Rd, SE of Capel, 7 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher
JAW 1473 (MEL, PERTH); Paganoni Swamp, Paganoni Rd, Kamup, 16 Oct. 2005, Wildflower Society
ofWA PAGS 6/38 (PERTH); adjacent to Plot KOJE07 in Korijekup Conservation Park, 6 Nov. 2005,
Wildflower Society of WA KOJE 7/74 (PERTH).
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
327
Figure 5. Stylidium neurophyllum. A - basal leaf rosette of broad, glaucous and striate leaves; B - side view of flower from
the type population showing the glabrous hypanthium and the two prophylls positioned on the pedicels; C - flower from the
type population with eight throat appendages and an intermediate column length; D, E - flowers from a southern population
with very short columns, striking the beefly on the top of the head; F-H - flowers with long columns, with a beefly covered in
pollen on the back of the thorax. Photographs © J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege 1942 (A, F, H), J.A. Wege 1945 (B, C), J.A. Wege
1971 (D), J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1473 (E), and at Wild/lower Society ofWA PAGS 6/38 (G).
328
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium neurophyllum is widely distributed in sandy habitats on the Swan
Coastal Plain and adj acent western Jarrah Forest bioregion from north of Gingin to Yallingup, extending
into the Warren region north-west of Margaret River (Figure 2D). The associated vegetation is usually
woodland with Banksia attenuata, B. menziesii. Eucalyptus marginata, Corymbia calophylla or Agonis
flexuosa, more rarely E. gomphocephala. There is the occasional record from low heath or shrubland.
Phenology. Flowering from late August to mid-November, with peak flowering from late September
to mid-October in the northern part of its range and mid-October to mid-November in the south.
Conservation status. A common and widespread species that is well represented in conservation
reserves across its range.
Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n = 9 from a population south of Lancelin
(PERTH 02915995), under S. brunonianum subsp. brunonianum. A second voucher specimen from
a population near Muchea (PERTH 08542074) that is annotated with n — 9 was found amongst Sid
James’ personal effects at UWA.
Etymology. From the Greek neuro- (nerve-) and -phyllum (-leaved).
Common name. Coastal Plain Triggerplant (here designated).
Affinities. In the north of its distribution, S. neurophyllum is most likely to be confused with S. spiciforme ,
a species with a morphologically similar leaf rosette that also occurs on the Swan Coastal Plain.
While S. neurophyllum can often be differentiated from this species by its leaf striations, these are
sometimes evident in S. spiciforme (e.g. PERTH 08587302). The two species are therefore more reliably
differentiated by the absence (in S. neurophyllum) or presence (in S. spiciforme) of glandular hairs on
the hypanthia. Stylidium neurophyllum also tends to have longer pedicels that are (3—)4—12 mm long
(versus 1.5-4 mm in S. spiciforme) and with two prophylls inserted well above the pedicel base (rather
than at the base just above the floral bract). The two species also tend to differ in throat appendage
number (usually six in S. neurophyllum versus eight in S. spiciforme ); in the rare instances where
S. neurophyllum has eight throat appendages (e.g. PERTH 08021813 ,p.p. ), the two in the anterior-most
position are noticeably reduced in size. The distributions of the two species abut in the Regan’s Ford
to Moore River National Park area although they are not known to overlap. Stylidium neurophyllum
can, however, co-occur with S. araeophyllum on the Swan Coastal Plain and also with S. lowrieanum
in the south of its range (refer to the affinities section under these species for comparative comments).
Notes. Stylidium neurophyllum is a common species that has been overlooked for naming at the species
level due to its widespread misapplication against the name S. striatum (Wege 2007). It was one of
four species cited by Bentham (1868) under S. striatum var. glaucum (refer to the typification notes
at the end of the present treatment).
Stylidium neurophyllum exhibits variation both within and between populations in corolla shape and
size, throat appendage morphology (e.g. the length of the appendages and the degree to which the
posterior pair are fused), and the presence and length of lateral appendages on the labellum. Of special
note is the extraordinary variation in column length (5-15 mm) for which there is some geographic
patterning: the southern-most populations (Cape Naturaliste to Capel) tend have the shortest columns
(5-7.5 mm long; e.g. J.A. Wege numbers 779, 1134,1401,1468,1473,1970 and 1971; Figure 5D, E),
populations on the Dandaragan Plateau north of Muchea, which are informally recognised on Western
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
329
Australia’s plant census as S. sp. Chittering (J.A. Wege 709), have the longest (mostly 12-15 mm
long; e.g. J.A. Wege numbers 709, 1331B and 1942, F. & J. Hort 2380, F. Hort 2908 and 2912, and
S.J. Pedrick 216; Figure 5F, H), while populations that otherwise occur in the northern half of the
species’ range often have columns that are intermediate length (8-10.5 mm long; e.g. J.A. Wege
numbers 13, 1393 and 1537; Figure 5B, C). However, there are populations scattered across the
northern half of the range with columns that are 6-8 mm long (e.g. J.A Wege numbers 289, 1333 and
1363 and 1395), and a southern population near Harvey with columns that are c. 11-12.5 mm long
(Wildftower Society ofWA KOJE 7/74; Figure 5G). Furthermore, measurements of samples recently
acquired from populations north of Muchea indicate that column length can be as low as 10.5 mm
in this region. It is difficult to partition this variation into a meaningful taxonomy, and thus a broad
species concept is adopted herein.
Variation in column length within species of Stylidium Sw. is usually minimal (up to 2 or 3 mm, more
rarely to 5 mm) enabling precise pollen placement on, and retrieval from, pollinators. Casual pollination
observations have indicated that populations of S. neurophyllum at the extreme ends of the column
length continuum place pollen on different parts of visiting insects; flowers with the shortest columns
deposit pollen on the top of the head of visiting bee flies (e.g. Figure 5E), whereas flowers with the
longest columns place a large pollen load over the upper thorax (e.g. Figure 5H). Further research
that incorporates molecular analyses and detailed pollinator observations (including observations of
any sympatric species) is needed to ascertain whether column length variation in S. neurophyllum is
taxonomically significant or whether character displacement is occurring (see Armbruster et al. 1994).
Stylidium purpureum Wege, sp. nov.
Type : Yerramullah Road, 4.2 km north of Bibby Road, Badgingarra National Park, Western Australia,
18 October 2010, J.A. Wege 1793 {holotype. PERTH 08542120; isotypes: CANB, MEL)
Stylidium purpureum subsp. nonstilted (J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 13 84), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 12 January 2015],
[Stylidium brunonianum auct. non Benth.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 4: 19 (1868 ),p.p.; R. Erickson,
Triggerplants p. 109 (1958), p.p. ; J.R. Wheeler in N. G. Marchant et al ., FI. Perth Region 2:612(1987),
p.p .; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. p. 548 (2000 ),p.p.]
Perennial herb (12-)20-55 cm high; stems contracted or shortly elongated to 3 cm long and elevated
above the soil surface (rarely shallowly buried), unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed with
persistent leaf bases; stilt roots present (rarely absent). Glandular trichomes 0.1-0.25 mm long, with
a translucent or yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in an erect to spreading basal tuft
and occasionally also scattered below on the stem, linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 1.5-9 cm long,
0.8^1 mm wide, acute and bearing a small blunt apical callus, entire, without striations, glaucous,
glabrous. Scapes 11-50 cm long, 0.7-3 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy above the lowest flower
and sometimes in the axils of the sterile bracts; sterile bracts in (1)2 or 3 whorls and sometimes also
scattered below the inflorescence, subulate to linear or narrowly oblanceolate, 5-32 mm long, glabrous.
Inflorescence racemose, 5-60-flowered, glaucous; bracts subulate to linear, 2.5-8 mm long, subacute
to acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted well above the pedicel base, similar to bracts but smaller;
pedicels 2-12 mm long, sparsely glandular-hairy. Hypanthium elliptic in outline, subglobose in TS,
1.7-2.5 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide, faintly longitudinally ridged, glabrous. Calyx lobes free, with 2 a
little longer and broader than the remaining 3, 1.8-3.5 mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, subacute, entire,
330
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
glabrous. Corolla purple with a white throat, glabrous, with the lobes paired vertically and rotated
through 180°; tube 1-1.7 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes elliptic to oblong or narrowly obovate,
c. equal to or a little narrower than the posterior (lower) pair, 4-5.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; posterior
lobes elliptic to obovate, 4-6 mm long, 2.3-3.5 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and slightly angled across
calyx, ovate to elliptic, 0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 1—1.5 mm
long, glabrous; lateral appendages 0.2-0.7 mm long (rarely rudimentary). Throat appendages 6 or
more rarely 8 (1 or 2 on each upper corolla lobe, 2 on each lower lobe), with each lower pair partially
fused, white, sometimes with pinkish maroon markings near the base, oblong, often somewhat capitate,
0.9-1.3 mm long, glabrous. Column sigmoid when poised, straight when extended, 9.5-15.5 mm long,
glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules ellipsoid to
ovoid, 3—4.5 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Seeds brown, narrowly ovoid to ellipsoid, c. 0.5 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm wide, surface wrinkled. (Figure 6)
Diagnosticfeatures. Stylidiumpurpureum is the only triggerplant in the south-west region with purple,
vertically-paired corolla lobes. Other useful spotting features include: a perennial, stilted habit (rarely
with stems buried in the south of its range); a rosette of linear to narrowly oblanceolate leaves; scapes
with whorls of sterile bracts below the inflorescence; a glabrous hypanthium.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 miles N ofDandaraganW ontheroadtoBadgingarra,
5 Oct. 1974, S. Carlquist 5943 (PERTH, RSA); off Loop road 9.6 km E of Kalbarri; Kalbarri National
Park, 26 Sep. 1976, R.J. Chinnock 3175 (AD, PERTH); Hi Vallee property (D. & J. Williams)
Warradarge, 23 Oct. 1999, M. Hislop 1732 (PERTH); Boonanarring Nature Reserve, 1.95 km S from
Wannamal West Rd along the W boundary, 17 Oct. 2001, F. Hort 1642 (PERTH); Waddi Rd, 450 m
E of Brand Hwy, Badgingarra, 9 Oct. 2002, F. &J. Hort 1851 (PERTH); 15.1 km from Brand Hwy on
Tootbardie Rd, 24 Oct. 2002, J.A. Wege JAW 735 (PERTH); Brand Hwy, 12 km N of Coorow branch
of Coorow-Green Head Rd, South Eneabba Nature Reserve, 25 Oct. 2002, J.A. Wege 742 (PERTH);
4.5 km W of Cockleshell Gully Rd on Coorow-Green Head Rd, Lesueur National Park, 8 Oct. 2003,
J.A. Wege 923 (PERTH); 1.08 km from Jurien East Rd on Banovich Rd, Coomallo Nature Reserve,
11 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1356 (PERTH); just N of Mullering Brook on Brand Hwy, 20 Oct. 2010,
J.A. Wege 1799 (PERTH); 0.9 km S on Fynes Rd from Mogumber West Rd, 20 Oct. 2011 ,J.A. Wege
1868 (MEL, PERTH); just S of Hill River Bridge on Munbinea Rd, E of Jurien Bay, 20 Oct. 2009,
J.A. Wege & W.S. Armbruster JAW 1692 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 5.4 km N on road to The Loop
from the Kalbarri-Ajana road, Kalbarri National Park, 26 Sep. 2002, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW
613 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium purpureum occurs in the Geraldton Sandplains and Swan Coastal
Plain bioregions, extending from the Kalbarri region south to near Bullsbrook, with outlying populations
in the Avon Wheatbelt near New Norcia and Wongan Hills (Figure 7A). It grows on hillslopes and
plains, or adjacent to swamps, rivers or drainage lines, in sand over limestone or laterite, or more
rarely in sandy clay. The associated vegetation is varied and includes heath, mallee heath, Banksia
woodland or shrubland and Acacia or Melaleuca shrubland/scrub.
Phenology. Flowering from late August (in the north of its range) to late November (in the south).
Conservation status. Stylidium purpureum is a widespread and common species that is well represented
in conservation reserves across its range.
Chromosome number. A voucher specimen from near Bullsbrook (PERTH 08542090) annotated with
an unpublished chromosome count of n = 9 was found amongst Sid James’ personal effects at UWA.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
331
Figure 6. Stylidium purpureum. A - typical stilted habit and basal leaves; B - the characteristic purple, vertically-paired corolla
lobes; C - side view of a flower showing the glaucous, glabrous hypanthium; D-F - the southern, atypical form with a non-
stilted habit, broader leaves and flowers with a comparatively long column. Photographs © J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege 1868
(A), J.A. Wege 1355 (B), J.A. Wege 1793 (C) and J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1384 (D-F).
332
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
based on PERTH specimen data, with IBRA regions (Department of the Environment 2013) in pale grey. A-S. purpureum;
B - S. spiciforme ; C — S. tenue subsp. tenue, D - S. tenue subsp. majusculum.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
333
Etymology. From the Latin purpureus (purple), in reference to the corolla lobes.
Common name. Purple Fountain Triggerplant.
Affinities. This species is distinctive within this alliance on account of its corolla colour. It is most
likely to be confused with S. araeophyllum and S. brunonianum (refer to the notes under these species
for comparative comments).
Notes. In the southern-most population of S. purpureum (PERTH 07420161, the voucher for the informal
name S. purpureum subsp. nonstilted (J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1384)), the stems are partially buried
(i.e. the plants are not stilted; Figure 6D) and flowers tend to have longer columns (mostly 14.5-17 mm
versus 9.5-13 mm; Figure 6E, F). Recent examination of a nearby population (PERTH 08542139)
has revealed variation in the position of the stem, apparently in relation to the microhabitat, with non¬
stilted plants occurring on sandy rises in a winter-wet depression and stilted plants in the adjacent
open woodland. In the absence of detailed pollinator observations, the significance of the variation
in column length is unclear (particularly in light of the variation documented for S. neurophyllum
above). A broad species concept is therefore adopted until such time as a combined morphological,
molecular and pollination study can be conducted.
Stylidium spiciforme Wege, sp. nov.
Type: Brand Highway, 2.8 km north of Red Gully Road, Moore River National Park, Western Australia,
10 October 2006, J.A. Wege 1338 {holotype: PERTH 08021821; isotypes : CANB, K, MEL).
Perennial herb 20-65 cm high; stems contracted or shortly elongated to 4 cm, elevated above the soil
surface becoming partially buried in older plants, unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed with
persistent leaf bases; stilt roots present. Glandular trichomes 0.1-0.2 mm long, with a translucent
or yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in a somewhat spreading or tufted basal rosette,
narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate (rarely somewhat linear), 1-6 cm long, 1.2-6 mm wide, subacute
to acuminate and bearing a small blunt apical callus, entire, occasionally faintly striate near the margins,
glaucous (especially on lower surface), glabrous. Scapes 20-60 cm long, 0.8-3 mm wide, sparsely
glandular-hairy above the lowest flower; sterile bracts in 1 or 2(3) whorls and ± scattered below the
inflorescence (rarely with whorls absent), linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 4.5-15 mm long, glabrous.
Inflorescence racemose, 15-70(-130)-flowered, glaucescent; bracts subulate, 2-7 mm long, subacute to
acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted at or near the pedicel base, similar to the bracts but smaller;
pedicels 1.5-4 mm long, sparsely glandular-hairy. Hypanthium elliptic to oblong in outline, ellipsoid
in TS, 1.5-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.7 mm wide, faintly longitudinally ridged, sparsely glandular-hairy.
Calyx lobes free, with 2 a little longer and broader than the remaining 3, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.6-1 mm
wide, subacute to acute, entire, glabrous or sparingly glandular-hairy near the base. Corolla medium
pink or mauve-pink, often darker near the base and with a white throat, glabrous, with the lobes paired
vertically and rotated through 180°; tube 1.5-2 mm long; anterior (upper) lobes oblong to narrowly
obovate, narrower and a little shorter than the posterior (lower) pair, 4—4.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide;
posterior lobes obovate, 4.5-5.3 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and angled across the
calyx, narrowly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.5-0.8 mm
long, glabrous; lateral appendages 0.2-0.4 mm long. Throat appendages 8 (2 on each corolla lobe),
with each lower pair partially fused, white at base with a dark reddish pink or mauve-pink centre
and creamy yellow tip, oblong and somewhat capitate, 0.8-1.2 mm long, glabrous. Column sigmoid
when poised, straight when extended, 8.5-10 mm long, glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending
334
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules obloid, c. 3-4 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Seeds
dark brown, ovoid to ellipsoid and truncate at one end, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide, surface
wrinkled. (Figure 8)
Diagnosticfeatures. The following features distinguish S. spiciforme from all other species in the genus:
a perennial, rosetted habit; glabrous, glaucous leaves that are narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate
(rarely more or less linear) and with entire margins; scapes with whorls of sterile bracts below the
inflorescence; a spike-like raceme with the pedicels quite short (1.5-4 mm long) and more or less
even in length, and with the prophylls inserted at or near the base of the pedicels alongside the floral
bract; a glandular-hairy hypanthium; pink or mauve-pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AE1STRALIA: SE of Dandaragan, 9 Sep. 1988, E.A. Griffin 4941
(PERTH); Brand Hwy, N of Minyulo Brook crossing, 9 Oct. 2002, F.&J. Hort 1856 (PERTH); S of
Regans Ford along Brand Hwy, 26 Sep. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 42 (PERTH, S); Brand
Hwy, 4.85 km N of Dandaragan Rd, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1341 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); Bibby
Rd, 6.39 km W of Brand Hwy, Badgingarra National Park, 10 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1344 (CANB,
MEL, PERTH); c. 10.05 km W along Cadda Rd from Brand Hwy, Badgingarra National Park, 11 Oct.
2006, J.A. Wege 1352 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium spiciforme occurs on the northern Swan Coastal Plain and southern
Lesueur Sandplain from Moore RiverNational Parkto BadgingarraNational Park, and eastto Watheroo
National Park (Figure 7B). It grows in yellow or white sand over laterite on hillslopes and in upland
habitats in Banksia woodland, shrubland or heath, sometimes in association with Eucalyptus todtiana.
There is a single record from open woodland/tall shrubland of Corymbia calophylla and Banksia
hewardiana , and another from proteaceous and myrtaceous shrubland.
Phenology. Flowering during September and October.
Conservation status. Although rather poorly collected, S. spiciforme is known from several populations
occurring on lands managed for conservation and does not appear to warrant conservation listing.
Chromosome number. Unknown.
Etymology. From the Latin spica (spike) and -formis (formed) in reference to the spike-like raceme,
in which the pedicels are quite short and fairly uniform in length.
Common name. Spiciform Triggerplant (here designated).
Affinities. Stylidium spiciforme is most likely to be confused with S. araeophyllum and S. neurophyllum,
both of which also occur on sandplains north of Perth (refer to the notes under each of these species
for comparative comments).
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
335
F igure 8. Stylidium spiciforme. A- spreading, basal leafrosette; B - spiciform inflorescence, with short pedicels that are more
orlessequal inlength; C-mauve-pink, vertically-pairedcorollalobesbearingeightthroatappendages;D-sideviewofaflower
showing a short pedicel and one oftwo prophy 11s insertedj ust above the floral bract, the glandular-hairy hy panthium, and throat
appendageswith a dark pinkish band of colour belowthe creamy yellowtip. Photographs© J.A. WegefromJI/1. Wege 1352
(A, C, D) and J.A. Wege 1345 (B).
336
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Stylidium tenue Sond., in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 380 (1845). Stylidium brunonianum var. tenue
(Sond.) Domin, Vestn. Krai Ceske Spolecn. Nauk. Tf. Mat.-Pflr. 2 (2): 115 (1923), nom. illeg. nom.
superfl. Type'. ‘In glareosis sterilibus districtus Hay’ [Western Australia], 7 November 1840, L. Preiss
2263 ( lectotype , here designated: MEL 2258647!; isolectotypes : G 00358891!, LD!).
Perennial herb (6-) 10-50 cm high; stems contracted and sometimes becoming partially buried, or
elongated to c. 12 cm above the soil surface, unbranched or branching, glabrous, clothed with persistent,
browned-off leaves or leaf bases (especially on the nodes); stilt roots usually present. Glandular trichomes
0.1-0.25 mm long, with a translucent or yellowish stalk and black, discoid head. Leaves in a compact
or spreading basal rosette, scattered on the elongated stem (where present), narrowly oblanceolate to
oblanceolate or occasionally somewhat linear and usually strongly tapering to the apex, 0.5-5 cm long,
0.5-5 mm wide, acute to acuminate and with a small blunt apical callus, entire or extremely finely
irregularly hyaline, without striations or scarcely striate, glaucous, glabrous. Scapes (5-) 12^15 cm
long, 0.4^1 mm wide, subglabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy above the lowest flower and sometimes
near the sterile bracts; sterile bracts in 1-5 whorls, sometimes also scattered below the inflorescence,
linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 4-15 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, 5 -c. 150-flowered,
glaucescent; bracts subulate to linear, 2-6 mm long, acute, entire, glabrous; prophylls inserted well
above the pedicel base, similar to bracts but smaller; pedicels 4-18 mm long, sparsely glandular-
hairy (rarely glabrous). Hypanthium elliptic to suborbicular in outline, subglobose in TS, 0.8-2.2 mm
long, 0.5-2 mm wide, faintly longitudinally ridged, glabrous or with a few hairs at the base. Calyx
lobes free, with 2 a little longer and broader than the remaining 3, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide,
subacute, entire, glabrous. Corolla mauve-pink to medium pink, often darker near the base and with
a white throat, glabrous, with the lobes paired vertically and rotated through 180°; tube 1-1.7 mm
long; anterior (upper) lobes elliptic to oblong or narrowly obovate, often a little shorter and narrower
than the posterior pair, 3-5 mm long, 1.2-2.5 mm wide; posterior lobes obovate, 3.5-5.5 mm long,
2-3.2 mm wide. Labellum reflexed and usually slightly angled across the calyx, elliptic, 0.6-1.1 mm
long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.3-1.1 mm long, glabrous; lateral appendages
absent or c. 0.1 mm long. Throat appendages 6 (1 on each upper corolla lobe, 2 on each lower lobe),
with each lower pair fused near the base (rarely free), white, often purplish pink at the base, oblong
and somewhat capitate, 0.7-1.3 mm long, glabrous. Column sigmoid when poised, straight when
extended, 7-11 mm long, glabrous; anthers reddish black, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile,
entire. Capsules subglobose, ellipsoid or ovoid, 1.5-3 mm long excluding calyx lobes. Seeds dark
brown, ellipsoid to ovoid, c. 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, surface wrinkled. (Figures 9, 10)
Diagnostic features. The following features distinguish S. tenue from all other species in the genus:
a perennial, stilted habit (the stems sometimes becoming partially buried); narrowly oblanceolate to
oblanceolate (more rarely almost linear) mature leaves, strongly tapering to an acute or acuminate tip;
scapes with whorls of sterile bracts; mauve-pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes; a glabrous or mostly
glabrous hypanthium (a few glandular hairs are sometimes present at the base).
Distribution. Stylidium tenue is common in forested habitats in the Jarrah Forest bioregion, but is also
known from the Swan Coastal Plain and southern Avon Wheatbelt bioregions, and western Fitzgerald
subregion (Figures 7C, D). Refer to the detailed information under each subspecies below.
Typification. Sonder’s description was based on a gathering by Preiss and I have located three sheets,
of which those at MEL and LD were viewed by Sonder. The designated lectotype is from Sonder’s
Herbarium, which was purchased by MEL in 1883 (Short & Sinkora 1988), and unlike the LD specimen
bears a short descriptive annotation by Sonder.
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
337
Notes. Two subspecies are recognised herein. The typical subspecies, which is most common in the
Southern Jarrah Forest, tends to have compact stems and leaf rosettes (Figure 9A), with leaves up to
2 cm long and scapes with only one or two (rarely three) whorls of sterile bracts. Subspecies mqjusculum
occurs in the northern part of the species’ range and differs in having stems that usually elongate as
the plant ages (and therefore a much more prominently stilted habit), longer mature leaves (and hence
a more spreading leaf rosette; Figure 10A) and (often) more numerous whorls of scape bracts. The
subspecies have overlapping distributions in the Northern Jarrah Forest. A few specimens from this
region are somewhat intermediate and difficult to place (e.g. PERTH 08021848, PERTH 08021856).
Stylidium tenue subsp. tenue
Stylidium brunonianum var. minor Benth., FI. Austral 4: 19 (1868). Stylidium brunonianum subsp.
minor (Benth.) Carlquist, Aliso 7(1): 40 (1969). Type citation : ‘Kalgan and Harvey river, Oldfield ;
foot of Stirling Ranges, F. Mueller , also Drummond (4th Coll.?) n. 170.’ Type specimens'. Kalgan
River, Western Australia, [1859-1860], A. A Oldfield s.n. ( lectotype , here designated: K 000060664!);
isolectotype : BR 0000013333225 image seen). Paralectotypes [syntypes] : Kalgan River, Western
Australia, [1859-1860], A.F. Oldfield 261 (MEL 2258649); Kalgan River, Western Australia, [1859—
1860], A.F. Oldfield261b(MEL225S653y, Swan River, [WestemAustralia, 1844-1847,] J. Drummond
4:170 (BM 001041330!, CGE!, FI 113111!, G!, K 000060666!, K 000355075!, MEL 2257669!, OXF!,
P!, TCD!, W!) [= S. diuroides Lindl. subsp. nanum Carlquist],
Stems contracted and often partially buried, rarely shortly elongated. Mature leaves in a compact basal
rosette, 0.5-2 cm long. Scapes with sterile bracts in 1 or 2(3) whorls. (Figure 9)
Illustrations. R. Erickson, Triggerplantsp. 108, Plate 30, No. 10(1958), as A brunonianum var. minor;
B.J. Grieve & W.E. Blackall, How Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 732, No. 8a (1982), as S. brunonianum
subsp. minor ; J. Wheeler,N. Marchant&M. Lewington, FI. South West2\ 917(2002), as A brunonianum
subsp. minor.
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 250 m E of Needs Rd on Muir Hwy, 18 Nov. 1990,
A.R. Annels ARA1299 (PERTH); site 22 Walpole fine grain mosaic, 50 m S of intersection of Western
and Mountain Rds, 7 Nov. 2008, R.J. Cranfield 23450 (PERTH); Coben Soak Rd, E of junction with
Bokal Rd South, 10.5 km SE of Moodiarrup, 2 Oct. 1999, V. Crowley DKN 996 (PERTH); site 178,
NE of Dinninup, 28 Oct. 1998, R. Davis 8324 (PERTH); Kendenup, Oct. 1952, R. Erickson s.n.
(PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, Stirling Range Dr, 11 km from Chester Pass Rd, 23 Oct. 1991,
W. Greuter 23142 (PERTH); Collie basin, 6 Dec. 1979, J. Koch CJK 123 (PERTH); 4 km S of Collie
on road to Mumballup, 8 Nov. 1985, A.N. Rodd & G. Fensom ANR 4850 (NSW, PERTH); 6 miles
S of Tunney, S of Kojonup, 4 Oct. 1963, R.D. Royce 8054 (PERTH); 400 m SE on Yeriminup Rd
from Frankland-Cranbrook Rd, Yeriminup Nature Reserve, 13 Nov. 2002, J.A. Wege 830 (PERTH);
Gorrie Rd, 680 m S from Great Eastern Hwy, S of Chidlow, 24 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1364 (CANB,
MEL, PERTH); 3.8 kmN on St John Rd West from Mowen Rd, St John Forest Block, NW ofNannup,
8 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1481 (MEL, PERTH); 1.8 km on Boyup Brook-Arthur
River Rd from Dinninup turnoff, 30 Oct. 2002, J.A. Wege & D. Coates JAW 764 (MEL, PERTH);
2.5 km SW on Crawler Rd from Kent Rd, SE of Chidlow, 1 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & K. HuffordANN
1448 (PERTH); c. 150 m along Washpool Rd from Knight Rd, N of the Porongurups, 31 Oct. 2003,
J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1063 (MEL, PERTH).
338
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 9. Stylidium tenue subsp. tenue. A - the leaves are short with attenuate apices, and form compact basal rosettes;
B - mauve-pink, vertically-paired corolla lobes with six throat appendages; C - side view of a flower showing the glabrous
hypanthium. Photographs © J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege 830.
Distribution. Stylidium tenue subsp. tenue is widespread in the Jarrah Forest bioregion with occurrences
in the southern Avon Wheatbelt and western Fitzgerald subregion (Figure 1C). It grows on ridges,
hillslopes, plains and occasionally adjacent to swamps, in gravelly loam, clayey sand or sand over
laterite or sandstone, or in association with granite outcropping. The associated vegetation is varied
and includes Eucalyptus marginata forest, E. marginata and E. decipiens or E. wandoo woodland,
low mallee shrubland, or heath with emergent mallees.
Phenology. Flowering from late September to early December, with peak flowering from mid-October
to mid-November.
Conservation status. This taxon is common and widespread: no conservation code is warranted.
Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n = 9 from a population east of Cranbrook
(PERTH 02915294), under S. brunonianum subsp. minor.
Common name. Little Fountain Triggerplant (here designated).
Typification. Upon raising S. brunonianum var. minor to subspecific level, Carlquist (1969) did not
refer to the type gatherings, which are all referable to S. tenue with the exception of the Drummond
gathering, which is of S. diuroides Lindl. subsp. nanum Carlquist. A lectotype must therefore be
designated to fix the application of this name. Of the gatherings cited by Bentham under S. brunonianum
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
339
var. minor , he viewed the following sheets: ‘Kalgan River, W. Aust/, Oldfield s.n. (K 000060664);
‘Sand Plain, Kalgan’, Oldfield261 (MEL2258649); ‘SandPlain, KalganR., W. Aust.’, Oldfield261b
(MEL 2258653); ‘wet rocks nr the Harvey, W. Aust.’, Oldfield s.n. (MEL 2258650); and Swan River,
J. Drummond 4: 170 (CGE, K 000060666, MEL 2257669). No Mueller specimen with the locality
‘foot of Stirling Ranges’ has been located. This locality may have been given in error: MEL 2258656,
which is from ‘Porongorup’ [the nearby Porongurup Range], is annotated by Bentham as ‘very near
S. diuroides\ an observation that is repeated in the protologue of S. brunonianum var. minor (‘this
variety almost connects the species with S. diuroides ’). It is, however, of note that collections by
Mueller from ‘towards Mt Barker’ (MEL 2258654), ‘towards the Kalgan’ (MEL 2258655), and ‘towards
the upper Hay River’ (MEL 2258657) were also seen by Bentham but not cited in the protologue.
Similarly, Bentham does not cite L. Preiss 2263 (the type gathering of S. tenue ) although he makes it
clear in his introduction to Flora Australiensis that Sonder’s Australian Herbarium was loaned to him
in its entirety from Hamburg (Bentham 1863: 10) and as such as he must have viewed MEL 2258647
prior to its purchase by MEL.
Of the syntypes of S. brunonianum var. minor , the Drummond gathering does not have ‘very acute
leaves’ as described in the protologue and is therefore not a suitable lectotype. The designated lectotype,
which was collected by Oldfield, is of high quality and is not only annotated by Bentham but bears a
‘Flora Australiensis’ label. The unnumbered Oldfield collection at BR is a good match for this material
and is treated as an isolectotype. I am uncertain whether the numbered Oldfield collections at MEL
from the same locality are duplicates of the lectotype and have thus listed them as paralectotypes.
Notes. Refer to the comparative comments provided under the notes for S. brunonianum.
Stylidium tenue subsp. majusculum Wege, subsp. nov.
Type: Chevin Road, 300 m east from Canning Mills Road, south-east of Perth, Western Australia,
24 October 2006, J.A. Wege 1380 (holoiype: PERTH 08024537 Sheet 1 of 2, PERTH 08024588 Sheet
2 of 2; isotypes: CANB, MEL).
Stylidium sp. Darling Range (H. Bowler 371), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 6 July 2014],
[Stylidium brunonianum auct. non Benth. (1837): J. Lindley, Sketch Veg. Swan R. : xxix (1839) and
in sched. (CGE!); O.W. Sonder, in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1(3): 380 (1845),/?./?.; G. Bentham, FI. Austral.
4: 19 (1868),/?./?.; J. Mildbraed, in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 65 (1908),/?./?.; R. Erickson,
Triggerplants p. 109 (1958),/?./?.; J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 917
(2002),/?./?.; J.R. Wheeler inN.G. Marchant etal.,FI. PerthRegion2: 612 (1987),/?./?.; G. Paczkowska
& A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. p. 548 (2000),/?./?.]
Illustrations. R. Erickson, Triggerplants p. 108, Plate 30, Nos 1-9 (1958), as S. brunonianum.
Stems elongated to 10 cm and with distinct nodes or occasionally contracted, situated above ground
level. Mature leaves in a spreading basal rosette, (1.2-)2-5 cm long. Scapes with sterile bracts in
(1)2-5 whorls. (Figure 10)
Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Ellis Brook Valley Reserve, 16 Oct. 1999, H. Bowler
371 (PERTH); Zig-zag road [Zig Zag Scenic Dr], Lesmurdie, Darling Range, 2 Oct. 1967, S. Carlquist
340
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
Figure 10. Stylidium tenue subsp. majusculum. A - leaf rosette, elongated stem and stilted habit; B - mauve-pink, vertically-
paired corolla lobes with six throat appendages; C - side view of a flower showing the glabrous hypanthium. Photographs ©
J.A. Wege from J.A. Wege 1380 (A, B) and J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1926 (C).
3591 (PERTH, RSA); Dobaderry Rd, 7.3 km N of Dale West Rd intersection, 8 Oct. 1997, R. Davis
4261 (PERTH); Bolgart, 29 Sep. 1953, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH); Serpentine National Park, 3 Nov.
1990, B. Evans s.n. (PERTH); bushland, N of Lambert Lane, Wungong, 13 Nov. 2003, M. Hislop
MK 4-6 (PERTH); Cardup Nature Reserve, Serpentine Shire, 20 Oct. 1992, G.J. Keighery 13285
(PERTH); Talbot Rd Reserve, Oct. 2005, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery 575 (PERTH); Wongamine
Nature Reserve, c. 13 kmN of Toodyay, 29 Oct. 1995, T.R. Lally & B.J. Lepschi 790 (AD, PERTH);
Helena Valley, 26 Sep. 1977, J. Seabrook 290 (CANB, PERTH); 7.6 kmW on Calingiri-Wongan Hills
Rd from Great Northern Hwy, 9 Oct. 2002, J.A. Wege 661 (PERTH); SW corner of Morangup Nature
Reserve, SW of Toodyay, 11 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1091 (PERTH); 5.25 km E on Coalfields Rd from
South West Hwy, W of Bunbury, 13 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1122 (PERTH); Brookton Nature Reserve,
c. 2 km W of Bartram Rd on Brookton Hwy, 15 Oct. 2014, J.A. Wege 1961 (CANB, MEL, PERTH);
c. 1 8.8 km from Great Northern Hwy on Bindoon-Dewars Pool Rd, Minyerring Block, Julimar Forest,
31 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1388 (PERTH); Burnside Road Nature Reserve, c. 3.8 km
on Burnside Rd from Pinjarra-Williams Rd, 14 Oct. 2010, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1788
(MEL, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat. Stylidium tenue subsp. majusculum is common in the Northern Jarrah Forest,
with scattered occurrences in the adjacent Southern Jarrah Forest, Avon Wheatbelt and eastern Swan
Coastal Plain, extending from west of Calingiri to east of Dardanup (Figure 7D). It favours hillslopes
and ridges, where it grows in gravelly lateritic soils or in shallow sand. Associated vegetation is varied
J.A. Wege, A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (Stylidiaceae)
341
and includes Eucalyptus marginata and Corymbia calophylla forest, woodland with E. wandoo and
E. accedens, C. calophylla , E. lane-poolei or Banksia, low Allocasuarina shrubland, and mixed heath.
Phenology. Flowering from late September to November.
Conservation status. This taxon is locally abundant at a number of sites within the conservation estate
and as such no conservation listing is required.
Chromosome number. Hitherto unpublished chromosome counts of n = 9 have been recorded from
two populations near Perth (PERTH 02855550 and PERTH 08542031); the latter voucher was found
amongst Sid James’ personal effects at ETWA.
Etymology. The subspecies epithet is from the Latin majusculus (somewhat larger or greater) in
reference to its tendency to have larger leaves and a more showy appearance than the typical subspecies.
Common name. Showy Fountain Triggerplant (here designated).
Notes. Refer to the comparative comments provided under the notes for S. brunonianum.
Typification of S. striatum var. glaucum
Stylidium striatum var. glaucum was named by Bentham (1868) but this name was not considered by
Mildbraed (1908) and has never been applied in Western Australia. Lectotypification of this name is
necessary since it is based on gatherings that represent four distinct species, underscoring the difficulties
Bentham experienced correctly interpreting pressed triggerplant material.
Stylidium rosulatumWege, Nuytsia 17:424-425(2007). Type : Stirling Range National Park, Western
Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 13 November 2002, E.M. Sandiford
EMS 678 0 holotype: PERTH 06787959; isotype : MEL).
Stylidium striatum var. glaucum Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 18 (1868), syn. nov. Type citation. ‘Swan
River, Preiss n. 2238; Swan and Vasse rivers, Oldfield , also Drummond , 5 th Coll. n. 348, 349.’ Type
specimens'. Swan River [WesternAustralia, 1847-1849], J. Drummonds . 349 ( lectotype , here designated:
K000060637!; isolectotypes: BM 000797478!, CGE!, FI 006757!, K000355311!, MEL2259119A!,
OXF!, P 00712434!, TCD!, W!). Paralectotypes'. Vasse River, WesternAustralia, 5. dat.,A. Oldfield
s.n. (K000355085!, MEL2259120!) [= S. /owzeawww 2 Carlquist];MtEliza, Perth, WesternAustralia.,
v. dat.,A. Oldfield 1208 (MEL 2259117); near Perth, WesternAustralia, dat.,A. Oldfield 958 (MEL
2259122!); Swan River, 2 Oct. 1839, L. Preiss 2238 (BR 0000013344665 image seen, FI 006837!,
G 00358886-8!, LD 1001186!, M!, MEL 293427-9!, P 00712433!, TCD! [as Preiss 523], UPS
V-211710!, W!)[=X neurophyllum Wege]. Swan River [WesternAustralia, 1847—1849], J. Drummond
348 (BM!, CGE!, OXF!, K 000355310!, MEL 2296915!, P!, TCD!, W!) [= S. bellum Wege],
Stylidium sp. Mt Success {E.M. Sandiford EMS 678), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007],
Lectotypification. Bentham viewed the following specimens: Drummond 348 (CGE, K 000355310,
MEL 2296915 = S. bellum Wege); Drummond 349 (CGE, K 000060637, MEL 2259119 = S. rosulatum
Wege); Oldfield s.n. (K 000355085, MEL 2259120A = S. lowrieanum ); Oldfield 1208 (MEL 2259117
342
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
= S. neurophyllum ); Oldfield 958 (MEL 2259122 = S. neurophyllum ); Preiss 2238 (MEL 293427-9
[ex Herbarium O.W. Sonder] = S. neurophyllum). Although the Preiss material is not annotated by
Bentham, he had access to Sonder’s Australian Herbarium in the course of preparing FloraAustraliensis
(refer to the typification notes under S. tenue).
The gathering by Drummond of S. rosulatum is the best fit for Bentham’s description of S. striatum
var. glaucum , in which the inflorescence is described as ‘looser’ [than the typical form of S. striatum\
and ‘often branched’ (unlike S. rosulatum , the remaining species have racemose inflorescences, with
the exception of S. bellum which on rare occasions has a sparingly branched inflorescence). I have
selected K 000060637 as the lectotype of S. striatum var. glaucum since it is a high quality specimen
that is annotated by Bentham and bears a ‘FloraAustraliensis’ label.
Acknowledgements
This research has primarily been supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study and the
Department of Parks and Wildlife (formerly the Department of Environment and Conservation).
I thank the many people who have assisted me with field work, the Directors and staff at the cited
institutions for access to their collections, specimen loans and curatorial assistance, and Barbara Rye,
Michael Hislop and Kevin Thiele for comments on the manuscript.
References
Armbruster, W.S., Edwards, M.E., Debevec, E.M. (1994). Floral character displacement generates assemblage structure of
western Australian triggerplants ( Stylidium ). Ecology 75: 315-329.
Bentham, G. (1837). Stylidieae. In. Endlicher, S.F.L., Bentham G., Fenzl, E. & H. Schott (eds). Enumeratioplantarum quas
in Novae Hollandiae ora austro-occidentali ad Eluvium Cygnorum et in Sinu Regis Georgii collegit Carolus liber baro
de Hiigel. pp. 71-74. (F. Beck: Vienna.)
Bentham, G. (1863). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 1. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Bentham, G. (1868). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 4. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Carlquist, S.J. (1969). Studies in Stylidiaceae: new taxa, field observations, evolutionary tendencies. Aliso 7: 13-64.
Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed
2 January 2014],
Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. (Paterson Brokensha: Perth.)
James, S.H. (1979). Chromosome numbers and genetic systems in the triggerplants ofWestern Austral ia(5/y//2//»/??; Stylidiaceae).
A ustralian Journal of Botany 27:17-25.
Lindley, J. (1839). A sketch of the vegetation of the Swan River colony. Appendix to the first twenty-three volumes of Edward’s
Botanical Register. (James Ridgeway: Piccadilly, London.)
Mildbraed, J. (1908). Stylidiaceae. In. Engler, A. (ed.) Das Pflanzenreich. Heft 35. IV: 278. (Wilhelm Engelmann: Weinheim.)
Sonder, O.G. (1845). Stylideae. In Lehmann, C. (ed ) Plantae Preissianae. Vol. 1. pp. 370-393. (Meissneri: Hamburg.)
Short, PS. & Sinkora, D.M. (1988). The botanist Joachim Steetz (1804-1862). Muelleria 6: 449-494.
Stone, G.L. (1972). Biosystematics in the Stylidium brunonianum Benth. group. Honours Thesis. (The University of Western
Australia: Crawley, Western Australia.)
Wege, J.A. (2007). New species and new concepts in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 17: 415-432.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http://
florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 17 July 2015],
Wheeler, J. (1987). Stylidiaceae. In. Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L, Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D.,
Flora of the Perth region. Part 2. pp. 606-626. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)
Wheeler, J., Marchant, N. & Lewington, M. (2002). Flora of the south west. Vol. 2. (Australian Biological Resources Study:
Canberra.)
Nnylsia Vol. 25 (2015)
343
Referees for Volume 25
The assistance of referees in providing expert review of papers submitted to Nuytsia is gratefully
acknowledged. The referees consulted for Volume 25 include those listed below and a further seven
anonymous reviewers. Eachpaperwas also refereed internally by Nuytsia Editorial Committee members.
Lachlan Copeland
Steve Dillon
Terena Lally
Greg Keighery
Kevin Kenneally
Neville Marchant
Bruce Maslin
Barbara Rye
Phil Short
Neil Snow
Juliet Wege
Peter Weston
Carol Wilkins
Peter Wilson
344
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
345
CONSERVATION CODES
for Western Australian Flora and Fauna
T: Threatened species -Listed as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, published
under Schedule 1 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna
and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as
Declared Rare Flora).
• Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct are declared to be fauna that is in need of special
protection
• Flora that are extant and considered likely to become extinct, or rare and therefore in need of special
protection, are declared to be rare flora
Species* which have been adequately searched for and are deemed to be, in the wild, either rare, at
risk of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such.
The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent.
X: Presumed extinct species - Listed as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950,
published under Schedule 2 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for
Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora
(which may also be referred to as Declared Rare Flora).
Species* which have been adequately searched for and there is no reasonable doubt that the last
individual has died, and have been gazetted as such.
IA: Migratory birds protected under an international agreement - Listed as Specially Protected under
the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, listed under Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially
Protected Fauna) Notice.
Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of Australia and the governments of
Japan (JAMBA), China (C AMBA) and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA), relating to the protection
of migratory birds.
S: Other specially protected fauna - Listed as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act
1950. Fauna declared to be in need of special protection, otherwise than for the reasons mentioned for
Schedules 1, 2 or 3, are published under Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected
Fauna) Notice.
Threatened Fauna and Flora are ranked according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and
criteria. For example: Carnaby’s Cockatoo ( Calyptorynchus latirostris ) is listed as ‘Specially Protected’ under
the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, published under Schedule 1, and referred to as a ‘Threatened’ species with
a ranking of ‘Endangered’.
Ranking:
CR: Critically Endangered - considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild.
EN: Endangered - considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild.
VU: Vulnerable - considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild.
A list of the current rankings can be downloaded from the Parks and Wildlife Threatened Species and Communities
webpage at http://dpaw.wa.gov.au/plants-and-animals/threatened-species-and-communities/
*Species includes all taxa (plural of taxon - a classificatory group of any taxonomic rank, e.g. a family, genus,
species or any infraspecific category i.e. subspecies, variety or forma).
346
Nuytsia Vol. 25 (2015)
P: Priority species - Species that may be threatened or near threatened but are data deficient, have not
yet been adequately surveyed to be listed under the Schedules of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially
Protected Fauna) Notice or the Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice, are added to the Priority Fauna
or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1, 2 or 3. These three categories are ranked in order of priority
for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration
as threatened flora or fauna. Species that are adequately known, are rare but not threatened, or meet
criteria for near threatened, or that have been recently removed from the threatened list for other than
taxonomic reasons, are placed in Priority 4. These species require regular monitoring. Conservation
dependent species that are subject to a specific conservation program are placed in Priority 5.
Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species, unless the
distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States, as defined by the
known spread of locations.
1: Priority One: Poorly-known species
Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk.
All occurrences are either: very small; or on lands not managed for conservation, e.g. agricultural or
pastoral lands, urban areas, road and rail reserves, gravel reserves and active mineral leases; or otherwise
under threat of habitat destruction or degradation. Species may be included if they are comparatively
well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear
to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of
further survey.
2: Priority Two: Poorly-known species
Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less), some of which are on lands
managed primarily for nature conservation, e.g. national parks, conservation parks, nature reserves and
other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation. Species may be included if they are
comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements
and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of
further survey.
3: Priority Three: Poorly-known species
Species that are known from several locations, and the species does not appear to be under imminent
threat, or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining
areas of apparently suitable habitat, much of it not under imminent threat. Species may be included if they
are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements
and known threatening processes exist that could affect them. Such species are in need of further survey.
4: Priority Four: Rare, Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring
(a) Rare. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed, or for which sufficient knowledge
is available, and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection, but could
be if present circumstances change. These species are usually represented on conservation lands.
(b) Near Threatened. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that do not
qualify for Conservation Dependent, but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable.
(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for
reasons other than taxonomy.
5: Priority Five: Conservation Dependent species
Species that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program, the cessation of which
would result in the species becoming threatened within five years.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11